Mathematics PF
Mathematics PF
NUMBER SYSTEM
Generally (10-12) questions have been asked from this chapter. Questions, from this section usually
test your basic knowledge of numbers and are mostly based on various properties of multiplication
and division. A good number of statement based questions have been asked from this chapter.
NUMBER SYSTEM
Numbers are collection of certain symbols or figures called digits. The common number system in use
is decimal number system. In this system, we use ten symbols each representing a digit. These are 0, 1,
2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9. A combination of these figures representing a number is called a numeral.
Types of Numbers
1. Natural numbers Numbers which are used for counting i.e. 1, 2, 3, 4, ... are called natural numbers.
The set of natural numbers is denoted by ‘ N ’. Smallest natural number is 1 but we cannot find the
largest natural number as successor of every natural number is again a natural number.
2. Whole numbers Natural numbers including zero are known as whole numbers. The set of whole
numbers is denoted by W.
• Every natural number is a whole number.
• Zero (0) is the only whole number which is not a natural number.
3. Even numbers The numbers which are divisible by 2 are called as even numbers. e.g 2, 4, 6, 8, 10,
… . In general these are represented by 2 m, where m ∈ N.
4. Odd numbers The number which are not divisible by 2 are called as odd numbers. e.g. 1, 3, 5, 7,
9, … . In general, these are represented by ( 2 m − 1) , where m ∈ N.
5. Prime numbers Those numbers which are divisible by 1 and the number itself are known as prime
numbers. e.g. 2, 3, 5, 7,..., etc. are prime numbers.
• If a number is not divisible by any of the prime numbers upto square root of that number, then it is a prime
number.
• 2 is the only even number which is prime.
• The prime numbers upto 100 are : 2, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 17, 19, 23, 29, 31, 37, 41, 43, 47, 53, 59, 61, 67, 71,
73, 79, 83, 89 and 97 i.e. there are 25 prime numbers upto 100.
4 CDS Pathfinder
6. Coprime numbers Two natural numbers x and y are The set of rational numbers is represented by ‘Q’.
said to be coprime, if they do not have any common 3 −3
divisor other than 1. e.g. , , 7, − 6 are rational numbers.
5 7
e.g. (9, 2), (5, 6), (11, 15) are the pairs of coprime • The decimal expansion of every rational number is
numbers. either terminating or non-terminating repeating.
• If x and y are any two coprimes, a number p is 1 1 8
divisible by x as well as by y, then the number is also e.g. = 0 . 2, = 0 . 333. . ., = 0 . 181818 . . . etc.
5 3 44
divisible by xy.
• Coprime are also called as relatively prime numbers. • The recurring decimal have been given a short notation
• Twin primes Twin primes are pair of primes as 0. 3333 = 0. 3, 0 . 181818 = 0. 18
which differ by 2. e.g. (3, 5), (7, 9), (11, 13) etc.
Note • Zero is a rational number, since we can write 0 = 0 / 1.
7. Composite numbers A composite number is any
• Every natural number, whole number and integer is a
number greater than one that is not a prime number. rational number.
e.g. 4, 6, 8, 9, … all are composite numbers.
• ‘1’ is neither prime nor composite.
IRRATIONAL NUMBERS
The number which cannot be expressed in the form p/q,
INTEGERS where p and q both are integers and q ≠ 0 are known as
The collection of positive numbers, negative numbers irrational numbers. The irrational numbers when
and zero are called integers. The set of integers is expressed in decimal form are in non-terminating and
denoted by Z or I. non-repeating form. e.g. 2, 5 , 7 , 0.101005001, etc.
Thus, Z or I = {. . . , − 4, − 3, − 2, − 1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, . . . } is the 22
• Here, it is notable that exact value of π is not or
set of integers. Every natural number and whole number 7
is a part of integer. So, N ⊂ W ⊂ I. 22
3.14, as is a rational number while π is irrational.
7
Types of Integers
Integers are of three types IMPORTANT FACTS
(i) Positive Integers It is a set of all positive numbers. 1. If a + b = x + y , where a and x are rational and
It is denoted by I + , I + = {1, 2, 3, 4, . . . } b and y are irrational, then a = x and b = y .
2. The sum or difference of a rational and an irrational
(ii) Negative Integers It is a set of all negative numbers.
number is irrational number.
It is denoted by I − , I − = {. . . , − 3, − 2, − 1}
3. The product of rational and irrational number is also
(iii) Non-negative Integers An integer that is either 0 or an irrational number.
positive is called non-negative integer. {0, 1, 2, 3, . . . } 4. If we add, subtract, multiply or divide two irrational
numbers, we may get an irrational number or rational
Note ‘0’ is neither positive nor negative. number.
EXAMPLE 1. The smallest 3 digit prime number is EXAMPLE 2. The rational number lying between 2
a. 101 b. 103 c. 109 d. 113 and 3 is
Sol. a. The smallest 3 digit number is 100, which is divisible 49 56
a. b.
by 2. 28 35
∴ 100 is not a prime numbers. 63 85
c. d.
101 < 11 and 101is not divisible by 2, 3, 5 and 7. 45 68
∴ 101is a prime number. Sol. b. We have, 2 = 1. 414 ... and 3 = 1. 732...
Hence, 101is the smallest 3 digit prime number. 49 7 63 7
= = 1. 75, = = 1. 4
28 4 45 5
RATIONAL NUMBERS 56 8
= = 1. 6,
85 5
= = 1. 25
35 5 68 4
The numbers which are expressed in the form of p / q
Clearly, 1. 6 lies between 2 and 3.
where p and q are integers and are coprimes, q ≠ 0 are
56
called rational numbers. Hence, lies between 2 and 3.
35
MATHEMATICS Number System 5
2. | x − 2 | = x − 2, if x > 2, | x − 2 | = 0 , if x = 2
REAL NUMBERS | x − 2 | = 2 − x, if x < 2
The collection of all rational and all irrational numbers
together forms the set of real numbers and is denoted by
Some Properties of Absolute Values
‘R’. Thus, all natural numbers, whole numbers, integers,
rational and irrational numbers are real numbers. 1. | x | ≥ 0 for all real x.
2. | x | = a means x = a or x = − a
Properties of Real Numbers 3. | x | > a means x > a or x < − a
Properties of real numbers are as follows
4. If n = x 2 ; n = x 2 = | x | = x, if x > 0 = − x , if x < 0
General Properties of R
1. If x and y are two real numbers, then either EXAMPLE 3. Find the value of x which satisfy the
x > y, y > x or x = y. inequalities | x | ≥ x and 2x − 1 > 3.
2. If x and y are two real numbers, then a. All positive number
1 1 b. All positive number greater than 2
(i ) x > y ⇒ < (ii ) x > y ⇒ − x < − y
x y c. All negative number less than −2
(iii ) x > y ⇒ x + a > y + a d. All negative number
(iv ) x > y ⇒ xa > ya, when a > 0 Sol. b. | x | ≥ x is true for all real values of x. Now, consider
3. If xy = 0 ⇒ x=0 or y=0 2x − 1 > 3 or 2x > 4 or x > 2.
So, the solution set is all positive number greater than 2.
Properties of operations on R
Let ‘∗’ be any operation defined on R.
1. Closure Property If a ∈ R and b ∈ R, then a * b ∈ R.
FACTORS IN SET
2. Associative Property If a, b, c ∈ R, then OF INTEGERS
a *( b * c ) = ( a * b)* c. Let a, b ∈ I, we say that a is a factor of b, if there exists
3. Commutative Property If a, b ∈ R, then a * b = b * a. an integer p such that b = ap; in short we write a / b read
4. Identity Let ‘I’ be the identity, then it ‘a’ divides ‘b’.
I * a = a * I = a ∀ a ∈ R. If a is factor of b, then b is called a multiple of a.
5. Inverse Let a ′ be the inverse of a, then
a ′ * a = a * a ′ = I ∀ a ∈ R. Properties of factor and multiples
• The above properties hold for addition and For real numbers a and b, if b = ac then ‘a’ is a factor
multiplication on R. ‘b’ and we write a / b.
• The additive identity of R is O and additive inverse of
(i) a / b, b / c ⇒ a / c (This law is known as transitivity)
a ∈ R is −a.
• The multiplicative identity of R is 1 and multiplicative (ii) a / a, ∀a ∈ R (This law is known as reflexivity)
inverse of a ∈ R is 1/ a. (iii) a / b and a / c ⇒ a / b + c and a / b − c
• R is closed for subtraction, if a, b ∈ R, then a − b ∈ R. (iv) If p is prime number and p divides ab where a,b are
• If a, b, c ∈ R, then a × ( b + c ) = ( a × b) + ( a × c ), is the
integers, then p divides ‘a’ or p divides ‘b’. Thus
distributive property on R.
p / ab ⇒ p / a or p / b.
Absolute Value of a Real Number
The absolute value of a real number x is denoted by | x |. EXAMPLE 4. How many factors of 2 5 × 3 6 are perfect
Thus, | 3 | = 3 and | − 4 | = 4. squares?
x, when x > 0 a. 9 b. 12
c. 18 d. 4
If x is any real number, then | x | = 0, when x = 0
− x, when x < 0 Sol. b. Any factor of this number should be of the form
2a × 3 b .
e.g. For the factor to be a perfect square a, b have to be even
1. If x = 5, | 5 | = 5, if x = 0, | 0 | = 0 a can take values 0, 2, 4 and b can take values 0, 2, 4, 6.
If x = − 5, | − 5 | = − ( −5) = 5 ∴Total number of perfect squares = 3 × 4 = 12
6 CDS Pathfinder
To find the Unit’s Place Digit of a given EXAMPLE 7. When a positive integer n is divided by
5, the remainder is 2. What is the remainder when the
Expression number 3n is divided by 5?
When Number is in the form of Product a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4
To find the unit digit in the product of two or more Sol. a. Let n = 5q + 2 and 3n = 3( 5q + 2)
number we take unit digit of every number and then
⇒ 3n = 15q + 6 = 15q + ( 5 + 1) = 5( 3q + 1) + 1
multiply them. Then, the unit digit of the resultant when 3n is divided by 5, then remainder is 1.
product is the unit digit of the product of original
numbers. Divisibility Test
When Number is in the form of Index Divisor Condition with Example
n
Let the exponential number of the form be a and n ∈ I. 2 If the unit place of a number is ‘0’ or divisible by 2 i.e. unit
place is even. e.g. 17980, 314782, 6148, 316 etc.
1. In case, if a is any of (0, 1, 5, 6), then the unit’s place 3 If the sum of the digits of the given number is divisible by
digit is 0, 1, 5 and 6, respectively. 3. e.g. 24375, here 2 + 4 + 3 + 7 + 5 = 21 ÷ 3 = 7
2. In case, if a is any of (4 and 9) Hence, 24375 is divisible by 3.
(i) and if power is odd, then the unit’s place digit is 4 4 If last two digits of number is divisible by 4.
and 9, respectively. e.g. 589372, 72 is divisible by 4.
(ii) and if power is even, then the unit’s place digit is 6 Hence, 589372 is also divisible by 4.
and 1, respectively. 5 If digit at unit place is 5 or 0.
3. In case, if a is any of (2, 3, 7, 8), then see the e.g. 895, 700 etc.
following steps 6 If given number is divisibly by both 2 and 3.
Step I First, divide the exponent of a by 4. e.g. 759312. Here the last digit is divisible by 2. And
(7 + 5 + 9 + 3 + 1 + 2 ) = 27, is divisible by 3.
Step II If any remainder comes on division. Put it as the
Hence, 759312 is divisible by 6.
power of a and get the result.
7 If twice the number at units place is subtracted from rest of
Step III If any remainder does not come on division. Put the digits and the remainder is divisible by 7.
4 as the power of a and get the result. e.g. (a) 875 = 87 − 2( 5) = 87 − 10 = 77 ÷ 7 = 11
EXAMPLE 5. Find the unit digit of 207 × 781 × 39 × 94. Hence, 875 is divisible by 7.
(b) 5103 = 510 − 2( 3) = 510 − 6 = 504 ÷ 7 = 72
a. 4 b. 2 c. 1 d. 5
Hence, 5103 is divisible by 7.
Sol. b. Taking unit digit of every number and then Note Trick is applicable for number greater than 99.
multiplying them = 7 × 1× 9 × 4 = 7 × 36 8 If last three digits are divisible by 8.
Again taking unit digit and then multiplying = 7 × 6 = 42 e.g. (a) 96432 → 432 ÷ 8 = 54
∴Required unit digit = 2 (b) 16000 → 000 ÷ 8 = 0
9 If sum of all the digits are divisible by 9.
EXAMPLE 6. What is the last digit in 7 402 + 3 402 ? e.g. 317349 ⇒ ( 3 + 1 + 7 + 3 + 4 + 9) = 27 ÷ 9 = 3
a. 0 b. 4 c. 8 d. None of these Hence, 317349 is divisible by 9.
Sol. c. On division of 402 by 4, we get 2 as remainder. 10 If last digit of a number is ‘0’. e.g. 130, 36980, etc.
402 2 11 If the difference between sum of digits at even places and
∴ Last digit of 7 = Last digit of 7 = Last digit of 49 = 9
sum of digits at odd places is divisible by 11.
Last digit of 3402 = Last digit of 32 e.g. 10615.
= Last digit of 9 = 9 Sum of digits at odd place = 1 + 6 + 5 = 12
Sum of digits at even place = 0 + 1 = 1
∴ Last digit of 7402 + 3402 = Last digit of (9 + 9) = 8
Difference = 12 − 1 = 11 ÷ 11 = 1
So, 10615 is divisible by 11.
DIVISION ON NUMBERS
EXAMPLE 8. What is the remainder when 41000 is
(DIVISION ALGORITHM) divided by 7? e 2014 I
Let ‘a’ and ‘b’ be two integers such that b ≠ 0. On a. 1 b. 2 c. 4 d. 5
dividing ‘a’ by ‘b’, ‘q’ will be the quotient and ‘r’ will be
Sol. c. On division of 4 , 4 , 4 , 4 , 4 , 4 , and 47 by 7,
1 2 3 4 5 6
the remainder, then the relationship between a, b, q and r
is a = bq + r , where 0 ≤ r < b. Or in general, we have we get remainders 4, 2, 1, 4, 2, 1and 4 respectively.
Now, 44 gives us same remainder as 41, so the cyclicity is
Dividend = Divisor × Quotient + Remainder of 3.
MATHEMATICS Number System 7
PRACTICE EXERCISE
1. Let ‘a’ and ‘b’ be natural number, not necessarily 8. In a division operation, the divisor is 5 times the
distinct. For all values of ‘a’ and ‘b’ the natural quotient and twice the remainder. If the
number would be remainder is 15, then what is the dividend?
(a) (a + b ) (b) a / b (c) a − b (d) log (ab ) (a) 175 (b) 185 (c) 195 (d) 250
2. x and y are two natural numbers such that x is 9. If 42 ∗ 8 is a multiple of 9, then the digit
less than y,q is the quotient and r is the represented by ∗ is
remainder when y is divided by x. Therefore, (a) 0 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) 4
(a) r = 0 (b) r < 0 (c) r > x (d) 0 ≤ r < x 16 16 ∗ 9 9 9
10. The value at ∗ in × − × + × = 1 is
3. If p is a prime number and p divides ab i.e. p/ ab, 7 7 7 7 7 7
where ‘a’ and ‘b’ are integers, then (a) 33 (b) −33 (c) −11 (d) 32
(a) p/ a or p/ b (b) p/ a and p/ b 11. The value of 10 ÷ 4 + 6 × 4 is
(c) p/ a − b (d) None of these
(a) 4 (b) 1/4 (c) 5 (d) None of these
4. Which one of the following is a prime number? a b c a+ b+ c
(a) 161 (b) 171 12. If = = , then the value of is
4 5 6 b
(c) 173 (d) 221
(a) 3 (b) 2 (c) 6 (d) 4
5. If n is a natural number, then n is
(a) always a whole number
13. The value of [a − b + ( b − a )] − [2a − 2b + ( b − 2a )] is
(b) always a natural number (a) b − 2 a (b) a − 2 b (c) b + 2 a (d) b
(c) sometimes a natural number and sometimes an 14. If 3.325 × 10k = 0.0003325, the value of ‘k’ is
irrational number
(d) always an irrational number (a) 4 (b) −4 (c) −3 (d) −2
6. The product of a rational number and an 15. If [0.04 × 0.4 × x ] = 0.4 × 0.04 × y, then the
irrational number is value of x / y is
(a) natural number (b) an irrational number (a) 0.0016 (b) 0.16 (c) 0.016 (d) 0.160
(c) a composite number (d) a rational number 170
16. The unit digit in the product (127) is
7. What is the value of x for which x, x + 1, x + 3 are (a) 3 (b) 9 (c) 7 (d) 3
all prime numbers?
(a) 0 (b) 1 17. The unit digit in the product ( 771 × 659 × 365 ) is
(c) 2 (d) 101 (a) 6 (b) 2 (c) 4 (d) 1
MATHEMATICS Number System 9
18. When n is divided by 4, the remainder is 3. 30. If k is any even positive integer, then ( k2 + 2k) is
What is the remainder when 2n is divided by (a) divisible by 24
4? (b) divisible by 8 but may not be divisible by 24
(a) 0 (b) 2 (c) 6 (d) 3 (c) divisible by 4 but may not be divisible by 8
1 1 1 1 1 1 (d) divisible by 2 but may not be divisible by 4
− − × −
19. If 4 6 48 ÷ 4 6 48 = x, the value of 31. The number 2784936 is divisible by which one of
1 1 1 1 1 1
− − × − the following numbers?
4 6 48 4 6 48 (a) 86 (b) 87 (c) 88 (d) 89
x is
20 21 21 20 32. Which among the following is the largest four-digit
(a) (b) − (c) (d) − number that is divisible by 88?
21 20 20 21
(a) 9988 (b) 9966 (c) 9944 (d) 8888
20. If x is negative real number, then 1
1 1 33. The pair of rational numbers that lies between
(a)| x| = x (b)| x| = − x (c)| x| = (d)| x| = −
x x 4
3
x 3 x− y and is
21. If = , then the value of is 4
y 5 x+ y 262 752 24 74
1 1 1 (a) , (b) ,
(a) − (b) (c) (d) −6 1000 1000 100 100
4 4 6 9 31 252 748
(c) , (d) ,
7− x 40 40 1000 1000
22. If x is real, then < 2, if and only if
3 34. By adding x to 1254934, the resulting number
(a) 1 < x < 13 (b) −1 < x < 13 (c) x < 13 (d) x > 13 becomes divisible by 11, while adding y to 1254934
23. A number is divisible by 25 only, if makes the resulting number divisible by 3. Which
(a) the last digit of the number is zero one of the following is the set of values for x and y?
(b) the last digit of the number is 5 (a) x = 1, y = 1 (b) x = 1, y = − 1
(c) the last two digit of the number is divisible by 15 (c) x = − 1, y = 1 (d) x = − 1, y = − 1
(d) the last two digit of the number is divisible by 25 35. What is the last digit in the expansion of 34798 ?
2.48 × 2.48 − 1.52 × 1.52 (a) 1 (b) 3 (c) 7 (d) 9
24. The value of is
0.96 36. What least value must be given to ⊗, so that the
(a) 4 (b) 0.96 (c) 16 (d) 15.04 number 84705 ⊗ 2 is divisible by 9?
25. Which one of the following is correct regarding (a) 0 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) 3
the number 222222? 37. What is the total number of three digit numbers
(a) It is divisible by 3 but not divisible by 7 with unit digit 7 and divisible by 11?
(b) It is divisible by 3 and 7 but not divisible by 11 (a) 6 (b) 7 (c) 8 (d) 9
(c) It is divisible by 2 and 7 but not divisible by 11
7 3
(d) It is divisible by 3, 7 and 11 38. Find the value of ‘a’ and ‘b’ 3 ×b = 8.
a 15
26. What is the sum of positive integers less than (a) 2, 11 (b) 11, 2 (c) 1, 1 (d) 2, 1
100 which leave a remainder 1 when divided
by 3 and leave a remainder 2 when divided by 39. If a , b and c are real numbers such that
4? a < b and c < 0, then which of the statements is
(a) 416 (b) 620 (c) 1250 (d) 1314 true?
27. What is the last digit in the expansion of (a) (a/c ) < (b/c ) (b) ac < bc
754 (c) (c/a) > (c/b ) (d) ac > bc
( 2457) ?
(a) 3 (b) 7 (c) 8 (d) 9 40. If we divide a positive integer by another positive
integer, what is the resulting number?
28. A three-digit number is divisible by 11 and
(a) It is always a natural number
has its digit in the unit’s place equal to 1. The
(b) It is always an integer
number is 297 more than the number obtained
by reversing the digits. What is the number? (c) It is a rational number
(a) 121 (b) 231 (c) 561 (d) 451 (d) It is an irrational number
29. The remainder on dividing given integers a 41. What can be said about the expansion of 212n − 64 n ,
and b by 7 are, respectively 5 and 4. What is where n is a positive integer?
the remainder when ab is divided by 7? (a) Last digit is 4 (b) Last digit is 8
(a) 3 (b) 4 (c) 5 (d) 6 (c) Last digit is 2 (d) Last two digits are zero
10 CDS Pathfinder
42. If p is an integer, then every square integer is of 54. What will be the remainder when 19100 is
the form divided by 20?
(a) 2 p or (4 p − 1) (b) 4p or (4 p − 1) (a) 19 (b) 20 (c) 3 (d) 1
(c) 3p or (3 p + 1) (d) 4p or (4 p + 1) 12
55. 7 − 4 12
is exactly divisible by which of the
43. If r and s are any real numbers such that 0 ≤ s ≤ 1 following number?
and r + s = 1, then what is the maximum value of (a) 34 (b) 33 (c) 36 (d) 35
the product? p q p +2 q +1
3 1 1
56. If 2 + 3 = 17 and 2 −3 = 5, then find the
(a) 1 (b) (c) (d) value of p and q.
4 2 4
(a) −2, 3 (b) 2, − 3 (c) 3, 2 (d) 2, 3
44. A number when divided by 2, 3 or 5 gives
49 1
remainder 1. The number is 57. If = 3+ , where x , y and z are natural
15 1
(a) 31 (b) 47 (c) 49 (d) 53 x+
1
45. The largest integer that divides product of any y+
four consecutive integers is z
numbers, then what is z equal to?
(a) 4 (b) 6 (c) 12 (d) 24
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3
46. Which one of the following three digit numbers (d) Cannot be determined due to insufficient data
divides 9238 and 7091 with the same remainder
in each case? 58. The least number which is a perfect square and
(a) 113 (b) 209 (c) 317 (d) 191
has 540 as a factor is
(a) 8100 (b) 6400 (c) 4900 (d) 3600
47. For a positive integer n, define d( n ) = The 2 3
59. If A is real and 1 + A + A + A = 40, then A is
number of positive divisors of n. What is the equal to
value of d( d( d(12)))?
(a) −3 (b) −1 (c) 1 (d) 3
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 4 (d) None of these
60. How many factors of 1080 are perfect squares?
48. If three sides of a right angled triangle are (a) 4 (b) 6 (c) 8 (d) 5
integers in their lowest form, then one of its
sides is always divisible by 61. Consider the following statements:
(a) 6 (b) 5 (c) 7 (d) None of these I. In a given whole number, if the sum of the odd
numbered digit is equal to the sum of even
49. If −1 ≤ x ≤ 3 and 1 ≤ y ≤ 3, then the maximum numbered digits, then the number is divisible
value of ( 3 y − 4x ) is by 11.
(a) 18 (b) 13 (c) 5 (d) −6 II. In a given whole number, if the difference of
50. If ‘ p’ is an integer greater than 3, then on dividing sum of odd numbered digits and even numbered
digits is divisible by 11, then the number is
p11 + 1 by p − 1, we would get the remainder as
divisible by 11.
(a) 2 (b) 0 (c) −2 (d) −1
Which of the statement(s) given above is/are
51. If A is the set of squares of natural numbers and correct?
x and y are any two element of A, then the (a) Only I (b) Both I and II
correct statement is (c) Only II (d) None of these
(a) x + y belongs to A (b) x − y belongs to A
x 62. Consider the following statements:
(c) belongs to A (d) x y belongs to A
y A number a1a2a3a4 a5 is divisible by 9, if
I. a1 + a2 + a3 + a4 + a5 is divisible by 9.
52. A ten-digit number is divisible by 4 as well as by
II. a1 − a2 + a3 − a4 + a5 is divisible by 9.
5. What could be the possible digit at the ten’s
place in the given number? Which of the statement(s) given above is/are
(a) 0, 1, 2, 4, or 6 (b) 1, 2, 4, 6 or 8 correct?
(c) 2, 3, 4, 6 or 8 (d) 0, 2, 4, 6 or 8 (a) Only I (b) Only II
(c) Both I and II (d) Neither I nor II
53. If x < 0 < y, then which one of the following
relations is correct? 63. Consider the following statements:
(a)
1
<
1
<
1
(b)
1
>
1
<
1 If p is a prime such that p + 2 is also a prime,
x2 xy y2 x2 xy y2 then
1 1
(c) <
1 1
(d) > I. p( p + 2) + 1 is a perfect square.
x y x y II. 12 is a divisor of p + ( p + 2), if p > 3
MATHEMATICS Number System 11
65. Consider the following statements: 72. Which one of the following has least number of
I. The product of any three consecutive integers is divisors? e 2012 II
divisible by 6. (a) 88 (b) 91 (c) 96 (d) 99
II. Any integer can be expressed in one of the 73. How many numbers between −11 and 11 are
three forms 3k, 3k + 1, 3k + 2, where k is an multiples of 2 or 3? e 2012 II
integer. (a) 11 (b) 14 (c) 15 (d) None of these
Which of the statement(s) given above is/are 74. Consider the following statements
correct? I. If n is a prime number greater than 5, then
(a) Only I (b) Only II n4 − 1 is divisible by 2400.
(c) Both I and II (d) Neither I nor II II. Every square number is of the form 5n or (5n − 1)
66. Consider the following statements: or (5n + 1), where n is a whole number.
I. A natural number is divisible by 2, if its last Which of the statement(s) given above is/are
digit is divisible by 2. correct? e 2012 II
II. A natural number is divisible by 2, if its last (a) Only I (b) Only II
digit is either zero or 2. (c) Both I and II (d) Neither I nor II
III. A natural number is divisible by 2, if its last
digit is even. 75. If N , ( N + 2) and ( N + 4) are prime numbers,
then the number of possible solutions for N are
Which of the statements given above are correct?
(a) 1 (b) 2 e 2013 I
(a) I and II (b) I and III (c) II and III (d) All of these (c) 3 (d) None of these
67. Consider the following statements for natural 76. The two-digit number, which when divided by
numbers a, b and c : sum of the digits and product of the digits,
I. If ‘a’ is divisible by ‘b’ and ‘b’ is divisible by ‘c’, respectively leaves the same remainder the
then a must be divisible by ‘c’. number is and the difference of quotients is one.
II. If ‘a’ is a factor of both ‘b’ and ‘c’, then ‘a’ must (a) 14 (b) 23 (c) 32 (d) 41 e 2013 I
be a factor of ‘b + c’.
77. If x is positive even integer and y is negative
III. If ‘a’ is a factor of both ‘b’ and ‘c’, then ‘a’ must
be a factor of ‘b − c’. odd integer, then x y is e 2013 I
(a) odd integer (b) even integer
Which of the statements given above are correct? (c) rational number (d) None of these
(a) I, II and III (b) I and II
(c) II and III (d) None of these 78. Consider the following statements
I. There is a finite number of rational numbers
68. Consider the following statements: between any two rational numbers.
I. Set of positive powers of 2 is closed under II. There is an infinite number of rational numbers
multiplication. between any two rational numbers.
II. The set {1, 0, − 1} is closed under multiplication. III. There is a finite number of irrational number
III. The number 35 has exactly four divisors. between any two rational numbers.
IV. The set {1, 0, − 1} is closed under addition. Which of the statement(s) given above is/are
Which of the statements given above are correct? correct? e 2013 I
(a) I, II and III are true (b) Only III (a) Only I (b) Only II
(c) Only IV (d) All of these (c) Only III (d) Both II and III
12 CDS Pathfinder
79. If k is a positive integer, then every square 88. What is the remainder when (1235 × 4523 × 2451)
integer is of the form e 2013 II is divided by 12? e 2014 II
(a) 4k (b) 4k or 4k + 3 (a) 1 (b) 3 (c) 5 (d) 7
(c) 4k + 1 or 4k + 3 (d) 4k or 4k + 1
89. What is the number of divisors of 360? e 2014 II
80. If b is the largest square divisor of c and a2 (a) 12 (b) 18
divides c, then which one of the following is (c) 24 (d) None of these
correct (where, a, b and c are integers)? e 2013 II
(a) b divides a (b) a does not divide b 90. The multiplication of a three-digit number XY 5
(c) a divides b (d) a and b are coprime with digit Z yields X 215. What is X + Y + Z
equal to? e 2014 II
81. Every prime number of the form 3k + 1 can be (a) 13 (b) 15 (c) 17 (d) 18
represented in the form 6m + 1 (where, k and m
are integers), when e 2013 II
91. How many pairs of X and Y are possible in the
number 763X 4Y 2, if the number is divisible
(a) k is odd
by 9? e 2014 II
(b) k is even (a) 8 (b) 9 (c) 10 (d) 11
(c) k can be both odd and even
(d) No such form is possible 92. If an = 3 − 4n , then what is a1 + a2 + a3 +…+ an
equal to? e 2014 II
82. Consider the following statements (a) − n (4n − 3) (b) − n (2 n − 1) (c) −n2 (d) − n (2 n + 1)
I. 7710312401 is divisible by 11.
II. 173 is a prime number. 93. Consider all those two-digit positive integers less
than 50, which when divided by 4 yield unity as
Which of the statement(s) given above is/are
remainder. What is their sum? e 2014 II
correct? e 2013 II
(a) 310 (b) 314 (c) 218 (d) 323
(a) Only I (b) Only II
(c) Both I and II (d) Neither I nor II 94. p, q and r are prime numbers such that
p < q < r < 13. In how many cases would
83. Consider the following statements ( p + q + r ) also be a prime number? e 2014 II
I. To obtain prime numbers less than 121, we are (a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) None of these
to reject all the multiples of 2, 3, 5 and 7.
II. Every composite number less than 121 is 95. The digit in the units place of the product
divisible by a prime number less than 11. 81 × 82 × 83 × 84 ×…× 99 is e 2015 I
(a) 0 (b) 4 (c) 6 (d) 8
Which of the statement(s) given above is/are
correct? e 2013 II 96. What is the remainder obtained when
(a) Only I (b) Only II
1421 × 1423 × 1425 is divided by 12? e 2015 I
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4
(c) Both I and II (d) Neither I nor II
96
97. What is the remainder when 4 is divided by 6?
84. Consider the following statements
I. No integer of the form 4k + 3, where k an integer, e 2015 I
can be expressed as the sum of two squares. (a) 4 (b) 3
(c) 2 (d) 1
II. Square of an odd integer can expressed in the
form 8k + 1, where k is an integer. 98. What is the maximum value of m, if the number
Which of the statement(s) given above is/are N = 35 × 45 × 55 × 60 × 124 × 75 is divisible by
correct? e 2014 I 5m ? e 2015 I
(a) Only I (b) Only II (a) 4 (b) 5
(c) 6 (d) 7
(c) Both I and II (d) Neither I nor II
85. What is 262 + 972 equal to? e 2014 I
99. If a − b = 4 and a2 + b2 = 40, where a and b are
(a) 27 2 + 932 (b) 342 + 932 (c) 82 2 + 412 (d) 792 + 62 2 positive integers, then a3 + b6 is equal to e 2015 I
(a) 264 (b) 280
86. If n is a whole number greater than 1, then (c) 300 (d) 324
n2( n2 − 1) is always divisible by e 2014 I 100. If n is a natural number and n = p1x1 p2x2 p3x3 ,
(a) 12 (b) 24 (c) 48 (d) 60
where p1, p2 , p3 are distinct prime factors, then
87. What is the remainder when (1723 + 2323 + 2923 ) the number of prime factors for n is e 2015 I
is divided by 23? e 2014 II (a) x1 + x2 + x3 (b) x1x2x3
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) 3 (c) (x1 + 1)(x2 + 1)(x3 + 1) (d) None of these
MATHEMATICS Number System 13
119. If a and b are negative real numbers and c is a 120. If m and n are distinct natural numbers, then
positive real number, then which of the following which of the following is/are integer/integers?
is/are correct? m n m n
I. + II. mn + (m2 + n2 )−1
I. a − b < a − c n m n m
a b
II. If a < b, then < mn
c c III.
1 1 m2 + n2
III. <
b c
Select the correct answer using the code given
Select the correct answer using the code given
below e 2016 (I)
below e 2016 I
(a) I and II (b) Only II
(a) Only I (b) Only II
(c) Only III (d) II and III (c) II and III (d) Only III
ANSWERS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70
71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80
81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90
91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100
101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110
111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120
0.0003325 7 − x
= 22. (a) As, <2 30. (b) If k is any even positive integer, then
k
14. (b) 10 (given)
3. 325 3 k 2 + 2k is divisible by 8 but may not be
3.325 × 10−4 7−x 7 − x
= = 10−4 ⇒ < 2 or − <2 divisible by 24.
3.325 3 3
Let k = 2m,m ∈ N , then
⇒ 10k = 10−4 [Q | x | < a ⇒ x < a or − x < a]
k 2 + k ⋅ 2 = 4m 2 + 4m = 4m (m + 1)
∴ k = −4 x−7
⇒ 7 − x < 6 or <2 which is divisible by 8.
3
15. (c) 0.04 × 0.4 × x = 0.4 × 0.04 × y
⇒ − x < − 1 or x − 7 < 6 31. (c) Given number is 2784936.
(given) Sum of digits at odd places= 25 and sum
x 0.4 × 0.04 ⇒ x > 1 or x < 13
∴ = of digits at even places = 14
y 0.04 × 0.4 ⇒ 1 < x < 13
∴ Difference = 25 − 14 = 11
23. (d) A number is divisible by 25 when its
x 0.4 × 0.4 × 0.04 × 0.04 So, number is divisisble by 11.
= = 0.016 last 2 digits are either zero or divisible by
y 0.04 × 0.4 25. Also last three digits of 2784936 i.e. 936
(squaring both sides) ( 2.48)2 − ( 1. 52)2 is divisible by 8.
24. (a) Hence, 2784936 is divisible by both 8
16. (b) Since, unit digit in 74 is 1. 0.96
( 2.48 − 1.52)( 2.48 + 152. ) and 11 i.e. 88.
∴ 7168 = ( 74 )42 give unit digit 1. =
0.96 32. (c) A number divisible by 88, if it is
∴ 7170 = 7168 × 72 gives the unit digit divisible by 8 and 11.
[Q a 2 − b 2 = ( a − b )( a + b )]
as 1 × 7 × 7 = 9
0.96 × 4 In the given options 9944 and 8888 are
17. (c) Unit place in 7 4 = 1, so unit place in = =4
0.96 divisible by 88. Hence, maximum
768 is 1. number is 9944.
25. (d) Given, number is 222222.
∴ Unit place in 7 68 × 7 3 = 3. Similarly, 1 3
Here, sum of digits 33. (d) Q = 0.25 and = 0.75
unit place in 6 59 is 6 and unit place in 4 4
= 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 = 12,
34 is 1, so unit place in 365 = 364 × 3 = 3. Only option (d) lies between 0.25 and
which is divisible by 3. So, given number 252
∴ Unit place in 771 × 6 59 × 365 is the is divisible by 3. 0.75. Since = 0. 252
unit place of 3 × 6 × 3 = 4 1000
Now, sum of odd terms of digits − Sum
of even terms of digits = 6 − 6 = 0, 748
18. (b) As, n is divided by 4 the remainder is and = 0.748
3, so it is divisible by 11. 1000
n = 4q + 3, where q is quotient. Also, in a number if a digit is repeated 34. (b) Difference of sums of even and odd
six times, then the number is divisible by places digit of 1254934
⇒ 2n = 8q + 6
⇒ 2n = (8k + 4) + 2 = 4 ( 2k + 1) + 2
7, 11 and 13. = ( 1 + 5 + 9 + 4) − ( 2 + 4 + 3)
So, if 2n is divided by 4 the quotient
Hence, the given number is divisible by = 19 − 9 = 10
3, 7 and 11.
is 2k + 1 and remainder is 2. This number will be divisible by 11,
1 1 1 1 1 1 26. (a) Required numbers are of the form of after adding x, if x = 1.
− − × − 12q − 2
19. (c) Given, 4 6 48 ÷ 4 6 48 Also, the sum of digits of 1254934
1 1 1 1 1 1 i.e. 10, 22, 34, 46, 58, 70, 82, 94
− − × − = 1 + 2 + 5 + 4 + 9 + 3 + 4 = 28
4 6 48 4 6 48 ∴ Total sum = 10 + 22 + 34 + 46 + 58
1254934 will be divisible by 3, after
+ 70 + 82 + 94 = 416 adding y , if y = − 1
=x
12 − 8 − 1 1 1 27. (d) The last digit in the expansion of 35. (d) Last digit in the expansion of 34798
−
⇒ x = 48 ÷ 24 48 ( 2457)754 is equal to last digit of ( 7)754 . = Last digit in the expansion of
12 − (8 − 1) 1 8 − 1 ( 7)754 = ( 74 )188 × 72 = 1 × 72
× (34 )1199 ⋅ 32
48 4 48 = ( 7)2 = 49
3 2−1 = Last digit in the expansion of 32 = 9
Hence, last digit is 9.
⇒ x = 48 ÷ 48 36. (b) The given number is divisible by 9, if
5 7 28. (d) On taking option (d),
sum of the digits is divisible by 9.
48 4 × 48 The reverse digit of 451 is 154.
Here, sum of digits
3 4 21 Now, 154 + 297 = 451 is equal to the
⇒ x = ÷ ⇒x = original number. = 8 + 4 + 7 + 0 + 5 + 2 + ⊗ = 26 + ⊗
5 7 20
29. (d) Let a = 7 p + 5 and b = 7q + 4 If ⊗ = 1 , then 26 + 1 = 27 is divisible by
20. (b) Clearly, absolute value is defined by 9.
| x | = − x. where, p and q are natural numbers.
x− y x/ y − 1 3/5− 1 ∴ ab = ( 7 p + 5) ( 7q + 4) 37. (c) The total number of three-digit
21. (a) = = numbers with unit digit 7 and divisible
x + y x/y + 1 3/5 + 1 ab = 49 pq + ( 4 p + 5 q ) 7 + 20
by 11 are 187, 297, 407, 517, 627, 737,
= 7 ( 7 pq + 4 p + 5 q ) + 7 × 2 + 6 847, 957.
(3 − 5 ) / 5 −2 1
= = =− when ab is divided by 7, we get the
(3 + 5 ) / 5 8 4 remainder 6. ∴ Total numbers = 8
16 CDS Pathfinder
38. (b) Apply hit and trial method from the 48. (b) Given, by pythagoras theorem, 49 1
57. (c) =3+
given option. As, here when 15 1
(3 ) 2 + ( 4 ) 2 = ( 5 ) 2 x+
a = 11, b = 2, then y+
1
Let the sides of a right triangle be 3, 4,
7 3 7 3 z
3 ×b =3 ×2 5.
a 15 11 15 1 49 4
Hence, one of its sides is always divisible ⇒ = −3 =
40 33 1 15 15
= × =8 by 5. x+
11 15 yz + 1
49. (b)Q1 ≤ y ≤ 3 ⇒ 3 ≤ 3 y ≤ 9 …(i) z
39. (d) Since, a < b ⇒ a − b < 0. Also, c < 0
and −1 ≤ x ≤ 3 ⇒ − 4 ≤ 4x ≤ 12 1 4
∴ ( a − b ) c > 0 ⇒ ac − bc > 0 ⇒ ac > bc ⇒ z =
⇒ −12 ≤ −4x ≤ 4 …(ii) x+ 15
40. (c) When we divide a positive integer by yz + 1
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
another positive integer, the resultant
−9 ≤ 3 y − 4x ≤ 13 yz + 1 4
will be a rational number i.e. in the form ⇒ =
xyz + x + z 15
of p/q, where p and q are positive integers Maximum value is 13.
and q ≠ 0. 50. (a) When p11 + 1 is divided by ( p − 1), ⇒ 15( yz + 1) = 4 ( xyz + x + z )
41. (d) 212 n − 64 n = ( 212 )n − ( 64 ) n then the remainder is ⇒ 15 yz + 15 = 4xyz + 4x + 4z
= ( 4096)n − ( 1296)n ( 1)11 + 1 = 1 + 1 = 2 ⇒ 15 − 4x = ( 4xy + 4 − 15 y )z
∴ 212 n − 64 n = ( 4096 − 1296) k 51. (d) Let x = a 2 and y = b 2 for some 15 − 4x
z=
As x n − y m is always divisible by ( x − m ) a , b ∈ N , then xy = a 2 b 2 = ( ab )2 , where ( 4xy + 4 − 15 y )
ab ∈ N .
= 2800 ( k ) As x, y and z are natural numbers.
So, xy ∈ A .
Hence, last two digits are always be zero.
x a2
2 Again, let x = 3 and y = 1
But = 2 = ∉ A as ∉ N .
a a
42. (c) We know that 15 − 4(3)
y b b b Then, z =
4 = 3 p + 1, for p = 1, 9 = 3 p, for p = 3 4(3)( 1) + 4 − 15( 1)
52. (d) Since, a ten-digit number is divisible
16 = 3 p + 1, for p = 5, 15 − 12 3
by 4 as well as by 5, then this number = =
25 = 3 p + 1, for p = 8 must be divisible by 20. 12 + 4 − 15 1
36 = 3 p, for p = 12 We known that any number is divisible ⇒ z = 3, which is a natural number.
Hence, every square integer is of form by 20, if last two digits is divisible by 20. 58. (a) Required number is
either 3 p or 3 p + 1. It means unit place will be zero and ten’s
x 2 = 540 × q = 3 × 3 × 3 × 2 × 2 × 5 × q
place may be 0, 2, 4, 6 or 8.
43. (d) Given, r + s = 1 In order to make x 2 a perfect square, the
1 53. (c) As, x < 0 < y [given]
For maximum product, r = s = least number we must have to put is
2 ⇒ x < 0 and y > 0 q = 3 × 5 = 15
1 1 1
∴ rs = × = ∴
1
< 0 and
1 1 1
>0 ∴ < ∴ x 2 = 540 × 15 = 8100
2 2 4 x y x y
59. (d) We have, 1 + A + A 2 + A 3 = 40
44. (a) Required number
54. (d) On division of ( 19)n by 20, we get ⇒ ( 1 + A ) + A 2 ( 1 + A ) = 40
= [LCM of 2, 3 and 5] +1 remainder either 19 or 1.
= 30 + 1 = 31 ⇒ ( 1 + A )( 1 + A 2 ) = 40
Since, last digit of ( 19)100 is 1.
Only A = 3 satisfies the above equation,
45. (d) The largest integer that divides ( 19)100
product of any four consecutive integers ∴ Remainder of is 1. so, A = 3.
20
is 24. 60. (a) We have, 1080 = 23 × 33 × 5
e.g. 1, 2, 3, 4 are four consecutive 55. (b) We know that ( xn − y n ) is divisible
integers. by ( x − y ) for all ‘n’ and is divisible by For any perfect square, all the powers of
( x + y ) for even ‘n’. the primes have to be even numbers.
Multiplication = 1 × 2 × 3 × 4 = 24
∴( 712 − 412 ) is divisible by ( 7 + 4) = 11 So, if the factor is of the form
which divided by 24.
and ( 7 − 4) = 3 2a × 3b × 5c
46. (a) When we divide the number 9238
Thus, ( 712 − 412 ) is divisible by 33. The values a can be 0 and 2, b can be 0
and 7091 by 113, we get the same
remainder 85. 56. (c) Here, 2 p + 3q = 17 ...(i) and 2 and c can take the value 0.
47. (d) d ( d ( d ( 12))) = d ( d ( 6)) 2p + 2
− 3q +1
=5 Totally, there are 4 possibilities.
[Q positive integer divisor of or 4 ⋅ 2 − 3 ⋅ 3q = 5
p
...(ii) 61. (b) Clearly, both statements satisfies
12 = 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 12] On multiplying Eq. (i), by 3 and adding divisibility rule of 11.
d ( d ( 6)) = d ( 4) it with Eq. (ii), we get 62. (a) As, we know that a number
[Q positive integer divisor of 7 ⋅ 2 p = 56, 2 p = 8 = 23 , ⇒ p = 3 a a a a a is divisible by 9, if sum of
6 = 1, 2, 3, 6] 1 2 3 4 5
Put p = 3 in Eq. (i), we get the digits, i.e. a + a + a + a + a
and d( 4) = 3 1 2 3 4 5
[Q positive integer divisor of 23 + 3q = 17, 3q = 17 − 8 = 9 = 32 is divisible by 9. Hence, only statement I
4 = 1, 2, 4] ∴ q=2 is true.
MATHEMATICS Number System 17
63. (c) Taking p = 11 72. (b)Here, 88 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 11 = ( 2)3 × ( 11)1 So, a 2 will divide bx or a will divide b.
p + 2 = 13 [a prime number] 91 = ( 7)1 × ( 13)1 [since, it cannot divide x as it is not a
whole square]
I. 11 × 13 + 1 = 144 [a square number] 96 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 3
II. 11 + 13 = 24 [12 is a divisor of 24] 81. (b) Every prime number of the form
= ( 2)5 × (3)1
3k + 1 can be represented in the form
Hence, both statements I and II are and 99 = 3 × 3 × 11 = (3) × ( 11)
2 1
6m + 1 only, when k is even.
correct. So, 91 has least number of divisors. 82. (c) I. In 7710312401, difference between
64. (c) I. If x = 15 and y = 14, then 73. (c) Following are the numbers between sum of even place digits and the sum of
x + y = 15 + 14 = 29, which is a − 11and 11 which are multiples of 2 or 3. odd place digits 0. So, it is divisible by
prime number. So, if x and y are 11.
composite, then x + y is not always − 10, − 9, − 8, − 6, − 4, − 3, − 2,
II. Since, 173 < ( 14)2 and it is not
composite. 0, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 9, 10 divisible by 2, 3, 5, 7, 11 and 13. So,
II. If x = 15 and y = 14, then So, the numbers of multiples 2 or 3, it is a prime number.
x − y = 15 − 14 = 1 which is neither between –11 and 11 are 15. Hence, both statements I and II are
prime nor composite, hence again correct.
x − y is not always composite. 74. (b) I. Given, n is a prime number greater
than 5. 83. (c) Both the statements given are
III. Third condition is satisfied for all correct. As 121 is the square of 11. So, to
Now, n4 − 1 = ( n2 − 1)( n2 + 1)
measure. obtain prime numbers less than 121, we
Hence, only III is correct. = ( n − 1)( n + 1)( n2 + 1) reject all the multiples of prime numbers
65. (c) I. The product of any three Put n = 11, less than 11 i.e. 2, 3, 5 and 7. Similarly,
consecutive integers is divisible by 6. n4 − 1 = ( 11 − 1)( 11 + 1)( 121 + 1) every composite number less than 121 is
[prime number greater than 5] divisible by a prime number less than 11
II. Here, 3k = {. . . − 6, − 3, 0, 3, 6, . . .}
= 10 × 12 × 122 i.e. 2, 3, 5 or 7.
3k + 1 = {. . . − 5, − 2, 1, 4, 7, . . .}
= 14640 which is not divisible by 2400. 84. (a) I. f ( k ) = 4k + 3
and 3k + 2 = {. . . − 4, − 1, 2, 5, 8, . . .}
So, statement I is not true. For k = 1, f ( 1) = 4 × 1 + 3 = 7
∴ {3k , 3k + 1, 3k + 2} For k = 2, f ( 2) = 4 × 2 + 3 = 11
II. Every square number can be of the
= {. . . − 6, − 5, − 4, − 3, − 2, − 1 form 5n or (5n ± 1) or (5n ± 4). For k = 3, f (3) = 4 × 3 + 3 = 15
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 . . . } So, statement II is true. Values of f ( k ) for k = 1, 2 ,... cannot
Hence, it is true. be expressed as sum of two squares,
75. (a) When N is a natural number, then since 12 + 22 = 5, 12 + 32 = 10,
66. (d) All statements are true. there is only one possible case that N, (N 22 + 32 = 13.
+ 2), (N + 4) are prime numbers.
67. (a) (i) If b / a and c / b, then a = bx and II. f ( k ) = 8k + 1
b = cy for x, y ∈ N When N = 3, then N, (N + 2), (N + 4) For k = 1, f ( 1) = (8 × 1) + 1 = 9
⇒ a = bx = cy ( x) = cxy ⇒ c / a = 3, 5, 7 all are primes numbers. For k = 2, f ( 2) = (8 × 2) + 1 = 17
(ii) If a / b and a / c, then b = ax and 76. (c) From options, For k = 3, f (3) = (8 × 3) + 1 = 25
c = ay for xy ∈ N , (c)
32
=
32
=2 (remainder) For k = 4, f ( 4) = (8 × 4) + 1 = 33
⇒ ( b + c ) = ax + ay = a ( x + y ) (3 + 2 ) 5 For k = 5, f (5) = (8 × 5) + 1 = 41
So, a / ( b + c ) 32 32 f ( k ) = 8k + 1 is square of an odd
and = =2 (remainder)
(iii) From (ii), we have ( b − c ) = a( x − y ) (3 × 2 ) 6 integer only for some values of k.
⇒ a / ( b − c) ∴ Remainder are same. So, only statement I is correct.
68. (d) All are true. and difference of quotients = 6 − 5 = 1 85. (d) To check which option is equal to
26 2 + 972 , we take the sum of unit
69. (c) Given, 33 ) 231228 ( 7006 77. (c) If x is a positive even integer and y is digit’s square of both number of the
231 negative odd integer, then x y is a
question as well as the answer options.
rational number.
228 Whichever answer option shows the
198 78. (b) We know that, between any two same result will be the answer.
30 rational numbers, there are an infinite Here, in 262 + 972 , 62 = 36
number of rational and irrational numbers.
Now, 33 − 30 = 3 and 72 = 49
Hence, only statement II is correct.
So, on adding 3 to 231228, it will be So, 36 + 49 = 85
completely divisible by 33. 79. (d) If k is a positive integer, then every
square integer is of the form 4k or 4k + 1, For option (a), 72 + 32 = 49 + 9 = 58
70. (b) Given, N = 143k + 28 as every square number is either a For option (b), 42 + 32 = 16 + 9 = 25
⇒ N = 143k + 26 + 2 multiple of 4 or exceeds multiple of 4 by For option (c), 22 + 12 = 4 + 1 = 5
⇒ N = 13 ( 11k + 2) + 2 unity. For option (d), 9 + 22 = 81 + 4 = 85
2
∴When the number is divided by 13 the 80. (c) Since, b is largest square divisor of c. Only option (d) satisfies the condition.
remainder is 2. So, c = bx
86. (a) If n is greater than 1, then n2 ( n2 − 1)
71. (a) 1 is neither prime number nor [where, x is not a whole square number] is always divisible by 12.
composite number. Also, a 2 divides c. Illustration 1 Put n = 2, then
18 CDS Pathfinder
SEQUENCE
AND SERIES
Usually (1-2) questions have been asked from this chapter. Questions are mostly based on
relation between arithmatic geometric and harmonic mean.
SEQUENCE
A set of numbers arranged in a definite order according to some definite rule is called a sequence.
e.g. 2, 4, 6, 8, ... is a sequence.
SERIES
If a1 , a 2 , a 3 ,... a n is a sequence, then the expression a1 + a 2 + a 3 + ... + a n is called the series.
The series is said to be finite or infinite depending upon the last term is given or not. e.g.
(i) a1 , a 2 , a 3 , . . . , a n is a finite sequence and is denoted as { a k } n .
k=1
Here, a1 is called the first term and in case of finite sequence a n is called the last term.
e.g. 2, 4, 6, 8, … , 100 is a finite sequence.
1, 2, 3, 4, … is an infinite sequence.
PROGRESSION
Sequence following certain patterns are called progressions.
e.g. 2, 3, 4, 5, … is a progression, here each term is increasing by 1.
If ‘a’ is the first term and ‘r’ is the common ratio, then
GP can be written as a, ar , ar 2 , ar 3 , …, ar n−1 = ( a ≠ 0 )
Harmonic Mean (HM)
If three terms are in HP, then the middle term is called
• n th term of a GP is Tn = ar n−1 = l. the harmonic mean of the other two. If a, b and c are
[where, l = last term] in HM, then b is the HM of a and c.
22 CDS Pathfinder
2
Let a and b be two numbers and H be the HM between a + c 4 p2r 2
⇒
them.
2
( p + r) 2 = apcr [from Eqs. (i) and (ii)]
Then, a, b and c are in HP ( a + c) 2 pr
2ab ⇒ = ac
∴ H= ( p + r) 2
a+b
( a + c) 2 ( p + r) 2
⇒ =
Relation between Arithmetic, Geometric ac pr
and Harmonic Mean p2 r 2 a2 c2 p r a c
⇒ + + 2= + +2 ⇒ + = +
Let A, G and H be the arithmetic, geometric and pr pr ac ac r p c a
harmonic means between a and b, then
Sum to n Terms of Special Series
(i) A ≥ G ≥ H (ii ) G 2 = AH The sum of first n terms of some special series is given
below
EXAMPLE 4. If a, b, c are in AP, p, q, r are in HP and
p r 1. The sum of first n natural numbers
ap, bq, cr are in GP, then + is equal to
r p n ( n + 1)
= ∑ n = 1 + 2 + 3+…+ n =
a c a c 2
a. − b. +
c a c a 2. The sum of square of the first n natural numbers
b q b q
d. + d. −
q b q b n ( n + 1)( 2n + 1)
= ∑ n 2 = 12 + 22 +…+ n 2 =
a+ c 6
Sol. b. Since, a, b, c are in AP ⇒ b = ...(i)
2 3. The sum of cubes of the first n natural numbers
2pr 2
p, q, r are in HP ⇒ q = …(ii) n ( n + 1)
p+ r = ∑ n 3 = 13 + 23 +…+ n 3 =
2
and ap, bq, cr are in GP, b2q2 = apcr
PRACTICE EXERCISE
3 + 5 + 7 +L+ n 5. An AP consists of n (odd terms) and its middle
1. If = 7, then the value of n
5 + 8 + 11 + L + 10 terms term is m. Then, the sum of the AP is
is 1
(a) 2mn (b) mn (c) mn (d) mn2
(a) 35 (b) 36 (c) 37 (d) 40 2
8. If S be the sum to infinity of a GP, whose first 14. If the sum of first ‘n’ natural numbers is
term is a, then the sum of first n terms is n( n + 1)
n
. Then, what will be the sum of first ‘n’
2
(a) S 1 −
a
S terms of the series of alternate positive and
negative numbers when ‘n’ is even?
a
n
(b) S 1 − 1 −
S 12 − 22 + 32 − 42 + 52 − K
a
n n (n + 1) n2 (n + 1) − n (n + 1)
(c) a 1 − 1 − I.
2
II.
2
III.
2
S
(d) None of the above
Which of the above statement(s) is/are correct?
(a) Only I (b) Only III (c) Only II (d) None of these
9. If the non-zero numbers a , b, c are in AP and
tan− 1 a , tan− 1 b, tan− 1 c are also in AP, then
PREVIOUS YEARS QUESTIONS
(a) a = b = c (b) b 2 = 2 ac
(c) a2 = bc (d) c 2 = ab 15. If A, G and H are the arithmetic, geometric and
1 1 1 1 harmonic means between a and b respectively,
10. + = + , then a , b, c are in then which one of the following relations is
b− a b− c a c
(a) AP (b) GP
correct?
(c) HP (d) None of these (a) G is the geometric mean between A and H e 2015 I
(b) A is the arithmetic mean between G and H
11. The value of x + y + z is 15, if a , x , y , z , b are in (c) H is the harmonic mean between A and G
1 1 1 5
AP while the value of + + is , if a , x , y , z , b (d) None of the above
x y z 3
16. Consider the following statements in respect of
are in HP. Then, a and b are
n( n + 1)
(a) 1, 9 (b) 3, 7 the expression S n = , where ‘n’ is an
(c) 7, 3 (d) None of these 2
integer.
12. If the mth and nth term of a HP are n and m I. There are exactly two values of n for which
respectively, then the mnth term is S n = 861.
1
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) II. S n = S − ( n +1) and hence for any integer m we have
2 two values of n for which S n = m .
13. If a , 2a + 2, 3a + 3 are in GP, then what is the Which of these statement(s) is/are correct? e 2016 (I)
fourth term of the GP? (a) Only I (b) Only II
(a) − 13.5 (b) 13.5 (c) − 27 (d) 27 (c) Both I and II (d) Neither I nor II
ANSWERS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16
FACTORS
If number ‘a’ divides the number b without leaving a remainder, then ‘a’ is said to be the factor of ‘b’.
e.g. (i) 4 is a factor of 16 as 16 = 4 × 4 (ii) 9 is a factor of 729 as 729 = 9 × 9 × 9
Prime Factors
The factors that cannot be again factorized i.e. the factors which are prime numbers are called prime factors.
e.g. (i) 9 is a factor of 729, but 3 is a prime factor of 729.
(ii) 8 and 9 are factors of 72, but 2 and 3 are prime factors of 72.
EXAMPLE 1. The LCM of 30, 250, 490 is Sol. b. LCM (5, 6, 7, 8) = 840.
a. 46750 b. 36750 Here, R = 3 ⇒ Number is of the form 840 k + 3.
c. 26750 d. None of these Least value of k for which (840 k + 3) when divided by 9
leaves no remainder is 2.
Sol. b. Here, 30 = 2 × 3 × 5
250 = 5 × 5 × 2 × 5 = 2 × 53 ∴Required number = 840 × 2 + 3 = 1683
and 490 = 7 × 7 × 2 × 5 = 2 × 5 × 72
∴ LCM of 30, 250 and 490 = 2 × 53 × 72 × 3 = 36750 Highest Common Factor (HCF)
2. Division Method Write the given number in a row and 1. Common Factor A common factor of two or more
divide them with the common prime divisor. On numbers is a number which divides each of them exactly.
division. Write the quotient in each case below the e.g. 2 is common factor of 2, 10, 20.
number. If any number is not divisible by the
2. Highest Common Factor The Highest Common
respective divisor, then write it as such in the next row. Factor (HCF) of two or more numbers is the largest
Keep on dividing the quotients until you get 1. number that divides all the given numbers exactly. It is
Multiply all the divisors to get the required LCM. also known as Greatest Common Divisor (GCD).
HCF is always a factor of LCM.
EXAMPLE 2. What is the LCM of 120, 144, 160 and
e.g. HCF of the numbers 18 and 24 is 6.
180.
a. 1450 b. 1620 c. 1440 d. 1380 Methods of Finding HCF
Sol. c. 1. HCF by Prime Factorization Write the given number
2 120, 144, 160, 180
as product of prime factors and then find the product
2 60, 72, 80, 90
of least powers of common prime factors. This
2 30, 36, 40, 45
product is the required HCF of given numbers.
3 15, 18, 20, 45
3 5, 3, 10, 15 EXAMPLE 5. The HCF of 65, 75 and 105 is
5 5, 1, 10, 5
a. 4 b. 5 c. 6 d. 8
2 1, 1, 2, 1
1, 1, 1 1 Sol. b. Here, 65 = 13 × 5 , 75 = 5 × 5 × 3
and 105 = 7 × 3 × 5
∴LCM of 120, 144, 160 and 180 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 × 5 × 2 ∴HCF of 65, 75 and 105 = 5
= 1440
2. HCF by Division Method Suppose we have to find
IMPORTANT POINTS the HCF of two given numbers, divide the large
number by the smaller one. Now, you will get the
1. The least number which when divided by x, y and z
leaving the remainders a , b and c , respectively is remainder. Divide the divisor by the remainder. Repeat
given by [LCM of ( x, y , z ) − p ], where this process until no remainder is left, the last divisor
p = ( x − a ) = ( y − b ) = ( z − c ). used in this process is the desired greatest common
2. The least number which when divided by x, y and z divisor i.e. HCF. In order to find the HCF of three
leaving the same remainder R in each case is given numbers, then, HCF of [(HCF of any two) and (third
by [LCM of ( x, y , z ) + R ]. number)] gives the HCF of given three numbers.
EXAMPLE 3. What is the least number which when EXAMPLE 6. The HCF of 204, 1190 and 1445 is
divided by 42, 72 and 84 leaves the remainders 25, 55 a. 85 b. 15 c. 17 d. 75
and 67, respectively?
Sol. c. Here, 1190)1445 (1
a. 521 b. 512 c. 504 d. 487
1190
Sol. d. Here, difference = ( 42 − 25) = (72 − 55) = (84 − 67) = 17
255)1190 (4
Now, LCM (42, 72, 84) = 504
1020
∴ Required number = 504 − 17 = 487
170) 255 (1
EXAMPLE 4. Find the least number which when 170
divided by 5, 6, 7 and 8 leaves a remainder 3 but 85)170 (2
when divided by 9, leaves no remainder. 170
a. 1620 b. 1683 ×
c. 1635 d. 1672 So, HCF of 1190 and 1445 is 85.
MATHEMATICS HCF and L CM of Numbers 27
Now, 85) 204 (2 Sol. a. HCF of numerators i.e. 14, 21 and 7 is 7 and
170 LCM of denominators i.e. 3, 9 and 15 is 45. So, HCF of
7
34) 85 (2 given fractions = .
45
68
17) 34 (2
34
Relation between LCM and
× HCF of Two Numbers
∴ HCF of 85 and 204 is 17.
Product of two numbers = (Their HCF) × (Their LCM)
Hence, HCF of 204,1190 and 1145 is 17.
EXAMPLE 10. The LCM of two numbers is 90 times
IMPORTANT POINTS their HCF. The sum of LCM and HCF is 1456. If one of
the numbers is 160, then what is the other number?
1. For integers x, y and z , if HCF (x, y) = 1 and e 2014 II
HCF (x, z) = 1, then HCF of ( x, y , z ) is always 1.
a. 120 b. 136 c. 144 d. 184
2. The greatest number that will divide x, y and z leaving
Sol. c. Let the HCF of two numbers be x.
remainders a , b and c , respectively is given by HCF of
LCM of two numbers be 90x.
( x − a ), ( y − b ), ( z − c ).
According to the question,
3. The greatest number that will divide x, y and z leaving
the same remainder in each case is given by [HCF of LCM + HCF = 1456
| x − y | , | y − z | , | z − x |] ⇒ 90x + x = 1456
⇒ 91 x = 1456
EXAMPLE 7. Find the greatest number which will ⇒ x = 16
divide 400, 435 and 541 leaving 9,10 and 14 as ∴ HCF of two numbers = 16
remainders respectively. and LCM of two numbers = 90 × 16 = 1440
a. 19 b. 17 c. 13 d. 9 e 2014 I We know that,
Sol. b Required number = HCF of (400-9, 435-10, 541-14) LCM × HCF = Product of two numbers
= HCF of (391, 425, 527) = 17
⇒ 1440 × 16 = 160 × Second number
EXAMPLE 8. For any integers ‘a’ and ‘b’ with HCF 1440 × 16
∴Second number = = 144
(a, b) = 1, what is HCF (a + b, a − b) equal to? 160
a. It is always 1 b. It is always 2 e 2014 I
c. Either 1 or 2 d. None of these EXAMPLE 11. What is the greatest number that
Sol. c. Put arbitrary values of a and b.
divides 13850 and 17030 and leaves a remainder 17?
Illustration 1 Let a = 9 and b = 8. a. 477 b. 159 c. 107 d. 87 e 2012 II
∴ HCF (8 + 9, 9 − 8) ⇒ HCF (17, 1) = 1 Sol. b. Required number = HCF of (13850 − 17), (17030 − 17)
Illustration 2 Let a = 23 and b = 17. = HCF of (13833, 17013) = 159
∴ HCF (17 + 23, 23 − 17) ⇒ HCF ( 40, 6) = 2 EXAMPLE 12. There are three drums with 1653 litre
Hence, HCF (a + b, a − b) can either be 1 or 2. 2261 litre and 2527 litre of petrol. The greatest
possible size of the measuring vessel with which we
How to Calculate LCM and can measure the petrol of any drum while every time
HCF of Fractions the vessel must be completely filled is
a. 31 b. 27 c. 19 d. 41
The LCM and HCF of fractions can be obtained from Sol. c. The maximum capacity of the vessel = HCF of 1653,
the following formula 2261 and 2527 = 19
HCF of numerators
1. HCF of fractions =
LCM of denominators EXAMPLE 13. John, Kate and smith at same time,
same point and in same direction to run around a
LCM of numerators
2. LCM of fractions = circular in 150 seconds. Find after what time will they
HCF of denominators meet again?
14 21 7 a. 30 min b. 25 min c. 20 min d. 15 min
EXAMPLE 9. The HCF of , , is Sol. b. LCM of 250, 300 and 150 = 1500 sec
3 9 15
7 2 7 = 25 min.
a. b. 3 c. d. None of these Hence, john, kate and smith meet after 25 min.
45 5 30
28 CDS Pathfinder
PRACTICE EXERCISE
1. If x = 23 × 32 × 54 and y = 22 × 32 × 5 × 7, then 13. What is the HCF of a 2b4 + 2a 2b2 and ( ab)7 − 4a 2b9?
HCF of x and y is (a) ab (b) a2 b 2 (c) a2 b 3 (d) a3 b 2
(a) 180 (b) 360 (c) 540 (d) 35
14. If a number is exactly divisible by 11 and 13,
2. LCM of 2 × 3 × 5 and 2 × 5 × 7 is
3 4
which of the following types the number must be?
(a) Divisible by (11+13) (b) Divisible by (13 −11)
(a) 2 12
× 3× 5 ×7
2
(b) 2 × 5 × 7 × 9
4
(c) Divisible by (11×13) (d) Divisible by (13 ÷11)
(c) 2 × 3 × 5 × 7
4
(d) 2 × 3 × 5 × 7
3
10. If the HCF of three numbers 144, x and 192 is 21. 21 mango trees, 42 apple trees and 56 orange
12, then the number x cannot be trees have to be planted in rows such that
(a) 180 (b) 84 (c) 60 (d) 48 each row contains the same number of trees of
one variety only. What is the minimum number
11. Consider those numbers between 300 and 400 of rows in which the above trees may be planted?
such that when each number is divided by 6, 9 (a) 3 (b) 15 (c) 17 (d) 20
and 12, it leaves 4 as remainder in each case.
What is the sum of the numbers? 22. A person has four iron bars whose lengths are
(a) 692 (b) 764 (c) 1080 (d) 1092 24 m, 36 m, 48 m and 72 m, respectively. This
person wants to cut pieces of same length
12. What is the smallest positive integer which when from each of four bars. What is the least number
divided by 4, 5, 8 and 9 leaves remainder 3, 4, 7 of total pieces, if he is to cut without any
and 8, respectively? wastage?
(a) 119 (b) 319 (c) 359 (d) 719 (a) 10 b) 15 (c) 20 (d) 25
MATHEMATICS HCF and L CM of Numbers 29
23. For two natural numbers m and n, let gmn 33. For any integer n, HCF of (22n + 7, 33n + 10) is
denote the greatest common factor of m and n. equal to e 2014 I
Consider the following in respect of three natural (a) n (b) 1 (c) 11 (d) None of these
numbers k, m and n.
I. gm ( nk) = g(mn) k II. gmn gnk = gmk 34. In a fire range, 4 shooters are firing at their
respective targets. The first, the second, the
Which of the above statement(s) is/are correct?
third and the fourth shooter hit the target once
(a) Only I (b) Only II
in every 5 s, 6 s, 7 s and 8 s, respectively. If all
(c) Both I and II (d) Neither I nor II
of them hit their target at 9 : 00 am, when will
24. Consider the following in respect of integers a they hit their target together again? e 2014 I
and b (a) 9 : 04 am (b) 9 : 08 am
I. HCF (a , b) = HCF (a + b, b) (c) 9 : 14 am (d) None of these
II. HCF (a , b) = HCF (a , b − a ) for b > a 35. If a and b be positive integers, then HCF of
Which of the above statement(s) is/are correct? a b
, equal to? e 2014 I
(a) Only I (b) Only II HCF ( a,b) HCF ( a,b)
(c) Both I and II (d) None of these a
(a) a (b) b (c) 1 (d)
HCF (a, b )
PREVIOUS YEARS’ QUESTIONS 36. The HCF of two natural numbers m and n is 24
and their product is 552. How many sets of
25. The HCF and LCM of two natural numbers are values of m and n are possible? e 2014 II
12 and 72, respectively. What is the difference (a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 4
between the two numbers, if one of the numbers (d) No set of m and n is possible satisfying the given
is 24? e 2012 I conditions
(a) 12 (b) 18 (c) 21 (d) 24
37. The LCM of two integers is 1237. What is their
26. The sum of two numbers is 232 and their HCF is HCF? e 2014 II
29. What is the number of such pairs of numbers (a) 37 (b) 19
satisfying the above condition? e 2012 I (c) 1 (d) Cannot be determined
(a) One (b) Two (c) Four (d) None of these
38. There are 48 cricket balls, 72 hockey balls and
27. The product of HCF and LCM of 18 and 15 is 84 tennis balls and they have to be arranged in
e 2012 II several rows in such a way that every row
(a) 120 (b) 150 (c) 175 (d) 270 contains the same number of balls of one type.
28. Three planets revolve round the Sun once in 200, What is the minimum number of rows required
for this to happen? e 2014 II
250 and 300 days, respectively in their own
(a) 12 (b) 16 (c) 17 (d) 19
orbits. When do they all come relatively to the
same position at a certain point of time in their 39. Consider all positive two digit numbers each of
orbits? e 2012 II which when divided by 7 leaves a remainder 3.
(a) After 3000 days (b) After 2000 days What is their sum? e 2015 II
(c) After 1500 days (d) After 1200 days (a) 661 (b) 666 (c) 676 (d) 777
29. The LCM of two numbers is 2376 while their 40. What is the sum of digits of the least multiple of
HCF is 33. If one of the numbers is 297, then the 13, which when divided by 6, 8 and 12 leaves 5, 7
other number is e 2013 I
and 11, respectively, as the remainders? e 2015 II
(a) 5 (b) 6 (c) 7 (d) 8
(a) 216 (b) 264 (c) 642 (d) 792
30. The HCF of two numbers is 98 and their LCM is 41. The LCM of two numbers is 12 times their HCF.
The sum of HCF and LCM is 403. If one of the
2352. The sum of the numbers may be e 2013 II
numbers is 93, then the other number is e 2015 II
(a) 1372 (b) 1398 (c) 1426 (d) 1484 (a) 124 (b) 128 (c) 134 (d) 138
31. If for integers a, b and c, HCF ( a , b) = 1 and HCF 42. Consider the following in respect of natural
( a , c) = 1 , then which one of the following is numbers a , b and c e 2016 I
correct? e 2013 II I. LCM (ab, ac) = a LCM (b, c)
(a) HCF (a, bc ) = 1 (b) HCF (a, bc ) = a II. HCF (ab, ac) = a HCF (b, c)
(c) HCF (a, bc ) = b (d) None of these III. HCF (a , b) < LCM (a , b)
32. What is the number of integral solutions of the IV. HCF (a , b) divides LCM (a , b).
equations HCF (a, b) = 5 and a + b = 65 ? e 2014 I Which of the above statement(s) is/are correct?
(a) Less than 65 (b) Infinitely many (a) III and II (b) III and IV
(c) Exactly one (d) None of these (c) I, II and IV (d) All of these
30 CDS Pathfinder
ANSWERS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
41 42
23. (d) I. Let three natural numbers are 30. (a) It is given that, the HCF of two 38. (c) Given, number of cricket balls
m = 16, n = 15, k = 20 numbers is 98. This means that both the = 48 = 24 × 3
∴ gm = g =4 numbers are multiples of 98. Therefore,
( nk ) 16 ( 300 ) the sum of these two numbers must also Number of hockey balls = 72 = 23 × 32
and g = g = 20 be a multiple of 98. Among all the four and number of tennis balls
(m n ) k 240 ( 20 )
∴ g ≠ g options given, only option (a) satisfies = 84 = 22 × 3 × 7
m ( nk ) ( mn ) k
this condition.
II. g mn g = g g = 1×5 =5 ∴ HCF of 48, 72 and 84 = 22 × 3 = 12
nk 16 , 15 15 , 20
and g = g =4 31. (a) For integers a, b and c, if HCF (a, b) = Now, minimum number of rows
mk 16 , 20 1 and HCF (a, c) = 1 then, HCF (a, b c)
∴ g mn g ≠ g 48 72 84
nk mk =1 = + +
So, neither I nor II is correct. 12 12 12
32. (a) HCF ( a , b ) = 5
24. (c) I. Let a = 4, and b = 10 = 4 + 6 + 7 = 17
Let a = 5x and b = 5 y
∴ a + b = 14 39. (c) The required numbers are 10, 17,
∴ 5x + 5 y = 65 ⇒ x + y = 13
24,…, 94.
HCF ( 4, 10) = 2 ∴ Number of pairs of ( x, y ) = ( 1, 12),
Total number of numbers is 13.
and HCF (14, 10) = 2 (2, 11), (3, 10), (4, 9), (5, 8), (6, 7)
Sum of these numbers
∴ HCF ( a , b ) = HCF ( a + b , b ) Hence, number of solutions is less than
13 13
II. Let a = 6 and b = 15 65. = [ 10 + 94] = × 104
2 2
∴ b − a = 15 − 6 = 9 33. (b) HCF of (22n + 7, 33n + 10) is
always 1. = 13 × 52 = 676
HCF (6, 15) = 3
Illustration For n = 1, HCF (29, 43) 40. (d) Here, 6 − 5 = 1, 8 − 7 = 1
HCF (6, 9) = 3
=1 12 − 11 = 1
∴ HCF ( a , b ) = HCF ( a , b − a )
LCM × HCF For n = 2, HCF (51, 76) = 1 LCM of 6,8 and 12 = 24
25. (a) Second number =
First number For n = 3, HCF (73, 109)= 1 Required number
72 × 12 34. (c) Time after which they will hit the = 24 k − 1, k is any natural number
= = 36 target together again
24 For k = 6, the number = 144 − 1 = 143
∴ Difference between two numbers = LCM of 5, 6, 7 and 8 which is multiple of 13
= 36 − 24 = 12 = 5 × 3 × 7 × 2 × 2 × 2 = 840 s So, sum of digits = 1 + 4 + 3 = 8
26. (b) Let two numbers be 29x and 29 y. Duration after which they will hit target 41. (a) Let other number be b and HCF be x.
together
29 x + 29 y = 232 ⇒ x + y = 8 ⇒ LCM = 12x
840
∴ ( x, y ) = ( 1, 7), (3, 5) = = 14 min.
60 We have, x + 12x = 403 ⇒ 13x = 403
Hence, one such pair is 87 and 145. So, they will hit the target together after ∴ x = 31
and the other pair is 203 and 29. 14 min. Product of two numbers
27. (d) Here, 18 = 2 × 3 × 3 and 15 = 3 × 5 Hence, they will hit together again at = LCM × HCF
9 : 14 am. ∴ 93 × b = x × 12x
HCF of 18 and 15 = 3
a b ⇒ 93 × b = 12 × 31 × 31
LCM of 18 and 15 = 2 × 3 × 3 × 5 = 90 35. (c) HCF , is
HCF a, b HCF a, b
∴ b = 124
∴ Product of HCF and LCM of both always equal to 1.
numbers = 3 × 90 = 270 42. (d) a , b and c are natural numbers.
Illustration Let the two positive
28. (a) Given that, three planets revolves the I. LCM of ( ab , ac ) = abc
integers be a = 24 and b = 36.
Sun once in 200, 250 and 300 days, a × LCM of ( b , c ) = abc
∴HCF
respectively in their own orbits. 24 36 Hence, statement I is correct.
,
∴ Required time = LCM of 200, 250 HCF ( 24, 36) HCF ( 24, 36) II. HCF ( ab , ac ) = a HCF ( b , c )
and 300 = 3000 days HCF of ( ab , ac ) = Common factor of
HCF , ⇒ HCF (2, 3) = 1
24 36
( ab , ac )
Hence, after 3000 days they all come 12 12
relatively to the same position at a and a × HCF ( b , c ) = a × common
certain point of time in their orbits. 36. (d) LCM of two natural numbers factor of ( b , c )
Product of m and n 552 Hence, statement II is correct.
29. (b) Given, LCM of two numbers = 2376 = = = 23
HCF of two numbers = 33 HCF of m and n 24 III. We know that HCF is always less
Here, no set of m and n is possible than LCM.
One of the number = 297
satisfying the given conditions as LCM Hence, statement III is correct.
(HCF of two numbers) × (LCM of is always a multiple of HCF. IV. HCF ( a , b ) divides LCM ( a , b )
two numbers) because a common factor
37. (c) Given, LCM of two integers is 1237,
= (First number) × (Second number) between a , b always divides ( a × b ).
which is a prime number.
33 × 2376 Hence, statement IV is correct.
∴ Second number = = 264 So, their HCF is 1.
297
04
32 CDS Pathfinder
DECIMAL FRACTIONS
Regularly (1-2) questions have been asked from this chapter. It is one of the most common chapters which
we are studying from the very starting age.
FRACTION
If any unit is divided into some parts, then ...... each of these parts is called fraction of that unit. A
fraction is represented as p/q, where q ≠ 0 and here q is called as denominator and p is called as
numerator.
e.g. 1/ 2, 3/ 4, 6 /7 etc. are fractions.
Simple fraction
6 2
The fraction which has denominator other than power of 10, is called simple fraction. e.g. , etc.
5 9
Note Simple fraction is also known as vulgar fraction.
DECIMAL FRACTION
Fraction that has powers of 10 in the denominator are called decimal fraction. e.g.
1 1
(i) is the tenth part of 1 is written as 0.1. (ii) is the hundredth part of 1 is written as 0.01.
10 100
Types of Decimals
1. Recurring Decimals A decimal number in which a digit or set of digits repeats regularly is called
non-terminating repeating decimals or recurring decimals. To represent these fractions, a line is
drawn on repeating digits.
1
e.g. = 0 .1428571428571 . . . = 0. 142857
7
2
= 0 .66666 . . . = 0 .6
3
4
= 1.33333 . . . = 1.3
3
MATHEMATICS Decimal Fractions 33
PRACTICE EXERCISE
1. If ( 15 . 9273 − x ) = 11. 0049, then the value of x is p
15. If 2 . 5252525 . . . =(in the lowest form), then
(a) 4.9224 (b) 0.4922 (c) 0.4294 (d) 6.932 q
q
what is the value of ?
2. If ( 15. 39 + 0 . 236 + 5 . 290 + 0 . 0002 ) = x , then the p
value of x is (a) 0.4 (b) 0.42525 (c) 0.0396 (d) 0.396
(a) 0.20916 (b) 2.0916 (c) 209.16 (d) 20.9162
16. What decimal of an hour is a second?
3. If 175 × 1. 24 = 2.17, then the value of 1.75 × 124 is (a) 0.25 (b) 0.0256 (c) 0.00027 (d) 0.0125
(a) 217 (b) 0.0217
(c) 2.17 (d) None of these 3 5
17. If 5 = 2.24, then the value of is
4. If 111.744 ÷ 28.8 = 3.88, then the value of 2 5 − 0.48
(a) 1.68 (b) 16.8 (c) 168 (d) 0.168
1117.44 ÷ 288 is
(a) 3.88 (b) 0.388 (c) 388.0 (d) 38.8 ( 0. 1)2 − ( 0. 01)2
18. The value of + 1 is equal to
( 0. 5)4 − ( 0.4)4 0 . 0001
5. The value of is equal to
( 0. 5)2 + ( 0.4)2 (a) 1001 (b) 11 (c) 101 (d) 100
(a) 0.9 (b) 0.09 (c) 9 (d) 0.009 3
19. The value of is equal to
0.004 × 0.0008 0. 3 − 3.03
6. The value of equals to 3+
0.02 3 × 0. 91
(a) 0.000016 (b) 0.00016 (a) 0.75 (b) 1.5 (c) 15 (d) 0.15
(c) 0.0016 (d) None of these
20. What should be subtracted from the
7. Which of the following sets of the fractions is in multiplication of 0.527 and 2.013 to get 1?
ascending order? (a) 0.939085 (b) 0.060851 (c) 1.91984 (d) 2.16085
6 7 5 11 5 6 7 11
(a) , , , (b) , , ,
8 9 6 13 6 8 9 13 21. The value of 0. 3467 + 0. 1333 is equal to
11 5 7 6 11 7 6 5 (a) 0.48 (b) 0.4801
(c) , , , (d) , , ,
13 6 9 8 13 9 8 6 (c) 0. 48 (d) 0.48
8. When 0.232323…is converted into a fraction, 22. The greatest fraction out of
2 5 11
, ,
7
and is
then the result is 5 6 12 8
1 2 23 23 7 5 11 2
(a) (b) (c) (d) (a) (b) (c) (d)
5 9 99 100 8 6 12 5
9. If 3. 245 × 10k = 0.0003245, then the value of k is 3
23. Which of the following fractions is greater than
(a) 4 (b) –4 (c) 3 (d) 5 4
5
10. The value of ( 0.6 + 0.8 + 0.7 ) is and less than .
6
1 1 1 1 1 2 4 9
(a) 2 (b) 2 (c) 2 (d) 1 (a) (b) (c) (d)
8 9 3 9 2 3 5 10
11. The value of ( 6. 88 − 2. 58) is 24. Consider the following statements:
(a) 4. 30 (b) 4.29 (c) 3.22 (d) 4. 38 1
I. cannot be written as a terminating decimal.
12. The expression (11.98 × 11.98 + 11.98 × x + 0.02 22
× 0.02) will be a perfect square for x equal to 2
II. can be written as a terminating decimal.
(a) 0.02 (b) 0.2 (c) 0.04 (d) 0.4 15
1
x+ y III. can be written as a terminating decimal.
13. If 2. 5x = 0. 5 y, then the value of is 16
x− y
Which of the statement(s) given above is/are
(a) −1.3 (b) −1.5 (c) 1.5 (d) 1.3
correct?
14. 7.2 exceeds its one-tenth by (a) Only I (b) Only II
(a) 8.48 (b) 5.48 (c) 6.48 (d) 5.28 (c) I and III (d) II and III
36 CDS Pathfinder
p
25. Consider the following decimal numbers: 28. Representation of 0. 2341 in the form , where p
q
I. 1.16666666… II. 1.181181118…
and q are integers, q ≠ 0, is e 2013 I
III. 2.010010001… IV. 1.454545…
781 1171 2341 2339
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Which of the above numbers represent(s) rational 3330 4995 9990 9990
number(s)?
29. Let p be a prime number other than 2 or 5. One
(a) Only IV (b) II and III
(c) I and IV (d) None of these
would like to express the vulgar fraction 1/ p in
the form of a recurring decimal. Then, the
decimal will be e 2015 I
PREVIOUS YEARS’ QUESTIONS (a) a pure recurring decimal and its period will be
necessarily ( p − 1)
26. What is the value of 0.007 + 17. 83 + 310. 0202 ? (b) a mixed recurring decimal and its period will be
necessarily ( p − 1)
(a) 327.86638 (b) 327.86638 e 2012 I
(c) a pure recurring decimal and its period will be some
(c) 327.86683 (d) 327.8668 factor of ( p − 1)
(d) a mixed recurring decimal and its period will be
27. What is the value of 0.242424…? e 2012 II
some factor of ( p − 1)
23 8 7 47
(a) (b) (c) (d)
99 33 33 198 30. The value of ( 0. 63 + 0. 37) is e 2015 II
100 100 1000
(a) 1 (b) (c) (d)
91 99 999
ANSWERS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
13. (b) 2.5x = 0.5 y 3 3 25. (c) Since, 1.16666… and 1.454545… are
19. (b) =
x .
05 3 + 0.3 − 3.03 3 − 273 recurring numbers and we know that,
⇒ = = 0. 20
y 2⋅5 3 × 0.91 3 × 91 recurring numbers represent rational
numbers.
Now, the expression is [dividing
3 3
numerator and denominator by y] = = = 1.5 Hence, statements I and IV are rational
x + y x / y + 1 0.20 + 1 120
. 3−1 2 numbers.
= = =
x− y x / y − 1 0.20 − 1 −080 . 26. (b) 0.007 = 0.007777777
20. (b) Let x should be subtracted
= −15
. ( 0.527 × 2.013) − x > 1 ⇒ 17.83 = 1783838383
.
Shortcut Method 1.060851 − x > 1 310.0202 = 310. 020222222
x 05 . x + y 05. + 25
.
= ⇒ = x = 0.060851
y 2.5 x− y . − 25
05 . = 3278663838
. on adding
21. (b) 0.34 67 + 0.1333 = 32786638
.
[using componendo and dividendo]
x+ y 3467 − 34 1333 − 13
⇒ =
3
= − 1.5 = + 27. (b) Given, 0.242424... = 0. 24
x − y −2 9900 9900
3433 + 1320 4753 [which is a recurring decimal number]
7.2 = = 24 8
14. (c) 7. 2 − 9900 9900 = =
10 99 33
4801 − 48
⇒ 7. 2 − 0. 72 = 6.48 = = 0. 4801
2341 − 2 2339
p 9900 28. (d) 0. 2341 = =
15. (d) Given, = 2.52 …(i) 9990 9990
2 5 11
q 22. (c) = 0.4, = 083
. , = 0.916
5 6 12 29. (c) Value p may be 3, 7, 11, 13.
Now, 100 multiply both sides, we get
7 1
100 p and = 0875. = 0.3 , Period = 1
= 252.52 …(ii) 8 3
q
On subtracting Eq. (i) from Eq. (ii), we
Clearly, the greatest fraction is 0.916 i.e. Here, p − 1 = 2 and 1 is a factor of 2.
11 1
get . = 0. 142857, Period = 6
99 p q 99 12 7
= 250 ⇒ = = 0.396
q p 250 3 5
23. (c) = 0.75, = 0833
. Here, p − 1 = 6 and 6 is a factor of 6.
1 4 6
16. (c) Required decimal fraction = 1
= 0. 09, Period = 2
60 × 60 1
= 05
2 4
. , = 0.66, = 08
. and
9
= 0.9 11
1 2 3 5 10
= = 0.00027 Here, p − 1 = 10 and 2 is a factor of 10.
3600 Clearly, 0.8 lies between 0.75 and
3 5 3 × 2. 24 0.8333. 30. (c) We have, 0. 63 + 0.37
17. (a) =
2 5 − 0.48 2 × 2. 24 − 0.48 4 3 5
∴ lies between and . Let x = 0.63 6363 63 …
5 4 6
[Q 5 = 2.24] 100x = 63.636363 …, 99x = 63
1 2
6.72 6.72 24. (c) In and , 22 and 15 are not in 63
= = = 168
. 22 15 and x =
4. 48 − 0. 48 4 1 99
the form of 2m × 5n but in .
16 Similarly, y = 0.37 = 0373737
.
( 0.1) − ( 0.01)
2 2
18. (d) Here, + 1
16 in the form of 24 × 50 . So,
1 37
0.0001 can be Q y=
16
0.01 − 0.0001 99
+ 1
0.0099
= + 1= written as a terminating decimal.
0.0001 0.0001 ∴ x+ y =
63 37 100
+ =
Hence, statements I and III are correct. 99 99 99
= ( 99 + 1) = 100
05
38 CDS Pathfinder
SQUARE ROOTS
AND CUBE ROOTS
Generally (1-3) questions have been asked from this chapter. This section will be useful in solving
simplification questions and will save lots of time while doing fuzzy calculations.
SQUARE
The square of a number is obtained by multiplying the number by itself.
e.g. Square of 5 = 5 × 5 = 25, square of 6 = 6 × 6 = 36
Perfect square A natural number n is called a perfect square or a square number, if there exists a
natural number m such that n = m2 .
e.g. The numbers 1, 4, 9, 16, 25, ... are perfect square.
x 4 Step III Put the quotient above the period and write the
EXAMPLE 1. If = , then the value of x is product of divisor and quotient just below the
64 8
first period.
a. 16 b. 12 c. 8 d. 4
x 4
Step IV Subtract the product of divisor and quotient from
Sol. a. We have, = , the first period and bring down the next period to
64 8 the right of the remainder. This becomes the new
On squaring both sides, we get dividend.
2
x 4
2
x 16 Step V Double the quotient and enter it with a blank on
= ⇒ = ⇒ x = 16
64 8 64 64 its right.
Step VI Guess a largest possible digit to fill the blank
Methods to Find Square Root which will also become the next digit in the
The square root of a given number can be determined quotient, such that when the new divisor is
by using any of the following two methods multiplied to the new quotient the product is less
1. Prime Factorization Method than or equal to the dividend.
2. General Method/Division Method Step VII Repeat the above steps till all the periods have
been taken up.
Prime Factorization Now, the quotient so obtained is the required
In this method, we express the given number as the square root of the given number.
product of prime factors. Now, for finding square root,
we take the product of these prime factors choosing one EXAMPLE 4. The square root of 1522756 is
out of every pair of same prime factors. a. 1182 b. 1222
c. 1234 d. 1334
EXAMPLE 2. The square root of 213444 is Sol. c
a. 332 b. 368 c. 432 d. 462
1 1 52 27 56 1234
Sol. d. The prime factorisation of 213444 is
1
213444 = 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 × 7 × 7 × 11 × 11
22 52
∴ 213444 = 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 × 7 × 7 × 11× 11
×2 44
Now, taking one number from each pair and multiplying
them, we get 213444 = 2 × 3 × 7 × 11 = 462 243 0827
×3 729
EXAMPLE 3. What is the square root of 2464 9856
0. 324 × 0.64 × 129.6
? ×4 9856
0 . 729 × 1. 024 × 36 ×
a. 4 b. 3 Hence, the square root of 1522756 is 1234.
c. 2 d. 1
EXAMPLE 5. The least number of four digits which
0.324 × 0.64 × 129.6 324 × 64 × 1296 is a perfect square is e 2012 II
Sol. d. =
0.729 × 1024
. × 36 729 × 1024 × 36 a. 1204 b. 1024
( 22 × 34) × ( 26) × ( 24 × 34) ( 2 × 32) × 23 × ( 22 × 32) c. 1402 d. 1420
= =
( 36) × ( 210) × ( 22 × 32) 33 × 25 × ( 2 × 3) Sol. b. Here, the greatest three-digit number = 999
18 × 8 × 36
= =1 31
27 × 32 × 6
3 9 99
Division Method ×3 9
To find the square root of a given number using this 61 99
method, the following steps are to be followed. 61
Step I In the given number, place bars over every pair of 38
digits starting with the unit’s digit. Each pair and Here, the greatest number of three digits which is
the remaining one digit (if any) on the extreme left perfect square = 999 − 38 = 961 = ( 31) 2
is called a period.
So, the smallest four-digit number which is perfect
Step II Think of the largest number whose square is less square = ( 31+ 1) 2 = ( 32) 2 = 1024
than or equal to the first period.
40 CDS Pathfinder
x 5 ⇒ 2m(1 + 2) = 24 ⇒ 2m × 3 = 24 ⇒ 2m = 8 = 23
Sol. a. We have 3 =
27 3 Now, on comparing both sides, we get
On cubing both sides, we get ∴ m=3
3
x 5
3
x 125 Hence, the value of m is 3.
3 = ⇒ =
27 3 27 27
∴ x = 125 SURDS OR RADICALS
Let x be a rational number and n be a positive integer,
Method to Find Cube Root such that n x is irrational, then n x is called a radical or
Method to calculate the cube root of a number is as follow surd of order n and here x is called the radicand.
• A surd of order 2 is called a quadratic surd i.e. 2, 3.
Prime Factorization Method • A surd of order 3 is called a cubic surd. i.e. 3 2, 3 3.
In this method, we express the given number as the • A surd of order 4 is called a biquadratic surd i.e. 4 5 , 4 7 .
product of prime factors.
Now, for finding cube root, we take the product of Laws of Radicals
these prime factors choosing one out of every three, The laws of exponents which are applicable to the surds
from the factors. are
EXAMPLE 7. Find the cube root of 373248. (i) ( n x ) n = x
a. 42 b. 52 c. 62 d. 72 (ii) n xy = n x ⋅ n y
Sol. d. Here, 373248 = 8 × 8 × 8 × 9 × 9 × 9 x n
x
(iii) n =
373248 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 y n y
× 2× 2× 2× 3× 3× 3× 3× 3× 3
(iv) ( n x ) m = ( n x m )
⇒ 3
373248 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 = 72
Hence, the cube root of 373248 is 72. (v) m n
x = mn x = n m x
MATHEMATICS Square Roots and Cube Roots 41
PRACTICE EXERCISE
x 4 14. Find the value of
1. If = , then the value of x is
49 7
343 + 307 + 273 + 241 + 225
(a) 9 (b) 25 (c) 16 (d) 8
(a) 18 (b) 19 (c) 19 (d) 18 + 3
2. Which of the following cannot be a digit in the
1 1 1 1
unit place of a perfect square? 15. What is − + −
(a) 1 (b) 5 (c) 7 (d) 0 9− 8 8− 7 7− 6 6− 5
1
3. The number 0.0001 is + equal to?
5− 4
(a) a rational number less than 0.01
1
(b) a rational number (a) 0 (b) 1 (c) 5 (d)
3
(c) an irrational number
(d) Neither a rational number nor an irrational number 16. What is one of the square roots of 9 − 2 14?
4. If m and n are natural numbers, then m
n is (a) 7 − 3 (b) 6 − 3 (c) 7 − 5 (d) 7 − 2
(a) always irrational 17. If p = r = m and r = p = n , then which one of
x y w z
(b) irrational unless n is the mth power of an integer
the following is correct?
(c) irrational unless m is the nth power of an integer
(a) x w = yz (b) x z = yw
(d) irrational unless m and n are coprime
(c) x + y = w + z (d) x − y = w − z
5. What is that fraction which when multiplied by
18. If a x = b y = cz and abc = 1, then what is
itself gives 227.798649?
(a) 15.093 (b) 15.099 (c) 14.093 (d) 9.0019 xy + yz + zx equal to
(a) xyz (b) x + y + z (c) 0 (d) 1
6. If x = 3018 + 36 + 169 , then the value of x is 5+1 5−1
19. If a = and b = , then the value of
(a) 55 (b) 44 (c) 63 (d) 42 5−1 5+1
7. If 3 x = x / 5, then x is equal to a 2 + ab + b2
2 is
(a) 5 5 (b) 55
6
(c) 56
5
(d) 5 a − ab + b2
(a) 3/4 (b) 4/3 (c) 3/5 (d) 5/3
8. What is the value of
29.16 + 0.2916 + 0.002916 + 0. 00002916 ? 20. If 3 5 + 125 = 17.88, then what will be the value
(a) 5.9949 (b) 5.9894 (c) 5.9984 (d) 5.9994 of 80 + 6 5
−5/ 2 − 3/ 2 (a) 13.41 (b) 20.46 (c) 21.66 (d) 22.35
9. ( 5 ) × ( 5)
1 1 1 21. If N = 2 0.15
and N = 16, then b is equal to
b
(a) (b) (c) (d) None of these
625 25 125 (a) 80 / 3 (b) 5 / 3 (c) 4 (d) 3 / 5
10. If a = 3, b = 9 and c = 10, then the value of 22. If 6A = 2, 6B = 5 and 6Q = 15, then Q equals to
13 + a + 112 + b + c − 1 is (a) B + 3 (b) 5A + B (c) B2 − 2 B (d) B − A + 1
26. What is the smallest number by which 26244 37. If 16 × 8n + 2 = 2m , then m is equal to e 2013 I
must be divided to get a perfect cube? (a) n + 8 (b) 2 n + 10
(a) 4 (b) 6 (c) 36 (d) 16 (c) 3 n + 2 (d) 3 n + 10
27. What is the smallest number that must be added 2
to 1780 to make it a perfect square?
38. When a ball bounces, it rises to of the height
3
(a) 39 (b) 49 (c) 59 (d) 69 from which it fell. If the ball is dropped from a
28. A gardener plants 17956 trees in such a way height of 36 m, how high will it rise at the third
that there are as many rows as there are trees in bounce? e 2013 I
a row. The number of trees in a row are 1 2 1 2
(a) 10 m (b) 10 m (c) 10 m (d) 12 m
(a) 136 (b) 164 (c) 134 (d) 166 3 3 3 3
29. A group of student decided to collect as many 39. The product of four consecutive natural numbers
paise from each member of the group as is the plus one is e 2014 I
number of members. If the total collection (a) a non-square
amounts to ` 32.49 the number of members in the (b) always sum of two square numbers
group, is (c) a square
(a) 37 (b) 47 (c) 57 (d) 27 (d) None of the above
30. A general arranges his soldiers in rows to form a 40. The difference of two consecutive cubes e 2014 I
perfect square. He find that in doing, so (a) is odd or even (b) is never divisible by 2
60 soldiers are left out. If the total number of (c) is always even (d) None of these
soldiers be 8160. Then, the number of soldiers in
each row is ( 0.75)3
41. The square root of + [0.75 + ( 0.75)2 + 1] is
(a) 90 (b) 91 (c) 92 (d) 80 1 − 0.75
e 2015 I
31. A ball is dropped from a height 64 m above the
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4
ground and every time it hits the ground it rises
to a height equal to half of the previous. What is 5 + 10
the height attained after it hits the ground for 42. What is equal to?
5 5 − 2 20 − 32 + 50
the 16th time?
e 2015 I
(a) 2 −12 m (b) 2 −11 m (c) 2 −10 m (d) 2 −9 m
(a) 5 (b) 5 2 (c) 5 5 (d) 5
a + 3b + a − 3b 91 1
32. If x = , then 3bx 2 − 2ax + 3b is 43. If x = , then the value of 3 − is
a + 3b − a − 3b 216 (1 −x )1/ 3 e 2015 II
equal to (given that, b ≠ 0). 9 5 4 4
(a) (b) (c) (d)
(a) 1 (b) 0 (c) ab (d) 2ab 5 9 9 5
44. Which one of the following is correct? e 2015 II
PREVIOUS YEARS’ QUESTIONS (a) 2 < 4 6 < 3 4 (b) 2 > 4 6 > 3
4
(c) 4 6 < 2 < 3 4 (d) 4 6 > 2 > 3
4
33. If a x = b, b y = c and xyz = 1, then what is the 1 1
value of cz ? e 2012 I 45. If x = 3 + 2, then the value of x3 + x + + , is
x x3
(a) a (b) b (c) ab (d) a/b
e 2015 II
34. If 196 x = x , then x is equal to which one of
4 6 3
(a) 10 3 (b) 20 3 (c) 10 2 (d) 20 2
the following? e 2012 I
46. If x = 21/ 3 + 2− 1/ 3 , then the value of 2x3 − 6x − 5 is
6 2
x x
(a) (b) 14x4 (c) (d) 14x2 equal to e 2016 I
14 14 (a) 0 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) 3
35. If 10 + 3 x = 4, then what is the value of x? 47. If 4x 2 y = 128 and 33 x 32 y − 9xy = 0, then the value
e 2012 I of x + y can be equal to e 2016 I
(a) 150 (b) 216 (c) 316 (d) 450 (a) 7 (b) 5 (c) 3 (d) 1
36. The expression [( 2 ) 2 ] 2
gives e 2013 I a + 2b + a − 2b
(a) a natural number 48. If x = , then bx 2 − ax + b is
a + 2b − a − 2b
(b) an integer and not a natural number
(c) a rational number but not an integer equal to (given that b ≠ 0) e 2016 I
(d) a real number but not a rational number (a) 0 (b) 1 (c) ab (d) 2ab
44 CDS Pathfinder
ANSWERS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
5+1 5+1 ⇒
4 4
− =3 − 1⇒
1 1 1
− = a + 3b + a − 3b
19. (b) a = × 32. (b) Given, x =
5−1 5+1 x y x y 2 a + 3b − a − 3b
1 1 1
( 5 + 1)2 3 + 5 Hence, the value of − is ⋅ By rationalising, we get
= = x y 2
5−1 2 ( a + 3b )2 + ( a − 3b )2
x=
5−1 5−1 25. (d) Here, the greatest six-digit number ( a + 3b )2 − ( a − 3b )2
b= × = 999999
5+1 5−1 2 ( a + 3b )( a − 3b )
999 +
( 5 − 1)2 3 − 5 ( a + 3b )2 − ( a − 3b )2
= = 9 99 99 99
5−1 2 81 a + 3b + a − 3b + 2 a 2 − 9b 2
2 2 x=
3 + 5 3 − 5 189 1899 a + 3b − a + 3b
∴ a2 + b2 = +
2 2 ×9 1701 2a + 2 a 2 − 9b 2
x=
2( 9 + 5) 1989 19899 a + 3b − a + 3b
= =7
4 ×9 17901
(a + a 2 − 9b 2 )
5+1 5−1 1998 =
Also, ab = × =1 (3 b )
5−1 5+1 Here, the greatest number of six digit
a 2 + ab + b 2 ( a 2 + b 2 ) + ab
which is perfect square 3bx2 − 2ax + 3b = 0
∴ 2 = = 999999 − 1998 = 998001
a − ab + b 2 ( a 2 + b 2 ) − ab 33. (a) Given, a x = b , b y = c and x yz = 1
7+ 1 4 26. (c) We have, Now, a x = b
= =
7−1 3 26244 = 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 On multiplying both sides by y in
So, to get a perfect cube, power, we get
20. (d) 3 5 + 125 = 1788
.
26244 must be divided by 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 ( ax ) y = ( b) y ⇒ a xy = b y
⇒ 3 5 + 5 5 = 1788
. i.e., 36.
Here, b y = c ⇒ ax y = c
⇒ 8 5 = 1788
.
27. (d) We know that, ( 42)2 = 1764 and Again, multiply with z in power, we get
1788
.
⇒ 5= = 2.235 ( 43)2 = 1849
8 ( a x y )z = c z ⇒ a x y z = cz
Since, 1764 < 1780 < 1849
∴ 80 + 6 5 = 4 5 + 6 5 Hence, the smallest number that must be Given, xyz = 1 ⇒ a = c z
= 10 5 = 10 × 2.235 = 22.35 added to 1780 is ( 1849 − 1780), i.e. 69. ∴ cz = a
21. (a) N = 2 0.15
28. (c) Given, total number of tress = 17956 Hence, the value of c z is a.
⇒ N = ( 2) 3 / 20
⇒ ( N ) = ( 2)
b 3 b / 20
∴ Number of trees in each row x6
34. (d) 196x4 = x6 , 196 = = x2
But, N b
= 16 = 17956 = 134 x4
∴ 16 = ( 2)3 b / 20 ⇒ 24 = ( 2)3 b / 20 29. (c) Total rupees collected = ` 32.49 ⇒ x= 196 = 14
3b 80 = 32.49 × 100 paise = 3249 paise ⇒ x3 = 14x2
⇒ 4= ⇒ b=
20 3 ∴ Number of member in the group 35. (b) Given, 10 + 3 x = 4
22. (d) Since 15 = 3 × 5 = 3 × 6B = 3249 = 57 On squaring both sides, we get
6 61
As, 3 = = A = 61 − A 30. (a) Here, number of soldier arranged 10 + 3 x = 16
2 6
= 8160 − 60 = 8100 ⇒ 3 x = 16 − 10 = 6
∴ 15 = 3 × 6B = 61 − A × 6B
As number of soldier in each row is Now, on cubing both sides, we get
⇒ 6Q = 61 − A × 6B ⇒ 6Q = 61 − A + B equal to number of row. x = ( 6)3 = 216
⇒ Q = 1− A + B So, number of soldier in each row Hence, the value of x is 216.
23. (a) LCM of 4, 6, 12 = 12 = 8100 = 90 36. (d) Expression = [( 2 ) 2
] 2
4
3 = 12 33 = 12 27 1
31. (c) After Ist hit, height of the ball 2
6
10 = 12 102 = 12 100 1 = ( 2 )(2 ) 2
= ( 2 )(2 ) 2
= ( 64)
25 =
12 12 1 1 − 1
25 2 1
×2 2
(2 ) 2
= ( 2) 2 = ( 2)
Clearly, 12 100 > 12 27 > 12 25 After IInd hit, height of the ball
Thus, 6 10 > 4 3 > 12 25 2 which denotes a real number but not a
= ( 64)
1
rational number.
24. (c) Given, (3.7) = ( 0.037) = 10000
x y 2
37. (d) Given, 16 × 8n + 2
= 2m
⇒ (3.7)x = 104 and ( 0.037) y = 104 After 16th hit, height of the ball
⇒ ( 2) × 2 3 (n +
4 2)
= 2m
37 = 104 / x + 1 and 37 = 104 / y + 3
16
⇒
=
1 (4 + 3 n + 6 ) ( 3 n + 10 )
2
( 64) ⇒ 2 =2 ⇒2
m
= 2m
⇒ 104 / x + 1 = 104 / y + 3
On comparing, we get
1
On comparing both sides, we get = ( 26 ) = 2−10 m 3n + 10 = m
4 4 216
+ 1= + 3 ⇒ m = 3n + 10
x y
46 CDS Pathfinder
Distance
The length of the path travelled by any object or a person between two places is known as distance.
The unit of distance is m or km.
Time
The duration in hours, minutes or seconds spent to cover a certain distance is called time.
Speed
The distance travelled by any object or a person per unit time is known as speed of that object or a
person. The unit of speed is m/s or km/h.
distance
So, speed =
time
EXAMPLE 1. There are 20 poles with a constant distance between each pole. A car takes 24 s to
reach the 12th pole. How much time will it take to reach the last pole?
a. 25.25 s b. 17.45 s c. 35.75 s d. 41.45 s
Sol. d. Suppose distance between each pole is 1m.
∴ Total distance = 19 m
It takes 24 s to cover 11 m.
24
∴ To cover 19 m, it will take × 19 = 4145
. .
11
Conversion of Unit
5
(i) To convert speed of an object from km/h to m/s, multiply it by .
18
5
e.g. 36 km/h = 36 × m/s = 10 m/s
18
48 CDS Pathfinder
Problem Based on Trains Rule 8 If two trains start at the same time from points
Problems based on trains are same as the problems A and B towards each other and after crossing each other,
related to speed, Time and Distance. The only difference they take t 1 and t 2 time in reaching points B and A
is that the length of the moving object (train) is taken t
respectively, then ratio of their speed = 2
into consideration in these types of problems. t1
Rule 6 (i) Time taken by a train x m long in passing a S1 t
or = 2
single post or pole or standing man = Time S2 t1
taken by the train to cover x m.
50 CDS Pathfinder
Sol. b. Let the speed of the sailor in still water = x km/h EXAMPLE 14. In a 200 m race, A can beat B by 50m
and speed of the current (stream) = y km/h and B can beat C by 8m. In the same race, A can beat
Then, speed of the sailor downstream = ( x + y) km/h C by what distance?
and speed of the sailor upstream = ( x − y) km/h a. 60 m b. 72 m c. 56 m d. 66 m
40 2 Sol. c. A can beat B by 50 m.
∴ Time to travel 8 km downstream = 40 min = h= h
60 3 speed of A 200 200
∴ = =
8 2 24 distance speed of B 200 − 50 150
⇒ = ⇒x+ y = Q = time
x+ y 3 2 speed Also, B can beat C by 8m,
⇒ x + y = 12 …(i) speed of B 200 200
∴ = =
and time to return = 1h ⇒
8
=1 speed of C 200 − 8 192
x−y speed of A speed of B speed of A
Now, = ×
⇒ x− y =8 …(ii) speed of C speed of C speed of B
On adding Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get x = 10 and y = 2 200 200 200
= × =
Hence, speed of sailor in still water = 10 km/h 150 192 144
Speed of current (stream) = 2 km/h So, A beats C by (200 − 144) = 56 m
MATHEMATICS Time and Distance 51
PRACTICE EXERCISE
from B to A at a speed of 60 km/h. The time of
1. A car completes a journey in 6 h with a speed of
their meeting is
50 km/h. At what speed must it travel to
(a) 8 : 30 am (b) 8 : 00 am (c) 9 : 00 am (d) 9 : 15 am
complete the journey in 5 h?
(a) 60 km/h (b) 55 km/h (c) 45 km/h (d) 61 km/h 11. A train T1 leaves a place P at 5:00 am and
2. Kiran covers a certain distance at 80 km/h and reaches another place Q at 9 : 00 am another
returns back to the same point at 20 km/h. Then, train T2 leaves the place Q at 7 : 00 am and
the average speed during the whole journey is reaches the place P at 10 : 30 am. The time at
(a) 35 km/h (b) 32 km/h (c) 30 km/h (d) 28 km/h which the two trains cross each other is
(a) 8 : 26 am (b) 7 : 56 am (c) 8 : 15 am (d) 8 : 00 am
3. Normally Sarita takes 3 h to travel between two
stations with a constant speed. One day her 12. A certain distance is covered at a certain speed.
speed was reduced by 12 km/h and she took If half of the distance is covered in double time,
45 min more to complete the journey. Then, the then the ratio of the two speeds is
distance between the two stations is (a) 4 : 1 (b) 1 : 4 (c) 2 : 1 (d) 1 : 2
(a) 60 km (b) 120 km (c) 180 km (d) 95 km 13. Two trains start running at the same time from
4. Rani goes to school at 10 km/h and reaches the two stations which are 210 km apart and going
school 6 min late. Next day, she covers this in opposite directions cross each other at a
distance at 12 km/h and reaches the school distance of 100 km from one of the station. The
9 min earlier than the scheduled time. What is ratio of their speed is
the distance of her school from her house? (a) 11 : 9 (b) 10 : 11 (c) 11 : 10 (d) 9 : 11
(a) 16 km (b) 12 km (c) 10 km (d) 15 km 14. A police car is ordered to chase a speeding car
5. A man travels first 50 km at 25 km/h next 40 km that is 5 km ahead. The thief car is travelling at
at 20 km/h and then 90 km at 15 km/h. His an average speed of 80 km/h and the police car
average speed (in m/s) for the whole journey is pursues it at an average speed of 100 km/h. How
(a) 18 (b) 5 (c) 10 (d) 36 long does it take for the police car to overtake
the other car?
6. A boy is running at a speed of p km/h to cover a
(a) 17 min (b) 19 min (c) 13 min (d) 15 min
distance of 1 km. But due to the slippery ground,
his speed is reduced by q km/h ( p > q ). If he 15. Points A and B are 70 km apart on a highway. A
takes r h to cover the distance, then car starts from A and another car starts from B
1 pq 1 1
(a) = (b) = p + q (c) r = p − q (d) = p−q at the same time. If they travel in the same
r p+ q r r direction they meet in 7 h, but they travel
towards each other they meet in 1 h. What are
7. A train passes telegraph post in 40 s moving at a
the speeds of the cars?
rate of 36 km/h. Then, the length of the train is
(a) 30 km/h, 40 km/h (b) 36 km/h, 40 km/h
(a) 400 m (b) 500 m (c) 450 m (d) 395 m
(c) 19 km/h, 20 km/h (d) 40 km/h, 50 km/h
8. A person can run around a circular path of
radius 21 m in 44 s. In what time will the same 16. Assume that the distance that a car runs on 1 L
person run a distance of 3 km? of petrol varies inversely as the square of the
speed at which it is driven. It gives a run of
(a) 18 min 40 s (b) 16 min 30 s
25 km/L at a speed of 30 km/h. At what speed
(c) 18 min 30 s (d) 16 min 40 s
should it be driven to get a run of 36 km/L?
9. A car is ahead of a scooter by 30 km. Car goes at (a) 12.5 km/h (b) 25 km/h (c) 30 km/h (d) 40 km/h
the rate of 50 km/h and the scooter goes at the
rate of 60 km/h. The scooter overtakes the car 17. A man standing on a railway platform observes
after that a train going in one direction takes 4 s to
1 pass him. Another train of same length going in
(a) 3 h (b) 3.5 h (c) 4 h (d) 3 h
4 the opposite direction takes 5 s to pass him. The
time taken (in seconds) by the two trains to cross
10. Two towns A and B are 250 km apart. A bus each other will be
starts from A to B at 6 : 00 am at a speed of 32 33 40 49
40 km/h. At the same time another bus starts (a) (b) (c) (d)
9 7 9 9
52 CDS Pathfinder
18. A bullock cart has to cover a distance of 80 km 28. A person x started 5 min earlier at 60 km/h from
in 10 h. If it covers half of the journey in 3/5th a place P, then another person y followed him at
time, what should be its speed to cover the 48 km/h, started his journey at 3:05 pm. Which
remaining distance in the time left? of the following is/are correct.
(a) 5 km/h (b) 10 km/h (c) 15 km/h (d) 18 km/h I. At 3 : 15 pm, x and y are 7 km apart.
3 II. At 3 : 25 pm, y will overtake x
19. By walking at of his usual speed, a man reaches
4 (a) Only I (b) Only II
his office 25 min later than usual. His usual time is (c) Both I and II (d) Neither I nor II
(a) 60 min (b) 70 min (c) 75 min (d) 80 min
29. A boy walking at a speed of 20 km/h reaches his
20. A train covers a distance in 50 min, if it runs at school 30 min late. Next time he increases his
a speed of 48 km/h on an average. The speed at speed by 4 km/h but still he is late by 10 min.
which the train must run to reduce the time of
Which of the following statement is/are correct?
journey to 40 min, will be
I. The distance of the school from his home is
(a) 10 km/h (b) 20 km/h (c) 40 km/h (d) 60 km/h
50 km/h.
21. Two trains travel in the same direction at II. If he increases his speed by 10 km/h but still
50 km/h and 32 km/h, respectively. A man in the late by 10 min, then distance of the school will
slower train observes that 15 s elapse before the be 20 km.
faster train completely passes him. What is the (a) Both I and II are correct (b) Only I is correct
length of the faster train? (c) Only II is correct (d) Neither I nor II are correct.
625
(a) 75 m (b) 125 m (c) 150 m (d) m
3
Directions (Q. Nos.30-31) Ramesh and Prateek start
22. A father and his son start at a point A with running at same time in opposite directions from
speeds of 12 km/h and 18 km/h, respectively and
two points and after passing each other they
reach another point B. If his son starts 60 min
complete their journeys in ‘x’ and ‘y’ h, respectively.
after his father at A and reaches B, 60 min
before his father, what is the distance between A Then, Speed of Ramesh : Speed of Prateek = y : x
and B ?
(a) 90 km (b) 72 km (c) 36 km (d) None of these 30. Find the ratio of the speeds of Ramesh and
Prateek, if Ramesh and Prateek completed their
23. Two trains of lengths 100 m and 150 m are journeys in 16 h and 25 h after passing each other.
travelling in opposite directions at speeds of
(a) 5 : 4 (b) 5 : 3 (c) 4 : 5 (d) 3 : 5
75 km /h and 50 km/h, respectively. What is the
time taken by them to cross each other? 31. What if two persons completed their journey
(a) 7.4 s (b) 7.2 s (c) 7 s (d) 6.8 s with speeds in the ratio 7 : 9, then how much
24. A man can walk uphill at the rate of 2.5 km/h time they should have taken to complete their
and downhill at the rate of 3.25 km/h. If the journey after they meet each other.
total time required to walk a certain distance up (a) 81 : 49 (b) 7: 9 (c) 49 : 81 (d) 14 : 18
the hill and return to the starting position is 4 h
36 min, what is the distance he walked up the hill? PREVIOUS YEARS’ QUESTIONS
(a) 3.5 km (b) 4.5 km (c) 5.5 km (d) 6.5 km
25. A boat goes 30 km upstream and 44 km 32. A train 280 m long is moving at a speed of
downstream in 10 h. In 13 h it can go 40 km 60 km/h. What is the time taken by the train to
upstream and 55 km downstream. The speed of cross a platform 220 m long? e 2012 I
the boat in still water is (a) 45 s (b) 40 s (c) 35 s (d) 30 s
(a) 9 km/h (b) 8 km/h (c) 4 km/h (d) 3 km/h 33. A car travels along the four sides of a square at
26. A motorboat takes 2 h to travel a distance of speeds v , 2 v , 3 v and 4 v , respectively. If u is the
9 km down the current and it takes 6 h to travel average speed of the car in its travel around the
the same distance against the current. What is square, then which one of the following is
the speed of the boat in still water (in km/h)? correct? e 2012 I
(a) 3 (b) 2 (c) 1.5 (d) 10 (a) u = 2 .25 v (b) u = 3 v
(c) v < u < 2 v (d) 3 v < u < 4 v
27. Ram travels from P to Q at 10 km/h and return at
15 km/h. Shyam travels from P to Q and return 34. A car is travelling at a constant rate of 45 km/h.
at 12.5 km/h. If he takes 12 min less than Ram, The distance travelled by car from 10 : 40 am to
then what is the distance between P and Q? 1 : 00 pm is e 2012 II
(a) 60 km (b) 45 km (c) 36 km (d) 30 km (a) 165 km (b) 150 km (c) 120 km (d) 105 km
MATHEMATICS Time and Distance 53
35. A person travels a certain distance at 3 km/h 45. A man rides one-third of the distance from A to
and reaches 15 min late. If he travels at 4 km/h, B at the rate of x km/h and the remainder at the
he reaches 15 min earlier. The distance he has to rate of 2y km/h. If he had travelled at a uniform
travel is e 2013 I rate of 6z km/h, then he could have ridden from
(a) 4.5 km (b) 6 km (c) 7.2 km (d) 12 km A to B and back again in the same time. Which
36. If a body covers a distance at the rate of x km/h one of the following is correct? e 2014 II
53. By increasing the speed of his car by 15 km/h, a 60. A bike consumes 20 mL of petrol per kilometre,
person covers 300 km distance by taking an hour if it is driven at a speed in the range of
less than before. The original speed of the car 25-50 km/h and consumes 40 mL of petrol per
was e 2015 II kilometre at any other speed. How much
(a) 45 km/h (b) 50 km/h (c) 60 km/h (d) 75 km/h petrol is consumed by the bike in travelling a
distance of 50 km, if the bike is driven at a
54. Two trains, one is of 121 m in length at the speed of 40 km/h for the first 10 km, at a speed
speed of 40 km/h and the other is of 99 m in of 60 km/h for the next 30 km and at a speed of
length at the speed of 32 km/h are running in 30 km/h for the last 10 km? e 2015 II
opposite directions. In how much time will they (a) 1 L (b) 1.2 L (c) 1.4 L (d) 1.6 L
be completely clear from each other from the
moment they meet ? e 2015 II 61. A passenger train takes 1 h less for a journey of
(a) 10 s (b) 11 s (c) 16 s (d) 21 s 120 km, if its speed is increased by 10 km/h
from its usual speed. What is its usual speed?
55. The speeds of three buses are in the ratio e 2016 I
2 : 3 : 4. The time taken by these buses to travel (a) 50 km/h (b) 40 km/h (c) 35 km/h (d) 30 km/h
the same distance will be in the ratio. e 2015 II
(a) 2 : 3 : 4 (b) 4 : 3 : 2 62. A man walking at 5 km/h noticed that a 225 m
(c) 4 : 3 : 6 (d) 6 : 4 : 3 long train coming in the opposite direction crossed
him in 9 s. The speed of the train is e 2016 I
56. Two trains are moving in the same direction (a) 75 km/h (b) 80 km/h (c) 85 km/h (d) 90 km/h
at 1.5 km/min and 60 km/h, respectively. A man
in the faster train observes that it takes 27 s to
63. A cyclist moves non-stop from A to B, a distance
of 14 km, at a certain average speed. If his
cross the slower train. The length of the slower
average speed reduces by 1 km/h, then he takes
train is e 2015 II
20 min more to cover the same distance. The
(a) 225 m (b) 230 m (c) 240 m (d) 250 m
original average speed of the cyclist is e 2016 I
57. In a race of 100 m, A beats B by 4 m and A beats (a) 5 km/h (b) 6 km/h
C by 2 m. By how many metres (approximately) (c) 7 km/h (d) None of these
would C beat B in another 100 m race assuming 64. In a race of 1000 m, A beats B by 100 m or 10 s.
C and B run with their respective speeds as in If they start a race of 1000 m simultaneously
the earlier race? e 2015 II
from the same point and if B gets injured after
(a) 2 (b) 2.04 (c) 2.08 (d) 3.2 running 50 m less than half the race length and
58. Three athletes run a 4 km race. Their speeds are in due to which his speed gets halved, then by how
the ratio 16 : 15 : 11. When the winner wins the much time will A beat B ? e 2016 I
race, then the distance between the athlete in the (a) 65 s (b) 60 s (c) 50 s (d) 45 s
second position to the athlete in the third 65. In a race A, B and C take part. A beats B by
position is e 2015 II 30 m, B beats C by 20 m and A beats C by 48 m.
(a) 1000 m (b) 800 m (c) 750 m (d) 600 m
Which of the following is/are correct?
59. A motorboat, whose speed is 15 km/h in still I. The length of the race is 300 m.
water goes 30 km downstream and comes back in II. The speeds of A, B and C are in the ratio
a total of 4h and 30 min. The speed of the 50 : 45 : 42.
stream is e 2015 II
Select the correct answer using codes given below.
(a) 4 km/h (b) 5 km/h
(a) Only I (b) Only II e 2016 I
(c) 6 km/h (d) 10 km/h
(c) Both I and II (d) Neither I nor II
ANSWERS
1 a 2 b 3 c 4 d 5 b 6 d 7 a 8 d 9 a 10 a
11 b 12 a 13 c 14 d 15 a 16 b 17 c 18 b 19 c 20 d
21 a 22 b 23 b 24 d 25 b 26 a 27 d 28 a 29 c 30 a
31 a 32 d 33 c 34 d 35 b 36 c 37 b 38 c 39 b 40 b
41 b 42 d 43 b 44 a 45 c 46 a 47 b 48 a 49 c 50 a
51 a 52 b 53 c 54 b 55 d 56 a 57 b 58 a 59 b 60 d
MATHEMATICS Time and Distance 55
When A = 36 km/L 22. (b) Let distance between A and On solving the above equations, we get
22500 22500 150 B be x km. x = 8, y = 3
v2 = ⇒v = =
36 36 6 By given condition, Thus, the speed of boat in still water
x x = 8 km/h
Hence, the speed of a car is 25 km/h. − = 2 ⇒ 6x = 2 × 18 × 12
12 18
17. (c) Let the length of each train be I m. 26. (a) Let the speed of motorboat be
2 × 18 × 12
⇒ Speed of first train = m/s ∴ x= = 72 km
I x km/h and the speed of water be y km/h.
4 6
Now, speed of boat downstream
and speed of second train = m/s
I Hence, the required distance is 72 km.
5 = ( x + y ) km/h [Rule 9]
23. (b) Relative speed when trains are in
As, both trains are moving in opposite and speed of boat upstream
opposite direction
direction. = ( x − y ) km/h
=V + V
1 2
Time taken to cross each other By given condition,
= 75 + 50 = 125 km/h
I+I 9
= [Rule 7] 125 × 5 = 2 ⇒ 2x + 2 y = 9 …(i)
I I = m/s x+ y
+ 18
4 5 and total distance covered 9
and = 6 ⇒ 6x − 6 y = 9
2I 20 × 2 40 = ( 100 + 150) = 250 m x− y
= s= = s ⇒ 2x − 2 y = 3
9I 9 9 ∴ Time taken to cross each other …(ii)
20 Total covered distance On solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
=
18. (b) Given, total distance to cover in 10 h Relative speed x = 3 km/h and y = 1.5 km/h
II. Here, x = 20 km/h, y = 10 km/h 140 40. (b) Let t h be the time taken by the man
= 140 min = h
t = 30 min, t = 10 min 60 to reach his office at speed of 15 km/h.
1 2
According to formula, So, required distance travelled by car Then, time taken to reach office at the
= speed × time speed of 10 km/h = ( t + 2) h
∴ Required distance 140
= 45 × = 105 km s ×t = s ×t
30 − 10 60 Now,
( 20 + 10) 20
1 1 2 2
=
60 10 35. (b) Given, x = 3 km/h, y = 4 km/h, ⇒ 10 × ( t + 2) = 15 × t
[Rule 5] t = 15 min =
15
h ⇒ 10 t + 20 = 15 t ⇒ 5 t = 20
1
20 20 60 ∴ t =4h
= × 30 × = 20 km 15
60 10 and t = 15 min = h Now, distance covered to reach office
2
So, II is correct.
60 =s × t
xy ( t + t ) 1 1
∴ Required distance = 1 2
= 10 × ( 4 + 2) = 10 × 6 = 60 km
30. (a) x = 16, y = 25 y−x
According to formula, Now, speed required to reach office at 12
[Rule 4]
Ramesh’ s Speed y 25 5 noon in 5 h.
∴ = = =
3×4 +
15 15
∴ Speed =
60
= 12 km/h
Prateek’ s Speed x 16 4 60 60
= 5
or 5:4 4 −3
30 1 41. (b) Speed of train = 48 km/h
31. (a) Here, we know the relation = 12 × = 12 × = 6 km
= 48 ×
5
Speed of Ramesh y 7 y 60 2 m/s
= ⇒ = 18
Speed of Prateek x 9 x 36. (c) If a body covers a distance at the rate
of x km/h and another equal distance at Let the length of train be x m
49 y
On squaring both sides, = = 81 : 49 the rate of y km/h, then =
2xy 5
81 x x = 48 × ×9
x+ y 18
32. (d) To cover a distance by train [Rule 2] x = 120 m
= 280 + 220 = 500 m
37. (b) Let speed of the flow of water Length of the train is 120 m.
Speed of train = 60 km/h be v km/h and rate of sailing of sailer be
5 42. (d) Let the speed of a train be x m/s and
= 60 × m/s u km/h.
18 length be y m.
50 Speed of sailor downstream
= m/s Condition I When t = 10 s
3 = (u + v ) km/h [Rule 9] distance
time =
∴ Time taken by train Speed of sailor upstream = (u − v ) km/h speed
total distance 48 y
= Condition I u + v = ⇒ 10 = ∴ y = 10x ...(i)
speed 8 x
500 ⇒ u+ v=6 ...(i)
= = 30 s Condition II When t = 20 s
50 / 3 48
Condition II u − v = and total distance = y + 200 m
12
Total distance
33. (c) Let side of a square be x. ⇒ u−v=4 ...(ii) ∴ Time =
x Speed
D C On subtracting Eqs. (ii) from (i), we get
3v y + 200
v = 1 km/h 20 = ⇒ 20x = y + 200
x
x 4v 2v x 38. (c) Speed of train = 72 km/h y
20 × = y + 200
5
= 72 × 10
v 18
A B ⇒ 2 y − y = 200 ⇒ y = 200
x
= 20 m/s Hence, the length of train is 200 m.
total distance
Q Average speed ( u ) = Length of train = distance covered
total time 43. (b) Given, speed of a train = 40 km/h
(x + x + x + x) x = 20 × 15
= x x x x = 40 ×
5
m/s
+ + + x = 300 m 18
v 2v 3v 4v
4x Length of the train is 300 m. Speed of another train = 20 m/s
=
x +
1 1
+
1
+
1 39. (b) Let the distance between two points ∴ Required ratio
v 2v 3v 4v be x km Speed of first train
=
4×v 48v Time taken by A − Time taken by B = 2 Speed of second train
= = = 1.92 v x x
1 1 1 25 ⇒ − =2
1+ + + 40 ×
5
30 45
2 3 4
= 18 = 40 × 5 = 2 × 5
3 − 2
which lies in the interval v < u < 2v. ⇒ x =2 20 20 × 18 18
90
34. (d) Given, speed of a car = 45 km/h 10 5
= = or 5 : 9
Time taken by the car ⇒ x = 90 × 2 = 180 km 18 9
58 CDS Pathfinder
53. (c) Let the original speed of car be 57. (b) When A covers 100 m, then B covers ⇒ x = 85 km/h
x km/h. 96 m and C covers 98 m. Hence, the speed of the train is 85 km/h.
300
Time taken to cover 300 km = h i.e. when C covers 98 m, then B covers
x 63. (c) Refer to question 46.
96 m.
If the speed of car is increased by 64. (a) Since, either A beats B by 100 m or
∴ when C covers 100 m, then B covers
15 km/h. 10 s. It means that B runs 100 m in 10 s.
100 × 96
300 300 100
Then, = −1 m, i.e. 97.96 ∴ Speed of B = = 10 m / s
x + 15 x 98 10
300 300
⇒ 1= − So,C beats B by approximately 2.04 m. B A
x x + 15
58. (a) Ratio of speeds are 16 : 15 : 11. 900 m 100 m
Let speed of winner athletic be 16x km/h. 1000 m
x + 15 − x
= 300 Similarly, speed of athletic in second
x( x + 15) Q B gets injured at a distance of 450 m
and third position be 15x and 11x, and his speed gets halved.
4500 respectively.
⇒ 1= 2 So, time taken by B to cover 1000 m
x + 15x Total distance travelled by winner is 4 km. 450 550
⇒ x2 + 15x − 4500 = 0 4 = + = 155
∴ Time = h 10 5
⇒ ( x + 75)( x − 60) = 0 16x Q Ratio of speed of A and B is equal to
∴ x = 60 km/h Distance travelled by second athletic in ratio of distance covered by A and B.
4 4 15
54. (b) Total length of trains h= × 15x = km A : B = 1000 : 900 = 10 : 9
16x 16x 4
= 121 + 99 = 220 m 10 100
Similarly, distance travelled by third Now, speed of A = × 10 = m/s
9 9
Relative speed of trains = ( 40 + 32) athletic in
km/h 4 4 11 Time taken by A to cover
h= × 11x = km 1000
= 72 km/h 16x 16x 4 1000 m = × 9 = 90 s
5 ∴ Difference between their distances 100
= 72 × m/s = 20 m/s
=
18 15 11 Hence, A beat B by length of time
− km
distance 220 4 4 = ( 155 − 90) = 65 s
∴ Time = = = 11 s
speed 20 = 1 km = 1000 m 65. (c) I. Let the length of race be x m.
55. (d) Let the distance be x. 59. (b) Refer to example 12. Then, distance covered by A = x m.
Now, ratio of time taken to travel the 60. (d) Petrol consumed by the bike Distance covered by B when A
distance by each bus is = ( 10 × 20) + (30 × 40) reaches the destination = x − 30
x x x 12 12 12
: : ⇒ : : + ( 10 × 20) mL Distance covered by C when A
2 3 4 2 3 4 reaches the destination = x − 48
= ( 200 + 1200 + 200) mL x − 30
= 6: 4:3 Ratio of speed of B to A =
= 1600 mL = 1. 6 L x
56. (a) Speed of faster train is 1.5 km/min.
61. (d) Refer to question 53. x − 48
i.e. 90 km/h or 25 m/s Ratio of speed of C to A =
62. (c) Let the speed of the train = x km/h x
and speed of slower train = 60 km/h
Then, relative speed of train and distance covered by C when B
50
= m/s reaches the destination = x − 20
3 = ( x + 5) km/h x
Since, these trains are moving in same Ratio of speed B to C =
and length of the train x − 20
direction.
= 225 m = 0. 225 km [given] x − 30 x − 48 B C B
= = ×
So, relative speed of train
Time taken by train to cross the man x x − 20 A A C
= 25 − m/s =
50 25
m/s 0.225 ⇒ x2 − 50x + 600 = x2 − 48x
3 3 = h
x+ 5 ∴ x = 300 m
Time taken by crossing slower from
According to the question, II. The speeds of A,B and C are in the
= 27 s ratio
0.225 9
∴ Distance = speed × time =
x + 5 3600 300 : 270 : 252 = 50 : 45 : 42
25
= × 27 = 225 m ⇒ x + 5 = 90
3
07
60 CDS Pathfinder
In this chapter, we will study the relationship among the quantity of work given, wages given,
stipulated time, number of persons etc., and after it, we will be able to calculate the work in stipulated
time by arranging some persons according to the work but before that lets discuss some basic rules.
Rule 2 A and B can do a piece of work in x days and y days, respectively. Then, time taken by ( A + B) to
xy
complete the work is equal to reciprocal of ( A + B)’s one day’s work, i.e. .
x+ y
Rule 3 If A and B can complete a work in x days and A alone can finish that work in y days, then
xy
number of days required to complete the work by B = days
y−x
Rule 4 If A and B can do a piece of work in x days. B and C can do same work in y days, C and A can
2xyz
do same work in z days. Then, they will complete the same work in days by working
xy + yz + zx
together.
61
EXAMPLE 1. Raj can do a piece of work in 20 days EXAMPLE 4. 15 men complete a work in 16 days. If
and Rohan can do it in 12 days. How long will they 24 men are employed, then the time required to
take if both work together? complete that work will be e 2014 I
1 1 1 1 a. 7 days b. 8 days c. 10 days d. 12 days
a. 5 days b. 7 days c. 3 days d. 9 days
2 2 2 2 Sol. c. Let the work done be 1.
1 Here, M1 = 15, D1 = 16, W1 = W2 = 1, M 2 = 24 and D2 = ?
Sol. b. Raj’s one day’s work =
20 Now, according to the formula,
1
Rohan’s one day’s work = M1D1W2 = M 2D2W1 ⇒ 15 × 16 × 1 = 24 × D2 × 1
12 15 × 16 240
1 1 3+ 5 8 ⇒ D2 = ⇒ = = 10 days
∴ (Raj + Rohan)’s one day’s work = + = = 24 24
20 12 60 60 Therefore, 10 days are required to complete the work.
∴ Number of day’s taken by Raj and Rohan together to
Rule 6 If ‘m’ men or ‘n’ women can do a piece of
60 1
complete the work = days or 7 days work in ‘a’ days, then x men and y women can do the
8 2
1
Here, x = 20 days and y = 12 days same work in days.
x y
∴Required time =
xy
[Rule 2] +
x+ y m× a n × a
20 × 12 20 × 12 15 1
= = = = 7 days EXAMPLE 5. If 3 men or 4 women can reap a field
20 + 12 32 2 2
in 43 days. How long will 7 men and 5 women take to
EXAMPLE 2. A and B together can do a piece of reap it?
work in 12 days and A alone can do it 18 days. In how a. 3 days b. 7 days c. 12 days d. 15 days
many days can B alone do it? Sol. c. Here, m = 3, n = 4, a = 43, x = 7 and y = 5
1 1
a. 14 days b. 24 days c. 36 days d. 28 days ∴ Required days = = [Rule 6]
x y 7 5
Sol. c. Here, x = 12 and y = 18 + +
m × a n × a 3 × 43 4 × 43
xy 12 × 18
∴Time taken by B = = = 36 days [Rule 3] 1 1
y − x 18 − 12 = = = 12days
1 7 5 1 43
+ ×
EXAMPLE 3. A and B can do a piece of work in 43 3 4 43 12
3 days. B and C in 9 days and A and C in 12 days. Find Rule 7 If A can do a work in x days and B can do y% fast
the time in which A, B and C can finish the work, 100 x
working together. than A, then B will complete the work in days.
(100 + y)
1
a. 3 days b. 3 days
4 EXAMPLE 6. x can do a work in 16 days. In how
15
c. 3 days d. None of these
many days will the work be completed by y, if the
19 efficiency of y is 60% more than that of x? e 2013 II
Sol. c. Here, x = 3, y = 9 and z = 12 a. 10 days b. 12 days c. 25 days d. 30 days
According to rule, Sol. a. Here, x = 16 days and y = 60% faster
2xyz 100 x 100 × 16 1600
Required time taken by, A, B and C = [Rule 4] ∴ Required days = = = = 10 days
xy + yz + zx 100 + y 100 + 60 160
2 × 3 × 9 × 12 6 × 12 72 15 [Rule 7]
= = = =3 days
3 × 9 + 9 × 12 + 3 × 12 19 19 19 Rule 8 If A, B and C can do a piece of work in x, y and
Rule 5 If two groups, M 1 persons of the first group can z days, respectively and they received ` k as wages by
do ‘W1 ’, work in ‘D1 ’ days working T1 h in a day earning working together, then
a sum of ` R1 and M 2 persons of the second group can do yz
share of A = ` ×k
W2 work in D2 days working T2 h in a day earning a sum xy + yz + zx
of ` R2 . If each person of both group has the same xz
share of B = ` ×k
efficiency of work, then xy + yz + zx
M 1 D1T1 M 2 D2T2 xy
= and share of C = ` ×k
W1 R1 W2 R2 xy + yz + zx
62 CDS Pathfinder
PRACTICE EXERCISE
3 9. A and B can do a piece of work in 40 days and 50
1. X can do of a work in 12 days. In how many
4 days, respectively. Both begin together but after
days X can finish the 1/2 work? a certain time, A leaves off. In this case B
(a) 8 days (b) 16 days (c) 12 days (d) 24 days finishes the remaining work in 20 days. After
how may days did A leave?
2. A can do a piece of work in 10 days and B can do 1
the same work in 12 days. How long will they (a) 14 days (b) 13 days (c) 13 days (d) 15 days
3
take to finish the work, if both work together?
(a) 5
5
days (b) 6
5
days
10. P and Q can do a job in 2 days, Q and R can do it
11 11 in 4 days and P and R in 12/5 days. What is the
1
(c) 5 days (d) None of these
number of days required for P alone to do the
5 job?
(a) 5/2 (b) 3 (c) 14/5 (d) 6
3. A, B and C working together take 30 min to
address a pile of envelopes. A and B together 1
11. of a work is completed in half a day by
would take 40 min, A and C together would take 48
45 min. How long would each take working 1
5 persons. Then, of the work can be completed
alone? 40
(a) A : 72 min, B : 90 min, C : 120 min by 6 persons in how many days?
(b) A : 42 min, B : 90 min, C : 120 min 1
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d)
(c) A : 72 min, B : 90 min, C : 100 min 2
(d) A : 72 min, B : 80 min, C : 120 min
12. A garrison of ‘n’ men had enough food to last for
30 days. After 10 days, 50 more men joined
4. A and B together can do a piece of work in 12 them. If the food now lasted for 16 days, what is
days and A alone can do it in 36 days. In how the value of n?
many days can B alone do it? (a) 200 (b) 240 (c) 280 (d) 320
(a) 18 days (b) 12 days
13. Two pipes A and B can fill a tank in 12 and
(c) 15 days (d) 20 days
16 min, respectively. If both the pipes are opened
5. Ram can do a piece of work in 6 days and Shyam simultaneously, after how much time should B be
can finish the same work in 12 days. How much closed so that the tank is full in 9 min?
work will be finished, if both work together for (a) 3 min (b) 5 min (c) 4 min (d) 2 min
2 days?
14. 2 men undertake to do a job for ` 1400. One can
(a) One-fourth of the work (b) One-third of the work
do it alone in 7 days and the other in 8 days.
(c) Half of the work (d) Whole of the work With the assistance of a boy they finish the work
6. A and B can do given work in 8 days; B and C can in 3 days. How should the money be divided?
do the same work in 12 days and A, B, C complete (a) ` 600, ` 525, ` 275 (b) ` 550, ` 500, ` 350
it in 6 days. In how many days can A and C finish (c) ` 650, ` 470, ` 280 (d) None of these
it?
15. A, B and C can do a piece of work individually
(a) 12 (b) 8 (c) 14 (d) 16
in 8, 10 and 15 days, respectively. A and B start
7. A can finish a work in 8 days and B can do it in working but A quits after working for 2 days.
12 days. After A had worked for 3 days, B also After this, C joins B till the completion of
joins A to finish the remaining work. In how work. In how many days will the work be
many days will the remaining work be finished? completed?
(a) 2 days (b) 3 days (a) 53/9 days (b) 34/7 days
(c) 4 days (d) 5 days (c) 85/13 days (d) 53/10 days
8. Two taps can fill a tub in 5 min and 7 min, 16. A can do a piece of work in ‘x ’ days and B can
respectively. A pipe can empty it in 3 min. If all do the same work 3x days. To finish the
the three are kept open simultaneously, when work together they take 12 days. What is the
will the tub be full? value of ‘x’?
(a) 60 min (b) 85 min (c) 90 min (d) 105 min (a) 8 (b) 10 (c) 12 (d) 16
64 CDS Pathfinder
17. If 6 men and 8 boys can do a piece of work in PREVIOUS YEARS’ QUESTIONS
10 days while 26 men and 48 boys can do the
same in 2 days, what is the time taken by 15
25. 45 people take 18 days to dig a pond. If the pond
would have to be dig in 15 days, then the
men and 20 boys in doing the same type of work?
number of people to be employed will be e 2012 I
(a) 4 days (b) 5 days (c) 6 days (d) 7 days
(a) 50 (b) 54 (c) 60 (d) 72
18. Four taps can individually fill a cistern of water 26. A and B can do a piece of work in 10 h. B and C
in 1h, 2h, 3h and 6h, respectively. If all the four can do it in 15 h, while A and C take 12 h to
taps are opened simultaneously, the cistern can complete the work. B independently can
be filled in how many minutes? complete the work in e 2012 I
(a) 20 (b) 30 (c) 35 (d) 40 (a) 12 h (b) 16 h (c) 20 h (d) 24 h
19. 76 ladies complete a job in 33 days. Due to some 27. X can do a piece of work in 25 days. Y is 25%
reason some ladies did not join the work and more efficient than X. The number of days taken
therefore, it was completed in 44 days. The by Y is e 2012 II
number of ladies who did not report for the work is (a) 15 days (b) 20 days (c) 21 days (d) 30 days
(a) 17 (b) 18 (c) 19 (d) 20
28. A mason can build a tank in 12 h. After working
20. 9 men finish one-third work in 10 days. The for 6 h, he took the help of a boy and finished
number of additional men required for finishing the work in another 5 h. The time that the boy
the remaining work in 2 more days will be will take alone to complete the work is e 2013 I
(a) 78 (b) 81 (c) 55 (d) 30 (a) 30 h (b) 45 h (c) 60 h (d) 64 h
21. Ravi and Sneha working separately can finish a 29. X can complete a job in 12 days. If X and Y work
job in 8 and 12 h, respectively. If they work for 2
together, they can complete the job in 6 days. Y
an hour alternately, Ravi beginning at 9:00 am. 3
When will the job be finished? alone can complete the job in e 2013 I
(a) 10 days (b) 12 days (c) 15 days (d) 18 days
(a) 7 : 30 pm (b) 7 : 00 pm (c) 6 : 30 pm (d) 6 : 00 pm
22. Consider the following statements: 30. Pipe A can fill a tank in 10 min and pipe B can
empty it in 15 min. If both the pipes are opened
I. If 18 men can earn ` 1440 in 5 days, then in an empty tank, the time taken to make it
10 men can earn ` 1280 in 6 days. full is e 2013 I
II. If 16 men can earn ` 1120 in 7 days, then (a) 20 min (b) 25 min
21 men can earn ` 800 in 4 days. (c) 30 min (d) None of these
Which of the statement(s) given above is/are 31. 4 goats and 6 sheeps can graze a field in 50
correct? days. 2 goats and 9 sheeps can graze the field in
(a) Only I (b) Only II e 2013 II
(c) Both I and II (d) Neither I nor II (a) 100 days (b) 75 days (c) 50 days (d) 25 days
36. A can do a piece of work in 4 days and B can 40. A and B are two taps which can fill a tank
complete the same work in 12 days. What is the individually in 10 min and 20 min, respectively.
number of days required to do the same work However, there is a leakage at the bottom, which
together? e 2013 II can empty a filled tank in 40 min. If the tank is
(a) 2 days (b) 3 days (c) 4 days (d) 5 days empty initially, then how much time will both
the taps take to fill the tank with leakage?
37. A, B and C can do a piece of work individually in e 2015 II
8, 12 and 15 days, respectively. A and B start
(a) 2 min (b) 4 min (c) 5 min (d) 8 min
working but A quits after working for 2 days.
After this, C joins B till the completion of work. 41. If 4 men working 4 h per day for 4 days complete
In how many days will the work be completed? 4 units of work, then how many units of work
e 2014 II will be completed by 2 men working for 2 h per
8 6 7 3 day in 2 days? e 2015 II
(a) 5 days (b) 4 days (c) 6 days (d) 3 days 1 1
9 7 13 4 (a) 2 (b) 1 (c) (d)
2 8
38. A is thrice as efficient as B and hence completes
a work in 40 days less than the number of days 42. If m persons can paint a house in d days, then
taken by B. What will be the number of days how many days will it take for ( m + 2) persons to
taken by both of them when working together? paint the same house? e 2015 II
m+ 2 md
e 2014 II (a) md + 2 (b) md − 2 (c) (d)
(a) 22.5 days (b) 15 days (c) 20 days (d) 18 days md m+ 2
39. The efficiency of P is twice that of Q, whereas 43. Two pipes A and B can fill a tank in 60 min and
the efficiency of P and Q together is three times 75 min, respectively. There is also an outlet C. If
that of R. If P , Q and R work together on a job, A, B and C are opened together, then the tank is
in what ratio should they share their earnings? full in 50 min. How much time will be taken by
e 2015 I C to empty the full tank? e 2016 I
(a) 2 : 1 : 1 (b) 4 : 2 : 1 (c) 4 : 3 : 2 (d) 4 : 2 : 3 (a) 100 min (b) 110 min (c) 120 min (d) 125 min
ANSWERS
1 a 2 a 3 a 4 a 5 c 6 b 7 b 8 d 9 b 10 b
11 d 12 a 13 c 14 a 15 d 16 d 17 a 18 b 19 c 20 b
21 c 22 d 23 a 24 b 25 b 26 d 27 b 28 c 29 c 30 c
31 d 32 a 33 a 34 b 35 b 36 b 37 a 38 b 39 a 40 d
41 c 42 d 43 a
4. (a) Here, x = 12 and y = 36 1 1 1 14. (a) Let the boy completes the work in
∴ 1 min work of all taps = + −
xy 12 × 36 5 7 3 x days.
∴ Time taken by B = =
y − x 36 − 12 21 + 15 − 35 1 According to the condition,
= =
105 105 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
[Rule 3] + + = ⇒ = − −
Hence, tap will be filled in 105 min, if 7 8 x 3 x 3 8 7
12 × 36
= = 18 days they work together. 1 56 − 21 − 24 11
24 ⇒ = =
9. (b) Here, a = 40 days, b = 50 days, x 168 168
1
5. (c) ∴ One day work of Ram = x = 20 and T = ? 168
6 ∴ x= days
( b − x )a 11
1 ∴ Required time =
∴ One day work of Shyam = a+ b So, money is to be shared in the ratio
12 (50 − 20) × 40 30 × 40
= = 1 1 11
Hence, one day work of, Ram and : : or 24 : 21 : 11
Shyam ( 40 + 50) 90 7 8 168
2+ 1 3 40 1
1 1 1 = = 13 days Thus,
= + = = = 3 3 A ’s amount =
24
× 1400 = ` 600
6 12 12 12 4 12 56
1 10. (b) Here, x = 2, y = 4 and z =
∴ Two day’s work = 5 B ’s amount =
21
× 1400 = ` 525
2 56
∴ Time taken by ( P + Q + R)
Thus, if they work together for 2 day’s, 2xyz 11
then half of the work will be complete. = [Rule 4] Boy’s amount = × 1400 = ` 275
xy + yz + zx 56
6. (b) Here, x = 8, y = 12, z = 12 1
15. (d) A’s work in one day = , B’s work in
12
Now, time taken by ( A + B + C ) 2×2×4× 8
= 5 1
2xyz one day =
= [Rule 4] 2×4+ 4×
12 12
+ ×2 10
xy + yz + zx 5 5 1
192 C’ work in one day =
2 × 8 × 12 × z = 15
⇒ 6= 40 + 48 + 24
8 × 12 + 12 × z + z × 8 ( A + B )’s work in one day
192 12 1 1 5+ 4 9
= = days = + = =
⇒ 96 + 20z = 32z 112 7 8 10 40 40
⇒ 96 = 12z 2×9 9
Now, P one days work ( A + B )’s work in two days = =
⇒ z=8 7 1 7−3
40 20
= − = 9 11
So, A and C can do the work in 8 days. 12 4 12 Remaining work = 1 − =
1 20 20
7. (b) One day’s work of A = 4 1
= = ( B + C )’s work in one day
8 12 3
1 1 1 3+ 2 5 1
One day’s work of B = Hence, P alone can do in 3 days. = + = = =
12 10 15 30 30 6
MD MD
3 11. (d) Using the formula 1 1 = 2 2 Since, ( B + C ) complete the work in 6
3 day’s work of A = W W
8 1 2 days.
3 11
Remaining work of A = 1 − 12. (a) By given condition, ∴ work will be completed in
8 20
n × 30 = n × 10 + ( n + 50 ) × 16 11 11 × 3 33
5 6× = =
= ⇒ 20 n = 16 n + 800
days
8 20 10 10
800 ∴ Total number of days
One day’s work of A and B together ∴ n= = 200
4 33 20 + 33 53
1 1 3+ 2 5 = 2+ = = days
= + = = 13. (c) Here, x = 12, y = 16 and t = 9 10 10 10
8 12 24 24
Two pipes A and B can fill a tank in x h 1
Number of days to finish the work 16. (d) 1 day work of A =
and y h, respectively. If both the pipes ax x
5 5
= ÷ = 3 days opened simultaneously, then the time 1
8 24 1 day work of B =
after which B should be closed, so that 3x
1 the tank is filled in
8. (d) 1 min work of first tap = ∴ 1 day work of both A and B
5 th = [ y( 1 − t / x )]n 1 1 4
1 = + =
1 min work of second tap = Required time after which B should be x 3x 3x
closed = y 1 − = 16 1 −
7 t 9
given, one day work of both A and B
1 x 12 1
and 1 min work of third = − =
3 3 12
= 16 × = 4 min
12
67
4 1 1 3600
⇒ = ⇒ 3x = 48 ⇒ x = 16 21. (c) Work done by Ravi in one hour = = =8h
3x 12 8 450
Hence, the value of x is 16. 1 1 1
Work done by Sneha in one hour = So, 1 h work of B = −
12 8 12
17. (a) Given, 6 M + 8 B = 10 days ...(i)
Total work done by them in 2 h 3−2 1
and 26 M + 48 B = 2 days ... (ii) = =
1 1 5 24 24
15 M + 20 B = ? = + =
8 12 24 Hence, B alone can do in 24 h.
Here, M D = M D
1 1 2 2 Work done is 4 pairs of hours 27. (b) Here, x = 25 days and y = 25
⇒ ( 6 M + 8 B ) × 10 = ( 26 M + 48 B ) × 2 5 5 100x 100 × 25
= ×4= ∴ Required days = =
⇒ 60 M + 80 B = 52 M + 96 B 24 6 100 + y 100 + 25
⇒ 8M = 16B Remaining work after 8 hours 2500
= = 20 days
∴ M = 2B 5 1 125
= 1− =
Then, 15 M + 20 B = 15 × 2 B + 20 B 6 6 1
28. (c) Mason work for 1 h =
= 30 B + 20 B =50 B Now, its Ravi’s turn 12
On putting the value of M in Eq. (i), we 1 1 1 6 1
So, work left after 9 hours = − = Mason Work for 6 h = =
get 6 8 24 12 2
⇒ 6 × 2B + 8 B = 10 days 1 Work left = 1 −
1
=
1
⇒ 12 B + 8 B = 10 days work will be done by sneha in
24 2 2
∴ 20 boys finish the work in 10 days 1 Now, let the boy can finish the work
One boy finish the work in 12 × h = 30 min
24 in x h.
10 × 20 days = 200 days 1 1 x + 12
Total time taken = 9 h and 30 min Then, their 1 h work = + =
200 12 x 12x
and 50 boys finish the work in days Required time = 6 : 30 pm
50 x + 12 1 5x + 60 1
∴ ×5= ⇒ =
= 4 days 22. (d) I. 18 men can earn in 5 days = ` 1440 12x 2 12x 2
18. (b) Part filled by first tap in 1h = 1 1440
1 man can earn in 1 day = ` ⇒ 10x + 120 = 12x ⇒ 120 = 2x
1 18 × 5
Part filled by second tap in 1h = ∴ x = 60 h
2 ∴ 10 men can earn in 6 days
1
1 1440 29. (c) X ’s one day work = and ( X + Y )’s
Part filled by third tap in 1h = = × 6 × 10 12
3 18 × 5 3
one day work =
Part filled by fourth tap in 1h =
1 = ` 960 ≠ ` 1280 20
6 II. 16 men can earn in 7 days = ` 1120 ∴ Y ’s one day work
Total tank filled by all taps in 1h 1120 3 1 4 1
1 man can earn in 1 day = = − = =
1 1 1
= 1+ + + 16 × 7 20 12 60 15
2 3 6 ∴ 21 men can earn in 4 days ∴ Number of day’s taken by Y to
∴ Required time =
1 1120 complete the work = 15 days
1 1 1 = × 21 × 4 = ` 840 ≠ ` 800
1+ + + 16 × 7 30. (c) Part filled by pipe A in 1 min =
1
2 3 6 So, neither statement I nor II is correct. 10
6 6 6
= = h= × 60 min 23. (a) Here, a = 14, b = 12, x = 4, and part emptied by pipe B in 1 min
6 + 3 + 2 + 1 12 12 1 1 1
a = 8, b = 16 and y = 5 =
2 2 15
= 30 min
One day work of 1 man ( yb2 − xb1 ) ∴ Total tank filled in minutes
=
19. (c) Given, M = 76, D = 33 One day work of 1 boy ( xa − ya ) 1 1 3−2 1
1 1 1 2 = − = =
Let number of ladies who did not 10 15 30 30
report for the work = x 5 × 16 − 4 × 12
= =2 Hence, the tank will be filled in 30 min.
By given condition, 4 × 14 − 5 × 8
24. (b) Refer to Question No 23. 31. (d) Here, m = 4, n = 6, a = 50 and x = 2,
M = 76 − x and D = 44 y=9
2 2
We know that, 25. (b) Using the formula, M D = M D 1
1 1 2 2
∴ Required days = x
MD =MD [Rule 5] 26. (d) Here, x = 10, y = 15, z = 12. +
y
1 1 2 2
∴ 76 × 33 = ( 76 − x) × 44 ∴ Time taken by ( A + B + C ) m× a n× a
76 × 3 2xyz 1
⇒ 76 − x = = 19 × 3 ⇒ x = 19 = [Rule 4] = [Rule 6]
2 9
4 xy + yz + zx +
4 × 50 6 × 50
Hence, the number of ladies is 19. 2 × 10 × 15 × 12 1 1 100
= = = = = 25 days
20. (b) Refer to Question No 11 1 3 4
10 × 15 + 15 × 12 + 12 × 10 + 4
[Using Rule 5] 100 100 100
68 CDS Pathfinder
32. (a) Here, x = 15 days, y = 20 days and 1 x x−2 Part of tank emptied by leakage in 1 min
⇒ + + =1
z = 25 days and K = `4700 4 12 15 1
=
15 + 5x + 4( x − 2) 40
Share of C = `
kxy
⇒ =1
xy + yz + zx 60 Part of tank filled by both taps and
⇒ 15 + 5x + 4x − 8 = 60 ⇒ 9x + 7 = 60
leakage is
4700 × 15 × 20 1 1 1 1
=` 53 8 + − =
⇒ 9x = 53 ⇒ x = =5 10 20 40 8
15 × 20 + 20 × 25 + 25 × 15
9 9
4700 × 15 × 20 Hence, total time taken to fill the tank is
=` = ` 1200 Hence, the work will completed in
1175 8 8 min.
5 days.
33. (a) Refer to Question No 11 9 41. (c) Here, M = 4,T = 4,W = 4,D = 4
1 1 1 1
[Using Rule 5] 38. (b) Let efficiency of A be x days. and M = 2, T = 2, D = 2, W = ?
2 2 2 2
34. (b) Refer to Question No 22 Then, efficiency of B = 3x days. Using the formula,
1 M ×T ×D M ×T ×D
35. (b)Q 14 days work of 2 men and 1 women ∴ B’s one day work = 1 1 1 = 2 2 2 [Rule 5]
3x W W
= 8 days work of 4 women and 2 men 1 2
1
⇒ 1 day work of 28 men and 14 women and A’ s one day work = 4×4×4 2×2×2
x ⇒ =
= 1day work of 32 women and 16 men Again, let time taken by B = t days 4 W
2
⇒ 28 men + 14 women Then, time taken by A = ( t − 40) days 8 1
= 32 women + 16 men ⇒ W = =
t t − 40 2
16 2
⇒ 28 m − 16 m = 32 w − 14 w Now, = ⇒ t = 3( t − 40)
3x x 42. (d) m persons paint a house in d days.
m 18 3
⇒ 12 m = 18 w ⇒ = = ⇒ 3t − t = 120, t =
120
= 60 days ∴ 1 person paints a house in
w 12 2 2 (m × d ) days.
So, efficiency of 1 man and 1 woman is So, B complete the work in 60 days and
3 : 2. and m + 2 persons paint a house in
A complete the work in 20 days.
So, their wages must be in the same ratio md days.
90 3 ( A + B )'s 1 day work
∴ = m + 2
=
1
+
1
=
4
=
1
x 2
60 20 60 15
[where, x = wages per day of a woman] 43. (a) Since, two pipes A and B fill a tank in
90 × 2 Hence, they will complete the work in 60 min and 75 min, respectively.
∴ x= = ` 60 15 days when they work together.
3 ∴ Part of tank filled by pipe A in 1 min
39. (a) Let efficiency of P be x days. 1
1 =
36. (b) A’s one day work = Then, efficiency of Q = 2x days
4 60
1
and B’s one day work =
1 ∴ Q’s one day work = and part of tank filled by pipe B in 1 min
12 2x 1
1 =
One day work of A and B together and P ’s one day work = 75
1 1 3+ 1 4 1 x
= + = = = Now, part of tank filled by A and B
4 12 12 12 3 Now, ( P + Q )’s one day work together in 1 min
1 1 3
Days required by A and B together to do = + = =
1
+
1
=
9
=
3
the work x 2x 2x 60 75 300 100
1 ∴( P + Q ) will complete the whole work
= Let part of tank emptied by pipe C in 1
One day work of A and B together 2x
in days. 1
3 min = .
= 3 days C
1 According to the question,
37. (a) Work done by A in one day = So, net part of tank filled by pipes A, B
8 R will complete this work = 2x days and C together in 1 min
1 1
Work done by B in one day = ∴ R’ s one day work = =
3
− =
1 1
[Given]
12 2x 100 C 50
1
and work done by C in one day = 1 1 1
Required ratio = : :
1 1
= 1: : 1 3 1 1
15 x 2x 2x 2 2 ⇒ = − =
C 100 50 100
Let the work will be completed in = 2 : 1: 1
x days. ∴ C = 100
1
2 x x−2 40. (d) Part of tank filled by A in 1 min = Hence, the time taken by pipe C to
Then, + + =1 10
8 12 15 empty the tank is 100 min.
1
Part of tank filled by B in 1 min =
20
08
69
PERCENTAGE
Generally (2-3) questions have been asked from this chapter. Generally questions which are asked from this
chapter are tricky but you can easily solve them by using the short-tricks formulae in very less time.
PER CENT
Per cent is a fraction whose denominator is 100 and numerator of the fraction is called the rate per
cent. Per cent is denoted by the symbol ‘%’.
Rule 3 To find how much per cent one quantity is of another quantity, we can write
The quantity to be expressed in per cent
Required percentage = nd
× 100%
2 quantity (in respect of which the per cent has to be obtained)
Rule 5 If A is x% more than ‘B’, then EXAMPLE 5 The price of an article is first increased by
x 20% and later on the price were decreased by 25% due
B would be × 100 % less than ‘A’. to reduction in sales. Find the net percentage change in
(100 + x) final price of article.
Rule 6 If A is x% less than ‘B’, then B would be a. 20% b. 10% c. 30% d. 15%
Sol. b. Here, a = 20 % , b = 25 %
x
(100 − x) × 100 % more than A.
10
So, required percentage = × 100 = 10%
100
( ± a) ( ± b)
Required change = ( ± a) + ( ± b) + %
EXAMPLE 3. Raj get 10% less marks than Rohit in 100
an examination. What percentage of marks does
Rohit gets more than Raj? 20 × ( −25) positive sign for increase
= 20 − 25 + %
1 1 1 100 negative sign for decrease
a. 11 % b. 11 % c. 12 % d. None of these
6 9 9 = [ −5 − 5]%
Sol. b. Given, x = 10% = −10 %
10 ∴Net percentage change is a decrease of 10 % because
∴ Rohit more percentage than Raj = × 100
100 − 10 final result is negative.
10 × 100 1
= = 11 % Rule 9 If the population of a town is P and it increases
90 9 (or decreases) at the rate of R% per annum, then
Rule 7 If the price of a commodity is increased
n
(i) Population after n yr = P 1 ±
(or decreased) by x%, then the decrease (or increase) in R
consumption, so as not to increase or (decrease) the 100
x P
expenditure is × 100 %. (ii) Population, n yr ago =
100 ± x n
1 ± R
100
EXAMPLE 4. If the price of the cooking gas rises
by 15%, by what per cent should a family reduce its
consumption so as not to exceed the budget on EXAMPLE 6 The population of a town is 352800. If it
cooking gas? increases at the rate of 5% per annum, then what will
1 1 1 be its population 2 yr hence, also find the population
a. 12 % b. 13 % c. 14 % d. None of these 2 yr ago.
23 23 23
a. 315000 b. 316500 c. 200045 d. 320000
Sol. b. Let initial price of cooking gas be ` 100.
Sol d. Given that, p = 352800, R = 5% and n = 2
Price after increase = ` 115
According to the formula,
On ` 115 he should reduce ` 15 on ` 100, he should n 2
Population after 2 yr = P 1+
reduce R 5
= 352800 × 1+
15 1 100 100
= × 100 = 13 %
100 + 5 = 352800 × 21 × 21 = 388962
115 23 2
= 352800 ×
Shortcut Method 100 20 20
Here, x = 15% Population 2 yr ago
x
∴Reduction in consumption = × 100 % P 352800 20 20
100 + x = n = 2 = 352800 × × = 320000
1 R 1 5 21 21
15 1 + +
= × 100% = 13 % 100 100
115 23
71
Rule 10 If the present population of a city is P and there an increment of 45%, then find the population of city
is a increment or decrement of R1 %, R2 % and R3 % in at the end of year 2007.
first, second and third year respectively, then a. 1083875 b. 1083000 c. 1089000 d. 1135000
PRACTICE EXERCISE
1. If 90% of A = 30% of B and B = x % of A, the value 10. To pass an examination, a candidate needs 40%
of x is marks. All questions carry equal marks. A
(a) 700 (b) 600 (c) 300 (d) 1100 candidate just passed by getting 10 answers
correct by attempting 15 of the total questions.
2. When 40% of a number is added to 42, the result How many questions are there in the
is the number itself. The number is examination?
(a) 70 (b) 90 (c) 82 (d) 72 (a) 25 (b) 30
3. If x% of y is 13x, then the value of y is (c) 40 (d) 45
(a) 880 (b) 1300 (c) 1200 (d) 700 11. If salary of X is 20% more than salary of Y, then by
how much percentage is salary of Y less than X ?
4. What is the number when 20% of number is 30%
(a) 25 (b) 20
of 40?
50 65
(a) 90 (b) 80 (c) 60 (d) 50 (c) (d)
3 4
5. What is the number when increased by 20% 2
becomes 300? 12. Water contains 14 % of hydrogen and the rest is
7
(a) 250 (b) 200 (c) 180 (d) 280
oxygen. In 350 g of water, oxygen will be
6. If 50% of ( x − y ) = 40% of ( x + y ), then what (a) 300 g (b) 250 g
percent of x is y? (c) 200 g (d) None of these
1 1 1 1
(a) 10 % (b) 11 % (c) 13 % (d) 21 % 13. The income of ‘A’ is 20% higher than that of ‘B’.
9 9 9 9
The income of ‘B’ is 25% less than of C. What per
7. Two candidates fought an election one get 65% of cent less is A ’s income from ‘C’s income?
the votes and won by 300 votes. The total (a) 7% (b) 8%
number of votes polled in the election is (c) 10% (d) 12.5%
(a) 700 (b) 950 (c) 1000 (d) 900 14. 38 L of milk was poured into a tub and the tub
1 was found to be 5% empty. To completely fill the
8. A man spends ` 3500 and saves 12 % of his
2 tub, what amount of additional milk must be
income. His monthly income (in `) is poured?
(a) 4000 (b) 3800 (c) 4200 (d) 4500 (a) 1 L (b) 2 L (c) 3 L (d) 4 L
9. In an examination 52% of the candidates failed 15. 10% of the inhabitants of a certain city left that
in English, 42% in Mathematics and 17% in city. Later on 10% of the remaining inhabitants
both. The number of those who passed in both of that city again left the city. What is the
the subjects is remaining percentage of population of that city?
(a) 23% (b) 40% (c) 53% (d) 33% (a) 80% (b) 80.4% (c) 80.4% (d) 81%
72 CDS Pathfinder
16. If after 24% of wastage the net output of a 27. Two numbers are less than a third number by
coal-mine is 68400 quintals. Then, the total 30% and 40%, respectively. How much per cent
output of the coal-mine in quintals is is the second number less than the first?
2
(a) 70000 (b) 90000 (c) 80000 (d) 89000 (a) 35% (b) 36% (c) 14% (d) 14 %
7
17. A rise of 25% in the price of grapes compels a
person to buy 1.5 kg of grapes less for ` 240. 28. A sample of 5 L of glycerine is formed to be
Then,the original price of grapes per kg is adulterated to the extent of 20%. Find how
glycerine should be added to bring down
(a) ` 40 (b) ` 32 (c) ` 30 (d) ` 28
percentage of impurity to 5%?
18. The price of an item is increased by 20% and (a) 10 L (b) 25 L (c) 15 L (d) 20 L
then decreased by 20% the final price as 29. The daily wages of a worker increase by 20% but
compared to original price is the number of hours worked by him also dropped
(a) 4% less (b) 4% more (c) 20% less (d) 20% more by 20%. If originally he was getting ` 200 per
19. Sohan saves 14% of his salary while George week, his wages per week now is
saves 22%. If both gets the same salary and (a) ` 160 (b) ` 192 (c) ` 210 (d) ` 198
George saves ` 1540. Then, the salary of each of 30. 140 L of a liquid contains 90% of acid and the
them is rest water. How much water must be added to
(a) ` 9500 (b) ` 17000 (c) ` 7000 (d) ` 7500 make the water 12.5% of the resulting mixture?
20. A’s salary is half that of B. If A got a 50% rise in (a) 4 L (b) 10 L (c) 12 L (d) 3 L
his salary and B got a 25% rise in his salary, 31. A person spends 30% of monthly salary on rent,
then the percentage increase in combined 25% on food, 20% on children’s education and
salaries of both is 12% on electricity and the balance of ` 1040 on
1
(a) 13% (b) 33 % (c) 33% (d) 45% the remaining items. What is the monthly salary
3 of the person?
21. A man donated 4% of his salary to a charity and (a) ` 8000 (b) ` 9000 (c) ` 9600 (d) ` 10600
deposited 10% of the rest in the bank. If now he 32. In an office, 40% of the staff is female and rest is
has ` 10800, then his income was male. 60% of the male and 40% of female voted for
(a) ` 13500 (b) ` 14500 Ramesh. The percentage of votes Ramesh got was
(c) ` 40000 (d) ` 12500 (a) 24% (b) 42% (c) 50% (d) 52%
22. Rohit saves 30% of his salary. When his 33. In a class-X of 30 students, 24 passed in first
expenses increased by 30%, he is able to save class; in another class-Y of 35 students, 28
` 1215 per month. His monthly salary is passed in first class. In which class was the
(a) ` 13500 (b) ` 14500 percentage of students passed first class more?
(c) ` 30000 (d) ` 12500 (a) Class-X (b) Class-Y
(c) Both X and Y (d) None of these
23. A man spends 75% of his income. If his income is
increased by 20% and he increased his expenditure
by 10%. His savings percentage is increased by Directions (Q. Nos. 34-36) The population of the
town is 126800. It increases by 15% in the 1st year
(a) 25% (b) 50% (c) 75% (d) 10%
due to increase crime in the city.
24. The price of wheat has increased by 60%. In
order to restore to the original price, the new 34. What is the population of the town at the end of
price must be reduced by 2nd year if the population decreases by 20% in
(a) 37.5% (b) 33% (c) 34% (d) 40% the second year?
(a) 174984 (b) 135996 (c) 116656 (d) 145820
25. If the numerator of a fraction increased by 20%
and its denominator be diminished by 10%. The 35. What is the population of the town, if the population
16 decrease by 15% at the end of 2nd year?
value of the fraction is , then the fraction is
27 (a) 123749 (b) 123479
(a) 4/9 (b) 3/2 (c) 3/8 (d) 9/4 (c) 123947 (d) None of these
26. 1 L of water is evaporated from 6 L of a solution 36. What is the population of the town, if the
having 4% of sugar. The percentage of sugar in population increases by 20% at the end of 2nd
the remaining solution is year?
4 4 (a) 194784 (b) 174984 (c) 179484 (d) 178494
(a) 4% (b) 5% (c) 4 % (d) %
5 5
MATHEMATICS Percentage 73
PREVIOUS YEARS’ QUESTIONS 44. A person could save 10% of his income. But 2 yr
later, when his income increased by 20%, he
37. A man losses 20% of his money. After spending could save the same amount only as before. By
25% of the remainder, he has ` 480 left. What is how much percentage has his expenditure
the amount of money he originally had? e 2012 I increased? e 2015 I
(a) ` 600 (b) ` 720 (c) ` 800 (d) 840 2 1
(a) 22 % (b) 23 %
38. The price of an article is ` 25. After two 9 3
2 2
successive cuts by the same percentage, the price (c) 24 % (d) 25 %
9 9
becomes ` 20.25. If each time the cut was x%,
then e 2012 II 45. 20% of a number when added to 20 becomes the
(a) x = 9 (b) x = 10 (c) x = 11 (d) x = 115
. number itself, then the number is e 2015 II
(a) 20 (b) 25 (c) 50 (d) 80
39. What is 5% of 50% of 500? e 2012 II
(a) 12.5 (b) 25 (c) 1.25 (d) 6.25 46. A’s salary was increased by 40% and then
40. X , Y and Z had taken a dinner together. The cost decreased by 20%. On the whole A’s salary is
of the meal of Z was 20% more than that of Y increased by e 2015 II
(a) 60% (b) 40% (c) 20% (d) 12%
and the cost of the meal of X was 5/6 as much as
the cost of the meal of Z. If Y paid ` 100, then 47. In an election 10% of the voters on the voter list
what was the total amount that all the three of did not cast their vote and 60 voters cast their
them had paid? e 2013 II ballot papers blank. There were only two
(a) ` 285 (b) ` 300 candidates. The winner was supported by 47% of
(c) ` 355 (d) None of these total voters in the voter list and he got 308 votes
41. A water pipe is cut into two pieces. The longer more than his rival. The number of voters on the
piece is 70% of the length of the pipe. By how voter list is e 2015 II
much percentage is the longer piece longer than (a) 3600 (b) 6200 (c) 6028 (d) 6400
the shorter piece? e 2013 II 48. The salary of a person is increased by 10% of his
400
(a) 140% (b) % original salary. But he received the same amount
3
even after increment. What is the percentage of
(c) 40% (d) None of these
his salary he did not receive? e 2016 I
42. If m% of m + n % of n = 2% of ( m × n ), then what (a) 11% (b) 10% (c)
100
% (d)
90
%
percentage of m is n? e 2014 II 11 11
(a) 50% (b) 75%
(c) 100% (d) Cannot be determined
49. The expenditure of a household for a certain
month is ` 20000, out of which ` 8000 is spent
43. The price of a commodity increased by 5% from on education, ` 5900 on food, ` 2800 on
2010 to 2011, 8% from 2011 to 2012 and 77% from shopping and the rest on personal care. What
2012 to 2013. What is the average price increase percentage of expenditure is spent on personal
(approximate) from 2010 to 2013? e 2014 II care? e 2016 I
(a) 26% (b) 32% (c) 24% (d) 30% (a) 12% (b) 16.5% (c) 18% (d) 21.8%
ANSWERS
1 c 2 a 3 b 4 c 5 a 6 b 7 c 8 a 9 a 10 a
11 c 12 a 13 c 14 b 15 d 16 b 17 b 18 a 19 c 20 b
21 d 22 a 23 b 24 a 25 a 26 c 27 d 28 c 29 b 30 a
31 a 32 d 33 c 34 c 35 c 36 b 37 c 38 b 39 a 40 d
41 b 42 c 43 d 44 a 45 b 46 d 47 b 48 c 49 b
74 CDS Pathfinder
19. (c) Let salary of each of them be ` x. 24. (a) New price reduced by 30. (a) Water in the mixture = 10% of 140 L
= × 100%
George saves 22% of x and his saving x 10
[Rule 7] = × 140 = 14 L
amount is ` 1540. 100 + x 100
22
⇒ x = 1540
=
60 Let x L of water added in the mixture,
100 × 100% = 37.5% 14 + x
1540 × 100
100 + 60 then × 100 = 125
.
⇒ x= = ` 7000 x 140 + x
22 25. (a) Let fraction be .
y ⇒ 1400 + 100x = 1750 + 125
. x
20. (b) Let A ’s salary = x. Then,
120% ofx 4x ⇒ . x = 350
875
B’s salary = 2x New fraction = =
90% of y 3 y 350
New salary of A = 150% of x =
3
x ⇒ x = = 4L
2 875.
According to question,
5 31. (a) Let the monthly salary of the person
Total salary of B = 125% of 2x = x [by given condition]
2 4x 16 x 16 3 4 be ` x.
= ⇒ = × = By given condition,
Total combined salary 3 y 27 y 27 4 9
( 100 − 30 − 25 − 20 − 12) × x
= x + x = 4x
3 5
= 1040
2 2 26. (c) Amount of sugar in 6 L of solution 100
4 1040 × 100
∴ Required increment in salary = × 6 = 0. 24 L ⇒
13x
= ` 1040 ⇒ x =
4x − 3x x 100 1 100 100 13
= = × 100 = =33 %
3x 3x 3 3 After evaporation, sugar in 5 L = 0. 24 L ⇒ x = ` 8000
[Rule 4] ∴ Percentage of sugar Hence, the monthly salary of the person
0. 24 4 is ` 8000.
21. (d) Let total income be ` x. = × 100 = 4 %
5
Income deposited = 10% of x −
4 5 32. (d) Let total number of staff be 100.
x
100 Female staff = 40
10 4 96 27. (d) Let the third number be z.
= x − x = x ( 100 − 30) 7z Male staff = ( 100 − 40) = 60
100 100 1000 ∴ First number x = ×z =
Votes casted by females
100 10
Remaining income = ` 10800 40
4 96x Second number = × 40 = 16
∴ x+ + 10800 = x ( 100 − 40) 6z 100
100 1000 y= ×z = 60
136x 100 10 Votes casted by males = × 60 = 36
⇒ 10800 = x − 100
1000 Difference between first and second
864x 10800 × 1000 number Votes casted by both males and females
⇒ 10800 = ⇒x = = 16 + 36 = 52
7z 6z z
1000 864 = (x − y) = − =
∴ x = ` 12500 10 10 10 ∴ Percentage votes obtained = 52%.
22. (a) Let the salary of Rohit be ` 100, then Hence, the required percent [Rule 4] 33. (c) For class-X, let the student passed in
saving = ` 30 z first class = a%.
100 2
Expenses = ` 70 = 10 × 100% = % = 14 % Then, by condition given in question,
7z 7 7
New expenses = ( 100 + 30)% of ` 70 a × 30
10 a% of 30 = 24 ⇒ = 24
= ` 91 100
28. (c) Glycerine in the given sample = 80%
New saving = ` ( 100 − 91) = ` 9 ∴ a = 80%
of 5 L
He saves ` 9, his salary = ` 100 80 Now, for class-Y let the student passed
If he saves ` 1215. = ×5= 4L in first class = b%.
100
Then, his salary = ` × 1215
100 According to the question,
9 Let x L of glycerine be added, then
4+ x b% of 35 = 28
= ` 13500 × 100 = 95 b
(5 + x ) ⇒ × 35 = 28
23. (b) Let income of man be ` 100. 100
⇒ 80 + 20x = 95 + 19x
Then, his expenditure = ` 75 ∴ b = 80%
∴ x = 15 L
and savings = ` 25 Hence, both classes have equal
New income = ` ( 100 + 20) = ` 120 29. (b) Increased wages of the worker percentage of students getting first class.
= 200 + 20% of 200 = ` 240
New expenditure = ` ( 75 + 7.5) 34. (c) Given, R = 15% and R = 20% .
Also, let he worked for x h. 1 2
= ` 82.50 ∴ Required population
New saving = ` ( 120 − 825. ) = ` 37.50 ∴ Reduced working hours
R R
=x−
20
x = 080 = P 1+ 1 1− 2 [Rule 10]
Saving difference = 37.50 − 25.0 = 12.5 . x
100 100
100
∴ Percentage increase saving
= 126800 1 +
240 15 20
12.5 Required wages = × 08
. x = ` 192 1−
= × 100 = 50% x 100 100
25
76 CDS Pathfinder
= 126800 1 +
3 1 = ( 100 + 20) = ` 120 Winner was supported by 47% of total
1−
20 5 5 voter. i.e. 47% of x.
and, the cost of the meal of X = as
Hence, rival got vote = (90% of x − 60)
= 126800 = 116656
23 4 6
20 5 much as the cost of the meal of − 47% of x.
5
35. (c) Given, R = 15%, R = 15% Z = × 120 = ` 100 = 43% of x − 60
1 2 6
It is given that difference between their
R R
∴ Population = P 1 + 1 1 − 2 ∴ Total amount that all the three of vote is 308.
100 100 them has paid Then, 47% of x − 43% of x + 60 = 308
= 126800 1 +
15 15 = 100 + 100 + 120 = ` 320 ⇒ 4% of x = 308 − 60
1−
100 100 4
41. (b) (Pipe) ⇒ x = 248
115 85 100
= 126800 × × = 123947
248 × 100
100 100
70% 30% ∴ x= = 6200
4
36. (b) Given, R = 15% and R = 20%
1 2 ∴ Increase in percentage of longer piece 48. (c) Let the original salary be x.
∴ Required population compared to shorter piece
Then, increased salary
= P 1 +
15 20 70 − 30
1+ = × 100% [Rule 4]
=
100 100 110 11x
30 x= `
100 10
= 126800 = 174984
23 6 40 400
20 5 = × 100% = % Q He received the same salary even after
30 3
increment.
37. (c) Refer to question 21. 42. (c) Refer to question 6.
Amount of salary he did not receive
38. (b) Refer to question 34. 43. (d) Average price increase 11x x
= − x =`
5 + 8 + 77
=
39. (a) 5% of 50% of 500 90 10 10
% = % = 30%
=
5
×
50
× 500 = 12.5 [Rule 1] 3 3 ∴ Amount of salary in percentage
100 100
44. (a) Refer to question 23. x
40. (d) Given, the cost of meal of Y = ` 100 10
45. (b) Refer to question 2. = × 100 %
Now, according to the question, 11x
46. (d) Refer to question 18. 10
Cost of the meal of Z = 20% more than
that of Y x 100
47. (b) Let the number of voters on the voter = × 100% = %
= 100 + × 100
20 list be x. 11x 11
100 Total cast vote = 90% of x − 60 49. (b) Refer to question 31.
09
SIMPLE INTEREST
Regularly (1-2) questions have been asked from this chapter. Generally direct formula based
questions are asked from this chapter and hence making it easy to score area.
INTEREST
When money is borrowed by a person, then customarily the money lender used to charge some extra
money in lieu of the money lent by him. This extra money earned by the money lender is called
interest.
Some terms related to interest are given below
Principal (P) The money which is borrowed from a money lender, is called Principal.
Amount (A) The sum of the principal and the interest is called Amount i.e. Amount (A) = Principal ( P ) +
Interest ( I ) .
Rate (R) It is the rate at which the interest is charged on Principal.
Time (T) The time period, for which the money is lent or deposited or borrowed, is called Time.
SIMPLE INTEREST
If the interest is calculated on the original Principal for any length of time, then it is called simple
interest.
Principal × Rate × Time P × R×T
Simple Interest (SI) = or SI =
100 100
100 × A
Amount ( A ) = Principal ( P ) + Interest ( I ) and P =
100 + RT
Where, A → Amount
R → Rate of simple Interest
T → Time
EXAMPLE 1. The sum required to earn a monthly interest of `400 at 10% per annum at simple
interest is
a. ` 2000 b. ` 12000 c. ` 24000 d. ` 48000
78 CDS Pathfinder
1
Sol. d. Given, SI = ` 400, R = 10% and T = 1 month = yr Rule 2 If a certain Principal Amounts to ` A1 in t 1 yr
12
and to ` A 2 in t 2 yr, then the sum ( P ) is given by
P ×R ×T 100 × SI 100 × 400 × 12
SI = or P = = = ` 48000 A t − A1 t 2
100 R ×T 10 × 1 ` 2 1 and the rate per cent ( R) per annum is
t1 − t 2
EXAMPLE 2. In what time will the simple interest on 100 ( A 2 − A1 )
` 400 at 10% per annum be the same as the simple given by %.
interest on ` 1000 for 4 yr at 4% per annum? A1 t 2 − A 2 t 1
a. 2 yr b. 3 yr c. 4 yr d. 6 yr
EXAMPLE 5. A certain sum amounts to ` 1586 in
Sol. c. Here, P = `1000, T = 4 yr, and R = 4% 2 yr and ` 1729 in 3 yr. Find the rate and the sum.
P × R × T 1000 × 4 × 4 a. 8%, ` 1200
∴ Simple interest = = = ` 160
100 100 b. 9%, ` 1300
Now, simple interest = ` 160, P = ` 400, R = 10%, c. 10%, ` 1000
100 × SI 100 × 160 d. 11%, ` 1300
then, T = = = 4 yr
P ×R 400 × 10 Sol. d. Here, A1 = ` 1586, t1 = 2 yr, A2 = 1729 and t 2 = 3 yr
A2t1 − A1t 2 1729 × 2 − 1586 × 3
EXAMPLE 3. A sum at simple interest of 4% per ∴ Required principle = =
annum amounts to ` 3120 in 5 yr. Find the sum. t1 − t 2 2− 3
a. ` 2500 b. ` 1300 c. ` 4000 d. ` 2600 = ` 1300
( A − A1) × 100
Sol. d. Here, T = 5 yr, R = 4%, A = ` 3120 and required rate R = 2 %
100 × A 100 × 3120 100 × 3120 A1t 2 − A2t1
We know that, P = = = (1729 − 1586) × 100 143 × 100
100 + RT 100 + 4 × 5 120 = = = 11%
= ` 2600 1586 × 3 − 1729 × 2 1300
Rule 3 At the same rate of simple interest, if a sum of
Important Rules and Formulae money becomes n1 times of itself in t 1 yr and n2 times in
Rule 1 If a sum of money becomes n times in ‘T ’ yr at ( n − 1)
t 2 years, then t 2 = 2 t 1 yr.
simple interest, then rate of interest will be, ( n1 − 1)
100( n − 1)
R= % EXAMPLE 6. A sum of money becomes 3 times in 5 yr
T
at simple interest. In how many years, will the same sum
become 6 times at the same rate of simple interest?
EXAMPLE 4. At what rate per cent per annum will a
sum of money double in 8 yr? a. 10 yr
1 b. 12 yr
a. 12% b. 12 % c. 12.5 yr
2
c. 13% d. 15% d. 10.5 yr
Sol. b. Here, n = 2 and T = 8 yr Sol. c. Here, n1 = 3, t1 = 5yr and n2 = 6, t 2 = ?
100(n − 1) 100 × ( 2 − 1) 100 1 (n2 − 1) (6 − 1) 25
∴ Rate = = = = 12 % ∴ Required time (t 2) = t1 ×5= = 12.5 yr
T 8 8 2 (n1 − 1) ( 3 − 1) 2
PRACTICE EXERCISE
1. Find the amount on a sum of ` 400 for 3 yr at 3. If a certain sum is doubled in 8 yr on simple
simple interest at 5% per annum. interest, in how many years will it be four times?
(a) ` 460 (b) ` 415 (c) ` 435 (d) ` 412 (a) 24 yr (b) 16 yr (c) 32 yr (d) 12 yr
2. Find what sum of money will amount to ` 900 in 4. A sum of money at simple interest amount to
4 yr at 5% per annum on simple interest? ` 1260 in 2 yr and `1350 in 5 yr, then the rate
(a) ` 750 (b) ` 650 per cent per annum is
(c) ` 500 (d) ` 550 (a) 30% (b) 10% (c) 2.5% (d) 5%
MATHEMATICS Simple Interest 79
12. Rahim buys a house and pays ` 8000 cash 22. A sum of money lent on simple interest triples
and ` 9600 at 5 yr credit at 4% per annum simple itself in 15 yr and 6 months. In how many year
interest. Then, the cash price of the house still it be doubled?
(a) ` 10000 (b) ` 9600 (c) ` 17000 (d) ` 16000 (a) 6 yr and 3 months (b) 7 yr and 9 months
(c) 8 yr and 3 months (d) 9 yr and 6 months
13. At what rate per cent per annum simple interest,
will a sum of money triple itself in 25 yr? 23. Mr Pawan invests an amount of ` 24200 at the
(a) 8% (b) 9% (c) 10% (d) 12% rate of 4% per annum for 6 yr to obtain a simple
interest, later he invests the principal amount as
14. A man invested ` 1000 on a simple interest at a well as the amount obtained as simple interest
certain rate and ` 1500 at 2% higher rate. The
for another 4 yr at the same rate of interest.
total interest in 3 yr is ` 390. What is the rate of
What amount of simple interest will be obtained
interest for ` 1000?
at the end of the last 4 yr?
(a) 4% (b) 5% (c) 6% (d) 8%
(a) ` 4800 (b) ` 4850.32 (c) ` 4801.28 (d) ` 4700
15. In what time the simple interest on a sum of 24. A person invested some amount at the rate of
money be 3 / 8 of the principal with rate of 12% simple interest and the remaining at 10%.
interest 3(1 / 8)%? He received yearly an interest of ` 130. Had he
(a) 9 yr (b) 6 yr (c) 12 yr (d) 15 yr
interchanged the amounts invested, he would
16. If the rate of simple interest is 12% per annum have received an interest of ` 134. How much
the amount that would fetch interest of ` 6000 money did he invest at different rates?
per annum is (a) ` 500 at the rate of 10%, ` 800 at the rate of 12%
(a) ` 7200 (b) ` 72000 (c) ` 50000 (d) ` 48543.69 (b) ` 700 at the rate of 10%, ` 600 at the rate of 12%
17. A lends a sum of money for 10 yr at 5% simple (c) ` 800 at the rate of 10%, ` 400 at the rate of 12%
interest, B lends double that amount for 5 yr at (d) ` 700 at the rate of 10%, ` 500 at the rate of 12%
80 CDS Pathfinder
Directions (Q. Nos. 25-27) If SI for a certain sum P1 PREVIOUS YEARS’ QUESTIONS
for time T1 and rate of interest R1 is I1 and SI for
another sum P2 for time T2 and rate of interest R2 is 28. The principal on which a simple interest of ` 55
P R T − PR
1 1T1 will be obtained after 9 months at the rate of
I2, then difference of SI = I2 − I1 = 2 2 2 .
100 3( 2 / 3)% per annum is e 2013 I
(a) ` 1000 (b) ` 1500
25. Simple interest for the sum of ` 1500 is ` 50 in
(c) ` 2000 (d) ` 2500
4 yr and ` 80 in 8 yr, the rate of SI is
(a) 0.6% (b) 5% (c) 0.05% (d) 0.5% 29. In how much time would the simple interest on a
principal amount be 0.125 times the principal
26. Simple interest for the sum of ` 1230 for 2 yr is amount at 10% per annum? e 2015 I
` 10 more than the simple interest for ` 1130 for
1 3 1 3
the same duration. Find the rate of interest. (a) 1 yr (b) 1 yr (c) 2 yr (d) 2 yr
4 4 4 4
(a) 5% (b) 6% (c) 8% (d) 2%
30. If a sum of money at a certain rate of simple
27. If the annual payment oa ` A will discharge a interest per year doubles in 5 yr and at a
debt of ` 1092 due in 2 yr at 12% simple interest, different rate of simple interest per year becomes
then three times in 12 yr, then the difference in
I. A will be ` 515 (approx.). the two rates of simple interest per year is
II. A will be ` 530 (approx.), if interest rate is 6%. e 2016 I
(a) Only I (b) Both I and II 1 1
(a) 2% (b) 3% (c) 3 % (d) 4 %
(c) Only II (d) Neither I nor II 3 3
ANSWERS
1 2 a 3 a 4 c 5 c 6 b 7 c 8 b 9 d 10 b
11 b 12 d 13 a 14 a 15 c 16 c 17 c 18 a 19 b 20 a
21 c 22 b 23 c 24 d 25 d 26 a 27 b 28 c 29 a 30 c
5. (c) Let the sum be ` x. Shortcut Method 13. (a) Let the principal be ` P
x × 13 × 1 x × 12 × 1 As, R = 5%, n = 6, n = 12. As, amount = 3P and T = 25 yr
Then, − = 110 1 1 2
100 100 According to the formula, ∴ SI = 3P − P = 2P
x
⇒ = 110 n −1 100 × SI
100 12 − 1 Q Rate =
R = 2 ×R = × 5 [Rule 3] principal × T
⇒ x = 110 × 100 = ` 11000 2
n −1 1
6−1
1 100 × 2P
Shortcut Method 11 = = 8%
= × 5 = 11% P × 25
Here, P = ` 110 , r = 13%, r = 12% 5
1 2
and t = t = 1yr 14. (a) Let a man invest ` 1000 at a R%.
1 2 10. (b) Total borrowed money = ` 40000
∴ Short trick Now, rate is increased by 2%.
and rate of interest = 8%
110 × 100 ∴ New rate = ( R + 2)%
= 40000 × 8 × 2
13 − 12 The interest for 2 yr = By given condition,
100
= ` 11000 1000 × R × 3 1500 × ( R + 2) × 3
= ` 6400 + = 390
6. (b) Let the sum (principal) be ` x. 100 100
x Let he paid ` x at the end of second
∴ Simple interest = ` year. ⇒ 30R + 45R + 90 = 390
2 ⇒ 75R = 300 ⇒ R = 4%
and T = 6 yr, R = 10% per annum ∴ Interest will be calculated on
1 25
P × R×T ` ( 40000 − x + 6400) 15. (c) Here, rate of interest = 3 % = %
∴ SI = 8 8
100 ( 46400 − x) × 3 × 8
Interest for 3 yr = Let principal be ` x.
x x × 10 × 6 1 6 100 3
⇒ = ⇒ = and simple interest = ` x
2 100 2 10 6
= ` ( 46400 − x) 8
Which is not true, so it is not a possible 25 25
x× × T
case. 6 3 8
∴ ( 46400 − x) + 46400 − x = 35960 ∴ x=
7. (c) Let the sum be ` 100. 25 8 100
300
21576 × 25 ⇒ = T ⇒ T = 12 yr
Then, amount = (Sum + SI) ⇒ x= = ` 17400 25
100 × 8 × 5 31
= 100 + = ( 100 + 8 × 5) 16. (c) Given, rate of interest = 12% per
100 11. (b) Let sum lent at rate 5% be ` x. annum
So, when the amount is ( 100 + 8 × 5), Then, sum lent at rate 8% Simple interest = ` 6000 per annum
then sum = 100
= ` ( 1550 − x) Let principal is ` P.
When the amount is ` 840, then sum x ×5 ×3 P × 1 × 12
100 × 840 ∴ Simple interest at rate 5% = ∴ 6000 =
= ` 100 100
100 + 8 × 5 6000 × 100
Simple interest at rate 8% Q P= = ` 50000
8. (b) Simple interest for 4 yr ( 1550 − x) × 8 × 3 12
=
= ` ( 1360 − 1040) = ` 320 100 Hence, the required Principal amount is
Simple interest for 3 yr x × 15 ( 1550 − x) × 24 ` 50000.
∴ + = 300
= ` × 3 = ` 240
320 17. (c) For A Let the amount be ` x.
100 100
4 15x 37200 24x Rate of interest = 5% and Time = 10 yr
⇒ + − = 300 x × 5 × 10 x
∴ Sum or principle 100 100 100 ∴ Simple interest = =
= ` ( 1040 − 240) = ` 800 100 2
⇒ x = ` 800
Shortcut Method Amount lent at rate 8% For B The amount be ` 2x.
Here, A = ` 1040 , t = 3 yr, = ` ( 1550 − 800) = ` 750 Rate of interest = 5% and Time = 5 yr
1 1
2x × 5 × 5 x
A = ` 1360 and t = 7yr ∴ Required ratio =
800 16
= = 16 : 15 SI = =
2 2
100 2
∴ Required principle (sum) 750 15
So, A and B both will get the same
A t −At 12. (d) Let the amount remaining to pay be amount as interest.
= ` 2 1 1 2 [Rule 2]
t −t ` x.
1 2 18. (a) Let the first part and the second part
∴ Price of house = ` ( x + 8000) be ` x and ` ( 625 − x), respectively.
1360 × 3 − 1040 × 7 x × 4 ×5
= = `800 ⇒ 9600 − =x Q The simple interest on both part in
3−7 100 same.
9. (d) SI at 5% = 6 P − P = 5P x
⇒ 9600 − = x x × 5 × 2 ( 625 − x) × 10 × 4
P ×5 ×T 5 So, =
∴ 5P = ⇒ T = 100 yr 6x 9600 × 5 100 100
100 ⇒ 9600 = ⇒ =x ⇒ 10x = ( 625 − x)40
Now, for new rate ( R), 5 6
⇒ x = ( 625 − x)4
P × R × 100 ⇒ x = ` 8000
11P = ∴ x = ` 500
100 ∴ Cash price of the house ∴ Second part
∴ R = 11% = ` (8000 + 8000) = ` 16000 = ` ( 625 − 500) = ` 125
82 CDS Pathfinder
19. (b) Let the amount of A = ` a, Let amount doubled be t yr. 27. (b) Case I Annual payment
1
time = 2 yr and rate = 5% Now, SI = 2P − P = ` P =
100P
∴ Simple Interest of SI × 100 RT (T − 1)
∴ t = 100T +
a × 2 × 5 10a 1
P×R 2
A= =
100 100 1092 × 100
P × 100 × 31 =
⇒ t = 24( 2 − 1)
Let the amount of B = ` b, rate = 5% 1
P × 400 100 × 2 +
and time = 3 yr. 31 2
∴ Simple interest of = = 7 yr and 9 months 1092 × 100
b × 3 × 5 15b
4 = = 515.09 ≈ ` 515
`
B= = P × R×T
212
100 100 23. (c) Case I SI = Case II Annual payment
Let the amount of C = ` c, time = 4 yr 100
24200 × 4 × 6 1092 × 100
and rate = 5% R= = ` 5808 =
12( 2 − 1)
c × 4 × 5 20c 100 100 × 2 +
∴Simple interest of C = = 2
100 100 ∴ Amount = Principal + SI
a × 10 b × 15 c × 20 1092 × 100
But = = = = ` 530.09 ≈ ` 530
SI = 24200 + 5808 = 30008 206
100 100 100
⇒ 10 a = 15 b = 20 c = k 30008 × 4 × 4 28. (c) Let P be the principal amount.
Case II SI = = ` 4801.28
k k k 100 9
So, a= , b= , c= SI = ` 55, time, t = 9 months = yr
10 15 20 24. (d) Let the person invest amount x and y 12
1 1 1 2 11
∴ a : b :c = : : into two different rates of interest. and rate, r = 3 % = %
10 15 20 3 3
x × 12 × 1 y × 10 × 1
∴ + = 130 P × R×T
20. (a) Let the sum be ` x and the original 100 100 Q SI =
rate r%, then 100
x×r×2 Q SI = PRT SI × 100 55 × 100
Simple interest = 100 ⇒ P= = × 3 × 12
100 R×T 11 × 9
Now, rate is increased by 3%. ⇒ 12x + 10 y = 13000 …(i)
∴ New rate = ( r + 3)% y × 12 × 1 x × 10 × 1 = 5 × 100 × 4 = ` 2000
x × ( r + 3) × 2
and + = 134
Q Simple interest = 100 100 ∴ Principal ( P ) = ` 2000
100 ⇒ 12 y + 10x = 13400 …(ii) 29. (a) Let the principal be ` x and the time
x × ( r + 3) × 2 x × r × 2
∴ − = 72 be t yr.
100 100 On solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
Rate = 10%
( xr + 3x)2 2xr
⇒ − = 72 x = ` 500 and y = ` 700 P × R×T
100 100 Q Simple interest =
25. (d) Here, I = 50, I = 80, T = 4 yr, 100
2xr + 6x − 2xr
⇒ = 72 1 2 1
According to the question,
100 T = 8 yr, and P = ` 1500
∴ x = ` 1200 2 0.125 × Principal = Simple interest
According to formula,
P × 10 × T
21. (c) As rate of interest is charged half P × R × (T − T ) ∴ 0.125 P =
yearly, I −I = 2 1 100
2 1
13 100 125P 10 × P × T
So, rate = % half yearly 1500 × R × (8 − 4) ⇒ =
2 ⇒ 80 − 50 = 1000 100
100
time × 2 half yearly = 7 half yearly
42 125
⇒ =T
12 ⇒ 30 = 15 × R × 4 100
20000 × 13 × 7 ⇒ 2R = 1 5 1
SI = = ` 9100 ⇒ T = = 1 yr
100 × 2 ⇒
1
R = = 0.5% 4 4
∴ Amount ( A ) = 20000 + 9100 2 30. (c) Let principal = ` P, then amount of
= ` 29100 26. (a) Here, I − I = ` 10, P = ` 1230, money = ` 2P
1 2 1
22. (b) Let initial amount be ` P, then P = ` 1130 and T = 2 yr ∴ SI = 2P − P = `P
A = ` 3P and 2
P × r ×5
31 According to formula, Now, P= ⇒ r = 20%
T = 15 yr and 6 months = yr 100
2 T × R × (P − P )
I −I = 2 1 Amount of money after 12 yr = `3P
Q SI = A − P = 3P − P = ` 2P 2 1
100
∴ SI = 3P − P = 2P
⇒ P×
31
×
R
= 2P R × 2( 1130 − 1230)
−10 = P × R × 12 50
2 100 100 Now, 2P = ⇒ R= %
2 × 2 × 100 −200R 100 3
⇒ R= % −10 =
31 100 ∴ Difference between two interest rates
= 20 − % =
400 50 10 1
= % ∴ R = 5% %=3 %
31 3 3 3
10
83
COMPOUND INTEREST
Usually (1-2) questions have been asked from this chapter. Questions from this chapter are based on
the direct application of compound interest formula.
COMPOUND INTEREST
When the interest is calculated on the amount of previous year, then it is known as compound interest.
It will make a deposit or loan grow at a faster rate than simple interest.
EXAMPLE 1. The amount and the compound interest on ` 24000 compounded annually for 2 yr at
the rate of 10% per annum is
a. ` 39040 and ` 4040 b. ` 29040 and ` 5040 c. ` 19040 and ` 3040 d. None of these
Sol. b. Here, P = ` 24000, R = 10% per annum and n = 2 yr
R n 10 2 110 2
Q A = P 1 + = 24000 1 + = 24000
110 110
= 24000 × × = ` 29040
100 100 100 100 100
Q Compound interest = Amount − Principal = ` 29040 − ` 24000 = ` 5040
So, amount = ` 29040 and compound interest = ` 5040
Rule 2 When interest is compounded half-yearly (every 6 months), then
r
2n R
2n
(i) Amount = P 1 + (ii) CI = 1 + − 1
100 × 2 100 × 2
84 CDS Pathfinder
Rule 6 The difference D between simple and compound EXAMPLE 7. A sum of money on compound interest
amount to ` 9680 in 2 yr and to ` 10648 in 3 yr. What
interest accrued on ` P at the rate of interest of R% is is the rate of interest per annum?
given by a. 5% b. 10% c. 15% d. 20%
PR2
(i) For 2 yr, D = Sol. b. Given, A1 = ` 10648 and A2 = ` 9680
(100 )2
( A2 − A1)
PR2 ( 300 + r ) ∴ Rate of compound interest = × 100%
(ii) For 3 yr, D = A1
(100 )3 10648 − 9680
= × 100% = 10%
EXAMPLE 6. The difference between the compound 9680
interest and the simple interest on a certain sum at
12% per annum for 2 yr is ` 90. Then, sum is DEPRECIATION
a. ` 6250 b. ` 6350 c. ` 6520 d. ` 6950
The value of certain things like the machine, vehicle etc.,
Sol. a. Let the sum be ` 100. decreases over a period of time. The decrement in the
Case I Then, simple interest on ` 100 for 2 yr value things is called depreciation. The depreciation per
unit time is called the rate of depreciation.
100 × 12 × 2
= = ` 24 Rule 8 If the present value of a article is P and it
100
Case II Amount when ` 100 is borrowed for 2 yr depreciate at the rate of R% per annum. Then,
12 2 R n n
= 100 × 1 + A = P 1+ ,Rule 1 (i)
(i) Value of article after n yr = P × 1 −
R
100 100
100
= 100 ×
28 28
×
=`
3136
P
25 25 25 (ii) Value of article n yr ago = n
R
∴ Compound interest for 2yr = − 100 = `
3136 636
1 −
25 25 100
Difference between CI and SI = − 24 = `
636 36
25 25 EXAMPLE 8. Given that carbon − 14 (C 14 ) decays at a
36 constant rate in such a way that it reduces to 50% in
If the difference between CI and SI is ` , then the 5568 yr. Then, the age of an old wooden piece in
25
sum = ` 100 which the carbon is only 12.5% of the original is
If the difference between CI and SI is ` 1, a. 16000 yr b. 16244 yr c. 16702 yr d. None of these
100 × 25
then the sum = ` Sol. d. Let the rate of decay be R% and the age of the
36 wooden piece be n yr.
If the difference between CI and SI is ` 90, then the sum
R 5568
Then,
50
⇒ 1 −
R
= 1 − = (0.5)1/ 5568 …(i)
= 100 × × 90 = ` 6250
25
100 100 100
36
12.5 R n R n
Here, the sum is ` 6250. ⇒ = 1 − ⇒ (0.125) = 1 −
100 100 100
Shortcut Method
⇒ (0.125)1/ n = 1 −
R
⇒ (0. 5) 3/ n = 1 −
R
Let the required sum be ` P. …(ii)
100 100
Here, difference = ` 90 and R = 12% 1
∴ Difference between CI and SI From Eqs. (i) and (ii), (0.5) 3/ n = (0.5) 5568
PR 2 (P)(12) 2 P × 144
90 = 2 = ⇒ 90 = On comparing both sides, we get
(100) (100) 2 100 × 100 3 1
= ⇒ n = 3 × 5568 = 16704 yr
∴ P = ` 6250 n 5568
Required sum = ` 6250
Rule 7 If a certain sum at compound interest becomes INSTALMENTS
A1 , in n yr and A 2 in ( n + 1) yr, then When a borrower pays the sum in parts, then we say
that he/she is paying in instalments.
(A 2 − A1 )
(i) Rate of compound interest = × 100% x x x
n A1 ∴ P= + +…+
A R 2 n
(ii) Sum = A1 1 1 + 1 + R
1 +
R
A2 100 100 100
86 CDS Pathfinder
PRACTICE EXERCISE
1. Kiran purchased a scooter for ` 24000. The value 11. A saving bank gives interest which compounds
of scooter is depreciating at the rate of 5% per annually. Raju deposited ` 100 and received
annum. Then, its value after 3 yr is ` 121 at the end of second year. Rate of
(a) ` 20577 (b) ` 20977 (c) ` 20677 (d) ` 20877 compound interest per annum is
(a) 10% (b) 15% (c) 11.5% (d) 20.5%
2. If P be the principal amount and the rate of
interest be r% per annum and the compound 12. The amount of a certain sum at compound
interest is calculated k times in a year, then interest for 4 yr at 10% in ` 4410. The sum is
what is the amount at the end of n yr? (a) 3012.08 (b) 3015 (c) 3020.16 (d) 3016.9
nk nk
(a) P 1 +
r
(b) P 1 +
kr
13. The compound interest on ` 5000 for 3 yr at 8%
100k 100 for first year, 10% for second year and 12% for
n/ k n/ k
(c) P 1 +
kr
(d) P 1 +
kr third year will be
100 100k (a) ` 1560.40 (b) ` 1500 (c) ` 1565.60 (d) ` 1652.80
3. The amount of a certain sum at compound 14. An amount of ` x at compound interest at 20%
interest for 2 yr at 5% is ` 4410. The sum is per annum for 3 yr becomes y. What is y : x?
(a) ` 4000 (b) ` 4200 (c) ` 3900 (d) ` 3800 (a) 3 : 1 (b) 36 : 25
(c) 216 : 125 (d) 125 : 216
4. A person borrowed ` 7500 at 16% compound
interest. How much does he have to pay at the 15. The compound interest on ` 2000 for 1 yr at the
end of 2 yr to clear the loan? rate of 8% per annum, when the interest is
(a) ` 9900 (b) ` 10092 (c) ` 11000 (d) ` 11052 compounded semi-annually
(a) ` 163.20 (b) ` 2163.20 (c) ` 3153.20 (d) ` 1163
5. If the rate of interest is 10% per annum and
is compounded half-yearly, then the principal of 16. ` 16000 invested at 10% per annum compounded
` 400 in 3/2 yr will amount to semi-annually amounts to ` 18522. Then, the
(a) ` 463.00 (b) ` 463.05 period of investment is
(c) ` 463.15 (d) ` 463.20 1 5
(a) 1 yr (b) 3 yr (c) 2 yr (d) yr
2 2
6. At compound interest, if a certain sum of money 25
doubles in n yr, then the amount will be four 17. A sum compounded annually becomes times
fold in 16
(a) 2 n2 yr (b) n2 yr (c) 2n yr (d) 4n yr of itself in 2 yr. Then, the rate of interest per
annum is
7. The simple interest on a certain sum of money (a) 25% (b) 20% (c) 15% (d) 7
1
%
for 3 yr at 8% per annum is half the compound 2
interest on ` 4000 for 2 yr at 10% per annum.
What is the sum placed on simple interest? 18. A sum of ` 3200 invested at 10% per annum
(a) ` 1550 (b) ` 1650 (c) ` 1750 (d) ` 2000
compounded quarterly amounts to ` 3362, then
the time period is
8. What is the least number of complete years in (a) 1
1
yr (b)
1
yr (c) 2 yr (d) 1 yr
which a sum of money at 20% compound interest 2 2
will be more than doubled?
19. A sum amount to ` 9680 in 2 yr and to ` 10648
(a) 7 (b) 6 (c) 5 (d) 4
in 3 yr compounded annually. Then, the sum and
9. The difference between the simple interest and rate of interest, respectively are
the compound interest (compounded annually) on (a) ` 8000, 10% (b) ` 8500, 10%
` 1250 for 2 yr at 8% per annum will be (c) ` 8500, 9% (d) ` 8000, 9%
(a) ` 18 (b) ` 2 (c) ` 8 (d) ` 4
20. If the value of a machine depreciates by 10% of
10. The compound interest on a sum for 2 yr is ` 832 its value at the beginning of the year and its
and the simple interest on the same sum at the present value is estimated as ` 10935, then what
same rate for the same period is ` 800. What is was its value three years back?
the rate of interest? (a) ` 15000 (b) ` 7000
(a) 6% (b) 8% (c) 10% (d) 12% (c) ` 8050 (d) None of these
88 CDS Pathfinder
21. A sum of money doubles itself at compound 26. From the given statements, identify which of the
interest in 15 yr. It will becomes 8 times in following or both are correct and then select the
(a) 30 yr (b) 40 yr appropriate option.
(c) 60 yr (d) 45 yr I. The Present worth of ` 169 due in 2 yr at 4% Pa
compound interest is 156.25.
22. A man borrows ` 4000 at 8% per annum on
compound interest. At the end of every year he II. If the simple interest on a certain sum for 2 yr is
` 120 and compound interest is ` 129, then the
pays ` 1500 as part payment of loan and
rate of interest must be 15%.
interest. How much does he still owe to the bank
after three such annual payments? Which statement(s) is/are correct?
(a) ` 1799 (b) ` 2000 (a) Only II (b) Only I
(c) ` 169.25 (d) None of these (c) Neither I nor II (d) Both I and II
ANSWERS
1 a 2 a 3 a 4 b 5 b 6 c 7 c 8 d 9 c 10 b
11 a 12 a 13 d 14 c 15 a 16 a 17 a 18 b 19 a 20 a
21 d 22 c 23 a 24 b 25 d 26 d 27 d 28 b 29 a 30 c
31 b
MATHEMATICS Compound Interest 89
n
11. (a) Given, principal (P) = ` 100 and time ( n) = 1 × 2 = 2 half-yearly
3362 = 3200 1 +
10
Amount (A) received after 2 yr = ` 121 n
⇒
CI = P 1 +
R 4 × 100
Q − 1
Let rate of interest = R% per annum 100 n 2 n
n 3362 410 41 41
Q A = P 1 +
R [Rule 1. (ii)] ⇒ = ⇒ =
[Rule 1. (i)]
3200 400 40 40
100 2
CI = 2000 1 +
4
− 2000 ⇒ n = 2 ⇒ 4t = 2 yr [as n = 4t ]
2
100
121 = 100 1 +
R
∴ 2 1
100 ∴ t = yr
= 2000 × − 2000
26
2 25 2
121 100 + R
⇒ = = 2163. 20 − 2000 = ` 163.20 19. (a) Given, A = ` 9680, A = ` 10648
100 100 1 2
2 2 16. (a) Given, principal (P) = ` 16000 and n = 2 yr
100 + R
⇒ =
11
Amount received at the end of period ∴ Rate of compound interest
10 100 A −A
(A) = ` 18522 2 1
11 100 + R = × 100% [Rule 7 (i)]
⇒ = Let time = t yr A
10 100 1
11 × 100 ∴ n = 2t 10648 − 9680
⇒ 100 + R = Rate = 10% per annum i.e 5% half-yearly = × 100% = 10%
10 n
9680
A = P 1 +
R A
n
⇒ 100 + R = 110 Q [Rule 1. (i)]
100 ∴ Sum = A 1 [Rule 7 (ii)]
∴ R = 110 − 100 = 10 1
n A2
18522 = 16000 1 +
5
∴ Rate of interest = 10% ∴ 2
100 = 9680
9680
12. (a) Refer to example 3.
n 10648
⇒
18522 21
= 2 2
13. (d) Given, P = ` 5000, 16000 20
= 9680
110 10
= 9680
R = 8%, R = 10%, R = 12% n 3 n 121 11
⇒
9261 21 21 21
1 2 3
= ⇒ = 9680 × 100
and n = n = n = 1 yr 8000 20 20 20 = = ` 8000
1 2 3
121
Q Amount ⇒ n=3
n n n
n = 2t ⇒ 2t = 3 20. (a) Let the value of machine 3 yr ago be
R 1 R 2 R 3 Q
= P1 + 1 1+ 2 1+ 3 3 1 ` x.
100 100 100 ∴ t = yr = 1 yr and given, P = ` 10935, R = 10% and
2 2
[Rule 5] n = 3 yr
17. (a) Let sum/ principal be ` x and the rate n
x = P 1 −
R
12 [Rule 8 (i)]
= 5000 × 1 +
8 10 be R% per annum. Q
1+ 1+ 100
100 100 100 ∴ Amount, A =
25
x and n = 2 yr 3
∴ x 1 −
10
27 11 28 16 = 10935
= 5000 × × × = ` 6652.80 100
25 10 25
n
A = P 1 +
R
Q [Rule 1. (i)] 3
x
90
∴Compound interest = 665280
. − 5000 100 ⇒ = 10935
2 100
x = x 1 +
= ` 1652.80 25 R
∴ 10935 × 10 × 10 × 10
16 100 ∴ x= = ` 15000
14. (c) Given, P = ` x , R = 20% per annum, 9×9×9
n = 3 yr 25 R
2
⇒ = 1 + 21. (d) Let the sum be ` x and rate be R %
and A=` y 16 100 per annum.
n
A = P 1 +
R 2
5 = 1+ R
2
∴ Amount, A = ` 2x
Q [Rule 1. (i)] ⇒
100 4 100 and time, n = 15 yr
3 n
y = x 1 +
20
A = P 1 +
5 R R 1 R
∴ ⇒ = 1 + ⇒ = Q [Rule 1. (i)]
100 4 100 100 4 100
3 15
y = x ⇒ x 1 +
R
6 y 216 ∴ R = 25%
⇒ = Then, = 2x
5 x 125 100
18. (b) Here, P = ` 3200,
⇒ y : x = 216 : 125 1 + R
15
A = ` 3362 ⇒ =2 …(i)
15. (a) Given, principal ( P ) = ` 2000 100
[since, amount is payable quarterly]
Time = 1 yr 10 Suppose the sum becomes eight times in
∴ R = 10% per annum = % quarterly ‘n’ yr, then
Rate of interest = 8% per annum 4 n
x 1 +
and let time = t R
Since, the interest is compounded = 8x [by given condition]
100
semi-annually. ⇒ n = 4t
n n
A = P 1 +
R
⇒ 1 +
8 R
Then, rate ( R) = % = 4 half-yearly =8= 2
3
Q [Rule 1. (i)] …(ii)
2 100 100
MATHEMATICS Compound Interest 91
3
R
15 Amount after 3rd yr = ` 1587 27. (d) P = ` 1600, r = 25% and n = 2 yr
[but 23 = 1 + from Eq. (i)] n
∴ A = P 1+
R
100
3
x 1 +
R [Rule 1. (i)]
= ` 1587 …(ii) 100
n 45 100
⇒ 1 + R = 23 = 1 + R
2
= 1600 1 +
100 100 On dividing Eq. (ii) by Eq. (i), we get 25
[on comparing] 2 100
1 + R = 1587 = 529
∴ n = 45 yr 5 5
100 1200 400 = 1600 × × = ` 2500
Shortcut Method 4 4
R 23 R 3
1+ = ⇒ =
Since, a sum of money at compound 100 20 100 20 ∴ Compound interest
interest doubles itself in 15 yr. = ` 2500 − `1600 = ` 900
∴ R = 15%
Hence, it will becomes eight times
Put R = 15% in Eq. (i), 28. (b) Refer to example 6.
(23 times) in = 15 × 3 = 45 yr 1200 × 100
x 1 +
15 29. (a) Given, principal = ` 15000
= ` 1200 ⇒ x =
22. (c) Amount due at the end of 1 yr 100 115
= 4000 1 +
8 ∴ x = ` 1043.478 Rate, R = ?
= ` 4320
100 Difference, D = ` 96
26. (d) I. Given, R = 4%, n = 2 yr and
∴ Amount due after 1 yr PR2
A = ` 169, P = ? For 2 yr Difference, D =
= ( 4320 − 1500) = ` 2820 n ( 100)2
A = P 1 +
R
[Rule 1. (i)]
Amount due at the end of second year 100 [Rule 6 (i)]
= 2820 1 +
8 15000 × R2
= ` 3045.60
2
169 = P 1 +
4 ⇒ 96 =
100 100 × 100
100
∴ Amount due after second year 2 ⇒ R2 = 64
⇒ 169 = P
26
= (3045.60 − 1500) = ` 1545.60 25 ∴ R = 8%
Amount due at the end of third year
169 × 25 × 25 30. (c) ∴ Let the principal be `x.
= 1545.60 1 +
8 P= = ` 156.25
= ` 1669.25 26 × 26 Then, SI = `
60x
100
100
Amount due after the payment of third II. Given, SI = ` 120 , n = 2 yr
Principal × Rate × Time
instalment Q SI =
and CI = ` 129. 100
= ( 1669. 25 − 1500) = ` 169.25 P × R×T 60x x × Rate × 6
SI = ⇒ = [QTime = 6 yr]
23. (a) Let the sum be ` x, then 100 100 100
5 5 P × R× 2 60 = Rate × 6
x 1 +
R R 120 = ⇒ PR = ` 6000
= 2x ⇒ 1 + =2
100 100 100
∴ Rate = 10%
6000
…(i) ∴ P= …(i) Again principal = ` 12000, Time = 3 yr
The amount after 20 yr, R
Time
Amount = Principal 1 +
4 n
Rate
CI = P 1 +
R
R
20 5
− 1 [Rule 1. (ii)]
x 1 +
R
= x 1 + 100
100 100
100 3
= 12000 1 +
2
10
129 = P 1 +
= 2 x = 16x [from Eq. (i)]
4 R
− 1 . 100
= 16 × 10000 = ` 160000 100 3
= 12000
11
[put x = ` 10000] 1290000 = P [( 100 + R)2 − 1002 ].
10
24. (b) Data is insufficient as the rate of = P [ R2 + R × 200].
11 × 11 × 11
interest is not given to calculate further. 6000 2 = 12000 ×
= [ R + R × 200] 1000
25. (d) Let amount be ` x and rate of R
interest is R % annually. [from Eq. (i)] = 12 × 121 × 11 = ` 15972
1290000 = 6000R + 1200000 ∴ CI = Amount − Principal
According to the questions,
90000
Amount after 1st yr = ` 1200 R= = 15% = 15972 − 12000 = ` 3972
6000
x 1 +
R 31. (b) Refer to example 2.
= 1200 …(i) Hence, both statement are correct.
100
11
92 C D S Pathfinder
Important Rules and Formulae Rule 4 When two different articles are sold at the
Rule 1 If there is a profit of r%, then same selling price, getting gain/loss of x% on the first and
gain/loss of y% on the second, then the overall % gain or
(100 + r ) × CP 100 × SP % loss in the transection is given by
(i) SP = (ii) CP =
100 (100 + r )
100( x + y) + 2xy
%. The above expression represent
(100 + x) + (100 + x)
EXAMPLE 1. If cost price of a fan is ` 720. If there is
2 overall gain or loss accordingly as its sign is positive or
a profit of 16 %. Then, selling price is
3 negative.
a. ` 840 b. ` 940
c. ` 1050 d. None of these When two different articles are sold at the same selling
2
price getting a gain of x% on the first and loss of x% on
Sol. a. Given, r = 16 % and cost price = ` 720 the second, then the overall % loss in the transection is
3 2
given by %.
x
720 × 100 + 16
2
CP × (100 + r) 3 10
∴Selling price (SP) = =
100 100
720 × 100 +
50
Note That in such questions there is always a loss.
3 = 720 × 350 = ` 840
= EXAMPLE 4. A trader sells two cycles at ` 1188 each
100 300
and gains 10% on the first and loses 12% on the
Rule 2 If there is a loss of r%, then second. What is the profit or loss percent on the
whole?
(100 − r ) 100 × SP
(i) SP = × CP (ii) CP = a. 1% loss b. 1% gain c. No loss no gain d. 3.2% loss
100 (100 − r )
Sol. d. When there is a profit of x% and loss of y%, then
EXAMPLE 2. When Selling price is ` 75 and there is the resultant
Profit/Loss percentage = x − y −
a loss of 12%. Then, cost price is xy
%
100
a. ` 22 b. ` 44
c. ` 55 d. ` 85.22 Here, x = 10% and y = 12
10 × 12
Sol. d. Given, r = 12% and selling price = ` 75 ∴Profit/Loss percentage = 10 − 12 − % = −3.2%
100
100 × SP 100 × 75 100 × 75
∴ Cost price = = = = 85.22
(100 − r) (100 − 12) 88 EXAMPLE 5. Harish sold two scooters, each for
` 24000. If he makes 20% profit on the first and 15%
Rule 3 (i) When there are two successive profits or losses
loss on the second. What is his gain or loss percent in
of x% and y%, then the resultant profit or the transection?
loss percent is given by 20 20 32 32
( ± x)( ± y) a. loss % b. gain % c. loss % d. gain %
± x ± y + %. 41 41 73 73
100 Sol. a. Here, x = 20 and y = −15
Note l Take positive for profit and negative for loss. 100( x + y) + 2xy
∴ Overall gain/loss % = %
(100 + x) + (100 + y)
l If the sign of result is positive, then there is a total gain.
l If the sign of result is negative, then there is a total loss.
100( 20 − 15) + 2 × 20 × −15
EXAMPLE 3. By selling a watch for ` 132 a trademan = %
(100 + 20) + (100 − 15)
got two successive profits of 10% and 20%, then the
−100 −20
resultant profit percentage is = %= %
205 41
a. 22% b. 30%
c. 32% d. 34% Which represents loss.
Sol. c. Given, the successive profits are 10%, 20%. EXAMPLE 6. Vikram sold two horses for ` 990 each
20 × 10 gaining 10% on the one and lossing 10% on the
So, resultant profit percentage = 10 + 20 + %
100 other. Find his gain or loss percent.
= 32% a. 1% gain b. 1% loss c. 4 % gain d. 4 % loss
94 CDS Pathfinder
Rule 5 A person buys two items for ` S. One is sold at 18 − 16 Q n − m × 100
∴ Profit percentage = × 100
16 m
a loss of r% and the other at a gain of R%, if each item
was sold at the same price, then 2 100
= × 100 = = 12.5%
S × (100 + R) 16 8
Cost price of item sold at loss =
(100 − r ) + (100 + R)
PRACTICE EXERCISE
1. By selling an article for ` 247.50, Sonu get a 7. Sneha gains 10% on selling a pen. If she sells it
profit of 12.5%. The cost of the article is at double the price, the profit per cent is
(a) ` 220 (b) ` 205 (c) ` 210 (d) ` 200 (a) 120% (b) 60% (c) 100% (d) 200%
2. If cost price of a fan is ` 720 and its SP is ` 840. 8. On selling an article for ` 240, a trader loses
4%. In order to gain 10%, he must sell the article
Find the gain percent. for
2 1 7
(a) 16% (b) 16 % (c) 16 % (d) 16 % (a) ` 275 (b) ` 280 (c) ` 285 (d) ` 300
3 3 3
9. By selling 8 dozen pencils, a shopkeeper gains
3. By selling an article for ` 110, a man losses 12%. the selling price of 1 dozen pencils. What is the
For how much should he sell it to gain 8%? gain?
(a) ` 120 (b) ` 125 (c) ` 135 (d) ` 140 1 1 2 1
(a) 12 % (b) 13 % (c) 14 % (d) 87 %
2 7 7 2
4. A man buys 4 tables and 5 chairs for ` 1000. If
he sells the tables at 10% profit and chairs 20% 10. A man purchased a watch for ` 400 and sold it at
profit, he earns a profit of ` 120. Then, what is a gain of 20% of the selling price. The selling
the cost of one table? price of the watch is
(a) ` 300 (b) ` 320 (c) ` 440 (d) ` 500
(a) ` 200 (b) ` 220 (c) ` 240 (d) ` 260
11. A person A sells a table costing ` 2000 to a
5. If selling price of 8 articles is equal to the cost person B and earns a profit of 6%. The person B
price of 10 articles, then per cent gain or loss is sells it to another person C at a loss of 5%. At
(a) 20% (b) 25% (c) 30% (d) 35% what price did B sell the table?
6. A man sells fans at the same price on one he (a) ` 2054 (b) ` 2050 (c) ` 2024 (d) ` 2014
gain 20% and losses 20% on the other. His gain 12. What price did the seller mark at the printed
or loss is price of a watch purchased at ` 380, so that after
(a) 4% loss (b) 4% gain giving 5% discount, there is 25% profit?
(c) Neither gain nor loss (d) 1% loss (a) ` 400 (b) ` 450 (c) ` 500 (d) ` 600
96 CDS Pathfinder
13. A discount series of 10%, 20% and 40% is equal 23. A fruit-seller buys lemons at 2 for a rupee and
to a single discount of sells them at 5 for three rupees. What is his gain
(a) 50% (b) 60% (c) 56.8% (d) 70.28% per cent?
1 1 (a) 10% (b) 15% (c) 20% (d) 25%
14. Successive discounts of 12 % and 7 % are
2 2 24. A trader marks 10% higher than the cost price.
given on the marked price of a cupboard. If the He gives a discount of 10% on the marked price.
customer pays ` 2590, then what is the marked In this kind of sales how much per cent does the
price? trader gain or loss?
(a) ` 3108 (b) ` 3148 (c) ` 3200 (d) ` 3600 (a) 5% gain (b) 2% gain (c) 1% loss (d) 3% loss
15. The difference between a discount of 40% on 25. One saree was purchased for ` 564 after getting
` 1000 and two successive discounts of 35% and a discount of 6% and another saree was
5% on the same amount is purchased for ` 396 after getting a discount of
(a) ` 15.50 (b) ` 16.50 (c) ` 17.50 (d) ` 18.00 1%. Taking both the items as a single
transaction, what is the percentage of discount?
16. A dealer buys an article listed at ` 100 and gets
(a) 3.5% (b) 4% (c) 7% (d) 7.5%
two successive discounts of 10% and 20%. He
spends 10% of the cost price on transport etc. At 26. A dishonest dealer professes to sell his good at
what price should he sell the article to earn a cost price but uses a false weight and thus gains
profit of 15%? 25%. For a kilogram he uses a weight of
(a) ` 90 (b) ` 91 (c) ` 91.08 (d) ` 91.10 (a) 700 g (b) 750 g (c) 800 g (d) 850 g
17. An item costing ` 200 is being sold at 10% loss. 27. A person bought two old scooters for ` 9000. By
If the price is further reduced by 5%, then the selling one at a profit of 25% and the other at a
selling price will be loss of 20%, to neither gain nor loses. The cost of
(a) ` 170 (b) ` 171 (c) ` 175 (d) ` 179 each scooter is
18. A man bought a number of oranges at 3 for a (a) ` 3500, ` 500 (b) ` 4500, ` 4500
rupee and an equal number at 2 for a rupee. At (c) ` 4000, ` 5000 (d) ` 5300, ` 3700
what price per dozen should he sell them to 28. The manufacturer of a certain item can sell all
make a profit of 20%? he can produce at the selling price of ` 60 each.
(a) ` 4 (b) ` 5 (c) ` 6 (d) ` 7 It costs him ` 40 in materials and labour to
19. A milk vendor bought 28 L of milk at the cost of produce each item and he has overhead expenses
` 8.50 per L. After adding some water, he sold of ` 3000 per week in order to operate the plant.
the mixture at the same price. If he gains 12.5%, The number of items he should produce and sell in
then how much water did he add? order to make a profit of atleast ` 1000 per week is
(a) 5.5 L (b) 4.5 L (a) 400 (b) 300 (c) 250 (d) 200
(c) 3.5 L (d) 2.5 L 1
29. A person sold a table at a profit of 6 %. If he
20. A man sold two watches, each for ` 495. If he 2
gained 10% on one watch and suffered a loss of had sold it for ` 1250 more, he would have
10% on the other, then what is the loss or gain gained 19%
percentage in the transaction? I. The CP of the table is ` 10000.
(a) 1% gain (b) 1% loss II. CP will ` 19000, if he had sold it for ` 2400 more
(c) 100/99% loss (d) No gain no loss and gained same profit
21. Jyoti bought a computer system for ` 40000. She Which one is correct?
sold it to Brajesh at a loss of 4%. If Brajesh sells (a) Only II (b) Only I
it for ` 40320 to Yash, then the profit per cent (c) Neither I nor II (d) Both I and II
earned by Brajesh is
30. A bookseller sells a book at a gain of 10%. If he
(a) 3% (b) 5%
had bought it at 4% less and sold it for ` 6 more,
(c) 7% (d) 10% 3
he would have gained 18 %
22. List price of a video cassette is ` 100. A dealer 4
sells three video cassettes for ` 274.50 after I. The SP of the book is ` 165.
allowing discount at certain rate. The rate of II. The CP of the book is ` 150.
discount allowed is Which one is correct?
(a) 7% (b) 7.5% (a) Neither I nor II (b) Both I and II
(c) 8% (d) 8.5% (c) Only I (d) Only II
MATHEMATICS Profit and Loss 97
e 2013 II
PREVIOUS YEARS’ QUESTIONS
(a) 10% loss (b) 10% profit
31. A person bought 8 quintal of rice for certain (c) 20% profit (d) 20% loss
rupees. After a week, he sold 3 quintal of rice at
10% profit, 3 quintal of rice with neither profit 39. On a 20% discount sale, an article costs ` 596.
nor loss and 2 quintal at 5% loss. In this What was the original price of the article?
transaction, what is the profit? e 2012 I e 2014 I
(a) 10% (b) 20% (c) 25% (d) None of these (a) ` 720 (b) ` 735 (c) ` 745 (d) ` 775
32. The cost of two articles are in the ratio 3 : 5. If 40. A man buys 200 oranges for ` 1000. How many
there is 30% loss on the first article and 20% oranges for ` 100 can be sold, so that his profit
gain on the second article, then what is overall percentage is 25%? e 2014 II
percentage of loss or gain? e 2012 I (a) 10 (b) 14 (c) 16 (d) 20
(a) 2.25% gain (b) 5.25% loss 41. When an article is sold at 20% discount, the
(c) 2% loss (d) None of these selling price is ` 24. What will be the selling
33. A cloth store is offering Buy 3, get 1 free. What price when the discount is 30%. e 2014 II
is the net percentage discount being offered by (a) ` 25 (b) ` 23 (c) ` 21 (d) ` 20
the store? e 2012 II 42. A shopkeeper sells his articles at their cost price
1 but uses a faulty balance which reads 1000 g for
(a) 20% (b) 25% (c) 30% (d) 33 %
3 800 g. What is his actual profit percentage?
34. A person sold an article for ` 136 and got 15% (a) 25% (b) 20% e 2014 II
loss. Had he sold it for ` x, he would have got a (c) 40% (d) 30%
profit of 15%. Which one of the following is 43. A person selling an article for ` 96 finds that his
correct? e 2012 II
loss per cent is one-fourth of the amount of
(a) 190 < x < 200 (b) 180 < x < 190
rupees that he had paid for the article. What can
(c) 170 < x < 180 (d) 160 < x < 170
be the cost price? e 2014 II
35. A man buys a television set which lists for (a) Only ` 160 (b) Only ` 240
` 5000 at 10% discount. He gets an additional (c) Either ` 160 or ` 240 (d) Neither ` 160 nor ` 240
2% discount (after the first discount) for paying
cash. What does he actually pay for the set? 44. A milkman claims to sell milk at its cost price
e 2012 II but he is making a profit of 20% since, he has
mixed some amount of water in the milk. What
(a) ` 4410 (b) ` 4400 (c) ` 4000 (d) ` 4500
is the percentage of milk in the mixture? e 2015 I
36. A merchant earns a profit of 20% by selling a 250 200
basket containing 80 apples which costs ` 240 (a) 80% (b) % (c) 75% (d) %
3 3
but he gives one-fourth of it to his friend at cost
price and sells the remaining apples. In order to 45. The value of a single discount on some amount
earn the same profit, at what price must he sell which is equivalent to a series of discounts
each apple? e 2012 II of 10%, 20% and 40% on the same amount, is
(a) ` 3.00 (b) ` 3.60 (c) ` 3.80 (d) ` 4.80 equal to e 2015 II
37. A person sold an article for ` 3600 and got a (a) 43.2% (b) 50% (c) 56.8% (d) 70%
profit of 20%. Had he sold the article for ` 3150, 46. A cloth merchant buys cloth from a weaver and
how much profit would he have got? e 2013 II cheats him by using a scale which is 10 cm longer
(a) 4% (b) 5% (c) 6% (d) 10% than a normal metre scale. He claims to sell
38. Two lots of onions with equal quantity, one cloth at the cost price to his customers, but while
costing ` 10 per kg and the other costing ` 15 per selling uses a scale which is 10 cm shorter than
kg, are mixed together and whole lot is sold at a normal metre scale. What is his gain? e 2016 I
2 1
` 15 per kg. What is the profit or loss? (a) 20% (b) 21% (c) 22 % (d) 23 %
9 3
ANSWERS
1 a 2 b 3 c 4 a 5 b 6 a 7 a 8 a 9 c 10 d
11 d 12 c 13 c 14 c 15 c 16 c 17 b 18 c 19 c 20 b
21 b 22 d 23 c 24 c 25 b 26 c 27 c 28 d 29 b 30 b
31 d 32 d 33 b 34 b 35 a 36 c 37 b 38 c 39 c 40 c
41 c 42 a 43 c 44 b 45 c 46 a
98 CDS Pathfinder
12
RATIO AND
PROPORTION
Regularly (1-2) questions have been asked from this chapter. Generally both the topics i.e. ratio and
proportion have same importance but more emphasis is given on proportion. The concepts of this
chapter are extremely used in other chapters like-age, average. etc.
RATIO
A ratio is the comparison of two or more quantities of the same type (or kind) by division. i.e. if a and
b are two quantities of same kind (or same unit), then the fraction a / b is called the ratio a to b and
we write it as a : b. Here, a is called antecedent and b is called the consequent.
e.g. If a fruit box contains 8 oranges and 7 lemons then the ratio of oranges to lemons is 8 to 7 or 8:7.
Note If both terms a and b of a ratio are multiplied or divided by the same quantity, then ratio remains unchanged.
a na a b a a/n
i.e. a : b is same as na : nb ⇒ = and a : b is same as : ⇒ = .
b nb n n b b/n
1 1
Types of Ratios 6. Reciprocal Ratio If a : b is a ratio, then : is its
a b
1. Compound Ratio When two or more ratios are reciprocal ratio, i.e. b : a .
multiplied together, they are said to be compound 1 1
ratio. e.g. Reciprocal ratio of 3 : 7 is : i.e. 7 : 3.
3 7
a c e g
If , , and are all ratios, then their compound EXAMPLE 4. Compound ratio of the duplicate ratio
b d f h
of 5 : 6, the reciprocal ratio of 25:42 and the
ratio is aceg : bdfh.
2 4 1 2× 4×1 8 subduplicate ratio of 36:49 is
e.g. Compound ratio of , and = = . a. 1 : 2 b. 2 : 3 c. 1 : 1d. 4 : 9
3 7 3 3 × 7 × 3 63
5 5 25
2. Duplicate Ratio When a ratio is compounded with Sol. c. The duplicate ratio of 5 : 6 is × =
6 6 36
itself, the resulting ratio is called the duplicate ratio.
1 1 42
So, a 2 : b 2 is duplicate ratio of a : b. The reciprocal ratio of 25 : 42 is : i.e.
25 42 25
EXAMPLE 2. The duplicate ratio of the ratio 2 2 : 3 5 36 36 6
and subduplicate ratio of is =
is 49 49 7
a. 4 : 9 b. 8 : 45 c. 2 : 3 d. 6 : 45 25 42 6 1
∴ Compound ratio is × × = = 1: 1
Sol. b. The duplicate ratio of 2 2 : 3 5 is 36 25 7 1
2 2 2 2 4 4 8
× = = = 8 : 45 IMPORTANT POINTS
3 5 3 5 9 25 45
3. Triplicate Ratio If a ratio is compounded three l Usually, the ratio is expressed in its lowest terms.
times with itself, then resulting ratio is called l Ratio exists only between quantities of the same kind.
triplicate ratio. l Ratio is a fraction, so it has no units.
So, a 3 : b 3 is the triplicate ratio of a : b. l Ratio is taken only between positive quantities.
Sol. b. Since, , , , and are in continued proportion. EXAMPLE 8. The fourth proportional to
2
Q = = = ⇒ = = = ⇒ = p 2 − pq + q 2 , p 3 + q 3 , p − q is
2 4 3 2 6 4 a. p + q b. p − q c. p2 + q2 d. p2 − q2
1
= = 2 ⋅ = 2 , = = 4 ⋅ 2 = 3 Sol. d. Let the fourth proportional be x.
4
Then, 2
− + 2
: 3
+ 3
= − :x
∴ = =
( 4
/ 3
) 4 2
− + 2
− ( − )( 3
+ 3
)
⇒ = ⇒x=
2. Mean Proportional If a, b and c are in continued
3
+ 3
x 2
− + 2
Sol. c. Given, cost price of cheaper quantity = ` 6.20 per kg ⇒ Second term = 2( − x + x2 )
Cost price of dearer quantity ` 7.20 per kg and third term ∝ ( x − x ) ⇒ Third term =
3 2
3 ( x3 − x 2 )
Mean price = ` 6.50 per kg Also, ∝ [ 1x + 2 ( − x + x2 ) + 3 ( x − x )] (given)
3 2
CP of cheaper CP of dearer = 4( 1− 2) x + ( 2 − 3) 4x + 3 4x
2 3
(650 – 620) =( 2 − 3) 4,
(720 – 650) = 30 paise
= 70 paise and = 3 4
∴ Required ratio = 70 : 30 = 7 : 3
MATHEMATICS Ratio and Proportion 105
PRACTICE EXERCISE
1. The compounded ratio of 2a : 6b, 7a : 49b and 15. Divide 1870 into three parts in such a way that
3a : 12b is half of the first part, one-third of the second part
(a) a : 84 b 3
(b) a : 84 b 3
(c) a : 24 b (d) 2 a : 3 b and one-sixth of the third part are equal. Then,
the third part is
2. The subduplicate ratio of 16x 4 : 625 y 6 is (a) 340 (b) 510 (c) 1020 (d) 1320
2 3 2 2 2 3
(a) 4x : 25 y (b) 4x : 25 y (c) 4x : 25 y (d) 8x : 125 y 16. Out of the ratios 7 : 20, 13 : 25, 17 : 30 and
11 : 15, the smallest one is
3. If x + 5 : 3x + 4 is the duplicate ratio of 5 : 8 , then (a) 11 : 15 (b) 7 : 20 (c) 11 : 16 (d) 17 : 30
the value of x is
17. What is the ratio of the numbers of 0.5 of a
(a) 16 (b) 18 (c) 20 (d) 22 number is equal to 0.07 of another ?
4. If x : 6 : : 5 : 3 , then the value of x is (a) 50 : 7 (b) 5 : 7 (c) 1 : 14 (d) 7 : 50
(a) 8 (b) 10 (c) 12 (d) 13 18. What is the ratio whose terms differ by 40 and
2
5. The third proportional to 9 and 12 is the measure of which is ?
7
(a) 12 (b) 14 (c) 16 (d) 18 (a) 14 : 56 (b) 15 : 56 (c) 16 : 56 (d) 16 : 72
3 5 3 2
19. If P : Q = : and Q : R = : , then what is
6. The mean proportional between ( 2 + 3 ) and 5 7 4 5
( 8 − 48 ) is P : Q : R equal to?
(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 4 (d) 5 3 5 2 9 15 2 3 3 2 3 5 3
(a) : : (b) : : (c) : : (d) : :
5 7 5 20 28 7 5 4 5 5 7 4
7. The fourth proportional to 7, 11, 14 is
(a) 16 (b) 18 (c) 20 (d) 22 20. Two numbers are in the ratio 3 : 5. If 9 is
subtracted from each number, then they are in
8. In a ratio which is equal to 7 : 8, if the the ratio of 12 : 23. What is the second number?
antecedent is 35, then the consequent is (a) 44 (b) 55 (c) 66 (d) 77
(a) 30 (b) 32 (c) 36 (d) 40
21. The mean proportional between two numbers is
9. If x : y = 1 : 3, y : z = 5 : k, z : t = 2 : 5 and t : x = 3 : 4, 28 and their third proportional to them is 224.
then what is the value of k? The two numbers are
(a) 1/2 (b) 1/3 (c) 2 (d) 3 (a) 7 and 112 (b) 14 and 56 (c) 28 and 28 (d) 21 and 36
10. If the ratio of x to y is 25 times the ratio of y to 22. ` 770 have been divided among A, B, C in such a
x, then what is the ratio of x to y? 2
way that A receives th of what B and C together
(a) 1 : 5 (b) 5 : 1 (c) 25 : 1 (d) 1 : 25 9
receive. What is A’s share?
11. If p% of ` x is equal to t times q% of ` y, then
(a) ` 154 (b) ` 140 (c) ` 250 (d) ` 254
what is the ratio of x to y ?
(a) pt : q (b) p : qt (c) qt : p (d) q : pt 23. x varies directly as y and inversely as square of
z. When y = 4 and z = 14, then x = 10. If y = 16
12. If a : b = 2 : 3 and x : y = 3 : 4 , then the value of and z = 7, what is x?
4ay − 3bx
is (a) 180 (b) 160 (c) 154 (d) 140
5ax − 2by
m + 3n + m − 3n
(a)
5
(b)
5
(c)
4
(d)
5 24. If x = , then
3 6 5 4 m + 3n − m − 3n
x3 + 3x 341 (a) 3 nx2 − 2 mx + 3 n = 0 (b) 2 nx2 − 2 mx + 3 n = 0
13. If = , then the value of x is
3x 2 + 1 91 (c) 3 nx2 − 2 mx − 3 n = 0 (d) 3 nx2 + 3mx + 3 n = 0
26. If q is the mean proportional between p and r, 36. A mixture contains milk and water in the ratio
p − q +r
2 2 2 5 : 1. On adding 5 L of water, the ratio of milk
then −2 −2 −2
is equal to and water becomes 5 : 2. What is the quantity of
p −q +r milk in the original mixture?
2 3
(a) p q (b) q 3 (c) q 4 (d) p2 r 2q 4 (a) 5 L (b) 25 L
27. The monthly incomes of A and B are in the ratio (c) 27.5 L (d) 32.5 L
4 : 3. Each of them saves ` 600. If the ratio of the 37. If x varies as the mth power of y , y varies as the
expenditure is 3 : 2, then what is the monthly
nth power of z and x varies as the p th power of
income of A ?
z, then which one of the following is correct?
(a) ` 2400 (b) ` 1800 (c) ` 2000 (d) ` 3600
(a) p = m + n (b) p = m − n
28. Three numbers are in the ratio 3 : 2 : 5 and the (c) p = mn (d) None of these
sum of their squares is 1862. What are the three
numbers?
38. The wages of labourers in a factory has increased
in the ratio 22 : 25 and their number decreased in
(a) 18, 12, 30 (b) 24, 16, 40
the ratio 3 : 2. What was the original wage bill of
(c) 15, 10, 25 (d) 21, 14, 35
the factory, if the present bill is ` 5000?
29. The speeds of three cars are in the ratio 4 : 3 : 2. (a) ` 4000 (b) ` 6000
What is the ratio between the times taken by the (c) ` 8000 (d) None of these
cars to cover the same distance?
(a) 2 : 3 : 4 (b) 3 : 4 : 6
39. The ratio of A to B is x : 8 and the ratio of B to C
(c) 1 : 2 : 3 (d) 4 : 3 : 2 is 12 : z. If the ratio of A to C is 2 : 1, then what
is the ratio of x : z ?
30. The ratio between the ages of A and B is 2 : 5. (a) 2 : 3 (b) 3 : 2 (c) 4 : 3 (d) 3 : 4
After 8 yr, their ages will be in the ratio 1 : 2.
What is the difference between their present 40. A bag contains ` 112 in the form of ` 1, 50 paise
ages? and 10 paise coins in the ratio 3 : 8 : 10. What is
(a) 20 yr (b) 22 yr (c) 24 yr (d) 25 yr the number of 50 paise coins?
(a) 112 (b) 108 (c) 96 (d) 84
31. Let y is equal to the sum of two quantities of which
one varies directly as x and the other inversely as x. 41. In a class, the number of boys is more than
If y = 6 when x = 4 and y = 10/ 3, when x = 3, then the number of girls by 12% of the total students.
what is the relation between x and y? What is the ratio of number of boys to that of
(a) y = x + (4/ x) (b) y = − 2 x + (4/ x) girls?
(c) y = 2 x + (8/ x) (d) y = 2 x − (8/ x) (a) 11 : 14 (b) 14 : 11
(c) 28 : 25 (d) 25 : 28
32. If ` 8400 is divided among A, B and C in the
1 1 1 42. A sum of ` 53 is divided among A, B, C in such a
ratio : : , what is the share of A?
5 6 10 way that A gets ` 7 more than what B gets and B
(a) ` 1800 (b) ` 3000 (c) ` 3600 (d) ` 4000 gets ` 8 more than what C gets. The ratio of
their shares is
33. A certain amount of money has to be divided (a) 25 : 18 : 10 (b) 6 : 7 : 8
between two persons P and Q in the ratio 3 : 5. (c) 12 : 14 : 9 (d) 15 : 8 : 30
But it was divided in the ratio of 2 : 3 and there
by Q loses ` 10. What was the amount? 43. A person P started a business with a capital of
` 2525 and another person Q joined P after some
(a) ` 250 (b) ` 300 (c) ` 350 (d) ` 400
months with a capital of ` 1200. Out of the total
34. 20 L of a mixture contains milk and water in the annual profit of ` 1644, P ′s share was ` 1212.
ratio 4 : 3. If 6 L of this mixture are replaced by When did Q join as partner?
6 L of milk, the ratio of milk to water in the new (a) After 2 months (b) After 3 months
mixture will become (c) After 4 months (d) After 5 months
(a) 7 : 3 (b) 8 : 3 (c) 9 : 7 (d) 4 : 6
44. Seats for Mathematics, Physics and Biology in a
35. Two vessels are full with milk and water in the school are in the ratio 5 : 7 : 8. There is a proposal
ratios 1 : 3 and 3 : 5, respectively. If both are to increase these seats by 40%, 50% and 75%,
mixed in the ratio 3 : 2, what is the ratio of milk respectively What will be the ratio of increased
and water in the new mixture? seats?
(a) 4 : 15 (b) 3 : 7 (a) 2 : 3 : 4 (b) 6 : 7: 8
(c) 6 : 7 (d) None of these (c) 6 : 8: 9 (d) 5 : 7 : 12
MATHEMATICS Ratio and Proportion 107
45. The ratio between the number of passengers PREVIOUS YEARS’ QUESTIONS
travelling by I and II class between the two
railway stations is 1:50, whereas the ratio of I 51. If x : y = 7 : 5, then what is the value of
and II class fares between the same station is ( 5x − 2 y ) : ( 3x + 2 y )? e 2012 I
3:1, If on a particular day, ` 1325 were collected (a) 5/4 (b) 6/5 (c) 25/31 (d) 31/42
from the passengers travelling between these
stations, then what was the amount collected 52. Two numbers are in the ratio 2 : 3. If 9 is added
from the II class passengers? to each number, they will be in the ratio 3 : 4.
What is the product of the two numbers? e 2012 I
(a) ` 750 (b) ` 1000
(a) 360 (b) 480 (c) 486 (d) 512
(c) ` 850 (d) ` 1250
46. If x varies inversely as the square of y in such a 53. A milkman bought 15 kg of milk and mixed 3 kg
way that, if x = 1, then y = 6. of water in it. If the price per kg of the mixture
becomes ` 22, what is cost price of the milk
I. If y = 3, then x = 4 II. If y = 6, then x = 1 per kg? e 2012 II
Which of the following options is correct? (a) ` 28.00 (b) ` 26.40 (c) ` 24.00 (d) ` 22.60
(a) Only II (b) Both I and II
54. Sex ratio is defined as the number of females per
(c) Only I (d) Neither I nor II
1000 males. In a place, the total inhabitants are
47. If a : b = c : d = e : f = 1 : 2, then 1935000, out of which 935000 are females. What
3a + 5c + 7e 1 a 2 + c2 + e2 1 is the sex ratio for the place? e 2012 II
I. = II. = (a) 935 (b) 1000
3b + 5d + 7 f 3 b2 + d 2 + f 2 2
(c) 1935 (d) 9350
Which of the following option is correct?
(a) Only I (b) Only II 55. In a certain school, the ratio of boys to girls is
(c) Both I and II (d) Neither I nor II 7 : 5. If there are 2400 students in the school,
then how many girls are there? e 2013 I
48. A cat takes 5 leaps for every 4 leaps of a dog but
(a) 500 (b) 700 (c) 800 (d) 1000
3 leaps of the dog are equal to 4 leaps of the cat.
Now, the 56. If A : B = 2 : 3, B : C = 5 : 7 and C : D = 3 : 10, then
I. Ratio of the speeds of the cat to that of the dog what is A : D equal to? e 2014 I
is 15 : 16. (a) 1 : 7 (b) 2 : 7 (c) 1 : 5 (d) 5 : 1
II. Ratio of the distance of the cat to that of the dog 57. ( x + y ) : ( x − y ) = 3 : 5 and xy = positive imply that
is 15:16, covered in 30 min.
(a) x and y are both positive e 2014 II
Which of the following option is correct? (b) x and y are both negative
(a) Only I (b) Only II (c) one of them is positive and one of them is negative
(c) Both I and II (d) Neither I nor II (d) no real solution for x and y exists
49. Determine the ratio of the number of people 58. The ratio of ages of A and B is 2 : 5 and the ratio
having characteristic X to the number of people of ages of B and C is 3 : 4. What is the ratio of
having characteristic Y in a population of 100 ages of A, B and C? e 2014 II
subjects from the following table: (a) 6 : 15 : 20 (b) 8 : 5 : 3
Having X and Y 10 (c) 6 : 5 : 4 (d) 2 : 15 : 4
Having X but not Y 30
Having Y but not X 20 59. The height of a tree varies as the square root of
Having neither X nor Y 40 its age (between 5 to 17 yr). When the age of the
(a) 4:3 (b) 3:2 (c) 1:2 (d) 2:3 tree is 9 yr, its height is 4 ft. What will be the
50. Fresh grapes contain 90 percent water by weight height of the tree at the age of 16 yr? e 2014 II
while dried grapes contain 20 percent water by (a) 5 ft 4 inch (b) 5 ft 5 inch
weight. What is the weight of dry grapes contain (c) 4 ft 4 inch (d) 4 ft 5 inch
20 percent water by weight. What is the weight 60. 16 L of a mixture contains milk and water in the
of dry grapes available from 20 kg of fresh ratio 5 : 3. If 4 L of milk is added to this mixture,
grapes? the ratio of milk to water in the new mixture
(a) 2 kg (b) 2.4 kg would be e 2015 I
(c) 2.5 kg (d) None of these (a) 2 : 1 (b) 7 : 3 (c) 4 : 3 (d) 8 : 3
108 CDS Pathfinder
61. If a : b = 3 : 5 and b : c = 7 : 8 , then 2a : 3b : 7c is 64. The annual incomes of two persons are in
equal to e 2015 II the ratio 9 : 7 and their expenses are in the ratio
(a) 42 : 105 : 320 (b) 15 : 21 : 40 4 : 3. If each of them saves ` 2000 per year, what
(c) 6 : 15 : 40 (d) 30 : 21 : 350 is the difference in their annual incomes?
e 2016 I
62. The speeds of three buses are in the ratio 2 : 3 : (a) ` 4000 (b) ` 4500 (c) ` 5000 (d) ` 5500
4. The time taken by these buses to travel the
a b c
same distance will be in the ratio. e 2015 II 65. If = = , then which of the following is/are
(a) 2 : 3 : 4 (b) 4 : 3 : 2 b c d
(c) 4 : 3 : 6 (d) 6 : 4 : 3 correct?
b3 + c3 + d3 d a 2 + b2 + c2 a
63. In a mixture of milk and water of volume 30 L, I. = II. =
a3 + b3 + c3 a b2 + c2 + d 2 d
the ratio of milk and water is 7 : 3. The quantity
of water to be added to the mixture to make the Select the correct answer using the code given
ratio of milk and water 1 : 2 is e 2015 II below. e 2016 I
(a) 30 (b) 32 (a) Only I (b) Only II
(c) 33 (d) 35 (c) Both I and II (d) Neither I nor II
ANSWERS
1 b 2 a 3 c 4 b 5 c 6 a 7 d 8 d 9 a 10 b
11 c 12 b 13 d 14 c 15 c 16 b 17 d 18 c 19 b 20 b
21 b 22 b 23 b 24 a 25 c 26 c 27 a 28 d 29 b 30 c
31 d 32 c 33 d 34 a 35 b 36 b 37 c 38 d 39 c 40 a
41 b 42 a 43 b 44 a 45 d 46 b 47 d 48 c 49 a 50 c
51 c 52 c 53 b 54 a 55 d 56 a 57 d 58 a 59 a 60 b
61 c 62 d 63 c 64 a 65 a
∴ x + ( x + 8) + ( x + 15) = 53 II. On putting y = 6 in Eq. (ii), we get 53. (b) Let cost price of milk be ` x per kg.
⇒ x = 10 36 Then, according to the rule of mixture,
x = =1
∴ A : B : C = ( 10 + 15) : ( 10 + 8) : 10 36 22 : ( x − 22) = 15 : 3
= 25 : 18 : 10 x =1 22 15
⇒ =
Both statements I and II are correct. x − 22 3
43. (b) Let Q join for x months. a c e 1
= = = 22
∴ Ratio of capital 47. (d) Given that, ⇒ =5
= 2525 × 12 : 1200 × x
b d f 2 x − 22
b d f ∴ x = ` 26.40
= 2525 : 100x = 101 : 4x ⇒ a= , c= , e=
2 2 2
101 54. (a) Total number of inhabitants = 1935000
∴ P’s profit = × 1644 3b + 5d + 7 f
101 + 4x 3a + 5c + 7e Total number of females = 935000
I. = 2 2 2
101 × 1644 3b + 5d + 7 f 3b + 5d + 7 f ∴ Total number of males
⇒ 1212 =
101 + 4x = 1935000 − 935000 = 1000000
1
⇒
1
=
1 (3b + 5d + 7 f ) 1 ∴ sex ratio =
935000
× 1000 = 935
137 101 + 4x = 2 = 1000000
3b + 5d + 7 f 2
⇒ 4x = 36 ⇒ x=9 55. (d) Given, ratio of boys to girls = 7 : 5
b2 d 2 f2
Hence, Q joined for 9 months i.e. he + + and total number of students = 2400
a 2 + c2 + e 2 4 = 1
joined after 3 months. II. = 42 4
Sum of ratio = 7 + 5 = 12
b2 + d 2 + f 2 b + d2 + f 2 4
44. (a) Originally, let the numbers of seats 5
∴ Number of girls = × 2400 = 1000
for Mathematics, Physics and Biology ∴ Neither I nor II correct. 12
be 5x, 7x and 8x, respectively. 48. (c) I. 4 leaps of cat = 3 leaps of dog 56. (a) Given, A : B = 2 : 3, B : C = 5 : 7
Number of increased seats are (140% of 3
⇒ 1 leap of cat = leap of dog and C : D = 3 : 10
5x) (150% of 7x) and (175% of 8x). 4 A A B C
Required ratio can be obtained as ∴ = × ×
Cat takes 5 leap for every 4 leaps of dog. D B C D
⇒ × 5x : × 7x
140 150 ∴ Required Ratio 2 5 3 1
100 100 = × × =
= (5 × cat’s leap) : (4 × dog’s leap) 3 7 10 7
: × 8x
175
= 5 × dog' s leap : (4 × dog’s leap) ∴ A : D = 1: 7
3
100 4
21 57. (d) Given that, ( x + y ) : ( x − y ) = 3 : 5
⇒ 7x : x : 14x × 2 = 15 : 16 x+ y 3
2 ∴ =
⇒ ( 14x : 21x : 28x ) ÷ 7x Thus,
Speed of cat
=
15 x− y 5
Speed of dog 16 On applying componendo and dividendo
∴ 2:3: 4
Distance (cat) s (cat) × t rule, we get
II. =
45. (d) Let the number of passengers
Distance (dog) s (dog) × t (x + y) + (x − y) 3 + 5
travelling by class I and class II be x and =
(x + y) − (x − y) 3 − 5
50x respectively. s (cat) × 30 s (cat) 15
= = = 2x 8 x
Then, amount collected from class I and s (dog) × 30 s (dog) 16 ⇒ = ⇒ = −4
II will be ` 3 × x and ` 50x respectively. 2 y −2 y
Thus, both statements I and II are ∴ x = − 4y
Given, 3x + 50x = 1325 correct.
But it is given , xy = positive
53x = 1325 ⇒ x = 25 49. (a) Number of people having ∴ − 4 y × y = positive
∴ Amount collected from class II characteristic X
⇒ − 4 y 2 = positive, which is not possible.
= 50 × 25 = ` 1250 = 10 + 30 = 40
Hence, no real solution for x and y exists.
1 k Number of people having characteristic Y
46. (b) As x ∝ 2 ⇒ x = 2 …(i) 58. (a) Given, ratio of ages of A and B i.e.
y y = 10 + 20 = 30 A : B = 2:5
If x = 1 Required ratio = 40:30 = 4:3. Ratio of ages of B and C i.e.
and y=6 50. (c) Fresh grapes contain 10% pulp. B :C = 3 : 4
2:5
k ∴20 kg fresh grapes contain 2 kg pulp. ∴ Ratio of ages of A, B and C =
1= 2 ⇒ k = 36
6 3:4
Dry grapes contain 80% pulp.
On putting the value of k in Eq. (i), we
2 kg pulp would contain = 2 × 3 : 3 × 5 : 5 × 4 = 6 : 15 : 20
get
36 2 20 59. (a) Let height of tree be h ft and age be
x = 2 …(ii) = = 25
. kg dry grapes.
08
. 8 a yr.
y
36 51. (c) Refer to question 12 Then, according to the question,
I. On putting y = 3 in Eq. (ii), x =
9 h∝ a ⇒ h=k a ..(i)
52. (c) Refer to question 20
x =4 where, k is a constant.
∴ Their product = 18 × 27 = 486
112 CDS Pathfinder
LOGARITHM
Usually (2-3) questions have been asked from this chapter. Generally questions are based on
fundamental rules of logarithm. It is especially used to solve complicated mathematical calculations.
Applications of square, cube, surds and indices are extremely used here.
DEFINITION
If ‘a’ is a positive real number, other than 1 and ‘b’ is a rational number such that a b = N, then we say
that logarithm of N to base ‘a’ is b or ‘b’ is the logarithm of N to base ‘a’, written as log a N = b
So, a b = N ⇔ log a N = b , e.g. 7 0 = 1 ⇔ log 7 1 = 0, 811/4 = 3 ⇔ log 81 3 = 1 / 4
EXAMPLE 3. The value of log10 (15) is Sol. b. log 3 4 ⋅ log 4 5 ⋅ log 5 6 ⋅ log 6 7 ⋅ log 7 8 ⋅ log 8 9
a. log10 2 − log10 5 b. log10 5
log 4 log 5 log 6 log 7 log 8 log 9
c. log10 3 + log10 5 d. log10 2 + log10 5 = × × × × ×
log 3 log 4 log 5 log 6 log 7 log 8
Sol. c. log10 15 = log 10 ( 3 × 5) = log10 3 + log10 5
log 9 log 32 2 log 3
= = = =2
Rule 2 If m and n are positive rational numbers, then log 3 log 3 log 3
m
log a = log a m − log a n
n SOME USEFUL RESULTS
logarithm of 1 with any base is always zero i.e.
EXAMPLE 4. The value of x in
l
loga 1 = 0
log x − log (x − 1) = log 3 is
l logarithm of base to itself is always 1 i.e. loga a = 1
a. 2/3 b. 3/2 c. 1/2 d. 1/4
l x > y ⇒ loga x > loga y for a > 1
Sol. b. log x − log ( x − 1) = log 3
l x > y ⇒ loga x < loga y for 0 < a < 1
x x 1
⇒ log = log 3 ⇒ =3 for x > 0, 1 ≠ a > 0, loga n ( x ) = loga x
x−1 x−1
l
n
⇒ x = 3 ( x − 1) ⇒ x = 3x − 3 ⇒ −2x = − 3 l for 1 ≠ a ,b > 0, x > 0, a logb x = x logb a
If ‘a’ is a positive real number and n is a positive
∴ x = 3/ 2 l
a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4
Sol. b. log x 4 + log x 16 + log x 64 = 12 Common Logarithm and Natural
⇒ log x 2 + log x 2 + log x 2 = 12
2 4 6
Logarithm
⇒ 2 log x 2 + 4 log x 2 + 6 log x 2 = 12 Logarithm can have any positive base other than 0. But
⇒ 12 log x 2 = 12 ⇒ log x 2 = 1
there are two most important base which are generally used.
∴ x=2
1. Common Logarithm Logarithm to the base ‘10’ is
called common logarithm. It is also called Brigg’s
log 256 logarithm.
EXAMPLE 6. The value of x in = log x is
log 16 e.g. log 100 = log 10 100 = 2
a. 1 b. 10 c. 100 d. 0 log 1000 = log 10 1000 = 3
log 256 log 162 2 log 16 2. Natural Logarithm Logarithm to the base e is
Sol. c. = = =2
log 16 log 16 log 16 called natural logarithm. It is also called Napier
⇒ log x = 2 ⇒ log10 x = 2 [Q log x = log10 x] logarithm. log e x is usually denoted by ln x. e is
∴ x = 10 = 100
2 irrational number between 2 and 3.
Rule 4 If m is a positive rational number and a, b are ln x = y ⇒ e y = x
positive real numbers i.e. a ≠ 1 and b ≠ 1, then
log a m =
log b m ANTILOGARITHM
log b a The positive number ‘a’ is called the antilogarithm of a
EXAMPLE 7. The value of number b, if log a = b. If ‘a’ is antilogarithm of b, it is
log3 4 ⋅ log4 5 ⋅ log5 6 ⋅ log6 7 ⋅ log 7 8 ⋅ log8 9 is written as a = antilog b.
So, a = antilog b ⇔ log a = b
a. 1 b. 2 c. −1 d. None of these
MATHEMATICS > Logarithm 115
Characteristic and Mantissa first significant figures is at nth place, where n is the
characteristic.
of a Logarithm
The logarithm of positive real number ‘n’ consists of EXAMPLE 8. The characteristic of the logarithm of
two parts the number 0.00000014 is
1. The integral part is known as the characteristic. It is a. 1 b. 7
always an integer (positive, negative or zero). c. −7 d. None of these
1
2. The decimal part is called as the mantissa. The Sol. c. 0.00000014 = 1.4 × = 1.4 × 10−7
mantissa is never negative and is always less than 10000000
one. ∴ The characteristic of log 0.00000014 = − 7
PRACTICE EXERCISE
1. What is the value of log100 0. 1 ? 1 1 1
16. The value of + + is
(a) 1/2 (b) –1/2 (c) –2 (d) 2 logxy ( xyz ) log yz ( xyz ) logzx ( xyz )
(a) xyz (b) 2 (c) 0 (d) 1
2. The value of 3 log 3 + 2 log 2 is
(a) log 108 (b) log 106 (c) log 109 (d) None of these 17. The value of
1 1 1
1 + + is
3. If loga 2 = , then the value of a is 1 + logx ( yz ) 1 + log y ( xz ) 1 + logz ( xy )
6
1
(a) ( 2 )6 (b) (6)1/ 2 (c) 3 (d) −6 (a) 1 (b) (c) x = yz (d) 0
xy2
4. If log3 x = − 2, then the value of x is 18. If log4 ( x 2 + x ) − log4 ( x + 1) = 2, then the value of x
1 1 1 1
(a) (b) − (c) (d) − is
9 9 8 8 (a) 4 (b) 8 (c) 16 (d) 1
5. Find the logarithm of 1728 to the base 2 3. 19. If log4 x + log2 x = 6, then the value of x is
(a) 3.124 (b) 3.1732 (c) 6 (d) 5 (a) 16 (b) 4 (c) 2 (d) 1
6. What is the value of 20. Given log10 2 = 0.3010, the value of log10 5 is
(log1/ 2 2)(log1/ 3 3)(log1/ 4 4) . . .(log1/ 1000 1000)? (a) 0.6990 (b) 0.6919 (c) 0.6119 (d) 0.7525
(a) 1 (b) –1 (c) 1 or –1 (d) 0 x y
21. If log + log = log ( x + y ), then
7. What is the value of y x
1 (a) x + y = 1 (b) x − y = 0 (c) x − y = 1 (d) x = y
log 10 25 − 2log 10 3 + log 10 18?
−5
2 22. The characteristic in log 6.7482 × 10 is
(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 1 (d) 0
(a) 6 (b) − 4 (c) 5 (d) − 5
8. What is the value of [log 10 (5 log 10 100)] 2 ?
23. If 10 = 1.73 and log10 1730 = 3. 2380, then x
x
(a) 4 (b) 3 (c) 2 (d) 1
equals to
9. The value of log y x ⋅ logz y ⋅ logx z is (a) 2.380 (b) 0.2380 (c) 2.2380 (d) 1.380
2x + 3 x −1
(a) log xyz (b) xyz (c) 1 (d) 0 24. If 2 =6 , then x equals
10. The value of log3 ( 27 × 9 × 9 ) is 4 3 4 log 2 + log 3 3 log 2 + 2 log 3
(a) (b)
1 1 1 log 3 − log 2 log 3 − 2 log 2
(a) 4 (b) 4 (c) 8 (d) 4 log 48
3 3 6 (c) (d) None of these
log 7
11. The value of log2 [log2 log2 log2 ( 65536)] is
25. The value of 10log10 m + 2 log10 n + 3 log10 p is
(a) 8 (b) 16 (c) 4 (d) 1
(a) m2 np3 (b) mn2 p3 (c) m3 np2 (d) None of these
12. What is the value of [log 13(10)]/[log 169(10)] ?
26. Given that log10 2 = 0.3010, log10 3 = 0.4771 and
1
(a) (b) 2 (c) 1 (d) log10 13 108
2 log10 7 = 0.8491, then log10 is equal to
7
13. What is the value of (a) 2.6123 (b) 1.6088 (c) 1.6320 (d) 2.4558
1
log 10 125 − 2log 10 4 + log 10 32 + log 10 1 ? 27. If a , b and c are three consecutive integers, then
3
1 2 log ( ac + 1) is equal to
(a) 0 (b) (c) 1 (d)
5 5 (a) log (2b ) (b) (log b )2 (c) 2 log b (d) None of these
14. If log r 6 = m and log r 3 = n , then what is 28. If logr p = 2, logr q = 3, then the value of log p q is
log r (r / 2) equal to? 1 2 3
(a) m − n + 1 (b) m + n − 1 (c) 1 − m − n (d) 1 − m + n (a) (b) (c) (d) 6
3 3 2
3 4 5 x log x
15. What log 10 + log 10 + log 10 + L
is 29. If log x 2 y 2 = a and log = b, then is equal to
2 3 4 y log y
upto 8 terms equal to? a − 3b a + 3b a + 2b a − 2b
(a) (b) (c) (d)
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) log10 5 (d) None of these a + 2b a − 2b a − 2b a + 3b
MATHEMATICS > Logarithm 117
30. If log10 5 = 0.70, then log5 10 is equal to 37. Consider the following statements
(a) 1.35 (b) 1.40 (c) 1.43143 (d) 1.56 I. (log10 0.1)2 + log10 10 ⋅ log10 100 = 3
II. log10log10 10 = 1 III. log10 10 + log10 10 = 1
31. The value of
1 1 1 Which of the statements given above are correct?
log3 1 + + log3 1 + + log3 1 +
3 4 5 (a) I and III (b) II and III
1 (c) I and II (d) All are correct
+ . . . + log3 1 + is
(a) −1 + 2 log 5
24 x
) ... ∞
3 (b) 2 38. If y = ( a x )( a , then which one of the following
(c) 3 (d) 4 is correct?
32. If log ( x + y ) = log x + log y and x = 1.1568, then y (a) log y = xy log a (b) log y = x + y log a
is equal to (c) log y = y + x log a (d) log y = ( y + x) log a
(a) 7.3776 (b) 7 .3776 (c) 5.3776 (d) 5.3116
33. If log8 x + log4 x + log2 x = 11. Then, the value of x PREVIOUS YEARS’ QUESTIONS
is 39. What is the logarithm of 0.0001 with respect to
(a) 128 (b) 16 (c) 32 (d) 64 base 10? e 2012 II
5 2 3 (a) 4 (b) 3 (c) − 4 (d) − 3
34. What is the value of log y x logx y logz z ?
(a) 10 (b) 30 (c) 20 (d) 60 40. If log10 a = p and log10 b = q , then what is the
value of log10( a pbq )? e 2012 II
35. If (log3 x )(log x 2x )(log2x y ) = logx x 2, then what is
p2
the value of y? (a) p2 + q 2 (b) p2 − q 2 (c) p2 q 2 (d) 2
9 q
(a) (b) 9 (c) 18 (d) 27
2 41. What are the possible solutions for x of the
n
equation x x
= x x , where x and n are positive
36. If log10 2, log10( 2 − 1), log10 ( 2 + 3) are three
x x
integers? e 2015 I
consecutive terms of AP, then which one of the (a) 0, n (b) 1, n (c) n, n2 (d) 1, n2
following is correct?
I. x = 1 II. x = log 2 5
1
42. The value of log10 3125 − 4 log10 2 + log10 32 is
(a) Both I and II (b) Only II 5 e 2016 I
(c) Only I (d) None of these (a) 0 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) 3
ANSWERS
1 b 2 a 3 a 4 a 5 c 6 b 7 c 8 d 9 c 10 d
11 d 12 b 13 c 14 d 15 c 16 b 17 a 18 c 19 a 20 a
21 a 22 d 23 b 24 a 25 b 26 b 27 c 28 c 29 c 30 c
31 a 32 a 33 d 34 b 35 b 36 b 37 a 38 a 39 c 40 a
41 a 42 b
log 2 log 3 log 4 = log 5 − 4 log 2 + 5 log 2 19. (a) Given, log x + log x = 6
= 10 10 10 4 2
− log 2 − log 3 − log 4 = log 5 + log 2 = log 5 × 2 log x log x
10 10 10 ⇒ + =6
log 1000 = log 10 = 1 [Rule 1] log 4 log 2
... 10
− log 1000 14. (d) Given, log r 6 = m and log r 3 = n ⇒
log x
+
log x
=6
Q log r 6 = log r ( 2 × 3) = log r 2 + log r 3 2 log 2 log 2
= ( −1) × ( −1) × ( −1) × . . . × ( −1)
[Q number of terms is odd] ∴ log r 3 + log r 2 = m ⇒ 3 log x = 12 log 2
= −1 ⇒ n + log r 2 = m ⇒ log x = 4 log 2 ⇒ log x = log 24
1 ⇒ log r 2 = m − n ⇒ log x = log 16
7. (c) log 25 − 2 log 3 + log 18
10 10 10 On comparing both sides, we get
2
∴ log r = log r r − log r 2 [Rule 2]
r
= log 251 / 2 − log 32 + log 18 2 ∴ x = 16
10 10 10
[Rule 3] = 1−m + n 20. (a) log 5 = log
10
10 10
15. (c) log + log + log
= log 5 − log 9 + log 18 3 4 5 2
10 10 10 10 10 10 = log 10 − log 2 = 1 − 0.3010
2 3 4
5 × 18 90 10 10
= log = log + L + 8th term
10
9 10
9 = 0.6990
n + 2 x y
= log 10 = 1 Q Tn = log 21. (a) Given, log + log = log ( x + y )
10 10
n + 1
y x
8. (d) [log (5 log 100)]2 x y
10 10 ⇒ log ⋅ = log ( x + y )
= [log (5 log 102 )]2 10 y x
10 10 ⇒ T = log
= [log (10 log 10)]2 8 10 9 ⇒ log 1 = log ( x + y )
10 10
= [log log + log + log ∴ x+ y =1
2 3 4 5
10] [Q log 10 = 1] ∴
10 10
10 10 10
= 12 = 1 2 3 4 22. (d) The characteristic in
9. (c) log y x ⋅ log z y ⋅ log x z
+ L + log
10 log 6.7482 × 10−5 is −5.
10
log x log y log z 9 23. (b) Given, 10x = 1. 73, x = log 1. 73
= × × =1 10
= log × × × L × [Rule 1]
log y log z log x 3 4 5 10 = log 1730 − log 1000
10
9
10 10
log b 2 3 4 = log 1730 − log 103
Q log a b = log a 10 10
= log = log 5
10
= 3.2380 − 3 = 0.2380
10
2 10
10. (d) Let log ( 27 × 4
9× 3
9) = x 24. (a) 22 x + 3
= 6x − 1
3
16. (b) The given expression is
⇒ 3 = 27 ×
x 4
9× 3
9 Taking log on both sides, we get
= log xyz ( xy ) + log xyz ( yz ) + log xyz (zx)
⇒ 3 =3 ×3
x 3 2/4
×3 2/3
( 2x + 3) log 2 = ( x − 1) log 6
= log xyz ( xy ⋅ yz ⋅ zx) [Rule 1]
3x = 325 / 6 ⇒ 2x log 2 + 3 log 2
= log xyz ( xyz )2 = 2 log xyz xyz = 2
On comparing both sides, we get = ( x − 1) (log 2 + log 3)
25 1 ⇒ 2x log 2 + 3 log 2 = x (log 2 + log 3)
⇒ x= =4 17. (a) The given expression is
6 6 1 − log 2 − log 3
=
11. (d) log log log log 216 log x ( yz ) + log x x ⇒ x (log 2 − log 3) = − 4 log 2 − log 3
2 2 2 2
= log log log ( 16) [Q log 2 = 1] 1 4 log 2 + log 3
2 2 2 2
+ ∴ x=
= log log log ( 2 ) = log log ( 4) 4
log y ( xz ) + log y y log 3 − log 2
2 2 2 2 2
1
= =2 18. (c) log ( x2 + x) − log ( x + 1) = 2 = log 22 × 33 − log 71 / 2
1/ 2 4 4 10 10
x2 + x x2 + x
1 ⇒ log = 2⇒4 =2
= 2 log 2 + 3 log 3−
1
13. (c) We have, log 125 − 2 log 4 4
log 7
x+ 1 x+ 1 10 10 10
3 10 10 2
+ log 32 + log 1 = 2 × (0. 3010) + 3(0.4771)
10 10 ⇒ 16x + 16 = x2 + x
= log (125)1 / 3 − 2 log (2)2 1
10 10 ⇒ x − 15x − 16 = 0
2 − (0.8491)
2
+ log (2)5 + 0 [Q log 1 = 0] ∴ x = 16 or x = − 1 [not possible]
10 10 = 0.6020 + 1.4313 − 0.4245 = 1.6088
MATHEMATICS > Logarithm 119
x ...∞
27. (c) Let first integer be a. 11log x 38. (a) Given, y = ( a x )(a )
⇒ = 11 ⇔ log x = 6 log 2
Then, b = a + 1 and c = a + 2 6 log 2
⇒ x = 26 , ∴ x = 64 ∴ y = ( ax ) y
∴ ac + 1 = a ( a + 2) + 1
34. (b) ∴ log y x5 log x y 2 log z z 3 On taking log both sides, we get
= a 2 + 2a + 1 = ( a + 1 )2
= 5 log y x ⋅ 2 log x y ⋅ 3 log z z log y = y log a x
ac + 1 = b 2
[Qlog a b n = n log a b] ∴ log y = xy log a
So, log ( ac + 1) = log b 2 = 2 log b
28. (c) Given, log r p = 2 and log r q = 3 = 5 log y x ⋅ 2 log x y ⋅ 3 × 1 39. (c) Let, log 0.0001 = x
10
log r q 3 5 log x log y log b 1
= × 2⋅ × 3 Q log a b = Then, x = log
By relation, log q =
p
= log y log x log a 10
( 10)4
log r p 2
= 5 × 2 × 3 = 30
= log 1 − log ( 10)4
29. (c) Given, log x2 y 2 = a 35. (b) (log x) (log x 2x) (log y ) = log x x2
10 10
3 2x =0−4=−4
[Q log (mn) = log m + log n] log x log 2x log y log x2
⇒ × × = 40. (a) Given, log a = p and log b = q
∴ log x2 + log y 2 = a log 3 log x log 2x log x 10 10
⇒ 2 log x + 2 log y = a …(i) log ( a p b q ) = log a p + log b q
log a
Q log b a = log b
10 10 10
Also, log x − log y = b …(ii)
⇒ log ( a p b q ) = p log a + q log b
On solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get 10 10 10
log y 2 log x ∴ log ( a p b q ) = p × p + q × q
a + 2b a − 2b ⇒ = [Q log a b = b log a ] 10
log x = and log y = log 3 log x
4 4 = p2 + q2
log x a + 2b ⇒ log y = 2 log 3 ⇒ log y = log 32
∴ = [Q log m = log n ⇒ m = n]
log y a − 2b 41. (a) Given, x x
= n
xx , where x and n
log 10 ⇒ log y = log 9 are positive integers.
10 1
30. (c) log 10 = = = 143143
. ∴ y=9 On taking log both sides, we get
5 log 5 0.70
10 36. (b) Given that, log 2, log ( 2x − 1) and
[Q log 10 = 1] 10 10 log x x
= log[ n xx ]
10 log ( 2x + 3) are in AP.
10
⇒ x log x = log( xx )1 / n = log xx/n
31. (a) log 1 + + log 1 + 1
1
3
then,
3 3 4 2 log ( 2x − 1) = log 2 + log ( 2x + 3) ⇒
x
x log x = log x
10 10 10
+ log 1 + 1 + . . . + log 1 + 1 ⇒ log ( 2x − 1)2 = log ( 2 x + 1 + 6)
n
3 5 3 24
10 10
⇒
x
x log x − log x = 0
⇒ ( 2x − 1)2 = ( 2x + 1 + 6)
4 5 6 n
= log + log + log + ⇒ 2 + 1 − 2.2x = 2 ⋅ 2x + 6
2x
log x x − = 0
3 3 3 x
3 4 5 ⇒ 22 x − 4.2x − 5 = 0 ⇒
25 n
. . . + log ⇒ ( 2 ) − 4 ( 2x ) − 5 = 0
x 2
3
24 log x ≠ 0
⇒ y2 − 4y − 5 = 0
Q
x
= log 4 − log 3 + log 5 − log 4 ∴ y = 5, − 1 ∴ x−
=0
3 3 3 3
n
+ log 6 − log 5 Hence, 2x = −1 or 2x = 5 x
3 3
⇒ x=
+ . . . + log 25 − log 24 ∴ x = log ( −1) is not possible n
3 3 2
or x = log (5) ∴
x
=n
= − log 3 + log 25 = − 1 + 2 log 5 2
3 3 3 Then, x = log ( 5 ) is answer. x
32. (a) Given, log ( x + y ) = log x + log y 2
On squaring both sides, we get
Hence, II is correct.
⇒ log ( x + y ) = log xy x2
37. (a) I. [log (0.1)]2 + log 10 ⋅ log 100 =n
10 10 10
⇒ x + y = xy x
= [ − log 10]2 + log 10 ⋅ log 102
⇒y=
x
=
11568
.
=
11568
. 10 10 10
⇒ x 2 − nx = 0
x − 1 11568
. − 1 0.1568 = ( −1)2 + (1) ⋅ 2 log 10
10 ⇒ x( x − n) = 0
= + 1 + (1) ⋅ 2 = 1 + 2 = 3 ∴ x = 0, x = n
= 7.37755 = 7.3776
Hence, statement I is correct.
33. (d) Given, log x + log x + log x = 11 Hence, the possible solution of x is 0, n.
8 4 2 II. log log 10 = log (1) = 0 ≠ 1
log x log x log x 10 10 10
1
⇒ + + = 11 Hence, statement II is incorrect. 42. (b) log 3125 − 4 log 2 + log 32
10 10 10
log 8 log 4 log 2 III. log 10 + log 10 5
10 10
log x log x log x
1
= log 10 + log 10
1 = log [(5)5 ]1 / 5 − log ( 2)4 + log 32
⇒ + + = 11 2 10
2 10
10 10 10
log 23 log 22 log 2
1 1 = log 5 − log 16 + log 32
log x log x log x = + =1 10 10 10
⇒ + + = 11 2 2
5 × 32
3 log 2 2 log 2 log 2 Hence, statement III is correct. = log = log10 = 1
10
16
14
120 CDS Pathfinder
ALGEBRAIC
OPERATIONS
Generally (3-4) questions have been asked from this chapter. Questions which are asked from
this chapter are mostly based on direct identities and factor theorem.
Algebraic Expressions
A combination of constants and variables connected by the four fundamental operations +, −, × and ÷ is
called an algebraic expression.
POLYNOMIALS
A polynomial is an algebraic expression consisting of variables and coefficients, having non-negative
integral powers. e.g. x 3 + 5x 2 − 1, 3x 3 + 4x 2 y + 17 etc.
(i) 3x 2 + 9x − 1 + 7 / x is not a polynomial as it contains a term, namely 7 / x, having negative integral
power of variable x.
(ii) 5x 2 − 7 x 7/2 + x − 1 is not a polynomial as the term −7 x 7/2 contains rational power of variable x.
Degree of a Polynomial
The exponent of the highest degree term in a polynomial, is known as degree of polynomial.
e.g. (i) 4x 3 − 9x 2 + 7 x + 9 is a polynomial with variable x of degree 3.
(ii) 4x 3 y − 3x 2 + 2xy + 1 is a polynomial of degree 4.
Sol. d. Method I x2 + y − xy − x = x2 − x + y − xy
FACTORISATION = x ( x − 1) + y(1 − x) = x ( x − 1) − y( x − 1) = ( x − 1)( x − y)
To express a polynomial as the product of other Method II x2 + y − xy − x = x2 − xy + y − x
polynomials of degree less than that of the given = x ( x − y) − 1( x − y) = ( x − y)( x − 1)
polynomial is called as factorisation.
4 4
e.g. x 2 − 49 = x 2 − 7 2 = ( x − 7 )( x + 7 ) EXAMPLE 3. Factorise x 2 + 2 + 4 − 2x −
x x
Important Identities 2 2 2 2
a. x − x + + 2 b. x − x + − 2
x x x x
• ( a 2 − b 2 ) = ( a + b)( a − b) 2 2
c. x + x + − 2 d. None of these
• ( a + b) 2 = a 2 + b 2 + 2ab and ( a − b) 2 = a 2 + b 2 − 2ab x x
( a + b) 2 − ( a − b) 2 = 4ab
Sol. c. x2 + 2 + 4 − 2x − = x2 + 2 + 4 − 2 x +
• 4 4 4 2
• ( a + b) 2 + ( a − b) 2 = 2 ( a 2 + b 2 ) x x x x
( a + b) 3 = a 3 + b 3 + 3ab ( a + b) 2
= x +
2
− 2 x +
2 2
x + − 2
• 2
= x +
• ( a − b) 3 = a 3 − b 3 − 3ab ( a − b) x x x x
• ( a 3 + b 3 ) = ( a + b) ( a 2 + b 2 − ab)
122 CDS Pathfinder
c. 2a ( a + 4)
2
d. None of these Factorisation of Polynomial of form
a3 + b3 + c 3 − 3abc
Sol. b. 2a5 − 32a = 2a( a4 − 16)
Here, it is easy to use.
= 2a[( a2) 2 − ( 4) 2 ] = 2a( a2 + 4)( a2 − 4)
• a 3 + b 3 + c 3 − 3abc
= 2a( a2 + 4)( a2 − 22) = 2a( a2 + 4)( a − 2)( a + 2) = ( a + b + c )( a 2 + b 2 + c 2 − ab − bc − ac )
• If a + b + c = 0, then a 3 + b 3 + c 3 = 3abc
Factorisation of Quadratic Polynomials
Quadratic polynomials of the type ax 2 + bx + c, where EXAMPLE 10. Factorise x 3 + 27 y 3 + 8x 3 − 18xyz
a ≠ 0, a and b are coefficients of x 2 and x respectively a. ( x + 3y + 2z)( x2 + 9 y 2 + 4 z2 + 3xy + 6 yz + 2xz)
and c is constant, can be factorised by splitting the
b. ( x + 3y + 2z)( x2 + 9 y 2 + 4 z2 − 3xy − 6 yz − 2xz)
middle term. We find two numbers p and q such that
c. ( x − 3y − 2z)( x2 + 9 y 2 − 4 z2 − 3xy + 6 yz + 2xz)
p + q = b and pq = ac, then
d. None of the above
ax 2 + bx + c = ax 2 + ( p + q)x + c = ax 2 + px + qx + c
Sol. b. x3 + 27y 3 + 8z 3 − 18xyz
EXAMPLE 7. Factorise x 2 + 9x + 14 = x3 + ( 3y) 3 + ( 2z) 3 − 3( x)( 3y)( 2z)
= ( x + 3y + 2z)[ x2 + 9y 2 + 4z 2 − x ( 3y)
a. ( x + 2)( x + 7) b. ( x − 2)( x − 7) − 3y( 2z) − x ( 2z)]
c. ( x + 2)( x − 7) d. ( x − 2)( x + 7) = ( x + 3y + 2z)([ x2 + 9y 2 + 4z 2 − 3xy − 6yz − 2xz ])
PRACTICE EXERCISE
x = 5, y = 3 and z = 2, then 10. What are the factors of x 2 − 2x − 9 ?
1. If the value of 1
x + y 2 + z 2 − 2xy + 2 yz − 2zx is
2 3
1 1
(a) 125 (b) 0 (c) −25 (d) 10 (a) (x − 9)(x + 3) (b) (x − 9)(x − 3)
3 3
2. The factors of x 2 − 2 3x + 3 are 1 1
(c) (x + 9)(x + 3) (d) (x + 9)(x − 3)
(a) (x + 3 )2 (b) (x − 3 )2 3 3
(c) (x + 3 )(x − 3) (d) (x + 2 )(x + 3) 11. What are the factors of ( 6 3x 2 − 47x + 5 3 )?
3. The factors of ( a b − 16c ) are 4 4 4
(a) (3 3x + 5 3 )(2 x − 5 3 )
(a) 4(a2 b 2 + c 2 )(ab − 2c )(ab + 2c ) (b) (3 3x − 5 3 )(x 3x + 1)
(b) (a2 b 2 − 4 c 2 )(ab + 2c )2 (c) (2 x + 5 3 )(3 3x + 1)
(c) (a2 b 2 + 4 c 2 )(ab + 2c )(ab − 2 c ) (d) (2 x − 5 3 )(3 3x − 1)
(d) (a2 b 2 − 4 c 2 )2 (ab + 2c )(ab + 4 c ) 12. The factors of ( 8a3 + 125b3 − 64c3 + 120abc) are
4. The factors of ( x 8 − y 8 ) are (a) (2 a + 5b − 4 c ) (2 a + 5b + 4c )
(b) (2 a − 5b − 4 c ) (2 a + 5b + 4c )
(a) (x + y )(x + y )(x + y)(x − y)
4 4 2 2
(c) (2 a + 5b − 4c ) (4a2 + 25b 2 + 16c 2 − 10ab + 20bc + 8ac )
(b) (x2 + y2 )2 (x + y)(x − y)
(d) (2 a + 5b + 4c ) (4a2 + 25b 2 + 16c 2 − 10ab + 20bc + 8ac )
(c) (x4 + y4 )(x2 + y2 )2
(d) (x2 + y2 )(x − y)2 13. If x1/ 3 + y1/ 3 + z1/ 3 = 0, then
5. The factors of a 2 + a + are (a) x + y + z = 0 (b) ( x + y + z)3 = 27 xyz
1
4 (c) x + y + z = 3 xyz (d) x3 + y3 + z3 = 0
2
(a) a + (b) a + (a + 2 )
1 1 1 1
2 2 14. If x + = 5, then the value of x3 + 3 is
x x
2
(c) a + a − (d) a −
1 1 1 (a) 8 5 (b) 2 5 (c) 5 5 (d) 7 5
2 2 2
15. If x + = 6, then x 2 + 2 is equal to
1 1
6. The factors of 8 − 4x − 2x3 + x 4 are x x
(a) (2 − x)(4 − x3 ) (b) (2 + x)(4 − x3 ) (a) 32 (b) 38 (c) 34 (d) 44
(c) (2 + x)(3 − x3 ) (d) (2 − x)(x3 − 4) 1 1 9
16. If x − = , then what is 9x 2 + 2 equal to?
7. The factors of ( a 2 − b2 − 4ac + 4c2 ) are x 3 x
(a) (a + 2c + b )(a − 2c − b ) (b) (a − 2c + b )(a − 2c − b ) (a) 18 (b) 19 (c) 20 (d) 21
(c) (a − 2 b + c )(a + b + 2c ) (d) (a − 2 b )(a + 2 b + 2c )
17. If a + b + c = 6 and a 2 + b2 + c2 = 26, then what is
8. What are the factors of x + 4 y + 4 y − 4xy
2 2
ab + bc + ca equal to?
−2x − 8? (a) 0 (b) 2 (c) 4 (d) 5
(a) (x − 2 y − 4) and (x − 2 y + 2 )
−4
(b) (x − y + 2 ) and (x − 4 y + 4) 18. If ( x + x ) = 322, then what is one of the value
4
(c) (x − y + 2 ) and (x − 4 y − 4) of ( x − x − 1 )?
(d) (x + 2 y − 4) and (x + 2 y + 2 ) (a) 18 (b) 16 (c) 8 (d) 4
2 1
9. Factorise a − 3 − 2a +3
19. If a + b + c = 0, then what is the value of
a a
a 2 b2 c2
(a) a + a2 + 2 − 2 a − + +
1 1 1 ?
a a a bc ca ab
1 2
(b) a − a + 2 + 1 + 2 a −
(a) − 3
1 1 (b) 0 (c) 1 (d) 3
a a a
1 1 20. If a + b + c = 10 and ab + bc + ca = 31, then the
(c) a + a −
a a value of a 2 + b2 + c2 is
(d) None of the above (a) 48 (b) 38 (c) 28 (d) 18
MATHEMATICS Algebraic Operations 125
27. If the expression ( px3 + x 2 − 2x − q ) is divisible by 37. If ( x3/ 2 − xy1/ 2 + x1/ 2 y − y3/ 2 ) is divided by
( x − 1) and ( x + 1), what are the values of p and q x1/ 2
− y1/ 2 the quotient is
respectively? (a) x − y (b) x + y (c) x1/ 2 + y1/ 2 (d) x2 − y2
(a) 2, − 1 (b) − 2, 1 (c) − 2, − 1 (d) 2, 1
38. If, 9x 2 + 3 px + 6q when divided by 3x + 1 leaves a
28. If the expression px + 3x − 3 and 2x3 − 5x + p
3 2
3
when divided by x − 4 leave the same remainder,
remainder −
and qx 2 + 4 px + 7 is exactly
4
then what is the value of p? divisible by x + 1, then the values of p and q
(a) − 1 (b) 1 (c) − 2 (d) 2 respectively are
29. Let f ( x ) = a0x + a1x
n n −1
+ a2 x n −2
+...+ an −1x + an , (a) 0, 7 / 4 (b) −7 / 4, 0
7
where a0 , a1 , a2... an are constants. If f ( x ) is (c) , 0 (d) None of these
4
divided by ax − b, the remainder is
−b −a 39. If a + b + c = 1, then which of the following
(a) f (b) f (c) f (d) f
b a
statements are true?
a a b b
I. (a + b)(b + c)(c + a ) = bc + ac + ab − abc
30. Which one of the following statements is correct?
(a) Remainder theorem is a special case of factor II. a 2 + b2 − c2 + 2ab = a + b − c
theorem (a) Only I (b) Only II
(b) Factor theorem is a special case of remainder (c) Both I and II (d) Neither I nor II
theorem
1
(c) Factor theorem and remainder theorem are two 40. If x + = 4, then the value of expression
independent results x
(d) None of the above 1
I. x3 + = 52 II. x = 2 + 3
31. What is x ( y − z ) ( y + z ) + y ( z − x ) ( z + x ) + z( x − y ) x3
( x + y ) equal to? Which of the following is correct?
(a) (x + y) ( y + z) ( z + x) (b) (x − y) (x − z) ( z − y) (a) Only I (b) Only II
(c) (x + y) ( z − y) (x − z) (d) ( y − x) ( z − y) (x − z) (c) Neither I nor II (d) Both I and II
126 CDS Pathfinder
64. Which one of the following is correct? e 2015 II 67. If the linear factors of ax 2 − ( a 2 + 1) x + a are p
(a) (x + 2 ) is a factor of x4 − 6x3 + 12 x2 − 24x + 32 and q, then p + q is equal to e 2016 I
ANSWERS
1 b 2 b 3 c 4 a 5 a 6 a 7 b 8 a 9 d 10 a
11 d 12 c 13 b 14 b 15 c 16 b 17 d 18 d 19 d 20 b
21 b 22 c 23 d 24 a 25 c 26 c 27 d 28 b 29 a 30 b
31 b 32 d 33 c 34 b 35 c 36 a 37 b 38 c 39 c 40 d
41 d 42 c 43 c 44 c 45 a 46 d 47 c 48 d 49 d 50 b
51 c 52 c 53 d 54 d 55 c 56 b 57 c 58 a 59 a 60 c
61 a 62 b 63 c 64 c 65 d 66 c 67 a 68 d
1 = 9 + 16 + 144
= ( 2a )3 + (5b )3 − ( 4c )3 + 120abc ⇒ x2 + 2 = 18
x ⇒ ( x + y + z ) ( x + y + z ) = 9 + 16 + 144
= ( 2a ) + (5b ) + ( − 4c ) − 3( 2a )
3 3 3
2
⇒ ( x + y + z )2 = 169
⇒ x − + 2 = 18 ⇒ x − = 4
1 1
(5 b ) ( − 4 c ) ⇒ x + y + z = 13
x x
= ( 2a + 5b − 4c ) ( 4a 2 + 25b 2 + 16 c 2 Q x ( x + y + z) = 9
19. (d) Given, a + b + c = 0 9
− 10ab + 20bc + 8ac) ⇒ x ( 13) = 9 ⇒ x =
⇒ a 3 + b 3 + c 3 = 3 abc 13
[Q a 3 + b 3 + c 3 − 3abc = ( a + b + c )
On dividing both sides by abc, we get 26. (c) Given, x = ( b − c ) ( a − d ),
( a 2 + b 2 + c 2 − ab − bc − ac )]
a3 b3 c3 y = ( c − a) ( b − d )
⇒ + + =3
13. (b) Since, x 1 / 3 + y 1 / 3 + z1 / 3 = 0 abc abc abc and z = ( a − b) ( c − d )
∴( x 1 / 3 )3 + ( y 1 / 3 )3 + (z1 / 3 )3 a2 b2 c2 Q x + y + z = ( b − c) ( a − d )
⇒ + + =3
−3 x 1 / 3 y 1 / 3z1 / 3 = 0 bc ac ab + ( c − a) ( b − d )
⇒ x + y + z − 3( xyz )1 / 3 = 0 + ( a − b) ( c − d )
20. (b) Q ( a + b + c )2 = a 2 + b 2 + c 2
=0
⇒ x + y + z = 3( xyz )1 / 3 + 2ab + 2bc + 2ac
Hence, x3 + y 3 + z 3 = 3xyz
⇒ ( x + y + z )3 = 27xyz ( 10)2 = ( a 2 + b 2 + c 2 ) + 2 (31)
3 27. (d) Here, px3 + x2 − 2x − q is divisible
a 2 + b 2 + c 2 = 100 − 62
14. (b) Q x + = x3 + 3 + 3 x +
1 1 1 by ( x − 1) and ( x + 1).
x x x ⇒ a 2 + b 2 + c 2 = 38
1 ∴ p ( 1)3 + ( 1)2 − 2 ( 1) − q = 0
( 5 )3 = x3 + 3 + 3 ( 5 ) 1 1 ⇒ p−q=1 …(i)
x 21. (b) x2 + + 1 − 2x −
4x 2 x and p ( − 1)3 + ( − 1)2 − 2 ( − 1) − q = 0
Q x + 1 = 5
⇒ p + q =3
= x2 + + 1 − 2 x +
1 1 …(ii)
x
4x 2 2x On solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
1
⇒ x3 + =5 5 −3 5 = 2 5 2 p = 2 and q = 1
= x +
x3 1 1
− 2 x +
2x 2x 28. (b) Let f ( x) = px3 + 3x2 − 3
15. (c) Given, x + = 6
1
and g ( x) = 2x3 − 5x + p.
= x +
1
− 2
x 1
x +
2x 2x On dividing f ( x ) by ( x − 4), remainder is
On squaring both sides, we get
2
x + 1 = 62 22. (c) ( a − b )( c − d ) − 4abcd
2 2 2 2 f ( 4) = p ( 4)3 + 3 ( 4)2 − 3
= 64 p + 48 − 3 = 64 p + 45
x = a c − a d − b c + b d − 4abcd
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
1
⇒ x + 2 + 2 = 36
2 = ( a 2 c 2 + b 2 d 2 − 2abcd ) Similarly g( 4) = 2( 4)3 − 5 ( 4) + p
x − ( b c + a d + 2abcd )
2 2 2 2
= 128 − 20 + p = 108 + p
1
⇒ x + 2 = 34
2
= ( ac − bd )2 − ( bc + ad )2 But f ( 4) = g ( 4) [given]
x
= ( ac − bd + bc + ad )( ac − bd − bc − ad ) ∴ 64 p + 45 = 108 + p
1 1
16. (b) Given, x − = 2 ⇒ 63 p = 63 ⇒ p = 1
23. (d) Q a − = a + 1 − 4
x 3 1
29. (a) ax − b = 0 ⇒ x = b / a
3 a a
⇒ 3x − = 1
x 17 − 4
2 By remainder theorem, if f ( x ) is divisible
= by ax − b, the remainder is f ( b / a ).
On squaring both sides, we get 4
2
17 30. (b) Factor theorem is a special case of
3x − 3 = ( 1)2 Q given a + =
1
remainder theorem.
x a 4
9 289 − 64 31. (b) x ( y − z )( y + z ) + y (z − x) (z + x)
9x 2 + 2 − 2 × 9 = 1 = =
225 15
= + z (x − y) (x + y)
x 16 16 4
9 = x ( y 2 − z 2 ) + y (z 2 − x 2 )
⇒ 9x2 + 2 = 19 24. (a) x4 + 4 y 4 + z ( x2 − y 2 )
x
= x 4 + 4 y 4 + 4x 2 y 2 − 4x 2 y 2 = x ( y − z ) + yz − yx2
2 2 2
4 3
32. (d) Let f ( x) = a + a x + a x2 37. (b) x 3 / 2 − xy 1 / 2 + x 1 / 2 y − y 3 / 2
⇒ 4 × − ( k − 1) ×
1 1
0 1 2
+ L + an x n = x ( x 1 / 2 − y 1 / 2 ) + y( x 1 / 2 − y 1 / 2 ) 2 2
2
Since, ( x − 1) is a factor of f ( x). = ( x 1 / 2 − y 1 / 2 )( x + y ) + k × − 6 × + 1 = 0
1 1
Put x = 1 in f ( x), then 2 2
⇒ Quotient
f ( 1) = a + a + a + L + an ( x 1 / 2 − y 1 / 2 )( x + y ) 1 ( k − 1) k
0 1 2
= =x+ y ⇒ − + −2=0
⇒ 1 = a + a + a + L + an ( x 1 / 2 − y1 / 2 ) 4 8 4
0 1 2
∴ 1− a − a −L= a + a + L k ( k − 1) 1
0 2 1 3 38. (c) Let f ( x ) = 9x 2 + 3 px + 6q ⇒ − =2−
33. (c) Given, (u )3 + ( − 2v )3 + ( − 3w )3 4 8 4
Given, f ( −1 / 3) = −3 / 4
= 3 × ( − 2) ( − 3) uvw 2 2k − ( k − 1 ) 8−1 7
⇒ 9 − + 3 p − + 6q = −3 / 4 ⇒ = =
1 1
∴ u + ( − 2v ) + ( − 3w ) = 0
3 3 8 4 4
[Q a 3 + b 3 + c 3 = 3abc , then
⇒ 1 − p + 6 q = −3 / 4 ⇒ 8k − 4k + 4 = 56
a + b + c = 0]
⇒ u − 2v − 3w = 0 ⇒ 24q − 4 p + 7 = 0 …(i) ⇒ 4k = 52 ⇒ k = 13
∴ u − 2v = 3w Let g( x ) = qx 2 + 4 px + 7 Hence, the value of k is 13.
34. (b) We know that, ( a + b ) ( a − b ) Since, ( x + 1) is a factor of g( x ) 42. (c) Given, x4 + xy 3 + x3 y + xz 3
= a2 − b2 ∴ g( −1) = 0 ⇒ q − 4 p + 7 = 0…(ii) + y 4 + yz 3
− 1/8
So, [( a1/8
+ a ) ( a1 / 8 − a −1 / 8 ) On solving Eq. (i) and Eq. (ii), we get = ( x4 + xy 3 + xz 3 ) + ( x3 y + y 4 + yz 3 )
( a1 / 4 + a − 1 / 4 ) ( a1 / 2 + a − 1 / 2 ) ] q = 0 and p = 7 / 4 = x( x3 + y 3 + z 3 ) + y( x3 + y 3 + z 3 )
= [( a1 / 8 )2 − ( a −1 / 8 )2 ( a1 / 4 + a −1 / 4 )] 39. (c) I. ( a + b )( b + c )( c + a ) = ( x + y ) ( x3 + y 3 + z 3 )
= ( a1 / 4 − a −1 / 4 )( a1 / 4 + a −1 / 4 ) = ( 1 − c )( 1 − a )( 1 − b ) Hence, given polynomial is divisible by
( a1 / 2 + a −1 / 2 ) [Q a + b + c = 1] both
= [ a1 / 2 − a − 1 / 2 ] [ a1 / 2 + a − 1 / 2 ] = ( 1 − c ) [ 1 − b − a + ab ] ( x + y ) and ( x3 + y 3 + z 3 ).
−1
= (a − a ) = 1 − b − a + ab − c + bc + ac − abc
43. (c) x2 + 2 ) x3 + 5x2 + 10k ( x + 5
35. (c) f ( x) = x − 2x + 3x − ax + b
4 3 2 = 1 − ( a + b + c ) + ab + bc + ac − abc
x3 + 2x
= ab + bc + ac − abc − −
Put x = 1 as f ( 1) = 5, f ( − 1) = 19
II. a 2 + b 2 − c 2 + 2ab 5x2 – 2x + 10k
f ( 1) = 14 − 2 ( 1)3 + 3 ( 1)2 − a + b
= a 2 + b 2 + 2ab − c 2 5x2 + 10
⇒1− 2 + 3 − a + b =5 − −
= ( a + b )2 − c 2
⇒ − a + b =3 …(i) - 2x - 10 + 10k = Remainder
= ( a + b + c )( a + b − c ) = a + b − c
and f ( −1) = ( −1) − 2( −1) + 3 4 3 But given that, remainder = − 2x
[Q a + b + c = 1]
( − 1) − a ( − 1) + b
2 ∴ − 2x − 10 + 10 k = − 2x
So, both statements are correct.
⇒ 1 + 2 + 3 + a + b = 19 1 ⇒ −10 + 10 k = 0
40. (d) We have, x + = 4
⇒ a + b = 13 …(ii) x ⇒ 10 k = 10 ⇒ k = 1
3
I. x + = x3 + 3 + 3 ( x)
1 1 1
On solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get 44. (c) Given that, x + = a ...(i)
a = 5, b = 8 x x x
× x +
1 1 1 1
36. (a) Let f ( x ) = ax 2 + bx + c Then, x3 + x2 + 3 + 2
x x x x
Given f ( 0) = 4 1
( 4)3 = x 3 + 3 + 3 ( 4) = x3 + 3 + x2 + 2
1 1
⇒0 + 0 + c = 4 ⇒a − b + 4 = 4 ⇒c = 4
x x x
On dividing f ( x ) by x + 1, remainder is 4 1 1
64 − 12 = x3 + 3 ⇒ x3 + 3 = 52 3 2
= x + − 3 x + + x + − 2
1 1 1
∴ f ( −1) = 4 x x
1 x x x
⇒ a−b+ c= 4 ⇒a−b+ 4= 4 II. x + = 4 ⇒ x2 − 4x + 1 = 0
⇒ a−b = 0 …(i) x = a 3 − 3a + a 2 − 2 = a 3 + a 2 − 3a − 2
4 ± 16 − 4 × 1 × 1
On dividing f ( x ) by x + 2, remainder is 6 x= 45. (a) Given, f ( x) = x3 + x2 − x − 1
2×1
∴ f ( −2 ) = 6 and g( x) = x3 − x2 + x − 1
4± 2 3
⇒ 4a − 2b + c = 6 = = 2± 3
2 p( x ) = f ( x) ⋅ g ( x)
⇒ 4a − 2b = 2 …(ii) = ( x3 + x2 − x − 1) ( x3 − x2 + x − 1)
Hence, both statements are correct.
⇒ a−b+ 4= 4 = [ x 2 ( x + 1) − 1( x + 1)]
On solving Eq. (i) and eq. (ii), we get 41. (d) Let f ( x ) = 4x4 − ( k − 1)x3 + kx2
−6x + 1 …(i) [ x 2 ( x − 1) + 1( x − 1)]
a = 1, b = 1
Since, ( 2x − 1) is a factor of f ( x ) = [( x + 1)( x 2 − 1)][( x − 1)( x 2 + 1)]
Hence,
= ( x + 1)( x + 1)( x − 1)( x − 1)( x 2 + 1)
f = 0
1
a = 1, b = 1, c = 4. ∴
2 = ( x + 1)2 ( x − 1)2 ( x 2 + 1)
130 CDS Pathfinder
= x y 2 − x 3 + x 3 − x y2 = 0 − 3 × . x x − =
46. (d) Put the value of all options in 1 1 1 27
⇒ x3 −
4k 2 + 12k + k So, (z − x) is also a factor, so it is also x3 x x 8
when, k = 9, divisible by (z − x). 1 27 3
⇒ x − 3 =
3
+3×
53. (d) Put x = − 3 in p ( x ), we get x 8 2
then, 4( 9)2 + 12( 9) + 9 = 441= ( 21)2
47. (c) Given expression Let p ( x ) = x 3 + 2x 2 + 3x + 8 [From Eq. (i)]
1 27 9
= 5 px − 10 qy + 2rpx − 4 qry p( −3) = ( − 3) + 2 ( − 3) + 3 ( − 3) + 8
3 2
⇒ x − 3 =3
+
x 8 2
= (5 px + 2rpx) − ( 10 qy + 4 qry ) = −27 + 18 − 9 + 8
1 63
∴ x − 3 =
= px (5 + 2r ) − 2 qy (5 + 2r ) = − 10 ≠ 0
3
= (5 + 2r ) ( px − 2 qy ) x 8
So, ( x + 3) is not the factor of
So, factors of given expression are both x3 + 2x2 + 3 x + 8. 57. (c) Let f ( x ) = x5 − 5x2 + 125
(5 + 2r ) and ( px − 2qy ). put x = −5,
Similarly, put x = 2 in p ( x ), we get Now,
48. (d) Given, ( a + 1)4 − a 4 p( 2) = ( 2) + 2 ( 2) + 3 ( 2) + 8
3 2
∴ Required remainder = f ( − 5)
= {( a + 1)2 − a 2 } {( a + 1)2 + a 2 } = 30 ≠ 0 So, x − 2 is also not the factor
= {( a + 1) + a } {( a + 1) − a } = ( −5)5 − 5 ( − 52 ) + 125
of x3 + 2x2 + 3x + 8.
{ a 2 + 1 + 2a + a 2 } = − 3125 − 125 + 125 = − 3125
= ( 2a + 1) ( 1) ( 2a 2 + 2a + 1) 54. (d) Let f ( x) = x3 + 6x2 + 11x + 6
58. (a) Given, ax + by − 2 = 0
= ( 2a + 1) ( 2a 2 + 2a + 1) Put x = − 1 in f ( x), we get
So, ( a + 1)4 − a 4 is divisible by ⇒ a x + by = 2
( 2a 2 + 2a + 1) f ( −1) = ( −1)3 + 6( −1)2 + 11( −1) + 6
Squaring on both sides, we get
= −1 + 6 − 11 + 6
49. (d) Let f ( x) = x4 − 7x3 + 5x2 − 6x + 81 ( ax + by )2 = ( 2)2
= −12 + 12 = 0
f (3) = (3) − 7(3) + 5(3) − 6(3) + 81
4 3 2 ⇒ a x + b y 2 + 2axby = 4
2 2 2
Hence, ( x + 1) is a factor of f ( x).
= 81 − 189 + 45 − 18 + 81 = 0 ⇒ a 2 x2 + b 2 y 2 + 2 = 4 [Q axby = 1 ]
∴ f ( x ) = ( x + 1)( x2 + 5x + 6 )
∴( x − 3) is a factor of f ( x )
= ( x + 1)( x2 + 3x + 2x + 6 ) ⇒ a 2 x2 + b 2 y 2 = 2
50. (b) Let f ( x) = x + 3x + 4x + k
3 2
= ( x + 1)( x + 2 )( x + 3 ) ⇒ a x = 1 and b 2 y 2 = 1
2 2
DIVISOR
A polynomial d ( x) is said to be a divisor of polynomial p( x) if d ( x) is a factor of p( x) i.e., p( x) can be
written as p( x) = d ( x) ⋅ q( x), where q( x) is a quotient polynomial e.g. ( x − 3) is a divisor of ( x − 3) 2 ( x + 1) .
EXAMPLE 2. The HCF of p(x) = 24(6 x 4 − x 3 − 2x 2 ) and −39 is taken out as common factor from remainder.
q(x) = 20(2x 6 + 3x 5 + x 4 ) is x3 − 11x − 6) x4 − 39x − 22 (x
PRACTICE EXERCISE
1. The LCM of ( x − 1)( x − 2) and x 2( x − 2)( x + 3) is 6. What is the HCF of ( x4 − x2 − 6) and ( x4 − 4x2 + 3)?
(a) (x − 1) (b) (x − 1)(x − 2 )(x + 3) (a) x2 − 3 (b) x + 2 (c) x + 3 (d) x2 + 3
(c) x2 (x − 1)(x − 2 )(x + 3) (d) None of these
7. The HCF of the polynomial A and B where
2. The LCM of 2 ( a 2 − b2 ), 3 ( a3 − b3 ), 4 ( a 4 − b4 ) is A = ( x + 3)2( x − 2)( x + 1)2
(a) 6(a − b )(a + b )(a + b ) (b) 12(a − b )(a + ab + b )
2 2 4 4 2 2
and B = ( x + 1)2( x + 3)( x + 4) is given by
(c) a3 − b 3 (d) 12(a4 − b 4 ) (a) (x + 1) 2 (x + 3) (b) (x + 1)(x + 3)2
3. The HCF of two expressions a and b is 1. Their (c) (x + 1)(x + 3) (d) (x + 3)2 (x + 1)2
LCM is
1 8. The HCF of 22x( x + 1)2 and 36x 2( 2x 2 + 3x + 1) is
(a) (a + b ) (b) a − b (c) ab (d)
ab (a) 2 x(x + 1) (b) x(x + 1) (c) 2(x + 1) (d) 2 (x + 1)2
4. The LCM of the polynomials
( x + 3)2( x − 2)( x + 1)2; ( x + 1)3 ( x + 3)( x + 4) is 9. The LCM of a 2 − b2 − c2 − 2bc,
b2 − c2 − a 2 − 2ac and c2 − a 2 − b2 − 2ab is
(a) (x − 2 )(x + 1)3 (x + 3)2 (x + 4)
(a) (a + b + c )
(b) (x − 2 )(x + 1)3 (x + 3)(x + 4) (b) (a − b − c ) (a + b + c )
(c) (x − 2 )(x + 3)(x + 4) (c) (a + b + c ) (c − a − b )
(d) (x − 2 )2 (x + 1)(x + 3)2 (x + 4) (d) (a + b + c ) (a − b − c ) (b − c − a) (c − a − b )
11. If ( z − 1) is the HCF of ( z 2 − 1) and pz 2 − q( z + 1), 21. If f( x ) and g( x ) are two polynomials with integral
then coefficients which vanish at x = 1 / 2, then what is
(a) 2 p = q (b) p = 2q (c) 3 p = 2q (d) 3 p = 2 p the factor of HCF of f( x) and g( x) ?
12. The HCF of two expressions is 3x 2 + 4x − 4 and (a) x − 1 (b) x − 2 (c) 2 x − 1 (d) 2 x + 1
their LCM is 3x + 4x − 7x − 4x + 4.
4 3 2
The 22. The HCF of two polynomials p( x ) and q( x ) is
expressions are 2x ( x + 2) and LCM is 24x ( x + 2)2 ( x − 2). If
(a) (x − 1)(3x2 + 4x − 4) and (3x2 + 4x − 4) p( x) = 8x3 + 32x2 + 32x, then what is q ( x ) equal to?
(b) (x + 1)(3x2 + 4x − 4) and (x + 2 )(3x2 + 4x − 4) (a) 4x3 − 16x (b) 6x3 − 24x (c) 12 x3 + 24x (d) 12 x3 − 24x
(c) (x + 2 )(3x2 + 4x + 4) and (x − 1)
23. If ( x − 2) is the HCF of ( ax 2 + bx + c) and
(d) (x + 1)(3x2 + 4x − 4) and (x − 1)(3x2 + 4x − 4)
( bx 2 + ax + c), then value of c is
13. The LCM and HCF of two polynomials p ( x ) and (a) 2 (a + b ) (b) (a + b ) (c) −3 (a + b ) (d) − (a + b )
q( x ) are 36x 2( x + a )( x3 − a3 ) and x 2( x − a ), 24. We have three polynomials A = 8 p + p2 + 12,
respectively. If p ( x ) = ( 4x 2 )( x 2 − a 2 ), then q( x ) B = p2 + 2 p − 24 and C = p2 + 15 p + 54
(a) 4x3 (x3 − a3 ) (b) 12 x3 (x2 − a2 )
I. Their LCM is ( p + 6) ( p − 4) (p + 2) ( p + 9)
(c) 9x3 (x3 − a3 ) (d) 36x3 (x3 − a3 ) II. Their HCF is ( p + 6)( p − 2)
14. The LCM of two polynomials p ( x ) and q ( x ) is Then, which of the following codes is/are correct
x − 7x + 6.
3
If p ( x ) = x + 2x − 32
and (a) Only I (b) Only II
q( x ) = x 2 + x − 6, then the HCF is (c) Neither I nor II (d) Both I and II
ANSWERS
1 c 2 b 3 c 4 a 5 b 6 a 7 a 8 a 9 d 10 b
11 b 12 d 13 c 14 a 15 b 16 a 17 b 18 c 19 d 20 a
21 c 22 b 23 c 24 a 25 a 26 c 27 c 28 b 29 c 30 a
31 c 32 a 33 c 34 a 35 a 36 c 37 a 38 a 39 c 40 d
41 b
8. (a) Here, HCF of 22 and 36 is 2. 14. (a) Given, Subtracting Eqs. (i) and (ii), we have
Now, x ( x + 1)2 = x ( x + 1) ( x + 1) p( x) = x2 + 2x − 3 = ( x + 3)( x − 1) 2q( x) = 4x2 − 10x + 6
x ( 2x + 3x + 1) = x ( 2x + 1) ( x + 1)
2 2 2 q( x) = x2 + x − 6 = ( x + 3)( x − 2) ⇒ q( x) = 2x2 − 5x + 3
Common factors of x ( x + 1) 2 and LCM = 2x 2 − 3x − 2x + 3
and x ( 2x + 3x + 1) are x ( x + 1).
2 2 = x − 7x + 6 = ( x − 1)( x + x − 6)
3 2
= x( 2x − 3) − 1( 2x − 3)
Hence, required HCF = 2x ( x + 1) = ( x − 1)( x + 3)( x − 2) = ( x − 1)( 2x − 3)
p ( x) × q ( x)
∴ HCF = ∴ LCM of p( x) and q( x)
9. (d) a 2 − b 2 − c 2 − 2bc = a 2 − ( b 2 + c 2 + 2bc )
LCM = ( x − 1)( 2x − 3)(3x + 7)
= a − ( b + c) = ( a + b + c) ( a − b − c)
2 2
( x + 3)( x − 1) × ( x + 3)( x − 2)
b − c − a − 2ac = b − ( c + a + 2ac )
2 2 2 2 2 2 = 20. (a) p ( x) = ( x + 2)( x + 1)( x2 + 2x + a )
( x − 1)( x + 3)( x − 2)
= b 2 − ( c + a )2 q ( x) = ( x + 3)( x + 4)( x2 + 7x + b )
= ( x + 3) As HCF is ( x + 1)( x + 3), then both
= ( b − c − a) ( b + c + a)
15. (b) Since, ( x + k ) is the HCF, it will ( x + 1) and ( x + 3) must be factors of
= ( a + b + c) ( b − c − a ) divide both the polynomials without p( x) and q( x).
and c 2 − a 2 − b 2 − 2ab leaving any remainder, thus x = − k will For p(x), ( x + 1) is already a factor, so
= c 2 − ( a 2 + b 2 + 2ab ) = c 2 − ( a + b )2 make both of them zero.
( x + 3) must be a factor of x2 + 2x + a.
= ( c − a − b) ( c + a + b) ∴ k 2 − pk + q = k 2 − ak + b
So, ( −3)2 + 2( −3) + a = 0
= ( a + b + c) ( c − a − b ) or − ak + b = − pk + q
⇒ 9−6+ a=0
∴ Required LCM ⇒ ak − pk = b − q
= ( a + b + c) ( a − b − c) b−q ∴ a = −3
∴ k=
( b − c − a) ( c − a − b) a− p For q (x), ( x + 3) is already factor.
10. (b) Given, [( x + 3) ( x − 2)2 ] ∴( x + 1) must be a factor of
16. (a) Since, ( x + 4) is HCF, so it will
and [( x − 2) ( x − 6)] divide both the expressions i.e. x = − 4 x2 + 7x + b.
∴ LCM = ( x + 3) ( x − 2)2 ( x − 6)
will make each one zero. ∴( −1) + 7( −1) + b = 0
2
25. (a) I. x2 − 6x + 9 = ( x − 3)( x − 3) 31. (c) Let P (x) = 36(3x4 + 5x3 − 2x2 ) Now, LCM of ( x2 + 2x − 8),
and x3 − 27 = x3 − (3)3 = 36x2 (3x2 + 5x − 2) ( x3 − 4x2 + 4x) and ( x2 + 4x)
= ( x − 3)( x2 + 3x + 9)
= 36x ( x + 2) (3x − 1)
2
= x ( x − 2)2 ( x + 4)
∴ HCF = x − 3.
Hence, it is true. Q (x) = 9( 6x3 + 4x2 − 2x) 36. (c) a 2 b 4 + 2a 2 b 2 = a 2 b 2 ( b 2 + 2) ...(i)
II. LCM of 10x2 yz , 15xyz = 18x(3x + 2x − 1) 2
and ( ab )7 − 4a 2 b 9 = a 7 b 7 − 4a 2 b 9
2 2
and 20xy z is 60x y z . 2 2 2 = 18 x(3x − 1)( x + 1) = a 2 b 2 ( a 5 b 5 − 4b 7 ) ...(ii)
Hence, it is false. R (x) = 54( 27x4 − x) = 54x( 27x3 − 1)
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), HCF = a b 2 2
III. 6x2 − 7x − 3 = ( 2x − 3)(3x + 1) = 54x (3x − 1)( 9x 2 + 1 + 3x )
37. (a) Let p( x) = 8( x5 − x3 + x)
and 2x2 + 11x − 21 HCF of [36, 18, 54] = 18
= ( x + 7)( 2x − 3) = 4 × 2 × x( x4 − x2 + 1)
∴ HCF of [P (x ), Q (x ), R (x )]
Hence, HCF = ( 2x − 3), it is also and q( x) = 28( x6 + 1)
true. = 18x (3x − 1)
= 7 × 4[( x2 )3 + ( 1) 3 ]
Hence, the statement I and III are 32. (a) Let f ( x) = x + 8 = x + 2
3 3 3
correct. = 4 × 7 × ( x2 + 1)( x4 − x2 + 1)
= ( x + 2) ( x 2 − 2x + 4) ∴ HCF of p( x) and q( x)
26. (c) We know that,( x + y ) and ( x − y ) are
= ( x + 2) ( x − 2) ( x − 2) = 4( x4 − x2 + 1)
the factors of ( x 10 − y 10 ).
g( x) = x2 + 5x + 6
Hence, statements I and IV are true. 38. (a) Let f ( x) = 2x3 + x2 − x − 2
= x 2 + 3x + 2x + 6
27. (c) We have, A = pq − np = p ( q − n) …(i) = ( x − 1)( 2x2 + 3x + 2)
= ( x + 3) ( x + 2)
C = q 2 − 3nq + 2n2 and g( x) = 3x3 − 2x2 + x − 2
= q − 2nq − nq + 2n
2 2 and h( x) = x3 + 2x2 + 4x + 8
= ( x − 1)(3x2 + x + 2)
= q ( q − 2n) − n( q − 2n) = ( x + 2) ( x 2 + 4)
Hence, the highest factor of f ( x) and
= ( q − n)( q − 2n) …(ii) ∴ HCF of { f ( x), g ( x), h ( x)} = ( x + 2) g( x) is ( x − 1).
E = pq − np − mq + mn 33. (c) Let f (x) = x3 − x2 − 2x 39. (c) Given, HCF = ( x + y ) and
= p( q − n) − m( q − n) = x ( x 2 − x − 2) LCM = 3x5 + 5x4 y + 2x3 y 2
= ( p − m )( q − n) …(iii) = x ( x + 1) ( x − 2) − 3 x 2 y 3 − 5 xy 4 − 2 y 5
∴ HCF of A, C and E = ( q − n)
and g (x ) = x + x 3 2
= x (3x + 5xy + 2 y 2 ) − y 3
3 2
28. (b) We have, E = ( p − m )( q − n) ... (i)
= x ( x + 1) = x ⋅ x ( x + 1)
2
(3x 2 + 5xy + 2 y 2 )
D = pq − 2np − mq + 2mn
∴ LCM of [ f ( x), g( x)] = (3x + 5xy + 2 y )( x3 − y 3 )
2 2
= p( q − 2n) − m ( q − 2n)
= x2 ( x + 1) ( x − 2) We know that,
= ( p − m )( q − 2n) …(ii)
∴ LCM of D and E = x 2 ( x 2 − x − 2) Product of two polynomials
= ( p − m )( q − n)( q − 2n) = HCF × LCM
= x − x − 2x
4 3 2
E = ( p − m )( q − n) …(v) (x + x y + y )
2 2 = ( x + y + xy )(3x2 + 5xy + 2 y 2 )
2 2
RATIONAL EXPRESSIONS
Usually (1-2) questions have been asked from this chapter. Generally questions are asked from this
chapter are based on simplification of rational expressions.
numerator and q ( x) is called the denominator of the [Q( a3 − b3) = ( a − b)( a2 + ab + b2)]
rational expression. EXAMPLE 2. The lowest term of an expression
• Every polynomial is a rational expression. Since, p ( x) 3x 2 − 11x − 4
p ( x) is
can always be written as and a constant function 1 6x 2 − 7x − 3
1
x+ 4 x+ 4 x−4 x−4
is a polynomial of degree 0. a. b. c. d.
2x + 3 2x − 3 2x + 3 2x − 3
• Every rational expression need not be a polynomial.
3x2 − 11x − 4 3x2 − 12x + x − 4
Sol. d. =
Working Rule to Reduce the Given 6x − 7x − 3
2
6x2 − 9x + 2x − 3
3x ( x − 4) + 1( x − 4) ( 3x + 1) ( x − 4) x−4
Rational Expression in its Lowest Term = = =
3x ( 2x − 3) + 1( 2x − 3) ( 3x + 1) ( 2x − 3) 2x − 3
1. Firstly, factorize both the polynomials p ( x) and q ( x).
EXAMPLE 3. The lowest term of an expression
2. Find the HCF of p ( x) and q ( x). If HCF of p ( x) and 12x 3 y 5 z 4
p ( x) is
q ( x) is one, then rational expression is in its 18x 2 y 6 z 5
q ( x)
2x xy 2x 3x
lowest terms. a. b. c. d.
yz z 3yz 2yz
3. If HCF is not equal to 1. Then, divide both p ( x) and
12x3y 5z 4 6 × 2 × x2 × x × y 5 × z 4 2x
q ( x) by their HCF and the rational expression is Sol. c. 2 6 5 = =
18x y z 6 × 3 × x2 × y × y 5 × z × z 4 3yz
obtained in the lowest terms.
140 CDS Pathfinder
p ( x)
Operations on Rational 3. Multiplication of Rational Expressions If
q ( x)
and
Expressions g ( x)
are two rational expressions, then their product
1. Addition or Subtraction of Rational Expressions h ( x)
with like denominators p ( x) g ( x) p ( x) ⋅ g ( x)
is given by × =
P ( x) h ( x) q ( x) h ( x) q ( x) ⋅ h ( x)
It and are two rational expressions then
q ( x) q ( x) p ( x) q ( x)
• Multiplicative inverse of is .
p ( x) h ( x) p ( x) ± h ( x) q ( x) p ( x)
± =
q ( x) q ( x) q ( x) • 1 is the multiplicative identity.
2. Addition or subtraction of Rational Expressions
with unlike denominators x2 −1 x +2
EXAMPLE 6. The product of and is
To add or subtract rational expressions with unlike x +1
2
x +1
denominators, follow the steps given below ( x − 1) ( x − 2)
a. b.
Step I Write each denominator in the factor form ( x2 + 1) ( x2 + 1)
Step II Find the LCM of the denominators ( x − 1)( x + 2) x+ 2
c. d.
Step III Rewrite each rational expression with LCM as ( x2 + 1) ( x2 − 1)
the denominator
x2 − 1 ( x + 2) ( x − 1) ( x + 1) ( x + 2)
Step IV Add or subtract the numerators. Sol. c. Here, product = × =
x2 + 1 ( x + 1) ( x2 + 1) ( x + 1)
x +1 x −1 [Q a2 − b2 = ( a − b)( a + b)]
EXAMPLE 4. The sum of and is ( x − 1) ( x + 2)
x −1 x +1 =
( x2 + 1)
x +12
1 2x + 2
2
x +2 2
a. 2 b. 2 c. 2 d. 2 p ( x) g ( x)
x −1 x +1 x −1 x −1 4. Division of Rational Expressions If and
q ( x) h ( x)
x + 1 x − 1 ( x + 1) ( x + 1) ( x − 1) ( x − 1)
Sol. c. + = × + × are two rational expressions, then their division is
x − 1 x + 1 ( x − 1) ( x + 1) ( x + 1) ( x − 1)
p ( x) g ( x) p ( x) h ( x)
( x + 1) 2 + ( x − 1) 2
given by ÷ = ×
= q ( x) h ( x) q ( x) g ( x)
( x2 − 1)
p ( x) g ( x)
= Product of and the reciprocal of
x2 + 1+ 2x + x2 + 1− 2x 2x + 2
2
= = q ( x) h ( x)
x2 − 1 x2 − 1
h ( x)
i.e. .
g ( x)
[Q ( a + b) 2 = a2 + b2 + 2ab and ( a − b) 2 = a2 + b2 − 2ab]
EXAMPLE 5. What should be subtracted from EXAMPLE 7. The lowest term of an expression
7x 4 x 2 + 8x + 12 x 2 + 4x − 12
to get ? ÷ is
x + x − 12
2
x+4 x 2 − 7 x + 12 x −4
a.
1
b.
3
c.
1
d.
3 ( x − 2) x−2
a. b.
x−3 x−3 x+ 3 x+ 3 ( x − 3)( x + 2) x+ 2
( x + 2) x+ 3
Sol. b. Let p( x) is to be subtracted, then c. d.
7x 4 ( x − 3)( x − 2) x−2
− p( x) =
x2 + x − 12 x+ 4 x2 + 8x + 12 x2 + 4x − 12
7x 4 7x 4 Sol. c. Here, ÷
⇒ p( x) = 2 − = − x2 − 7x + 12 x−4
x + x − 12 x + 4 ( x + 4) ( x − 3) ( x + 4)
x2 + 6x + 2x + 12 x−4
7x 4( x − 3) 7x − 4 ( x − 3) = ×
= − = x2 − 4x − 3x + 12 ( x2 + 6x − 2x − 12)
( x + 4)( x − 3) ( x + 4)( x − 3) ( x + 4) ( x − 3)
( x + 6) ( x + 2) x−4 x+ 2
3x + 12 3 ( x + 4) 3 = × =
= = = ( x − 4) ( x − 3) ( x + 6) ( x − 2) ( x − 3) ( x − 2)
( x + 4) ( x − 3) ( x + 4) ( x − 3) x − 3
MATHEMATICS Rational Expressions 141
PRACTICE EXERCISE
1. Which of the following are rational expressions? x − 1 x + 1
8. If A = and B = x − 1 , then ( A + B ) is
2
I.
x3 − 3x2 + 2
II.
z3 − 3z 2 x + 1
x2 + 1 2z + 3 4x4 + 8x2 − 4 4x4 + 8x2 + 4
(a) (b)
x −x+2
2
x + 3x − 1
3 2
x − 2x + 1
4 2
x4 − 2 x2 + 1
III. IV.
x+3 x2 + x − 1 4x + 8x + 4
4 2
(c) (d) None of these
Select the correct answer using the codes given below x4 + 2 x + 1
(a) I, II and III (b) II, III and IV
9. The value of
(c) All of these (d) None of these
1 a2 b2
a + 2 ( a + 1) + − is
2. The simplified form of − . (1 − a ) (1 − b) (1 − a ) ( b − a ) ( b − 1) ( a − b)
a + 3 ( a + 2)
1 a+2 (a) 1 + a (b) 1 − a2
(a) (b)
a2 + 5a + 6 a2 + 5a + 6 (c) 1 − b 2 (d) None of these
(a + 2 ) 2
(c) 0 (d) x y y z z x
a 2 + 5a + 6 y − x z − y x − z
10. The value of is
x + 1 2 1 11 11 1
3. 2 − expressed as a rational expression is 2 − 2 2 − 2 2 −
x − 1 x x y y z z x 2
x −22
− (x − 2 ) (a) x2 y2 z2 (b) − x2 y2 z2
(a) (b)
x (x − 1) 2
x (x − 1) (c) 1 (d) None of these
2 (x + 1) 1
(c) (d) 11. What is the simplified form of
(x3 − 1) x (x + 1)
x 2 − 3x + 2 x 2 − 9 x3 + 2x 2 + 4x
( x − 1) ( x − 2) ( x − 9x + 14)
2 ÷ × ?
4. The expression in x3 − 8 x 2 + 7x + 12 x 2 + 3x − 4
( x − 7) ( x 2 − 3x + 2) x x −2
(a) (b)
lowest terms is x−3 x−3
(a)
1
(b) (x − 7 ) (c) (x − 2 ) (d)
1 x x+ 3
(c) (d)
x−7 x−2 x+ 3 x+ 4
a−c b− c 12. If pq + qr + rp = 0, then what is the value of
5. + is equal to
( a − b) ( x − a ) ( b − a ) ( x − b) p2 q2 r2
b−a x−c + + ?
(a) (b) p − qr
2
q − rp
2
r − pq
2
( x − b ) ( x − a) ( x − a) ( x − b )
(a) 0 (b) 1
b−a
(c) (d) None of these (c) −1 (d) 3
(x − b) (x − c )
13. If x + y + z = 0, then what is the value of
x−3
6. The sum of the rational expression and its 1 1 1
x2 + 1 + + ?
reciprocal is x +y −z
2 2 2
y +z −x
2 2 2
z + x2 − y2
2
x3 − 3x2 + x − 3 x4 + 3x2 − 6x + 10
(a) (b) 1
x + 3x − 6x + 10
4 2
x3 − 3x2 + x − 3 (a) (b) 1
x2 + y2 + z2
x − 3x + 6x + 10
4 2
(x − 1) 3
(c) (d) (c) −1 (d) 0
x − 3x + x − 3
3 2
(x + 3)2
1+ x 1 2a + 1
14. If a = , then what is + equal to?
7. The value of 2− x a + 1 a2 − 1
a b c (1 + x)(2 + x) (1 − x)(2 − x)
+ + (a) (b)
( a − b) ( a − c) ( b − c) ( b − a ) ( c − a ) ( c − b) 2x − 1 x −2
(a) 2a (b) 0 (c) 2b (d) b − c (1 + x)(2 − x ) (1 − x)(2 − x)
(c) (d)
2x − 1 2x + 1
142 CDS Pathfinder
15. If
1
+
2
+
1009
= 1, then what is the PREVIOUS YEARS’ QUESTIONS
x + 1 y + 2 z + 1009
x y z ( x 2 + y 2 )( x − y ) − ( x − y )3
value of + + ? 18. What is equal to?
x + 1 y + 2 z + 1009 x 2 y − xy 2 e 2013 II
(a) 0 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4 (a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 4 (d) − 2
1 1 2b 4b3 8b7
x − 3x + 2
2
x − 5x + 4
2
19. What is − − 2 − 4 − 8
16. What is ÷ equal to? a−b a+b a +b 2
a +b 4
a − b8
x 2 − 5x + 6 x 2 − 7x + 12
x +3 x+ 1 equal to? e 2014 II
(a) (b) 1 (c) (d) 2
x−3 x+ 3 (a) a + b (b) a − b (c) 1 (d) 0
ANSWERS
1 a 2 a 3 b 4 c 5 b 6 b 7 b 8 b 9 d 10 b
11 a 12 b 13 d 14 c 15 b 16 b 17 a 18 b 19 d 20 c
x + 1 ( x − 3)
2
= = 2
[Q x2 − 1 = ( x + 1)( x − 1)] (x + 1) (x − 1) x − 1
x − 2x + 2 −( x − 2) So,
= = x −3 x2 + 1 ( x − 3)2 + ( x2 + 1)2 [Q ( a + b )2 + ( a − b )2 = 2( a 2 + b 2 )]
x ( x − 1) x ( x − 1) + =
x +1
2
x −3 ( x2 + 1)( x − 3) 4( x 4 + 2x 2 + 1) 4x 4 + 8x 2 + 4
= = 4
4. (c) We know that, x + 9 − 6x + x + 1 + 2x 2
2 4
x 4 − 2x 2 + 1 x − 2x 2 + 1
=
( x − 1)( x − 2)( x2 − 9x + 14) x 3 − 3x 2 + x − 3
9. (d) Given,
( x − 7)( x2 − 3x + 2) x4 + 3x2 − 6x + 10
= 1 a2
x 3 − 3x 2 + x − 3 +
( x − 1)( x − 2)( x2 − 7x − 2x + 14) ( 1 − a )( 1 − b ) ( 1 − a )( b − a )
=
( x − 7)( x2 − 2x − x + 2) 7. (b) We know that, b2
−
( x − 1)( x − 2)( x − 7)( x − 2) a
+
b ( b − 1)( a − b )
= =x−2
( x − 7)( x − 2)( x − 1) ( a − b )( a − c ) ( b − c )( b − a ) ( b − a) + a2( 1 − b) − b 2( 1 − a)
c =
+ ( 1 − a )( 1 − b )( b − a )
( c − a )( c − b )
MATHEMATICS Rational Expressions 143
b − a + a 2 − a 2 b − b 2 + ab 2 1
+
2
+
1009
=1
= 15. (b) Given,
( 1 − a )( 1 − b )( b − a ) x + 1 y + 2 z + 1009
( b − a ) + ( a 2 − b 2 ) + ab( b − a ) 1 2 1009
= ⇒ − 1+ − 1+ − 1 = 1− 3
( 1 − a )( 1 − b )( b − a ) x+ 1 y+2 z + 1009
( b − a ) − ( a + b )( b − a ) + ab( b − a ) 1 − a − b + ab x y z
= = =1 ⇒ − − − = −2
( 1 − a )( 1 − b )( b − a ) 1 − b − a + ab x + 1 y + 2 z + 1009
x y z
∴ + + =2
x y y z z x x + 1 y + 2 z + 1009
− − −
y x z y x z
10. (b) Given, x 2 − 3x + 2 x 2 − 5x + 4
1 1 1 1 1 1 16. (b) Given, ÷
2 − 2 2 − 2 2 − 2 x2 − 5x + 6 x2 − 7x + 12
x y y z z x x2 − 3x + 2 ( x2 − 7x + 12)
= 2 ×
x2 − y 2 y 2 − z 2 z 2 − x 2 x − 5x + 6 ( x 2 − 5x + 4)
= 2
xy zy xz ( x − 1)( x − 2) ( x − 4)( x − 3)
= × =1
y − x2 z 2 − y 2 x2 − z 2 ( x − 3)( x − 2) ( x − 4)( x − 1)
2 2 2 2 2 2
x y z y xz 17. (a) Given, x + y + z = 0
( x2 − y 2 )( y 2 − z 2 )(z 2 − x2 ) ⇒ x + y = −z , y + z = − x and z + x = − y
x2 y 2 z2 x 4 y 4z 4 ∴
xyz
=
xyz
=
xyz
= −1
=− =− = − x 2 y 2z 2 ( x + y )( y + z )(z + x) ( −z )( − x)( − y ) − xyz
( x2 − y 2 )( y 2 − z 2 )(z 2 − x2 ) x 2 y 2z 2
x 4 y 4z 4 ( x 2 + y 2 )( x − y ) − ( x − y )3
18. (b) Given,
x − 3x + 2
2
x − 9 x + 2x + 4x
2 3 2 x 2 y − xy 2
11. (a) Given, ÷ 2 × 2
x − 8 x + 7x + 12 x + 3x − 4
3
x 3 + xy 2 − x 2 y − y 3 − ( x 3 − y 3 − 3x 2 y + 3xy 2 )
=
x2 − 3x + 2 x2 + 7x + 12 x3 + 2x2 + 4x x 2 y − xy 2
= × ×
x −8
3
x 2 − 9 x 2 + 3x − 4 x 3 + xy 2 − x 2 y − y 3 − x 3 + y 3 + 3x 2 y − 3xy 2
=
( x − 1)( x − 2) ( x + 4)( x + 3) x( x2 + 2x + 4) x 2 y − xy 2
= × ×
( x − 2)( x + 4 + 2x) ( x − 3)( x + 3) ( x − 1)( x + 4)
2 2x 2 y − 2xy 2 2( x 2 y − xy 2 )
= = =2
=
x
[Q a 3 − b 3 = ( a − b )( a 2 + b 2 + ab )] x 2 y − xy 2 x 2 y − xy 2
x −3 1 1 2b 4b 3 8b 7
19. (d) − − 2 − 4 − 8
12. (b) Given, pq + qr + r p = 0 a−b a+ b a + b 2
a +b 4
a − b8
p2 q2 r2 ( a + b) − ( a − b) 2b 4b 3
8b 7
∴ + 2 + 2 = − 2 − 4 − 8
p − qr q − r p r − pq
2 ( a − b )( a + b ) a +b 2
a +b 4
a − b8
3 7
p2 q2 r2 2b 2b 4b 8b
= + 2 + 2 = 2 − − −
p + rp + pq q + pq + qr r + qr + rp
2 a − b2 a2 + b2 a4 + b4 a8 − b8
2b( a 2 + b 2 ) − 2b( a 2 − b 2 ) 4b 3 8b 7
p2 q2 r2 p+ q+ r = − 4 − 8
= + + = =1 ( a − b )( a + b )
2 2 2 2
a +b 4
a − b8
p ( p + r + q) q ( p + q + r) r ( p + q + r) p + q + r 3 3 7
4b 4b 8b
= 4 − −
13. (d) Given, x + y + z = 0 ⇒ x + y = − z. a − b4 a4 + b4 a8 − b8
On squaring both sides, we get x2 + y 2 + 2xy = z 2 4b 3 ( a 4 + b 4 ) − 4b 3 ( a 4 − b 4 ) 8b 7
= − 8 =0
x 2 + y 2 − z 2 = − 2 xy ( a − b )( a + b )
4 4 4 4
a − b8
LINEAR EQUATIONS
Generally (3-5) questions have been definitely asked from this chapter in CDS examination. Beside this,
the linear equations are also applicable in solving various word problems related to number system,
mensuration, time and work, etc.
2. Elimination Method b2 c2 a2 b2
In this method, one variable is eliminated from both The arrows between the two numbers indicate that they
equations to have an equation in one variable, so it are to be multiplied. The downward arrows indicate first
is called elimination method. product while upward arrows indicate the second product.
The second product is to be subtracted from the first.
Steps used in this method are given below.
Step I Make the coefficient of one variable ( x or y ) EXAMPLE 6. The system of equations
numerically equal by multiplying both equations ax − by = a 2 − b 2 and x + y = a + b has the solution.
by some suitable non zero constant. a. x = a and y = b b. x = − a and y = − b
Step II Now, add or subtract both equations, so that one c. x = b and y = a d. x = − b and y = − a
variable is eliminated and the remaining equation
Sol. a. Given, pairs of linear equations are
is in one variable only.
a x − by − ( a2 − b2) = 0 ...(i)
Step III Solve the equation in one variable to get the value and x + y − ( a + b) = 0 ...(ii)
of this variable (x or y). On comparing Eqs. (i) and (ii) with a1x + b1y + c1 = 0
Step IV Substitute this value (x or y) in either of the given and a2x + b2y + c2 = 0, we get
equations to get the value of other variable. a1 = a, b1 = − b, c1 = − ( a2 − b2)
a2 = 1, b2 = 1, c2 = − ( a + b)
EXAMPLE 5. The solution of the given system of
By cross multiplication, we have
equations 2x + 5y = 11 and 3x + 4y = 13 is x y 1
a. (4, 2) b. (3, 1) c. (5, 2) d. (1, 1) –b –(a2–b2) a –b
Sol. b. Given equations are, 2x + 5y =11 ...(i)
1 –(a+b) 1 1
and 3x + 4y = 13 ...(ii) x y 1
⇒ = =
On multiplying Eq. (i) by 3 and Eq. (ii) by 2, we get b( a + b) + ( a2 − b2) − ( a2 − b2 + a( a + b)) a + b
6x + 15y = 33 …(iii) x y 1 ab + a2 b2 + ab
⇒ 2 = 2 = ⇒x= and y =
6x + 8y = 26 …(iv) ab + a b + ab a + b a+ b a+ b
On subtracting Eq. (iv) from Eq. (iii), we get a( a + b) b ( b + a)
⇒ x= = a and y = =b
(6 x + 15y) − (6x + 8y) = 33 − 26 ⇒ 7y = 7 ⇒ y = 1 a+ b a+ b
So, x = a and y = b is the required solution.
Put y = 1 in Eq. (i), 2x + 5 × 1 = 11
⇒ 2x = 11 − 5 ⇒ 2x = 6 ⇒ x = 3
Hence, solution of system of equations is (3, 1).
MATHEMATICS Linear Equations 147
⇒ 4A + 6 = 18 ⇒ 4A = 12 ⇒ A = 3
EQUATIONS REDUCIBLE TO A 1 1 1 1
Now = B = 2 ⇒ x = and = A = 3⇒ y =
PAIR OF LINEAR EQUATIONS x 2 y 3
1 1
We have several situations when there are two So, x = and y = is the required solution.
2 3
equations that are not linear, but can be reduced to a pair
of linear equations. By making suitable substitutions. 3 2 9 4
EXAMPLE 9. If + = 2 and − = 1,
2 3 5 4 x+y x−y x+y x−y
EXAMPLE 7. If + = 13 and − = − 2 , then x
x y x y then what is value of ?
x y
what is the value of ? 3 2 1
y a. b. 5 c. d.
2 3 5
2 3 1 1
a. b. c. d.
3 2 3 2 Sol. b. Given equations are,
1 1 3 2
Sol. b. Let = p and = q + =2 …(i)
x y x+ y x−y
So, we have, 2p + 3q = 13 9 4
…(i) and − =1 …(ii)
and 5p − 4q = − 2 …(ii) x+ y x−y
1 1
On multiplying Eq. (i) by 4 and Eq. (ii) by 3 and then Let = a and =b
adding, we get x+ y x−y
8 p + 15p = 52 − 6 ⇒ 23p = 46 ⇒ p = 2 ∴ 3a + 2b = 2 …(iii)
On putting p = 2 in Eq. (i), we get 9a − 4b = 1 …(iv)
9 On multiplying Eq. (iii) by 2 and adding with Eq. (iv), we
2 × 2 + 3q = 13 ⇒ 3q = 13 − 4 = 9 ⇒ q = = 3
3 get
1 1 1 1 ⇒ 6 a + 9 a = 5 ⇒ 15a = 5
Now, x= ⇒ x = and y = ⇒ y= .
p 2 q 3 1
∴ a=
x 3 3
Hence, the value of is . 1 1
y 2 ∴ = ⇒ x+ y =3 …(v)
x+ y 3
EXAMPLE 8. Find the solution of the system of On putting the value of a in Eq. (iii), we get
equations 4x + 3y = 18xy and 2x − 5y = − 4xy. 1
3 × + 2b = 2 ⇒ b =
1
1 1 1 1 3 2
a. x = 2, y = 3 b. x = 3, y = 2 c. x = , y =
d. x = , y = 1 1
3 2 2 3 ⇒ = ⇒ x−y =2 …(vi)
Sol. d. Given equations are, 4x + 3y = 18xy ...(i) x−y 2
5
and 2x − 5y = −4xy ...(ii) On adding Eqs. (v) and (vi), we get, 2x = 5 ⇒ x =
2
On dividing both the equations by xy, we get 5 1
From Eq. (v), x + y = 3 ⇒ y = 3 − =
4x 3y 18xy 2x 5y − 4xy 2 2
+ = and − = 5
xy xy xy x y xy xy
x 2
4 3 2 5 ∴ = =5
or + = 18 and − =−4 y 1
y x y x
2
1 1
On putting = A and = B, we get
y x
4A + 3B = 18 …(iii)
LINEAR EQUATION IN
2A − 5B = − 4 …(iv) THREE VARIABLES
On multiplying Eq. (iv) by 2 and subtracting from Eq. (iii), An equation in the form of ax + by + cz = r , where a, b, c
we get and r are real numbers and a, b and c are not all zeros is
4A + 3B = 18
called a linear equation in three variables
4A − 10B = − 8
− + + e.g. 3x + 4y − 7 z = 2 , −2x + y − z = 6 and x + y + z = 2 are all
13B = 26 linear equation in three variables.
⇒ B=2 Use substitution and elimination method to solve the
On putting, the value of B in Eq. (iii), we get system of three equations in three variables.
148 CDS Pathfinder
Condition II When 1 is added to denominator, then EXAMPLE 15. A railway ticket for a child costs half
x
new fraction = the full fare but the reservation charge is the same on
y+1 half tickets as much as on full ticket. One reserved first
x 1
According to the question, = ⇒ 2x = y + 1 class ticket for a journey between two stations is ` 362,
y+1 2
⇒ 2x − y = 1 …(ii) one full and one half reserved first class tickets cost
On subtracting Eq. (ii) from Eq. (i), we get ` 554. What is the reservation charge?
−x = − 3 ⇒ x = 3 a. ` 18 b. ` 22 c. ` 38 d. ` 46
Put the value of x in Eq. (i), we get Sol. b. Let full fare and reservation charge be ` x and
3 − y = − 2⇒ y = 5 ` y, respectively. Then, full ticket = x + y
x 3
Hence, the fractions is = x
y 5 half ticket = + y
2
According to question, x + y = 362 ...(i)
Problem Based on Distance, and x 3
( x+ y) + + y = 554 = x + 2y = 554 ...(ii)
Speed and Time 2 2
Speed is the distance covered by an object per unit time. On multiplying Eq. (i) by 2, we get
Distance 2x + 2y = 724 ...(iii)
i.e. Speed =
Time On subtracting Eq. (ii) from Eq. (iii), we get
If the speed of boat in still water be x km/h and speed x
= 170 ⇒ x = 340
of stream be y km/h. Then, the speed of boat 2
downstream = ( x + y) km/h On putting value of x in Eq. (i), we get
and speed of boat upstream = ( x − y) km/h 340 + y = 362 ⇒ y = 22
Hence, the reservation charge is ` 22.
EXAMPLE 14. A motorboat takes 2h to travel a
distance of 9 km down the current and it takes 6h to Problems Based on Mensuration
travel the same distance against the current. What is Make use of given formulae to formulate the equation
the speed of the boat in still water ?
1. Area of rectangle = length × breadth
a. 3 km/h b. 2 km/h c. 1.5 km/h d. 1 km/h
Perimeter of rectangle = 2 (length+Breadth)
Sol. a. Let speed of the motorboat in still water be x km/h
and speed of the stream be y km/h. 2. The sum of angles of a triangle is 180°
Then, speed of the motorboat downstream = ( x + y) km/h 3. The sum of opposite angles of cyclic quadrilateral is
and speed of the boat upstream = ( x − y) km/h 180°
Condition I When motorboat goes 9 km downstream, then 4. In parallelogram, opposite angles are equal.
9 Distance
2= Q Time = EXAMPLE 16. The length of a rectangle is 8 cm
x+ y Speed
more than its breadth. If the perimeter of the
⇒ 2x + 2y = 9 …(i) rectangle of 68 cm, then its length and breadth are
Condition II When motorboat goes 9 km upstream, then a. 21 cm, 13 cm b. 14 cm, 23 cm
9 c. 19 cm, 20 cm d. 9 cm, 15 cm
6= ⇒ 6x − 6y = 9 …(ii)
x−y Sol. a. Let the length and breadth of a rectangle be x and y,
On multiplying Eq. (i) by 3, we get respectively.
6x + 6y = 27 …(iii) Condition I x= y + 8 ⇒ x− y =8 …(i)
Now, adding Eqs. (ii) and (iii), we get
Condition II Perimeter of rectangle = 68 cm
12x = 36 ⇒ x = 3 km/h
⇒ 2[ x + y ] = 68, x + y = 34 …(ii)
Problem Based on Fixed On adding Eq. (i) and (ii), we get
and running Charges 2x = 42 ⇒ x = 21
Let the fixed charge of any commodity be ` x and rate On putting x = 21in Eq. (ii), we get
of running charges be ` y, then total cost = x + total 21 + y = 34 ⇒ y = 34 − 21 = 13
running charges. Hence, length of rectangle = 21cm
Formulate the equations and then solve them. and breadth of rectangle = 13 cm
150 CDS Pathfinder
PRACTICE EXERCISE
1. Find x, if 25x − 19 − [3 − { 4x − 5}] = 3x − ( 6x − 5). 7. The system of equations 6x + 5 y = 11 and
1 15
(a) x = 1 (b) x = − 1 (c) x = (d) x = 2 9x + y = 21 has
2 2
2. If a number is subtracted from three-fourth of (a) a unique solution (b) many solution
itself, the value so obtained is − 130. Then, what (c) no solution (d) None of these
is the number?
8. The sum of two numbers is 2490 and if 6.5% of
(a) 540 (b) 560 (c) 420 (d) 520
one number is equal to 8.5% of the other, then
3. Sum of two numbers is 21 and their difference is numbers are
11, then the greatest number is (a) 1414, 1076 (b) 1411, 1079
(a) 5 (b) 16 (c) 9 (d) 10 (c) 1412, 1078 (d) None of these
4. Which of the following equations have x = 2 and 9. Given two linear equations a1x + b1 y = c1 and
y = 1 as a solution? a1 b1
a2x + b2 y = c2 , if ≠ , then the graph is
I. 2x + 5 y = 9 II. 5x + 3 y = 14 a2 b2
III. 2x + 3 y = 7 IV. 2x − 3 y = 1 (a) parallel (b) intersection at one point
Select the correct answer using the codes given (c) coincident (d) None of these
below
10. For what value of k, the following equations will
(a) I and IV (b) II and III (c) Only I (d) I, III and IV
be inconsistent? 4x + 6 y = 11 and 2x + ky = 7
x
5. The solution of the pair of equation + y = 0.8 (a) k = − 3 (b) k =
12
(c) k = 12 (d) k = 3
2 5
7
and = 10 is 11. For what value of k, the system of equations has
y
x+ infinitely many solutions 2x − ky = 4 and
2
2 3 2 3x + 2 y = 6?
(a) x = , y = (b) x = , y = 5 4 −4 2 3
5 5 3 (a) (b) (c) (d)
2 5 3 2 3 3 3 2
(c) x = , y = (d) x = , y =
5 3 5 5 12. For what value of α, the system of equation
6. A system of two simultaneous linear equations in αx + 3 y = α − 3, 12x + αy = α will have a unique
two variables has a unique solution if their graphs solution?
(a) are coincident (b) are parallel
(a) α = ± 6 (b) α = 6 (c) α ≠ ± 6 (d) α = − 6
(c) intersect in one point (d) None of these
MATHEMATICS Linear Equations 151
17. The line 3x − 5 y = −10 cuts Y-axis at 27. The area of a rectangle remains the same if the
(a) (0, 2) (b) (0, 1) (c) (0, 3) (0, 4) length is increased by 7 m and the breadth is
decreased by 3 m. The area remains unaffected if
18. The equations px + q = 0 and rx + s = 0 are the length is decreased by 7 m and the
consistent, if breadth is increased by 5 m, then area of
(a) ps = qr (b) ps + qr = 0 (c) pq − rs = 0 (d) pq + rs = 0 rectangle is
(a) 280 m2 (b) 320 m2 (c) 420 m2 (d) 400 m2
19. A streamer goes downstream and covers the
distance between two ports in 4 h while it covers 28. The value of x in the solution of the equation
the same distance upstream in 5 h. If the speed 2x + y
= 2x − y
= 8 is
of the stream is 2 km/h, then the speed of the 3 1 1
(a) 0 (b) (c) (d)
streamer in still water is 2 4 8
(a) 20 km/h (b) 19 km/h (c) 18 km/h (d) 19.5 km/h
29. A and B each have a certain number of mangoes.
20. The solution of the system of linear equations A says to B : “If you give 30 of your mangoes, I
0.4x + 0.3 y = 1.7 and 0.7x − 0.2 y = 0.8 is will have twice as many as left with you” B
(a) x = 3, y = 2 (b) x = 2, y = −3 replies “If you give me 10, I will have thrice as
(c) x = 2, y = 3 (d) None of these many as left with you”. How many mangoes did
A has?
21. If 2x − 3 y = 0 and 7x + 2 y = 0, then find the (a) 41 (b) 62 (c) 34 (d) 32
value of x + y.
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 0 30. There are two examination rooms A and B. If 10
candidates are sent from room A to room B,
22. A man starts his job with a certain monthly the number of students in each room is the
salary and earns a fixed increment every year. If same. If 20 candidates are sent from B to A, the
his salary was ` 1500 after 4 yr of services and number of students in A is double the number
` 1800 after 10 yr of service. What was his starting of students in B. Then, number of students in
salary? room B is
(a) ` 1300 (b) ` 1200 (c) ` 50 (d) ` 1100 (a) 40 (b) 100 (c) 80 (d) 60
152 CDS Pathfinder
31. A train started from a station with a certain 41. What is the value of k for which the system of
number of passengers. At the first halt, 1/3rd of equations x + 2 y − 3 = 0 and 5x + ky + 7 = 0 has no
its passengers got down and 120 passengers got solution?
in. At the second halt, half of the passengers 3 14 1
(a) − (b) − (c) (d) 10
got down and 100 persons got in. Then, the 14 3 10
train left for its destination with 240 passengers.
How many passengers were there in the train 42. What is the solution of the equation x − y = 0.9
when it started ? and 11( x + y )−1 = 2 ?
(a) 540 (b) 480 (c) 360 (d) 240 (a) x = 3.2 and y = 2.3 (b) x = 1 and y = 0.1
(c) x = 2 and y = 11
. (d) x = 1.2 and y = 0. 3
32. The system of equations x + 2 y = 3 and 3x + 6 y = 9
has 43. Pooja started her job with certain monthly
(a) unique solutions (b) no solution salary and gets a fixed increment every year.
(c) infinitely many solutions (d) finite number of solutions If her salary was ` 4200 after 3 yr and ` 6800
after 8 yr of service, then what are her
33. The sum of digits of a two-digit number is 8 and initial salary and the annual increment,
the difference between the number and that respectively ?
formed by reversing the digits is 18. What is the (a) ` 2640, ` 320 (b) ` 2460, ` 320
difference between the digits of the number? (c) ` 2460, ` 520 (d) ` 2640, ` 520
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4
44. A person bought 5 tickets from the station P to a
34. If ( x , y ) = ( 4, 1) is the solution of the pair of linear station Q and 10 tickets from the station P to a
equations mx + y = 2x + ny = 5, then what is station R. He paid ` 350. If the sum of fare of a
m + n equal to? ticket from P to Q and a ticket from P to R is `
(a) −2 (b) −1 (c) 1 (d) 1 42, then what is the fare from P to Q ?
(a) ` 12 (b) ` 14
35. If 2a + 3b = 17 and 2a + 2 − 3b + 1 = 5, then
(c) ` 16 (d) ` 18
(a) a = 2, b = 3 (b) a = − 2, b = 3
(c) a = 2, b = − 3 (d) a = 3, b = 2 45. The Community Relief fund receives a large
donation of $ 2800. The foundation agrees to
36. The sum of two numbers is 80. If the larger spend the money on $ 20 school bags, $ 25
number exceeds four times the smaller by 5, sweaters, $ 5 books. They want to buy 200 items
what is the smaller number ? and send them to schools in earthquake-hit
(a) 5 (b) 15 (c) 20 (d) 25
areas. They must order as many books as school
2 3 9 4 9 21 bages and sweaters combined.
37. If + = and + = , where x, y ≠ 0
x y xy x y xy How many of each item should they order?
and y ≠ 0, then what is the value of x + y ? (a) (40, 60, 100) (b) (20, 30, 80)
(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 4 (d) 8 (c) (50, 100, 60) (d) 40, 80, 25)
38. Under what condition do the equation kx − y = 2 Directions (Q. Nos. 46-47) Some money is divided
and 6x − 2 y = 3 have a unique solution? among Rajesh, Sonal and Chetan in such a way that
(a) k = 3 (b) k ≠ 3 (c) k = 0 (d) k ≠ 0 2 times share of Rajesh, 3 times share of Sonal and
5 times share of Chetan are all equal.
39. Let there be three simultaneous linear equations
in two unknowns, which are non-parallel and Now, answer the following questions based on above
information.
non-collinear. What can be the number of
solutions (if they do exist)?
46. If the sum of 6 times the share with Rajesh and
(a) One or infinite (b) Only one
6 times the share with Sonal is ` 150, then find
(c) Exactly two (d) Exactly three
the share of Chetan?
40. A number consists of two digits, whose sum is (a) ` 5 (b) ` 6 (c) ` 10 (d) ` 12
10. If 18 is subtracted from the number, digits of
the number are reversed. What is the product? 47. If the sum of shares of Rajesh, Chetan and Sonal
is ` 155, then find the share of Rajesh.
(a) 15 (b) 18
(c) 24 (d) 32 (a) ` 75 (b) ` 35 (c) ` 50 (d) ` 25
MATHEMATICS Linear Equations 153
PREVIOUS YEARS’ QUESTIONS 57. A bus starts with some passengers. At the first
stop, one-fifth of the passengers gets down
48. The graphs of ax + by = c, dx + ey = f will be and 40 passengers get in. At the second stop,
I. Parallel, if the system has no solution. half of the passengers gets down and 30 get in.
II. Coincident, if the system has finite number of The number of passengers now is 70. The
solutions. number of passengers with which the bus started
III. Intersecting, if the system has only one solutions was e 2013 II
(a) 40 (b) 50 (c) 60 (d) 70
Which of the statement(s) given above is/are
correct? e 2012 I 58. If x + y − 7 = 0 and 3x + y − 13 = 0, then what is
(a) Both I and II (b) Both II and III 4x 2 + y 2 + 4xy equal to? e 2013 II
(c) Both I and III (d) All of these
(a) 75 (b) 85 (c) 91 (d) 100
49. The sum of two numbers is 20 and their product is x y 2 3
75. What is the sum of their reciprocals? e 2012 I 59. If + = 4 and + = 1, then what is x + y
2 3 x y
1 1 4 7
(a) (b) (c) (d) equal to? e 2013 II
15 5 15 15
(a) 11 (b) 10 (c) 9 (d) 8
50. If 3x + y = 81 and 81x − y = 3, then what is the value
60. If x + y = 5, y + z = 10 and z + x = 15, then which
of x? e 2012 I
17 17 17 15 one of the following is correct? e 2014 I
(a) (b) (c) (d)
16 8 4 4 (a) z > x > y (b) z > y > x (c) x > y > z (d) x > z > y
a b x a b 61. The present age of Ravi’s father is 4 times Ravi’s
51. If − = and + = x − y, then what is the
b a y b a present age. 5 yr back, Ravi’s father was seven
value of x ? e 2013 I
times as old as Ravi was at that time. What is
a+ b a+ b a−b the present age of Ravi’s father? e 2014 I
(a) (b) (c) (d) None of these
a b a (a) 84 yr (b) 70 yr (c) 40 yr (d) 35 yr
52. The system of equations 3x + y − 4 = 0 and 62. The sum of two positive number x and y is 2.5
6x + 2 y − 8 = 0 has e 2013 I times their difference. If the product of numbers
(a) a unique solution x = 1, y = 1 is 84, then what is the sum of those two
(b) a unique solution x = 0 , y = 4 numbers? e 2014 I
(c) no solution (a) 26 (b) 24 (c) 22 (d) 20
(d) infinite solutions 63. Two chairs and one table cost ` 700 and one
53. The sum of two numbers is 7 and the sum of chair and Two tables cost ` 800. If cost m tables
their squares is 25. The product of the two and m chairs is ` 30000, then what is m equal
numbers is e 2013 I to? e 2014 I
(a) 6 (b) 10 (c) 12 (d) 15 (a) 60 (b) 55 (c) 50 (d) 45
Directions (Q. Nos. 54-55) A number consists of two 64. A certain number of two digits is three times the
sum of its digits. If 45 is added to the number,
digits whose sum is 10. If the digits of the number
then the digits will be reversed. What is the sum
are reversed, then the number is decreased by 36.
of the squares of the two digits of the number?
54. Which of the following is/are correct? (a) 41 (b) 45 e 2014 II
I. The number is divisible by a composite number. (c) 53 (d) 64
II. The number is a multiple of a prime number. 65. A student was asked to multiply a number by 25.
Select the correct answer using the codes given He instead multiplied the number by 52 and got
below e 2013 I the answer 324 more than the correct answer.
(a) Only I (b) Only II The number to be multiplied was e 2015 I
(c) Both I and II (d) Neither I nor II (a) 12 (b) 15 (c) 25 (d) 32
67. A number consists of two digits, whose sum is 7. 70. There are three brothers. The sums of ages of
If the digits are reversed, the number is increased two of them at a time are 4 yr, 6 yr and 8 yr.
by 27. The product of digits of the number is The age difference between the eldest and the
e 2015 II youngest is e 2016 I
(a) 6 (b) 8 (c) 10 (d) 12 (a) 3 yr (b) 4 yr (c) 5 yr (d) 6 yr
p q q p x 71. The annual incomes of two persons are in the
68. If + = m and + = n, then what is equal
x y x y y ratio 9 : 7 and their expenses are in the ratio
to? e 2016 I 4 : 3. If each of them saves ` 2000 per year, then
np + mq np + mq what is the difference in their annual incomes?
(a) (b)
mp + nq mp − nq e 2016 I
np − mq np − mq (a) ` 4000 (b) ` 4500 (c) ` 5000 (d) ` 5500
(c) (d)
mp − nq mp + nq
72. Let a two digits number be k times the sum of its
69. The value of k, for which the system of equations digits. If the number formed by interchanging
3x − ky − 20 = 0 and 6x − 10 y + 40 = 0 has no the digits is m times the sum of the digits, then
solution, is e 2016 I the value of m is e 2016 I
(a) 10 (b) 6 (c) 5 (d) 3 (a) 9 − k (b) 10 − k (c) 11 − k (d) k − 1
ANSWERS
1 a 2 d 3 b 4 d 5 a 6 c 7 c 8 b 9 b 10 d
11 b 12 c 13 a 14 b 15 c 16 b 17 a 18 a 19 c 20 c
21 d 22 a 23 b 24 c 25 a 26 a 27 c 28 b 29 c 30 c
31 d 32 c 33 b 34 a 35 d 36 b 37 c 38 b 39 b 40 c
41 d 42 a 43 d 44 b 45 a 46 b 47 a 48 c 49 c 50 b
51 d 52 d 53 c 54 b 55 a 56 a 57 b 58 d 59 b 60 a
61 c 62 d 63 a 64 c 65 a 66 b 67 c 68 c 69 c 70 b
71 a 72 c
On subtracting, Eq. (iv) from Eq. (iii), a 2 b1 −k c 4 On subtracting Eq. (i) from Eq. (iii), we
we get Now, 1 = , = and 1 = get
a 3 b 2 c 6
( 10x + 20 y ) − ( 10x + 5 y ) = 16 − 7
2 2 2 ( x + 5 y ) − ( x + y ) = 45 − 17
Since, the system has infinitely many 28
⇒ 15 y = 9 ⇒ y =
9
⇒y=
3 ⇒ 4 y = 28 ⇒ y = =7
solutions 4
15 5
1 = 1 = 1, 2 = − k = 2 ∴ Number of 10 paise coins
a b c
On putting the value of y in Eq (i), we
get a
2
b
2
c 3
2
2 3 = x = 17 − y = 17 − 7 = 10
8 6 8 −4
x + 2y = , x + = ⇒ − 3k = 4 ⇒ k = 16. (b) Given,
5 5 5 3
8 6 2 3x − y + 1 2x + y + 2 3x + 2 y + 1
⇒ x= − = 12. (c) Given equations are, = =
5 5 5 3 5 6
αx + 3 y = α − 3 and 12x + αy = α ( I) ( II) ( III)
6. (c) A pair of linear equations in two
Here, a = α, b = 3, c = α − 3 Taking Ist and IInd terms,
variables has a unique solution if their 1 1 1
graphs intersect in one point. a = 12, b = α, c = α 5(3x − y + 1) = 3( 2x + y + 2)
2 2 1
a 6 2 b 5 2 Since, system has unique solution, ⇒ 9x − 8 y = 1 …(i)
7. (c) Here, 1 = = , 1 = = a b
1 ≠ 1 ⇒ α 3 Taking IInd and IIIrd terms
a 9 3 b
2
15 / 2 3
2 So, ≠
c a b c a b 12 α 6 ( 2x + y + 2) = 5(3x + 2 y + 1)
11 2 2
and 1 = ⇒ 1 = 1 ≠ 1 ⇒ α 2 ≠ 36 ⇒ α≠± 6 ⇒ 3x + 4 y = 7 …(ii)
c 21 a b c
2 2 2 2
13. (a) I. 2x + 3 y = 425, 3x + 2 y = 350 On solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get y = 1
So, the system has no solution. and x = 1
Solving both the equations, we get
8. (b) Let the numbers be x and 2490 − x. x = 40 and y = 115.
65
. 13x 17. (a) Given, 3x − 5 y = −10
6.5% of x = ×x= II. When k = −2
100 200 At Y-axis, x = 0
1 = 1, 1 = 2 = 1, 1 = −2
.
85 a b c 10
8.5% of ( 2490 − x) = ( 2490 − x) ⇒ 0 − 5 y = −10 ⇒ y = =2
100 a 3 b 6 3 c 5 5
2 2 2
17 a b c So, the point on Y-axis is (0, 2).
= ( 2490 − x) Q 1 = 1 ≠ 1
200 a b c 18. (a) Given, px + q = 0 and rx + s = 0
13x 17( 2490 − x) 2 2 2
−q −s
By given condition, = Hence, the given equations have no ⇒ x= and x =
200 200 solution. p r
⇒ 13x = 17( 2490 − x) −q −s
III. (2, 5) is not a solution of So, = ⇒ ps = qr
⇒ 13x + 17x = 42330 2x + 5 y = 13 as p r
42330
⇒ x= = 1411 2( 2) + 5( 5) = 4 + 25 = 29 ≠ 13. 19. (c) Let the speed of the streamer in still
30
Hence, only I is correct. water = x km/h
∴ Second number = ( 2490 − x)
then speed of streamer downstream
= 2490 − 1411 = 1079 14. (b) Let cost of one horse and one cow be
`x and `y, respectively. = ( x + 2) km/h
9. (b) As this is the case of unique solution speed of streamer upstream
a b Condition I x + 2 y = 680 ...(i)
1 ≠ 1 , so the graph of the equations
= ( x − 2) km/h
a
2
b Condition II x = y + 80
2
Distance travelled by streamer
will intersect at one point. ⇒ x − y = 80 ...(ii)
downstream in 4h
On subtracting Eq. (ii) from Eq. (i), we
10. (d) Given equations are, = 4 ( x + 2) km
get
4x + 6 y = 11 and 2x + ky = 7 ( x + 2 y) − ( x − y ) = 680 − 80 [Q distance = time × speed]
Here, a = 4, b = 6, c = 11 ⇒ 3 y = 600 and distance travelled by streamer
1 1 1
and a = 2, b = k , c = 7 ∴ y = 200 upstream in 5 h = 5( x − 2)
2 2 2
a 4 b 6 c 11 On putting y = 200 in Eq. (i), we get So, 4 ( x + 2) = 5 ( x − 2)
Here, 1= , 1 = and 1 =
a 2 b k c 7 x + 2 × 200 = 680 ⇒ 4x + 8 = 5x − 10
2 2 2
Since, system is inconsistent, so ⇒ x + 400 = 680 ⇒ x = 680 − 400 Hence, x = 18 km/h is the speed of
a b c ∴ x = 280 streamer in still water.
1 = 1 ≠ 1 ⇒ 4 = 6
a b c 2 k Hence, the cost of one horse is ` 280. 20. (c) Given, 0.4x + 03
. y = 17
. and
2 2 2
0.7x − 0.2 y = 0.8
⇒ 4k = 12 ⇒ k = 3 15. (c) Let number of 10 paise coins be x and
Hence, the value of k is 3. number of 50 paise coins be y. On multiplying above equation by 10,
we get
11. (b) Given equations are, According to the questions,
x + y = 17 4x + 3 y = 17 ...(i)
2x − ky = 4 and 3x + 2 y = 6 Then, …(i)
and 7x − 2 y = 8 ...(ii)
Here, a = 2, b = − k, c = 4 and 10x + 50 y = 450 …(ii)
1 1 1
and a = 3, b = 2, c = 6 On multiplying Eq. (i) by 2 and Eq. (ii)
From Eq. (ii), x + 5 y = 45 …(iii)
2 2 2 by 3, we get
156 CDS Pathfinder
8x + 6 y = 34 ...(iii) 24. (c) Set I 2x − y = 0 and 6x − 3 y = 0 27. (c) Let the length of rectangle be x m
and 21x − 6 y = 24 ...(iv) Here, a = 2, b = − 1 and breadth be y m.
1 1
On adding Eqs. (iii) and (iv), we get and a = 6 , b = −3 ∴ Original area of rectangle = xy
2 2
(8x + 6 y ) + ( 21x − 6 y ) = 34 + 24 a
1 = 2 = 1 ⇒
b
1 = 1
Case I Length = ( x + 7) m and breadth
⇒
⇒ 29x = 58 a 6 3 b 3 = ( y − 3) m
∴ x=2 2 2
∴ New area of rectangle
a b
On putting x = 2 in Eq. (i), we get ∴ 1 = 1
a b = ( x + 7) ( y − 3)
8 + 3 y = 17 ⇒ y = 3 2 2
Given, xy = xy − 3x + 7 y − 21
Hence, x = 2 and y = 3 is the required So, system of equations have infinitely
⇒ 3x − 7 y = − 21 …(i)
solution. many solutions.
21. (d) Given, 2x − 3 y = 0 Case II Length = ( x − 7)
Set II 3x − 4 y = 0 and 12x − 20 y = 0
7x + 2y = 0 and Breadth = ( y + 5)
and Here, a = 3, b = − 4
Here, a = 2, b = − 3
1 1
∴ New area of rectangle
1 1 and a = 12, b = − 20
2 2 = ( x − 7) ( y + 5)
a = 7 and b = 2 a b −4
2 2
∴ 1 =
3
=
1
⇒ =
1 =
1 Given, xy = xy + 5x − 7 y − 35
As the equations are homogeneous a 12 4 b −20 5
equations and also 2 2 ⇒ 5x − 7 y = 35 …(ii)
a b 1 1 On subtracting Eq. (ii) from Eq. (i), we
1 ≠ 1 . So, equation has one solution, Here ≠
4 5 get
a b 3x − 7 y = − 21
2 2 So, system of equatons has unique
∴ x = y = 0 ⇒x+ y = 0 solution. 5x − 7 y = 35
Hence, the value of x + y is zero. x
25. (a) Let the fraction be . – + −
22. (a) Let the starting salary be ` x and y − 2x = − 56
x+ 1 4
annual increment be ` y.
Condition I = ∴ x = 28 m
By given condition, x + 4 y = 1500 ...(i) y+ 1 5 On putting x = 28 in Eq. (ii), we get
and x + 10 y = 1800 ...(ii) 5 × 28 − 7 y = 35 ⇒ − 7 y = 35 − 140
⇒ 5( x + 1) = 4 ( y + 1)
On subtructing Eq. (i) from Eq. (ii), we
⇒ 5x − 4 y = − 1 …(i) ∴ y = 15
get ∴ Area of rectangle
x −5 1
6 y = 300 ⇒ y = 50 Condition II =
y −5 2 = xy = 15 × 28 = 420 m 2
On putting y = 50 in Eq. (i), we get x+ y
⇒ 2( x − 5) = ( y − 5) 28. (b) Given, 2 = 8 , 2x − y
= 8
x + 200 = 1500 ⇒ 2x − y = 5 x+ y x− y
…(ii) or 2 = 2 2, 2 =2 2
∴ x = ` 1300 x+ y x− y
On multiplying Eq. (ii) by 4 and or 2 =2 3/2
,2 = 23 / 2
1 1
23. (b) Put = A and =B subtracting from Eq. (i), we get On comparing both sides, we get
x+ y x− y
5x − 4 y = − 1 x+ y =
3
...(i)
⇒ 44 A + 30 B = 10 ...(i) 8x − 4 y = 20 2
and 55A + 40B = 13 ...(ii) − + − 3
and x − y = ...(ii)
On multiplying Eq. (i) by 4 and Eq. (ii) −3 x = − 21 2
by 3 and subtracting, we get ∴ x=7 On adding Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get 2x = 3
176 A + 120B = 40 Put the value of x in Eq. (i), 3
⇒ x=
⇒ 35 − 4 y = − 1 ⇒ y = 9 2
165 A + 120B = 39 3
− − − 7 Hence, the value of x is .
Hence, the fraction is .
11A =1 9 2
⇒ A = 1 / 11 ⇒ x + y = 11 ...(iii) 26. (a) Given equations are, 29. (c) Let A has x mangoes and B has y
On putting the value of A in Eq. (i), we 3x + 4 y = 6 ...(i) mangoes.
get and 6x + 8 y = k ...(ii) Case I x + 30 = 2 ( y − 30)
4 + 30 B = 10 ⇒ 30B = 6 Here, a = 3, b = 4, c = b ⇒ x + 30 = 2 y − 60
1 1 1
1 a = 6, b = 8, c = k
∴ B = , x− y =5 ...(iv) 2 2 2 x − 2 y = − 90 …(i)
5 Since the system of equations represents Case II ( y + 10) = 3 ( x − 10)
On adding Eqs. (iii) and (iv), we get concident line
y = 3x − 30 − 10
2x = 16 a b c 3 4 6
∴ 1 = 1 = 1, i.e. = = 3x − y = 40 …(ii)
∴ x=8 a
2
b
2
c
2
6 8 k
On putting x = 8 in Eq. (iii), we get 48 On solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
⇒ 4k = 6 × 8 ⇒ k = = 12
8 + y = 11 ⇒ y = 3 4 x = 34, y = 62
Hence, x = 8 and y = 3. Hence, the value of k is 12. So, A has 34 mangoes.
MATHEMATICS Linear Equations 157
30. (c) Let number of students in room A be 35. (d) Given, 2a + 3b = 17 41. (d) Since, given system of equations
x and in room B be y. and 2a + 2
− 3b +1
=5 x + 2 y − 3 = 0 and 5x + ky + 7 = 0 has
So, by given condition no solution.
⇒ 2a × 22 − 3b × 31 = 5
x − 10 = y + 10 ⇒ x − y = 20 …(i) a b c
⇒ 4 ⋅ 2a − 3 ⋅ 3b = 5 Then, 1 = 1 ≠ 1
46. (b) Let the share of Rajesh be R, Sonal 52. (d) Given equations are, ⇒ 9x + 6 y = 5700 …(ii)
be S and Chetan be C, respectively. 3x + y = 4 …(i) On subtracting Eq. (ii) from Eq. (i), we
According to question, 2R = 3S = 5C 6x + 2 y = 8 …(ii) get
also, 6 R + 6S = 150 Here, a = 3 , b = 1 and c = 4 ( 10x + 6 y ) − ( 9x + 6 y ) = 6200 − 5700
1 1 1
3 a = 6 , b = 2 and c = 8
⇒ × 6 S + 6 S = 150 and
2 2 2 ⇒ x = 500
2 a b c
Q 1 = 1 = 1 = 1 ∴ x = `500
⇒ 9S + 6S = 150 ⇒ S = 10 a b c 2
3 3 2 2 2 From Eq. (i), 5000 + 6 y = 6200
∴ C = S = × 10 = ` 6.
5 5 So, the system of equations has ⇒ 6 y = 1200 ⇒ y = ` 200
infinitely many solutions.
47. (a) R + C + S = 155 ∴ Cost of 4 chairs and 5 tables
2 2 53. (c) Let the two numbers be x and y,
R + R + R = 155 = 4x + 5 y = 4 × 500 + 5 × 200
5 3 respectively.
Given, sum of two numbers = 7 = 2000 + 1000 = `3000
15R + 6R + 10R
= 155 ⇒ R = ` 75 ⇒ x+ y =7 …(i) 57. (b) Let bus starts with x number of
15
48. (c) The graph of ax + by = c, and sum of their squares = 25 passengers.
dx + ey = f will be coincident, if the ⇒ x2 + y 2 = 25 …(ii) After 1st stoppage, number of passengers
system has infinite number of solutions. Now, we have x 5x − x + 200
= x − + 40 =
So, statement II is false. ( x + y ) 2 = ( x 2 + y 2 ) + 2 xy 5 5
4x + 200
Thus, statements I and III are correct. ⇒ ( x + y ) 2 − ( x 2 + y 2 ) = 2 xy =
5
49. (c) Let the two numbers be x and y, 1
⇒ xy = [( x + y )2 − ( x2 + y 2 )] After 2nd stoppage, number of passengers
respectively. According to the question, 2 4x + 200 4x + 200
x + y = 20 …(i) 1 − + 30
= [( 7)2 − ( 25)] 5 5×2
and xy = 75 …(ii) 2 According to question,
1 1 y+x 20 4 4x + 200 4x + 200
⇒ + = = = [from Eqs. (i) and (ii)] ⇒ − + 30 = 70
x y xy 75 15 5 10
1 1
= ( 49 − 25) = × 24 = 12 4x + 200 1
[from Eqs. (i) and (ii)] 2 2 1 − + 30 = 70
50. (b) Given equations are, Hence, the product of the two numbers 5 2
4x + 200 1
3x+ y = 81 ⇒ 3x + y = 34 is 12. ⇒ × = 40
5 2
⇒ x+ y =4 …(i) Solutions (Q. Nos. 54-55) Let the digit in
⇒ 4x + 200 = 400 ⇒ 4x = 200
and 81x − y = 3 ⇒ (34 )x − y = 31 unit’s place by y and that in ten’s place
200
1 be x . ∴ x= = 50
⇒ x− y = …(ii) Then, the two-digit number is given by 4
4
10x + y. Hence, the number of passengers is 50.
On adding Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
17 17
Number obtain by reversing the order of 58. (d) We have,x + y − 7 = 0
⇒ 2x = ⇒ x= digit = 10 y + x ⇒ x+ y =7 …(i)
4 8
Now, by given condition, and 3x + y − 13 = 0
51. (d) Given equations are, x + y = 10 …(i) ⇒ 3x + y = 13 …(ii)
a b x
− = …(i) and ( x + 10 y ) + 36 = ( y + 10x) On subtracting Eq. (i) from Eq. (ii), we
b a y get
a b ⇒ − 9 y + 9x = 36
and + =x− y …(ii) 3x + y = 13
b a ⇒ x− y =4 ...(ii)
x+ y =7
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), On adding Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get − − −
a − bx − x 2x = 14, x = 7 2x = 6
a b x ∴ x=3
+ =x− = b a On putting the value of x in Eq. (i), we
b a a − b a b
− get On putting the value of x in Eq. (i), we
b a b a 7 + y = 10 ⇒ y = 3 get
3+ y =7 ⇒ y =4
⇒ + − = x − − 1
a b a b a b 54. (b) The required number is 73.
b a b a b a So, the number is a multiple of a prime Now, 4x2 + y 2 + 4xy = ( 2x + y )2
a 2
b
2
a − b − ab
2 2 number. = ( 2 × 3 + 4)2
⇒ 2 − 2 = x
b a ab 55. (a) Required product of two digits = ( 6 + 4)2
ab a −b
4 4
= 3 × 7 = 21 = 102 = 100
⇒ x= 2 ×
( a − b 2 − ab ) a 2 b 2 x y 3x + 2 y
56. (a) Let the cost of one chair and one 59. (b) Given, + = 4 ⇒ =4
(a − b )
4 4
1 table be ` x and ` y, respectively. 2 3 6
⇒ x= 2 ⋅ ⇒ 3x + 2 y = 24 …(i)
a − b 2 − ab ab By given condition,
2 3 2 y + 3x
( a − b )( a + b )( a 2 + b 2 ) 10x + 6 y = 6200 …(i) and + = 1⇒ =1
= x y xy
ab( a 2 − b 2 − ab ) and 3x + 2 y = 1900
⇒ 2 y + 3x = xy …(ii)
MATHEMATICS Linear Equations 159
p q q p
On comparing Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get 63. (a) Let the cost of one chair be ` x and 68. (c) Given, + = m and + = h
xy = 24 that of one table be ` y. x y x y
1 1
There are 8 possibilities for x and y, Then, 2x + y = 700 …(i) Let = u and = v
respectively. x y
and x + 2 y = 800 …(ii)
1 × 24 = 24 6 × 4 = 24 Then, pu + qv = m …(i)
On multiplying Eq. (ii) by 2 and
2 × 12 = 24, 8 × 3 = 24 and qu + pv = n …(ii)
subtracting from Eq. (i), we get
3 × 8 = 24, 12 × 2 = 24 2x + y = 700
On solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
4 × 6 = 24, 24 × 1 = 24 mp − nq mq − np
2x + 4 y = 1600 u= 2 and v = 2
On putting all the values of x and y in − − − p −q 2
q − p2
given equations we get that only x = 4 − 3 y = − 900 ⇒ y = 300 x 1 / u v −(mq − np )
and y = 6 satisfy the equations. ∴ = = =
On putting y = 300 in Eq. (ii), we get y 1/ v u mp − nq
∴ x + y = 4 + 6 = 10 np − mq
x + 2 × 300 = 800 =
60. (a) Given equations are, x = 800 − 600 = 200 mp − nq
x + y =5 …(i) Since, m chairs and m tables are to be 69. (c) Given equations are,
y + z = 10 …(ii) purchased for ` 30000.
z + x = 15 …(iii) 3x − ky − 20 = 0 …(i)
∴Cost of m table and m chairs = 30000
from Eq. (i), we have y = 5 − x 6x − 10 y + 40 = 0 …(ii)
put the value of x in Eq. (ii) , ∴ 200m + 300m = 30000
since, the given system has no solution
z + 5 − x = 10 30000
⇒ m= ⇒ m = 60 a b c
∴ 1 = 1 ≠ 1 ⇒ 3 = k ⇒k =5
⇒ z−x =5 …(iv) 500
a b c 6 10
Add Eq. (iv) and Eq. (iii) 64. (c) Let the two-digit number be 10x + y, 2 2 2
(z + x ) + (z − x ) = 15 + 5 Condition I 70. (b) Let the ages of three brothers be a, b
⇒ 2z = 20 ⇒ z = 10 According to the question, and c.
from Eq. (iii), we have 10 + x = 15 10x + y = 3( x + y )
⇒ x =5 Then, a + b = 4, b + c = 6
⇒ 10x + y − 3x − 3 y = 0
and hence y = 5 − x = 5 − 5 = 0 and c+ a =8
⇒ 7x − 2 y = 0 …(i)
∴ correct sequence is z > x > y Condition II On solving these three equations, we get
⇒ 10x + y + 45 − 10 y − x = 0 a = 3, b = 1 and c = 5
61. (c) Let present age of Ravi be x yr.
⇒ 9x − 9 y + 45 = 0 ∴ Age difference between eldest and
∴ Present age of Ravi’s father = 4x yr
⇒ x − y = − 5 …(ii) youngest = 5 − 1 = 4 yr
Now, 5 yr ago, age of Ravi’s father
On solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get 71. (a) Let annual incomes of two persons
= ( 4x − 5) yr
x = 2 and y = 7 be 9x and 7x and expenses be 4 y and 3 y,
and age of Ravi = ( x − 5) yr respectively.
∴ Sum of the squares of digits
According to the question, Then, according to the question,
= ( 2)2 + ( 7)2 = 4 + 49 = 53
4x − 5 = 7( x − 5) 9x − 4 y = 2000 …(i)
⇒ 4x − 5 = 7x − 35 ⇒ 3x = 30 65. (a) Let x be the required number.
and 7x − 3 y = 2000 …(ii)
∴ x = 10 ∴ 52x − 25x = 324
324 From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
∴ Present age of Ravi = x = 10 yr ⇒ 27x = 324 ⇒ x = = 12
27 9x − 4 y = 7x − 3 y ⇒ y = 2x
Present age of Ravi’s father On putting the value of y in Eq. (i), we
Hence, the required number is 12.
= 4x = 4 × 10 = 40 yr get
66. (b) Let a tin of oil contain x bottles of 9x − 8x = 2000 ⇒ x = ` 2000
62. (d) Let the two positive numbers be x oil.
and y, respectively. According to the ∴ Difference between their annual
According to the question, incomes = 9x − 7x = 2 x = ` 4000
question,
4 6 4 3 4 3 6 4
( x + y ) = 25
. (x − y) − + = ⇒ − = − 72. (c) Let the unit’s place number be y and
5 x x 4 5 4 x x
⇒ x + y = 25
. x − 25
. y 1 2
ten’s place number be x.
x 7 7 ⇒ = ⇒ x = 40 Then, number = 10x + y
⇒ 35
. y = 15
. x ⇒ = or x = y 20 x
y 3 3 Now, after interchanging the digits,
∴ A tin contains 40 bottles of oil.
Now, product of numbers xy = 84 New number = 10 y + x and sum of
67. (c) Let the number be 10x + y .
7 84 × 3 digits = x + y
⇒ y × y = 84 ⇒ y 2 = We have, x + y = 7 …(i)
3 7 According to the question,
and 10 y + x = 10x + y + 27
⇒ y = 12 × 3
2 10x + y = k( x + y ) …(i)
⇒ 9 y − 9x = 27 ⇒ y − x = 3 …(ii)
7 and 10 y + x = m( x + y ) …(ii)
∴ y =6⇒ x = × 6 = 14 Solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get y = 5
3 and x = 2 On adding Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
∴ Sum of numbers = x + y ∴ Number is 25. 11 ( x + y ) = ( k + m ) ( x + y )
= 14 + 6 = 20 Product of number = 2 × 5 = 10 ⇒ k + m = 11 ⇒ m = 11 − k
18
160 CDS Pathfinder
QUADRATIC EQUATIONS
AND INEQUALITIES
Regularly (9-10) questions have been asked from this chapter. Questions from this section
generally focus on finding roots of quadratic equation and their factorisation.
QUADRATIC EQUATION
A quadratic equation is an equation whose degree is 2, meaning that the highest exponent of variable is 2.
The general form of a quadratic equation is ax 2 + bx + c = 0, where a, b and c are real numbers and a ≠ 0.
e.g. 2x 2 + 3x + 5 = 0, x 2 + x + 1 = 0 and 5x 2 + 6x + 8 = 0 are all quadratic equations.
3
Formation of a Quadratic Equation EXAMPLE 11. Solve 2x − = 5. Then, the value of x is
x
If α, β are the roots of a quadratic equation, then the
a. 1/3, −3 b. 1/2, −3 c. −1/2, 3 d. 1/2, 4
equation is ( x − α )( x − β ) = 0 ⇒ x 2 − (α + β ) x + αβ = 0
3
Sol. c. Here, 2x − = 5 ...(i)
i.e. x 2 − (sum of the roots) x + product of the roots = 0 x
On multiplying Eq. (i) by x ⇒ 2x − 3 = 5x
2
• Pick a number from each interval and test it in the Take x = − 4, Take x = −2 , Take x = 0
original inequality. ⇒ ( −4) 2 + 4( −4) + 3 > 0,
• If the inequality holds true for the choosen point. then ( −2) 2 + 4( −2) + 3 < 0, 02 + 4(0) + 3 > 0
that interval is the solution of the given quadratic + – +
inequality.
–3 –1
Note (i) If the quadratic equation does not have real roots, then the So, the intervals which satisfy the given equation are
quadratic expression is always positive (or always negative) (− ∞ , − 3] and [−1, ∞)
depending on the sign of a meaning that the solution set will
either be empty or the entire real number line. i.e. x ≤ −3 and x ≥ −1
e.g. 15x 2 − 18x + 7 > 0 has no real roots as EXAMPLE 23. The real values of x which satisfy
D = b 2 − 4ac = 64 − 420 < 0 . Since a > 0, so the
expression is always positive and hence the solution set x 2 − 4x + 3 ≥ 0 and x 2 − 3x − 4 ≤ 0 is
will be the entire real number line. a. ( −1, 1) ∪ ( 3, 4) b. [ −1, 1] ∩ [ 3, 4]
(ii) When the inequality has an additional ‘=’ sign ( ≥ or ≤), use c. [ −1, 1] ∪ [ 3, 4] d. ( −1, 1) ∪ [ 3, 4]
closed intervals like [a, b] to indicate that the two end points
are also included in the solution set. If the inequality is strict Sol. c. Given, x − 4x + 3 ≥ 0
2
(>or<), use open intervals like (a, b) as end points are not
included. ⇒ x2 − 4x + 3 = 0 ⇒ ( x − 1)( x − 3) = 0 ⇒ x = 1, 3
+ – +
EXAMPLE 22. The solution of the inequality
1 3
x 2 + 4x + 3 ≥ 0 is ⇒ x ∈ ( −∞ , 1] or x ∈[ 3, ∞). ⇒ x ∈ ( − ∞ 1] ∪ [ 3, ∞).
a. x < − 3 and x > − 1 b. x ≤ − 3 and x ≥ − 1 Again, x2 − 3x − 4 ≤ 0 ⇒ x2 − 3x − 4 = 0
c. x < − 3 and x ≥ − 1 d. x ≤ − 3 or x > − 1 ⇒ ( x + 1)( x − 4) = 0 ⇒ x = −1, 4
+ – +
Sol. b. We have, x2 + 4x + 3 ≥ 0
Change the inequality to equality sign and solve –1 4
x2 + 4x + 3 = 0 ⇒ x2 + 3x + x + 3 = 0 ⇒ x ∈[ −1, 4]
∴ Solution set is
⇒ x ( x + 3) + ( x + 3) = 0 ⇒ ( x + 1)( x + 3) = 0 ⇒ x = −1, − 3.
x = ( − ∞ , 1] ∪ [ 3, ∞) ∩ [ −1, 4] = [ −1, 1] ∪ [ 3, 4]
Place the value of x on the number line to create
intervals.
PRACTICE EXERCISE
1. The quadratic equation has maximum 4+ 7
5. The quadratic equation whose roots are
(a) one root (b) two roots 2
(c) four roots (d) three roots 4− 7
and is
2
2. The values of x in the equation (a) 4x2 + 16x + 9 = 0 (b) 4x2 − 16x − 9 = 0
a 2b2x 2 − ( a 2 + b2 ) x + 1 = 0, a ≠ 0, b ≠ 0 is (c) 4x2 − 16x + 9 = 0 (d) 4x2 + 16x − 9 = 0
2 2
(a) 1/a (b) 1/b 6. If α and β are the roots of the equation
2 2
(c) 1/a , 1/b (d) None of these x 2 − 8x + p = 0 and α 2 + β 2 = 40, then p is equal to
(a) 12 (b) 10 (c) 9 (d) 11
3. The value of ‘a’ for which the equation
ax 2 − 2 5 x + 4 = 0 has equal roots is
7. If α and β are the roots of the equation
x 2 − 5x + 6 = 0, then the value of α 2 − β 2
(a) 5/4 (b) 4/5
(a) 5 (b) − 5 (c) ± 5 (d) ± 4
(c) − 5/ 4 (d) − 5/ 3
8. If α , β are the roots of the equation
4. If one root of 3x 2 = 8x + ( 2k + 1) is seven times the ax + bx + c = 0, then an equation whose roots are
2
other, then the value of k is 1 / α and 1 / β is
(a) 5/3 (b) − 5/ 3
(a) bx2 + ax + c = 0 (b) ax2 − bx + c = 0
(c) 2/3 (d) − 3/2
(c) cx + ax + b = 0
2
(d) cx2 + bx + a = 0
168 CDS Pathfinder
9. If α , β are the roots of a quadratic equation such 19. Sum of roots is − 1 and sum of their reciprocals is
that α + β = 24 and α − β = 8, then the equation is 1/6, then equation is
(a) x2 − 24x − 128 = 0 (b) x2 + 24x + 128 = 0 (a) x2 − 6x + 1 = 0 (b) x2 − x + 6 = 0
(c) x + 24x − 128 = 0
2
(d) None of these (c) 6x2 + x + 1 = 0 (d) x2 + x − 6 = 0
10. Which one of the following is the equation whose 20. If sum of the roots of the equation
roots are respectively three times the roots of the ax 2 + bx + c = 0 is equal to the sum of their squares,
equation ax 2 + bx + c = 0? then which one of the following is correct?
(a) ax2 + bx + c = 0 (b) ax2 + 3bx + 9c = 0 (a) a2 + b 2 = c 2 (b) a2 + b 2 = a + b
(c) ax − 3bx + 9c = 0
2
(d) ax + bx + 3c = 0
2
(c) 2 ac = ab + b 2 (d) 2c + b = 0
11. How many real values of x satisfy the equation 21. If the roots of x 2 − lx + m = 0 differ by 1, then
x 2/ 3 + x1/ 3 − 2 = 0?
(a) l 2 = 4m − 1 (b) l 2 = 4m + 2
(a) only one value (b) two values
(c) three values (d) No value (c) l = 4m2 + 1 (d) l 2 = 4m + 1
12. If α , β are the roots of the quadratic equation 22. If α, β arethe roots of the equation
2x − 4x + 1 = 0.
2 1
Then, the value of x − (1 + a ) x + (1 + a 2+ a 4 ) = 0, then α 2 + β 2 is
2 2
1 1 2
+ is equal to equal to
α + 2β β + 2α
12 17 11 13 (a) a4 + a2 (b) a2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
17 12 17 17 (c) (a2 + a4 )2 (d) None of these
x +2 −x 1 1 1
13. Solve the equation 2 +2 = 5 and find the 23. If the roots of + = are equal in
roots of the equation. x+ p x+q r
(a) {0, 2} (b) {−2, 0} (c) {0, 1} (d) {−1, 0} magnitude and opposite in sign, then product of
14. If α and β are roots of the equation x 2 + p = 0 roots is
1 2 p2 + q 2
where p is a prime, then which equation has the (a) − (p + q2) (b)
2 2
roots 1/α and 1/β? p+q 1
1 1 1 1 (c) (d) ( p + q )2
(a) − = 0 (b) px2 + 1 = 0 (c) px2 − 1 = 0 (d) 2 + = 0 2 2
x2 p x p
24. If α , β are the roots of 3x 2 + 2x + 1 = 0, then the
15. The roots of the equation x 2 + px + q = 0 are 1 1−α 1−β
equation whose roots are and is
and 2. The roots of the equation qx 2 − px + 1 = 0 1+α 1+β
must be (a) x2 + 2 x + 3 = 0 (b) x2 − 2 x + 3 = 0
−1 1
(a) and 1 (b) and 1 (c) x + 2 x − 3 = 0
2
(d) x2 − 2 x − 3 = 0
2 2
−1 25. If one root of px 2 + qx + r = 0 is double of the
(c) and − 1 (d) None of these
2
other root, then which one of the following is
16. Which one of the following is the quadratic correct?
equation whose roots are reciprocal to the roots (a) 2 q 2 = 9 pr (b) 2 q 2 = 9 p (c) 4q 2 = 9 r (d) 9q 2 = 2 pr
of the quadratic equation 2x 2 − 3x − 4 = 0 ?
(a) 3x2 − 2 x − 4 = 0 (b) 4x2 + 3x − 2 = 0 26. If the roots of the equation x 2 + x + 1 = 0 are in
(c) 3x2 − 4x − 2 = 0 (d) 4x2 − 2 x − 3 = 0
the ratio m : n, then
m n
(a) + + 1= 0 (b) m+ n + 1= 0
17. The value of x satisfying the equation n m
x + 4 = x − 2 is (c)
m n
+ + 1= 0 (d) m + n + 1 = 0
n m
(a) 0, 5 (b) 0, 4
(c) 5 (d) None of these 27. What is one of the value of x in the equation
18. If the roots of the quadratic equation x 1 − x 13
+ = ?
px + qx + r = 0 are reciprocal to each other, then
2
1− x x 6
(a) q = r (b) p = r (a)
5
(b)
7
(c)
9
(d)
11
(c) q divides r (d) p divides q 13 13 13 3
MATHEMATICS Quadratic Equations and Inequalities 169
28. What are the roots of the equation 40. The solution of the equation
−1 −1 −1 −1
(a + b + x) =a +b +x ? x 2 − 16 − ( x − 4) = x 2 − 5x + 4 is
(a) a, b (b) − a, b (c) a, − b (d) − a, − b
(a) 4, 5, − (b) {4, 5} (d) 5, −
13 13
(c) {4}
29. The number of roots of the quadratic equation 3 3
8 sec2 φ − 6 sec φ + 1 = 0 is 41. If sinθ and cosθ are the roots of the equation
(a) n (b) 2 (c) 0 (d) No solution ax 2 − bx + c = 0, then which one of the following
2
− 7x + 7
30. The number of real roots of 32x = 9 is is correct?
(a) 3 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) 4 (a) a2 + b 2 + 2 ac = 0 (b) a2 − b 2 + 2 ac = 0
(c) a2 + c 2 + 2 ab = 0 (d) a2 − b 2 − 2 ac = 0
31. If x = 2 + 2, then
(a) x2 + 4x + 2 = 0 (b) x2 − 2 x − 2 = 0 42. The equation (1 + n 2 ) x 2 + 2ncx + ( c2 − a 2 ) = 0 will
(c) x2 − 4x + 2 = 0 (d) x2 − 4x − 2 = 0 have equal roots, if
(a) c 2 = 1 + a2 (b) c 2 = 1 − a2
x 2 − bx (c) c 2 = 1 + n2 + a2 (d) c 2 = (1 + n2 ) a2
32. For what value of k will the equation
ax − c
k−1 43. What is the condition that the equation
= have roots reciprocal to each other?
k+1 ax 2 + bx + c = 0, where a ≠ 0 has both the roots
1+ c c+1 b+c
(a) (b) (c) a − c (d) positive?
1− c c −1 c −1
(a) a, b and c are of same sign
33. If ‘α’ and ‘β’ be the roots of ax 2 − bx + b = 0, the (b) a and b are of same sign
(c) b and c have the same sign opposite to that of a
α β
value of + is (d) a and c have the same sign opposite to that of b
β α
44. The equation whose roots are twice the roots of
(a) a / b (b) b/ a (c) a/ b (d) − a / b
the equation x 2 − 2x + 4 = 0 is
34. If the equations 2x − 7x + 3 = 0 and
2
(a) x2 − 2 x + 4 = 0 (b) x2 − 2 x + 16 = 0
4x 2 + ax − 3 = 0 have a common root, then what (c) x2 − 4x + 8 = 0 (d) x2 − 4x + 16 = 0
is the value of a?
(a) − 11 or 4 (b) − 11 or − 4 (c) 11 or − 4 (d) 11 or 4 45. If α and β are the roots of the equation
35. If the roots of x + bx + c = 0 be α and β and those
2 x 2 + px + q = 0, then − α −1 , − β −1 are the roots of
of x 2 + px + q = 0 be k α and k β, then which one of the following equations?
(a) cb 2 = qp2 (b) qc 2 = b 2 p2 (a) qx2 − px + 1 = 0 (b) q 2
+ px + 1 = 0
(c) qb 2 = cp2 (d) None of these (c) x2 + px − q = 0 (d) x2 − px + q = 0
36. If − 4 is a root of the equation x 2 + px − 4 = 0 and 46. If one root of the equation ax 2 + x − 3 = 0 is − 1,
the equation x 2 + px + q = 0 has equal roots, then then what is the other root?
the values of p and q are, respectively 1 1 3
(a) (b) (c) (d) 1
9 9 9 4 2 4
(a) − 3 and (b) 3 and (c) and 3 (d) 4 and 3
4 4 4 47. If the equation ( a 2 + b2 ) x 2 − 2 ( ac + bd ) x
37. If α , β are the roots of 2x − 6x + 3 = 0, then the
2
+ ( c + d 2 ) = 0 has equal roots, then which one of
2
50. If α and β are the roots of the equation 61. An equation equivalent to the quadratic
x 2 − x − 1 = 0, then what is the value of (α 4 + β 4 )? equation x 2 − 6x + 5 = 0 is
(a) 7 (b) 0 (a) x2 − 5x + 6 = 0 (b) 5x2 − 6x + 1 = 0
(c) 2 (d) None of these (c) | x − 3| = 2 (d) 6x2 − 5x + 1 = 0
10
51. When the roots of the quadratic equation 62. If the sum of a number and its reciprocal is ,
ax + bx + c = 0 are negative and reciprocals of each
2
then the numbers are 3
1 1 1 1
other, then which one of the following is correct? (a) 3, (b) 3, − (c) −3, (d) −3, −
(a) b = 0 (b) c = 0 (c) a = c (d) a = − c 3 3 3 3
52. If sum as well as product of roots of a quadratic 63. Divide 16 into two parts such that the twice of
the square of the greater part exceeds, the
equation is 9, then what is the equation?
square of the smaller part by 164. Then, the
(a) x + 9x − 18 = 0
2
(b) x − 18x + 9 = 0
2
greater part is
(c) x + 9x + 9 = 0
2
(d) x2 − 9x + 9 = 0 (a) 58 (b) 10 (c) 6 (d) 15
53. What are the roots of the equation 64. The number of straight lines that can connect
log10( x − 6x + 45) = 2 ?
2 x ( x − 1)
‘x’ points is given by the equation y = .
2
(a) 9, − 5 (b) − 9, 5 (c) 11, − 5 (d) − 11, 5
How many points does a figure have if only 15
1 1 lines can be drawn connecting them?
54. The sum of the roots of the equation +
x+a x+ b (a) 15 (b) 10 (c) 6 (d) 5
1
= is zero. What is the product of the roots of the 65. The two successive natural numbers whose
c squares have sum 221 are
equation? (a) 10 and 11 (b) 11 and 12
(a + b) (a + b) (c) − 10 and − 11
(a) − (b) (d) None of these
2 2
( a2 + b 2 ) ( a2 + b 2 ) 66. The two consecutive positive odd integers, the
(c) − (d) sum of whose squares is 130.
2 2
(a) − 7 and − 9 (b) 7 and 9
55. For what value of k, will the roots of the equation (c) 7 and 5 (d) 3 and − 5
kx 2 − 5x + 6 = 0 be in the ratio of 2 : 3?
67. The solution set of inequation 2x + 1 ≥ 7 is
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) − 1 (d) 2
(a) x ≥ 8 (b) x ≥ 3
56. What is the ratio of sum of squares of roots to the (c) x ≥ 6 (d) None of these
product of the roots of the equation
x−1
7x 2 + 12x + 18 = 0 ? 68. The values of x satisfying inequation ≥ 4 is
3
(a) 6 : 1 (b) 1 : 6 (c) − 6 : 1 (d) − 6 : 7
(a) x ≤ 13 (b) x ≥ 12 (c) x ≥ 13 (d) x = 13
x ( x − 1) − ( m + 1) x
57. If the roots of the equation = 69. The values of x satisfying 3x + 2 ≤ 5x − ( 4 − x ) is
( x − 1) ( m − 1) m
(a) x ≤ 2 (b) x ≥ 2
are equal, then what is the value of m ? (c) x = 2 (d) None of these
(a) 1 (b) 1 / 2 (c) 0 (d) − 1/2
70. The solution set of x for the inequations
−x
58. If 3 + 27( 3 ) = 12, then what is the value of x?
x
2x + 3 ≥ 8 and 3x + 1 ≤ 12 is
5 11 5 11
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 1, 2 (d) 0, 1 (a) < x≤ (b) < x<
2 3 2 3
59. What is the magnitude of difference of the roots of 5
(c ) ≤ x ≤
11 5
(d) ≥ x ≥
11
x 2 − ax + b = 0 ? 2 3 2 3
a2 − 4b b2 − 4 a 1 3 1
(a) (b) 71. The values of x satisfying x+ 4 ≥ ( x − 6)
2 5 3
(c) 2 a2 − 4b (d) b 2 − 4 ab are
(a) x ≥ 120 (b) x ≤ 120 (c) x ≤ 12 (d) x ≥ 12
60. What can be said about the roots of the equation
x 2 − x − 2 = 0? 72. 4x − 1 ≤ 0, then the solution set is
2
−1 1 −1 1
(a) both of them are integers (a) ≤ x≤ (b) < x<
2 2 2 2
(b) both of them are natural numbers
−1 1
(c) the latter of the two is negative (c) ≥ x≥ (d) None of these
2 2
(d) None of the above
MATHEMATICS Quadratic Equations and Inequalities 171
73. The shaded region, including the boundary in the Select the answer using the codes given below.
given graph, is exactly represented by (a) Only I (b) Only II
(c) Both I and II (d) Neither I nor II
Y
A (0, 6) 81. Consider the following statements
I. Every quadratic equation has atleast one real
root.
II. A quadratic equation with integral coefficients
has integral roots.
X´
O
X III. If the coefficient of x2 and the constant term of
B a quadratic equation have opposite signs, then
(4, 0)
the quadratic equation has real roots.
Y´
(a) 3x + 2 y ≤ 12, x < 0, y ≥ 0 (b) 3x + 2 y ≤ 12, x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 Which of the above statements is/are correct?
(c) 3x + 2 y < 12, x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 (d) 3x + 2 y > 12, x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 (a) Only I and II (b) Only II and III
(c) Only III (d) All of these
74. When is the expression x + 3x − 10 positive only?
2
x+
3y upwards from a rooftop, 80 m above the ground.
= It will reach a maximum vertical height and
3
X then fall back to the ground. The height of the ball
O
from the ground at time t is h which is given by,
(a) x+ y ≤ 2, x + 3 y ≥ 3, x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 h = −16t 2 + 64 t + 80 Now, answer the following
(b) x+ y ≥ 2, x + 3 y ≥ 3, x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0
questions based on the above information.
(c) x+ y ≥ 2, x + 3 y ≤ 3, x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0
(d) x+ y ≤ 2, x + 3 y ≤ 3, x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 84. What is the height reached by the ball after
1 sec?
79. If a + b = 2m , b + c = 6m, a + c = 2, where m is a
2
(a) 150 m (b) 128 m
real number and a ≤ b ≤ c, then which one of the (c) 64 m (d) None of these
following is correct?
(a) 0 ≤ m ≤ 1/2 (b) − 1 ≤ m ≤ 0 85. What is the maximum height reached by the
(c) 1/ 3 ≤ m ≤ 1 (d) 1 < m ≤ 2 ball?
(a) 110 m (b) 132 m
80. If α and β are the roots of the equation (c) 144 m (d) cannot be determined
( x 2 − 3x + 2 = 0), then which of the following
86. How long will it take before hitting the ground?
equation has the roots (α + 1) and (β + 1)? (a) 5 sec (b) 6 sec
I. x2 + 5x + 6 = 0 II. x2 − 5x − 6 = 0 (c) 3 sec (d) cannot say
172 CDS Pathfinder
ANSWERS
1 b 2 c 3 a 4 b 5 c 6 a 7 c 8 d 9 d 10 b
11 b 12 a 13 b 14 b 15 c 16 b 17 c 18 b 19 d 20 c
21 d 22 b 23 a 24 b 25 a 26 a 27 c 28 d 29 d 30 c
31 c 32 b 33 b 34 a 35 c 36 b 37 c 38 b 39 b 40 b
41 b 42 d 43 d 44 d 45 a 46 c 47 b 48 a 49 c 50 a
51 c 52 d 53 c 54 c 55 b 56 d 57 d 58 c 59 a 60 a
61 c 62 a 63 b 64 c 65 a 66 b 67 b 68 c 69 b 70 c
71 b 72 a 73 b 74 d 75 a 76 b 77 c 78 d 79 c 80 d
81 c 82 c 83 b 84 b 85 c 86 a 87 a 88 a 89 b 90 a
91 a 92 b 93 a 94 b 95 c 96 b 97 d 98 d 99 d 100 d
101 a 102 c 103 c 104 a 105 b 106 a 107 c 108 c 109 c 110 c
111 a 112 d 113 c 114 a 115 b 116 c 117 a 118 a 119 a 120 d
11. (b) Given equation is 15. (c) The equation is x2 + px + q = 0. By given condition,
x2 / 3 + x1 / 3 − 2 = 0 Sum of roots = − p = 1 + 2 α + β = α2 + β2
⇒ 1/3 2
(x ) + x 1/3
−2=0 ⇒ p = −3 ⇒ α+β = (α + β )2 − 2αβ
Let x1 / 3 = x Product of roots = q = 1 × 2 = 2 2
= − − 2
b b c
⇒ −
⇒ x2 + x − 2 = 0, ∴ Equation qx2 − px + 1 = 0 becomes a a a
It is a quadratic equation in x. 2x 2 − ( − 3) x + 1 = 0 −b b 2 2c
⇒ = − ⇒ − ba = b 2 − 2 ca
∴ Discriminant of x + x − 2 = 0 is
2
⇒ 2x 2 + 3x + 1 = 0 a a2 a
B − 4 AC = 1 − 4 ( 1) ( − 2) = 9 > 0
2 2
⇒ ( 2x + 1) ( x + 1) = 0 ⇒ 2 ac = b 2 + ab
Hence, two real values of x satisfy the
∴
1
x = − or x = − 1 21. (d) Here, roots are α and α + 1 .
given equation. 2 ∴ α + (α + 1) = l [sum of roots]
4 1 l −1
12. (a) Here, α + β = = 2, αβ = 16. (b) Given, 2x2 − 3x − 4 = 0 ⇒ 2α = l − 1 ⇒ α =
2 2 For getting a reciprocal roots, we replace 2
1 1 Also, α (α + 1) = m or α 2 + α = m
Now, + 1
x by , we get
α + 2β β + 2α 2
x
⇒ l − 1 + l − 1 = m
2
β + 2α + α + 2β 2 − 3 − 4 = 0
1 1 2 2
= x x
(α + 2 β ) (β + 2 α ) ⇒ ( l − 1) 2 + 2 ( l − 1) = 4m
2 3
⇒ − −4= 0 ⇒ l 2 − 1 = 4m ⇒ l 2 = 4 m + 1
3α + 3β x2 x
=
αβ + 2α 2 + 2β 2 + 4αβ 22. (b) Here, α + β = ( 1 + a 2 )
⇒ − 4x 2 − 3x + 2 = 0
1
⇒ 4x 2 + 3x − 2 = 0 and αβ = ( a 4 + a 2 + 1)
3(α + β ) 3( 2) 12
= = = 2
2 (α + β ) + αβ 2 ( 2) +
2
2 1 17 17. (c) As, x + 4 = x − 2 Q α 2 + β 2 = (α + β )2 − 2 αβ
2 On squaring both sides, we get = ( 1 + a 2 ) 2 − ( a 4 + a 2 + 1)
13. (b) Given equation is 2x + 2 + 2− x = 5 ( x + 4) = ( x − 2)2 = 1 + a 4 + 2a 2 − a 4 − a 2 − 1
1
⇒ 2x 22 + 2−x = 5 ⇒ 4 ⋅ 2x + x = 5 ⇒ x + 4 = x 2 + 4 − 4x ∴ α + β2 = a2
2
2 ⇒ x − 5x = 0 ⇒ x = 0 , x = 5
2
1 1 1 1
Put 2x = y, 4 y + = 5 23. (a) Here, + =
y But for x = 0, 0+ 4 = 0 − 2 x+ p x+ q r
4≠−2
⇒ 4y2 + 1 = 5y ⇒ 4y2 − 5y + 1 = 0 ⇒ r ( x + p + x + q) = ( x + p) ( x + q)
So, x = 5 is the only solution.
⇒ ( y − 1) ( 4 y − 1) = 0 ⇒ x2 + ( p + q − 2r ) x + pq
1
⇒ y − 1 = 0 or 4y − 1 = 0 18. (b) Let roots of equation be α and . − ( p + q) r = 0
α
⇒ y = 1 or 4y = 1 Let roots be α and ( − α ), then
∴ Product of roots
1 α + ( − α) = 0
⇒ y = 1, 1 Constant term r p+ q
4 =α × = = ⇒ − ( p + q − 2r ) = 0 ⇒ r =
By condition, α Coefficient of x2 p 2
r So, product of roots = pq − ( p + q ) r
2x = y 2x = y ⇒ 1= ⇒ r= p
p ( p + q)
⇒ 2x = 1 ⇒ 2x =
1 = pq − ( p + q ) ⋅
4 19. (d) Let roots be α and β, then 2
1 α+β=−1 ( p + q ) 2 −1 2
⇒ 2 =2
x 0
⇒ 2 x = 2 = 2 −2 = pq − = ( p + q2 )
1 1 1 β+α 1 2 2
2 + = ⇒ =
∴ x=0 ∴ x = −2 α β 6 αβ 6 2 1
24. (b) Here, α + β = − and αβ =
−1 1 3 3
Hence, the roots of the equation are 0 = ⇒ αβ = − 6
and − 2. αβ 6 1− α 1− β
⇒ S= +
14. (b) Since, α and β are roots of the ∴ Required equation is, 1+ α 1+ β
x2 − (α + β ) x + αβ = 0 ( 1 − α )( 1 + β ) + ( 1 + α )( 1 − β )
equation x2 + p = 0. =
( 1 + α )( 1 + β )
∴ α + β = 0 and αβ = p ⇒ x2 − ( −1)x + ( −6) = 0 1
1 1 α+β ∴ x2 + x − 6 = 0 2−2×
So, + = =0 2 − 2αβ 3
= =
α β αβ 20. (c) Let α and β be the roots of the 1 + (α + β ) + αβ 1 + ( −2 / 3) + 1 / 3
1 1 1 1 equation 4 3
and ⋅ = = = × =2
α β αβ p ax2 + bx + c = 0 3 2
b
∴ Required equation x2 − 0 ⋅ x +
1
=0 ∴ Sum of roots (α + β ) = − 1 − α 1 − β 1 − (α + β ) + αβ
p a P= × =
c
and product of roots (αβ ) = 1 + α 1 + β 1 + (α + β ) + αβ
⇒ px 2 + 1 = 0 a
176 CDS Pathfinder
25. (a) Given, px2 + qx + r = 0 But sec φ ≥ 1 or sec φ ≤ − 1 36. (b) Since, − 4 is a root of
Let the roots be α and β. Hence, the equation has no solution. x 2 + px − 4 = 0
By given condition, β = 2α 2x2 − 7x + 7
r 30. (c) Here, 3 = 9=3 2 ( − 4) + p ( − 4) − 4 = 0
2
Product of roots (αβ ) = = 2 α 2
p On comparing, we get ⇒ 16 − 4 p − 4 = 0 ⇒ p = 3
r 2x 2 − 7x + 7 = 2 As roots of x2 + px + q = 0 are equal.
⇒ α =
2
…(i)
2p 2x 2 − 7x + 5 = 0 ∴ D = B 2 − 4 AC = 0
q
Sum of roots (α + β ) = − = 3 α …(ii) Here, D = b − 4 a c = 49 − 4 ( 2) (5) = 9
2
⇒ p − 4 q = 0 or 32 − 4 q = 0 ⇒ q =
2 9
p 4
q2 Since, D > 0, so it has two real roots.
On squaring Eq. (ii), we get 9α 2 = 2 So, p = 3, q =
9
p 31. (c) Here, x= 2 + 2 ⇒x− 2= 2 4
r q2 On squaring both sides, we get
⇒ 9 = [from Eq. (i)] 37. (c) Here, α + β = 3 and αβ = 3 / 2
2 p p2 ( x − 2)2 = 2 ⇒ x 2 − 4 x + 4 = 2 α β 1 1
⇒ + + 3 + + 2 αβ
⇒ x2 − 4 x + 2 = 0 β α α β
⇒ 9rp = 2q 2
α m x2 − bx k − 1 α 2 + β 2 3(α + β )
26. (a) Let roots be α , β, then = 32. (b) = = + + 2 αβ
β n ax − c k+1 αβ αβ
[given] ⇒ ( x2 − bx) ( k + 1 ) = ( k − 1 ) ( ax − c ) (α + β )2 − 2αβ 3(α + β )
α + β = − 1, αβ = 1 = + + 2αβ
⇒ x k + x − bxk − bx = kax
2 2
αβ αβ
m n α β − kc − ax + c 32 − 2 ⋅ 3 / 2 3⋅3
+ + 1= + + 1 = + + 2
3
n m β α ⇒ ( k + 1 ) x2 − x ( bk + b + ka − a ) 3/2 3/2 2
α+β −1 + kc − c = 0 6 9
= + 1= + 1= − 1+ 1= 0 = + + 3 = 4 + 6 + 3 = 13
αβ 1 Since, roots are reciprocal to each other. 3/2 3/2
x 1− x 1 So, product = 1 38. (b) Let α, β be the roots of
27. (c) Let = y ⇒ =
1− x x kc − c x 2 + 2ax + b = 0
y i.e. = 1 ⇒ kc − c = k + 1 …(i)
1 13 ( k + 1) ⇒ α + β = −2a and αβ = b.
∴ y+ = ⇒ ( y 2 + 1) 6 = 13 y
c+ 1
y 6 ⇒ k ( c − 1) = c + 1 ⇒ k = By hypothesis, |α − β| ≤ 2m
⇒ 6 y 2 − 13 y + 6 = 0 c−1
⇒ (α − β)2 ≤ 4m 2
⇒ 6 y2 − 9y − 4y + 6 = 0 33. (b) Here, α + β = b / a and αβ = b / a
⇒ (α + β)2 − 4αβ ≤ 4m 2
⇒ 3 y ( 2 y − 3 ) − 2 ( 2 y − 3) = 0 α β α+β b/a b
So, + = = = ⇒ 4a 2 − 4b ≤ 4m 2
⇒ (3 y − 2 ) ( 2 y − 3 ) = 0 β α αβ b/a a
⇒ a 2− b ≤ m 2 …(ii)
2 3
∴ y = and and discriminant of Eq. (i) is greater
3 2 34. (a) Given, 2x 2 − 7 x + 3 = 0 than 0.
When, y =
2
⇒
x
=
4 ∴ 2x − 6 x − x + 3 = 0
2
⇒ 4a 2 − 4b > 0 ⇒ b < a 2 …(iii)
3 1− x 9 ⇒ 2x ( x − 3) − 1 ( x − 3) = 0 From Eqs. (ii) and (iii),
4 b ∈[ a 2 − m 2 , a 2 )
⇒ 9x = 4 − 4x ⇒ x = ⇒ ( 2x − 1 ) ( x − 3) = 0
13 1 39. (b) Refer to example 15. [Rule 5]
3 x 9 When, x=
When, y = ⇒ = 2 40. (b) Refer to example 14. [Rule 4]
2 1− x 4 2
4 + a − 3 = 0
1 1 41. (b) Since, sin θ and cos θ are the roots of
9
⇒ 4x = 9 − 9 x ⇒ x = 2 2 the equation ax2 − bx + c = 0.
13 a a
⇒1 + − 3 = 0 ⇒ =2⇒ a=4 b
1 1 1 1 ∴ sin θ + cos θ = ...(i)
28. (d) Given, = + + 2 2 a
a+ b+ x a b x c
When, x = 3, 4 (3)2 + a (3) − 3 = 0 and sin θ cos θ =
1 1 1 1
∴ − = + ⇒ 36 + 3 a − 3 = 0 ⇒ a = − 11
a
a+ b+ x x a b On squaring both sides of Eq. (i), we get
− ( a + b) ( a + b) ∴ a = − 11 or 4
⇒ = b2
⇒ sin 2 θ + cos 2 θ + 2 sin θ cos θ = 2
( a + b + x )x ab 35. (c) Here, for equation x2 + bx + c = 0 a
⇒ x2 + ( a + b ) x + ab = 0 α + β = − b and αβ = c c b2 c b2 − a2
⇒ 1 + 2 = 2 ⇒ 2 =
⇒ ( x + a) ( x + b) = 0 and for x2 + px + q = 0 a a a a2
⇒ x = − a, − b
kα + kβ = − p and k 2 αβ = q ⇒ 2ac = b 2 − a 2 ⇒ a 2 − b 2 + 2ac = 0
MATHEMATICS Quadratic Equations and Inequalities 177
Also, α 2 = −m (m + 1) x( x − 1) 1 3 x + 4 ≥ 1 ( x − 6)
2 64. (c) Here, y = 15, then 15 = 71. (b)
1 = −m (m + 1) 2 2 5 3
⇒
2 ⇒ x2 − x − 30 = 0 ⇒
3 1
x + 2≥ x − 2
⇒ 4m 2 + 4m + 1 = 0 10 3
⇒ x − 6x + 5x − 30 = 0
2
⇒ ( 2m + 1) 2 = 0 ⇒ 9x + 60 ≥ 10 x − 60
1 ⇒ x ( x − 6) + 5 ( x − 6) = 0
∴ m=− ⇒ − x ≥ − 120
2 ⇒ ( x + 5) ( x − 6) = 0
[multiplying both sides by − 1]
58. (c) Given, 3x + 27 (3− x ) = 12 Either x = 6 or x = − 5
⇒ x ≤ 120
Let 3x = y But x ≠ − 5, so x = 6
27 Thus, all real numbers x which are less
∴ y+ = 12 Thus, figure has 6 points. than or equal to 120 satisfies the
y
65. (a) Let the natural numbers be x and inequality.
⇒ y 2 − 12 y + 27 = 0
⇒ y 2 − 9 y − 3 y + 27 = 0 x + 1 , respectively. 72. (a) We have, 4x2 − 1 ≤ 0
⇒ ( y − 3) ( y − 9) = 0 ⇒ y = 3, 9 Then, x2 + ( x + 1)2 = 221 ⇒ ( 2x)2 − 1 ≤ 0
⇒ 3x = 3 or 3x = 9 = 32 ⇒ 2x + 2x + 1 = 221
2
⇒ ( 2x − 1) ( 2x + 1) ≤ 0
∴ x = 1 or x = 2 ⇒ 2x2 + 2x − 220 = 0 So, either ( 2x − 1) ≥ 0
59. (a) Let the roots of the given equation be ⇒ x2 + x − 110 = 0 and ( 2x + 1) ≤ 0 …(i)
α and β. ⇒ ( x + 11) ( x − 10) = 0 or ( 2x − 1) ≤ 0
∴ α + β = a and αβ = b ⇒ x = − 11 and x = 10 and ( 2x + 1) ≥ 0 …(ii)
Now, |α − β | = (α + β )2 − 4αβ x ≠ −11 [Qnumbers are natural] From Eq. (i), 2x ≥ 1 and 2x ≤ − 1
So, for x = 10, next consecutive natural 1 −1
⇒ x ≥ and x ≤
= a 2 − 4b number 2 2
= x + 1 = 10 + 1 = 11 which is not possible.
60. (a) x2 − x − 2 = 0 66. (b) Let the consecutive positive odd From Eq. (ii), ( 2x − 1) ≤ 0
( x − 2) ( x + 1) = 0 ⇒ x = 2,−1 integers be 2x + 1 and 2x + 3,
and ( 2x + 1) ≥ 0
So, both the roots are integers. so ( 2x + 1)2 + ( 2x + 3)2 = 130
2x ≤ 1 and 2x ≥ − 1
61. (c) x2 − 6x + 5 = 0 ⇒ ( x − 5) ( x − 1) = 0 ⇒ ( 4x + 4x + 1)
2
1 −1
x ≤ and x ≥
⇒ x = 5 or 1 + ( 4x2 + 12x + 9) = 130 2 2
⇒ x2 + 2x − 15 = 0 −1 1
Also, |x − 3 | = 2 ⇔ ( x − 3 ) = 2 ∴ ≤ x ≤ is the required solution set.
2 2
or − ( x − 3) = 2 ⇒ x = 5 or x = 1 ⇒ ( x + 5) ( x − 3) = 0
⇒ x = 3, x = − 5 , but x ≠ − 5 73. (b) Here, 3x + 2 y = 12 passes through
∴ x − 6x + 5 = 0
2
the points ( 0, 6) and ( 4, 0) . So, its
and |x − 3 |= 2 are equivalent. [Q integers are positive.] graph is line AB. Also, 3x + 2 y ≤ 12 as
1 ∴ Two consecutive integers are the shaded region is below AB.
62. (a) Let the number are x and .
x 2x + 1 = 7 and 2x + 3 = 9 x = 0 and y = 0 are the Y-axis and
X-axis, respectively. x ≥ 0 and y ≥ 0
1 10 x2 + 1 10 i.e. 7 and 9.
Then, x + = , = implies the region on the right hand
x 3 x 3 67. (b) Here, 2x + 1 ≥ 7 ⇒ 2x ≥ 7 − 1 side of Y-axis and region above X-axis,
⇒ 3x − 10x + 3 = 0
2
respectively.
⇒ 2x ≥ 6 ⇒ x ≥ 3
⇒ 3x 2 − 9x − x + 3 = 0 x −1 The three portion x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 and
⇒ 3x ( x − 3) − 1 ( x − 3) = 0 68. (c) Here, ≥4 3x + 2 y ≤ 12 intersects to give the
3
⇒ (3x − 1) ( x − 3) = 0 shaded portion OAB.
⇒ x − 1 ≥ 12 ⇒ x ≥ 13
∴
1
x= ,x=3 74. (d) Given, x 2 + 3x − 10 > 0
69. (b) Here, 3x + 2 ≤ 5x − ( 4 − x)
3 ⇒ x 2 + 5x − 2x − 10 > 0
⇒ 3x + 2 ≤ 5x − 4 + x
63. (b) Let the smaller part = x and greater ⇒ ( x + 5) ( x − 2) > 0
part = 16 − x ⇒ 3x + 2 ≤ 6x − 4 Either, ( x + 5) > 0 and ( x − 2) > 0
By given condition, ⇒ 3x − 6x ≤ − 4 − 2 ⇒ − 3x ≤ − 6 or ( x + 5) < 0 and ( x − 2) < 0
2 ( 16 − x)2 − x2 = 164 ⇒ − x≤ − 2 ⇒ x≥ 2 ⇒ x > 2 or x < −5
⇒ 2 ( 256 + x − 32 x) − x = 164
2 2
70. (c) Here, 2x + 3 ≥ 8 ⇒ 2x ≥ 8 − 3 75. (a) x2 − 5x + 6 ≥ 0
⇒ x − 64 x + 348 = 0
2 5 ⇒ ( x − 2)( x − 3) ≥ 0
⇒ 2x ≥ 5 ⇒ x ≥
⇒ ( x − 58) ( x − 6) = 0 2
Again, 3x + 1 ≤ 12 + – +
⇒ x = 58, x = 6
11 2 3
Here x ≠ 58 ⇒ 3x ≤ 11 ⇒ x ≤
3 ⇒ x ≤ 2 or x ≥ 3
∴ x=6 By combining values, we get ⇒ x ∈ [ −∞ ,2] or [3, ∞ ]
and, hence larger part 5 11
≤ x≤ ⇒ x ∈ [ −∞ ,2] ∪ [3, ∞ ]
= 16 − x = 16 − 6 = 10 2 3
MATHEMATICS Quadratic Equations and Inequalities 179
x−2 x −3 ⇒ m 2 − 3m + 1 ≤ m 2 + 3m − 1 III. x2 + x + 1 = 0 ; x = 1, x = − 1
76. (b) <
3x + 1 3x − 2 and m 2 + 3m − 1 ≤ − m 2 + 3m + 1 Put x = 1, we get 12 + 1 + 1 = 3 ≠ 0
x−2 x −3 ∴ LHS ≠ RHS
⇔ − <0 ⇒ 6m ≥ 2 and 2m 2 ≤ 2
3x + 1 3x − 2 1 ∴ x = 1 is not a solution.
( x − 2)(3x − 2) − ( x − 3)(3x + 1) ⇒ m ≥ and −1 ≤ m ≤ 1
⇔ <0 3 Put x = −1, we get
(3x + 1)(3x − 2) 1
∴ ≤m≤ 1 ( −1)2 + ( −1) + 1 = 1 − 1 + 1
7 3
⇔ <0 = 1≠ 0
(3x + 1)(3x − 2) 80. (d) Given equation, x 2 − 3x + 2 = 0 ∴ LHS ≠ RHS
⇔ (3 x + 1 ) (3 x − 2 ) < 0 ⇒ x 2 − 2x − x + 2 = 0 ∴ x = − 1 is not a solution.
⇔ 3 x + 3 x − < 0
⇒ ( x − 2)( x − 1) = 0 ⇒ x = 2, 1
1 2 IV. 9x 2 − 3x − 2 = 0
3 3 Let α = 1 and β = 2 Put x = −1 / 3
⇔ x + 1 x − 2 < 0 ∴ α + 1 = 2 and (β + 1) = 3. ⇒ 9 ( −1 / 3 ) 2 − 3 ( −1 / 3 ) − 2 = 0
3 3 Now, sum of roots = 2 + 3 = 5 ∴ LHS = RHS
– and product of roots = 2 × 3 = 6 Now, put x = 2 / 3
+ +
∴ Required equation ⇒ 9 ( 2 / 3)2 − 3 ( 2 / 3) − 2 = 0
–∞ –1/3 2/3 +∞
−1 2 = x 2 − (sum of roots) ∴ LHS = RHS
⇔ < x< + product of roots = 0
3 3 84. (b) Given, h = −16 t 2 + 64 t + 80
− 1 2 ⇒ x 2 − 5x + 6 = 0 put t = 1
So, x ∈ , Hence, the equation is neither I nor II. ⇒ h = −16 ( 1) 2 + 64 ( 1) + 80 = 128 m
3 3
81. (c) I. Every quadratic equation has two 85. (c) By rearranging, we get
77. (c) Here, as x > 0 and y > 0 so both are roots, which may or may not be real. h = −16 ( t 2 − 4t − 5)
positive and satisfies x + 2 y ≤ 3. II. x2 − 4x + 2 = 0 has integral ⇒ h = −16 [( t − 2)2 − 9]
∴ When, x = 3 and y = 1, we get coefficients but does not have ⇒ h = −16 ( t − 2)2 + 144
x + 2 y = 5. integral roots. when the height is maximum, t = 2
Clearly, this does not satisfy x + 2 y ≤ 3 III. Since, discriminant = b 2 − 4ac ∴ maximum height = 144 m
When x = 1 and y = 1, If a and c have opposite sign, then 86. (a) When the ball hits the ground h = 0
then, x + 2 y ≤ 3. b 2 − 4ac ≥ 0 ⇒ −16 t 2 + 64t + 80 = 0
∴ The quadratic equation has real ⇒ t 2 − 4t − 5 = 0
So, x = 1, y = 1 is one of the solutions.
roots ⇒ t −5 t + t −5 = 0
2
78. (d) As, ( 0, 0 ) satisfies x + 3 y ≤ 3.
82. (c) I. x2 +
1
=2 ⇒ ( t − 5)( t + 1) = 0 ⇒ t = 5 , − 1
And ( 0, 0 ) satisfies x + y ≤ 2.
x2 Since, the time cannot be negative.
Clearly, shaded region is the position or x − 2x + 1 = 0
4 2 So, t = 5 sec
common to the line is not a quadratic equation. 87. (a) Let f ( x ) = x 2 − 2ax + a 2 + a − 3
x + 3 y = 3 and below it and that on the 3
line x + y = 2 and below it. II. x + = x2 f (3) > 0 ⇒ 9 − 6a + a 2 + a − 3 > 0 …(i)
x
So, shaded region is the solution set Also, since roots are real
x2 + 3
x + y ≤ 2, x + 3 y ≤ 3, x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0. ⇒ = x2 ∴ B 2 − 4 AC ≥ 0
x
79. (c) Given, a + b = 2m 2 …(i) or x2 + 3 = x3 ⇒ 4 a − 4 ( a 2 + a − 3) ≥ 0
2
…(ii)
b + c = 6m …(ii) ⇒ x − x2 − 3 = 0
3
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we have
and a+ c=2 …(iii) is not a quadratic equation. a 2 − 5 a + 6 > 0 and a − 3 ≤ 0
III. 2x2 − x + 2 = x2 + 4x − 4 ⇒ a 2 − 3a − 2a + 6 > 0
On adding Eqs. (i), (ii) and (iii), we get
or 2x2 − x + 2 − x2 − 4x + 4 = 0 ⇒ ( a − 3)( a − 2) > 0
2 ( a + b + c ) = 2m 2 + 6m + 2
or x2 − 5x + 6 = 0 ⇒ a ≤ 3 and a < 2 or a > 3
⇒ a + b + c=m 2
+ 3m + 1 …(iv) is a quadratic equation.
On subtracting Eq. (ii) from Eq. (iv), we Combining the above inequalities, we
IV. x3 + 6x2 + 2x − 1 = 0
get have a < 2
is not a quadratic equation.
a = m 2 − 3m + 1 Hence, only III statement is correct. 88. (a) Given, 7x2 − 50x + k = 0
On subtracting Eq. (iii) from Eq. (iv), Here, a = 7, b = − 50 and c = k
83. (b) I. 3x 2 − 2x − 1 = 0
we get
Put x = 1 ⇒ 3 ( 1)2 − 2 ( 1) − 1 = 0 Since, α and β are the roots of the given
b = m 2 + 3m − 1 ∴ LHS = RHS
equation
−b 50
On subtracting Eq. (i) from Eq. (iv), we ∴α + β = ⇒α+β=
II. x 2 + 2x − 4 = 0 a 7
get 1
Put x = −2 2 ⇒ β= [Q α = 7, given]
c = − m 2 + 3m + 1 ⇒ ( − 2 2 ) 2 + 2( − 2 2 ) − 4 = 0 7
As, a ≤ b and b ≤ c c 1 k
∴ LHS = RHS and αβ = ⇒ 7× = ⇒ k=7
a 7 7
180 CDS Pathfinder
⇒ 4( b 4 + a 2 c 2 − 2ab 2 c ) When mistake is done in constant term, II. From Eq. (ii), m 2 n2 = b 2
−4( a 2 c 2 − bc 3 − a 3 b + ab 2 c ) = 0 then the roots of equation are 8 and 2. ⇒ b2 = d
⇒ 4 b + 4a c − 8ab c − 4a c
4 2 2 2 2 2 ∴ Equation is ( x − 2)( x − 8) Hence, statement II is correct.
+ 4bc 3 + 4a 3 b − 4ab 2 c = 0 = x2 − 10x + 16 ...(ii) 106. (a) If a is positive and b 2 − 4ac ≤ 0,
⇒ 4b 4 − 12ab 2 c + 4bc 3 + 4a 3 b = 0 From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get then the sign of quadratic polynomial
x2 − 10x + 9 = 0 is the correct equation. ax2 + bx + c is always positive.
⇒ b + c + a − 3abc = 0
3 3 3
100
∴ a 3 + b 3 + c 3 = 3abc 103. (c) Given equation, 107. (c) We have, x + > 50
x
101. (a) Given m and n are the roots of the 7( x + 2a )2 + 3a 2 = 5a ( 7x + 23a )
and 1 ≤ x ≤ 100 ⇒ x 2 − 50x + 100 > 0
given equation ax2 + bx + c = 0 ⇒ 7( x2 + 4a 2 + 4ax ) + 3a 2
50 ± 2500 − 400
∴ Sum of roots = m + n = − b /a …(i) = 35ax + 115a 2 ⇒ x =
c 2
and product of roots = mn = …(ii) ⇒ 7x − 7ax − 84a 2 = 0
2
a 50 ± 10 21
⇒ x2 − ax − 12a 2 = 0 =
m 2 + 1 n2 + 1 2
Now, + ⇒ ( x + 3a )( x − 4a ) = 0
m n x < 25 − 5 21 or x > 25 + 5 21
m 2 n + n + mn2 + m ⇒ x = − 3a and x = 4a ⇒ x < 2. 087 or x > 47. 91
=
mn Since, m and n are the roots of the given ⇒ x = 1 and 2 or x = 48, 49,… ,100
mn (m + n) + (m + n) equation.
= ∴ Number of total values of
mn Let m = 4a and n = − 3a (Q m > n)
(m + n)(mn + 1) x = 2 + 53 = 55
= ∴ 3 m − n = 3 ( 4a ) − ( − 3a )
mn 108. (c) We have, x 2 − 4x − log N = 0
= 12 a + 3 a = 15 a 10
− + 1
bc We know that, roots are real, if D ≥ 0
− b( a + c ) 104. (a) Given equation is px + qx + r = 0.2
= a ac = ⇒ 16 − 4( − log10 N ) ≥ 0
ac Let one root of the equation be α.
a Then, other root = 3α ⇒ 16 + 4 log N ≥ 0
10
[using Eqs. (i) and (ii)] q ⇒ log N ≥ − 4
∴ Sum of roots = α + 3α = − 10
m 2 + 1 n2 + 1 p 1
and × −q −q ⇒ N ≥ 10 −4
⇒ N ≥
m n 10000
⇒ 4α = ⇒ α= ...(i)
(m 2 + 1)( n2 + 1) p 4p 1
= r Minimum value of N =
mn and product of roots = (α ) ⋅ (3α ) = 10000
m 2 n2 + n2 + m 2 + 1 p
= − q 2 109. (c) Let x = 4+ 4 − 4 + ...
mn r r
(mn)2 + (m + n)2 − 2mn + 1 ⇒ 3α 2 = ⇒ 3 =
= p 4p p
mn ∴ x = 4+ 4−x
2 2 [from Eq. (i)]
c + − b − 2 c + 1 3q 2
r ⇒ x2 = 4 + 4−x
a a ⇒ = ⇒ 3q 2 p = 16 p 2 r
= a 16 p 2 p ⇒ ( x − 4)2 = 4 − x
2
c
a ⇒ 3 q 2 = 16 pr ⇒ ( x 2 − 4)2 + x = 4 …(i)
c 2 + b 2 − 2ac + a 2 13 + 1
= 105. (b) I. Given, m and n are the roots of the For option (c), x =
ac equation 2
b 2 + ( a − c )2 From Eq. (i),
= x2 + ax + b = 0. 2
ac
∴ Sum of roots, m + n = − a ...(i) 13 + 1 2 13 + 1
We know that, quadratic equation can LHS = − 4 +
be written as and product of roots, mn = b ...(ii) 2 2
x2 − (Sum of roots) x + Product of roots Also, given m 2 and n2 are the roots 2
13 + 1 + 2 13 − 16 13 + 1
=0 of the equation = +
− b( a + c ) 4 2
⇒ x2 − x − cx + d = 0.
2
x
ac = 4 = RHS
∴ m 2 + n2 = c ...(iii)
b 2 + ( a − c )2 110. (c) We have, −2 ≤ x ≤ 1 …(i)
+ =0 and m n =d
2 2
...(iv)
ac −1 ≤ y ≤ 2
On squaring both sides of Eq. (i), we
⇒ acx2 + b( a + c )x + b 2 + ( a − c )2 = 0 −2 ≤ − y ≤ 1 …(ii)
get Q
⇒ acx2 + ( ab + bc )x + b 2 + ( a − c )2 = 0 3≤z≤ 6
m + n + 2mn = a
2 2 2 and
102. (c) When mistake is done in first degree [from Eqs. (i) and (ii)] 6 ≤ 2z ≤ 12 …(iii)
term, then the roots of the equation are ⇒ c + 2b = a 2 ⇒ c = a 2 − 2b On adding Eqs. (i), (ii) and (iii), we get
− 9 and − 1.
⇒ 2b − a 2 = − c −2 − 2 + 6 ≤ x − y + 2z ≤ 1 + 1 + 12
∴ Equation is ( x + 1) ( x + 9)
= x2 + 10x + 9 ...(i) Hence, statement I is not correct. 2 ≤ k ≤ 14
182 CDS Pathfinder
111. (a) Let α and β be the roots of equation 115. (b) We have, A( x ) = x 2 + px + q ⇒ 3x 2 − 7x − 30 − x 2 + 10x
ax 2 + bx + c = 0. Q ( x − m ) and ( x − km ) are factors of + 7x − 2x 2 − 20
−b A( x ), then m and km are roots of
Then, α+β= = ( 2x − 10) 2x 2 − 7x − 5
a A (x ) = 0
c ⇒ ( 10x − 50)
and αβ = ∴ m + km = − p ⇒ m ( k + 1) = − p
a −p
⇒ m= …(i) = ( 2x − 10) 2x 2 − 7x − 5
2
1
2
( k + 1)
α + β = +
1
Now,
α β and m ⋅ km = q ⇒ m 2 k = q ⇒ 10( x − 5) = 2( x − 5) 2x 2 − 7x − 5
p2
β2 + α2 ⇒ ⋅k = q [from Eq. (i)]
⇒ α+β= ( k + 1) 2 ⇒ 2x 2 − 7x − 5 = 5 …(i)
(αβ ) 2
⇒ ( k + 1) q = kp
2 2 Again, on squaring both sides of Eq. (i),
(α + β )2 − 2αβ we get
116. (c) Given points are P (5, − 1), Q(3, − 2)
=
(αβ ) 2 and R ( 1, 1). 2x 2 − 7x − 5 = 25
SET THEORY
Usually (1-2) questions have been asked from this chapter. Generally questions are asked
from these topics more results on operations on set.
SET
A well defined collection of objects, is called a set. The objects in a set are called its members or
elements. Sets are usually denoted by the capital letters A, B, C, X, Y and Z etc. And the elements of a set
are denoted by small letters a, b, c etc. If x is an element of set A, we can write x ∈ A , which means that ‘x
belongs to A’ or that x is an element of A.
If x does not belong to A, we can write, x ∉ A . e.g.
• The collection of vowels in English alphabet is a set A containing five elements namely a, e, i, o and u,
where a ∈ A but b ∉ A.
• The collection of first four prime numbers is a set A containing the elements 2, 3, 5 and 7, where 3 ∈ A
but 1 ∉A.
Representation of Sets
Sets are generally represented by following two ways:
1. Roster or Tabular form or listing method In this method, all the elements of a set are listed, within
curly braces { } being separated by commas. e.g.
(i) If A is a set of first eight prime numbers, then A = { 2, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 17, 19}
(ii) If B is a set of squares of first five natural numbers, then B = {1, 4, 9, 16, 25}
(iii) If A is a set of vowels of English alphabets, then A = { a, e, i, o, u}
Note The order in which the elements are written in a set makes no difference and also the repeated elements are taken
only once each.
2. Set Builder form or Rule method In this method, instead of listing all the elements of a set, we write
the set by some special property or properties satisfied by all its elements and write it as.
(i) The set B of all even natural numbers can be written as
B = { x : x is a natural number and x = 2n for n ∈ N} or B = { x : x ∈ N, x = 2n, n ∈ N} and neads it as
‘B’ is the set consisting of all elements x such that x has the property of even natural number. The
symbol ‘:’ or ‘1’ stands or such that
(ii) The set A = { 3, 5, 7, 9, 11}, then it is represented as
A = { x : x = 2n + 1 where n ∈ N, n < 6}
184 CDS Pathfinder
(iii) The set A = {0, 1, 4, 9, 16, . . . } can be written as 7. Subsets Let A and B be two sets. If every element
A = { x : x = n 2 , n ∈ Z}, where Z is the set of of A is an element of B, then A is called a subset of B.
integers. If A is subset of B, then we can write A ⊆ B which is
read as ‘A is a subset of B’ or ‘A is contained in B’.
Types of Sets (i) Every set is a subset of itself i.e. A ⊆ A, B ⊆ B.
1. Empty set A set which does not contain any (ii) Empty set is a subset of every set i.e. φ ⊆ A.
element is called an empty set or null set or void set.
e.g. Let A = { 2, 4, 6} and B = {6, 4, 2, 8} .
It is denoted by φ or { }.
Then, A ⊆ B but B ⊆/ A i.e. A is a subset of B but B is
e.g. A = set of all odd numbers divisible by 2
not a subset of A.
and B = { x : x ∈ N and 5 < x < 6}
The sets which have atleast one element are called Note The total number of subsets of a finite set containing n
non void or non-empty set. elements is 2 n.
2. Singleton set A set consisting of a single element is 8. Super set If A is a subset of B, then we say that B is
called a singleton set. e.g.
superset of A and we write B ⊇ A .
(i) The set {5} is a singleton set. e.g. If A = {1, 2, 3, 4} and B = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6} ,
(ii) { x | x ∈ W and x + 6 = 6} = {0}
then, B ⊇ A .
which is a singleton set.
9. Comparability of sets Two sets A and B are said to
3. Finite set A set which consists of a definite number
be comparable, if either A ⊂ B or B ⊂ A or A = B,
of elements, is called a finite set. Empty set is also a
finite set. e.g. otherwise A and B are said to be incomparable.
(i) The set {1, 2, 3, 4} is a finite set, because it contains e.g. Let A = {1, 2, 3}, B = {1, 2, 4, 6} and C = {1, 2, 4}
a definite number of elements i.e. only 4 elements. Since, A ⊆/ B and B ⊆/ A.
(ii) B = Set of vowels in English Alphabets So, A and B are incomparable but C ⊂ B and so
= {a, e, i, o, u}; B and C are comparable sets.
(iii) A = Set of even prime natural numbers. 10. Proper subset If A ⊆ B and A ≠ B, then A is called
⇒ A = { 2} a proper subset of B and we write A ⊂ B.
Note The number of distinct elements contained in a set A is e.g. If A = {1, 2, 3, 4, . . . }
called the cardinal number of A and is denoted as n( A ). and B = {. . . , −3, −2, −1, 0, 1, 2, 3, . . . . },
If A = { a, e, i , o, u}, then n ( A ) = 5.
then A ⊂ B.
4. Infinite set A set which consists of infinite number
Note The total number of proper subset of a finite set containing n
of elements is called an infinite set. It is represented elements is (2 n − 1).
by writing a few elements of the set followed by
e.g. 11. Universal set If there are some sets under
(i) Set of square of natural numbers is an infinite set, consideration, then there happens to be a set which is
because natural numbers are infinite and it can be a superset of each one of the given sets. Such a set is
represented as {1, 4, 9, 16, 25, ...}. known as the universal set and it is denoted by U.
(ii) Set of all points in a plane. e.g.
5. Equal sets Two sets A and B are said to be equal, if • If A = {1, 2, 3}, B = { 2, 3, 4, 5, 7 } and
they have exactly the same elements and we write C = { 2, 4, 6, 8}, then U = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8} is a
A = B. Otherwise, two sets are said to be unequal universal set for A, B and C.
and we write A ≠ B.
• For the set of all integers, the universal set can be
e.g. Let A = {1, 2, 3, 4} and B = { 4, 3, 1, 2}, then A = B
the set of rational numbers or the set of real
because each element of A is in B and vice-versa.
numbers.
6. Equivalent sets Two sets A and B are equivalent, if 12. Power set The collection of all subsets of a set A, is
their cardinal numbers are same i.e. n ( A ) = n ( B) and called power set of A and it is denoted by P ( A ) . In
we write A ↔ B or A ~ B
P ( A ), every element is a set.
e.g. Let A = {1, 2, 3} and B = { 4, 5, 6},
e.g. Let A = {1, 2, 3}
then n ( A ) = n ( B)
A ↔ B or A ~ B Then, P ( A ) = { φ , {1}, { 2}, { 3}, {1, 2}, { 2, 3}, { 3,1}, {1, 2, 3}}
MATHEMATICS Set Theory 185
Thus, A ∪ B = { x : x ∈ A or x ∈ B}
Properties of Power Sets U
In the given Venn diagram A ∪ B is
1. Each element of a power set is a set.
denoted by the shaded region.
2. If set A has n elements, then P ( A ) has 2n elements. A B
e.g. If A = {1, 2, 3, 4}
3. If A is an empty set φ or { }, then P ( A ) has just one and B = {1 , 2, 3, 5 , 7}, then A ∪ B = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7}
element i.e. P( A ) = { φ}.
4. If A ⊆ B, then P ( A ) ⊆ P ( B) . Note • x ∈ A ∪ B ⇔ x ∈ A or x ∈ B
• x ∉ A ∪ B ⇔ x ∉ A and x ∉ B • A ⊆ A ∪ B, B ⊆ A ∪ B.
EXAMPLE 1. The set S = {x ∈ N: x + 3 = 3} is a
a. null set b. singleton set 2. Intersection of sets Let A and B be any two sets.
c. infinite set d. None of these The intersection of A and B is the set of all those
elements which belongs to both A and B. It is
Sol. a. Given, S = {x ∈ N : x + 3 = 3} denoted by A ∩ B and read as A intersection B.
∴ S = {} Thus, A ∩ B = { x : x ∈ A and x ∈ B} U
So, S is a null set. A ∩ B is represented by the shaded
region in the given Venn diagram A B
EXAMPLE 2. If A = {x : x is an odd integer} and
B = {x : x 2 − 8x + 15 = 0 }. Then, which one of the e.g. If A = {1, 2, 3, 4} and
B = {1, 3, 7, 9}, then A ∩ B = {1, 3}.
following is correct. e 2013 I
a. A = B b. A ⊆ B c. B ⊆ A d. A ⊆ B C Note • x ∈ A ∩ B ⇔ x ∈ A and x ∈ B
• x ∉ A ∩ B ⇔ x ∉ A or x ∉ B • A ∩ B ⊆ A and A ∩ B ⊆ B
Sol. c. Given that, A = {x : x is an odd integer}
and B = {x : x2 − 8x + 15 = 0} = {x : x2 − 5x − 3x + 15 = 0} 3. Disjoint sets Two sets A and B U
= {x : x ( x − 5) − 3( x − 5) = 0} are said to be disjoint, if they have
no common element i.e. A B
= {x : ( x − 5)( x − 3) = 0} = {3, 5}
Since, B has two odd elements.
A ∩B=φ
∴ B⊆A e.g. If A = {1, 2, 4}, B = { 3, 5, 6},
then A ∩ B = φ
EXAMPLE 3. If A = {a, b }, then power set of A is So, A and B are disjoint sets.
a. {φ, a , b} b. {φ, a , b , A}
4. Difference of sets Let A and B be two sets. The
c. {φ, a , b , ab} d. {φ, { a }, {b }, A} difference of two sets is the set of all those elements
of A which do not belong to B. It is denoted by
Sol. d. A = {a, b}
A − B and read as A minus B.
The subsets of A are φ, {a}, {b} {a, b}.
∴ A − B = { x : x ∈ A and x ∉B}
∴ P ( A) = {φ , {a}, {b}, {a, b} = {φ , {a}, {b}, A}
U
PRACTICE EXERCISE
1. If A = { 5, 6, 7} and B = { 7, 8, 9}, then A ∪ B is 8. The number of non-empty proper subsets of set
equal to A = { 2, 5, 7, 10} is
(a) {5, 6, 7, 8, 9} (b) {7, 8, 9} (c) {5, 6, 7} (d) φ (a) 16 (b) 15 (c) 14 (d) 8
2. Given that A = { 2, 6, 8, 9}, B = { 7, 8, 9, 12}, then 9. Which of the following statements is false for the
B − A is equal to sets A, B and C, where
(a) {7, 8, 9, 12} (b) {7, 12} A = { x|x is letter of the word ‘BOWL’}
(c) {2, 6, 7, 8, 9, 12} (d) {2, 6, 8, 9, 12} B = { x|x is a letter of the word ‘ELBOW’}
3. If U is the universal set of all natural numbers C = { x|x is a letter of the word ‘BELLOW’}
and A = { 1, 2, 3, 4, 5}, then compute A ∩ U . (a) A ⊂ B (b) B ⊃ C
(a) {1, 2, 3, 4} (b) φ (c) {1, 2, 3, 4, 5} (d) U (c) B ≠ C (d) B is a proper subset of C
4. The set { 2, 4, 16, 256,... } can be represented as 10. If A and B are two sets, then A ∩ ( A ∪ B) equals
which one of the following? (a) A (b) B
n
(a) {x ∈ N| x = 2 2 , n ∈ N} (c) φ (d) None of these
n
(b) {x ∈ N| x = 2 2 , n = 0, 1, 2,...}
11. The smallest set B such that
(c) {x ∈ N| x = 2 4 n , n = 0, 1, 2,...}
B ∪ { 1, 2} = { 1, 2, 3, 5, 9} is
(d) {x ∈ N| x = 2 2 n , n = 0, 1, 2,...}
(a) {3, 5, 9} (b) {3, 5, 8}
5. If P and Q are any two sets and P ⊂ Q , then (c) {1, 2, 3} (d) None of these
(a) P ∩ Q = φ (b) P ′ ∩ Q = P (c) P ∩ Q = P (d) P ∩ Q = Q 12. If U = { 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9}, P = { 0, 1, 2, 3},
6. Which one of the following is a true statement? Q = { 2, 3, 4, 5}, and R = { 4, 5, 6}, then Q ′ ∩ ( P ∪ R )
(a) ( A − B) ∩ (B − A) = φ (b) ( A − B) ∩ (B − A) = A is equal to
(c) ( A − B) ∩ (B − A) = U (d) ( A − B) ∩ (B − A) = B (a) {0, 1, 6} (b) {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5}
7. If P and Q are any two sets, then P ∪ Q = P ∩ Q, if (c) {6, 7, 8, 9} (d) {2, 3}
(a) P is the empty set (b) Q is the empty set 13. If P is a non-empty set, then ( P ′ )′ is equal to
(c) Both P and Q are empty sets
(d) P and Q are non-empty sets (a) φ (b) U (c) U − P (d) P
188 CDS Pathfinder
A U U
14. The shaded region in the adjoining diagram is A
B B
U
(c) (d)
(a) A ∪ A ′ (b) U (c) A ′ (d) A ∩ A ′ 20. Which one of the following is a correct statement?
15. The shaded region in the adjoining diagram (a) φ ∈ φ (b) φ ∉P (φ) (c) φ = P (φ) (d) φ ∈ P (φ)
49. State which of the sets given below are infinite set? 56. Consider the following in respect of the sets A
I. Set of all concentric circles. and B. e 2013 I
II. { x : x is a multiple of 2, x is an integer.} I. ( A ∩ B) ⊆ A II. ( A ∩ B) ⊆ B III. A ⊆ ( A ∪ B)
III. The set of lines which are parallel to X-axis. Which of the statement(s) given above is/are
IV. The set of positive integers greater than 100. correct?
(a) I and II (b) II and III (c) I and III (d) All of these
Select the correct answer using the codes given
below 57. In a school there are 30 teachers who teach
(a) I and II (b) II and III Mathematics or Physics. Of these teachers, 20
(c) Only I (d) All of these teach Mathematics and 15 teach Physics, 5 teach
both Mathematics and Physics. The number of
50. Which of the following sets are equivalent? teachers teaching only Mathematics is e 2013 I
I. A = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5}, B = { 7, 8, 9, 10, 11} (a) 5 (b) 10 (c) 15 (d) 20
II. A = { x, y, z } B = { p, q}
58. In a class of 110 students, x students take both
III. P = {2, 4, 6, 8}, R = { a , b, c, d } Mathematics and Statistics, x + 20 students take
IV. A = {36, 39, 42, 45} , B = {42, 39, 45, 36} Mathematics and x + 30 students take Statistics.
Select the correct answer using the codes given There are no students who take neither Mathematics
below nor Statistics. What is x equal to? e 2013 II
(a) I, II and IV (b) II, III and IV (a) 15 (b) 20 (c) 25 (d) 30
(c) I, III and IV (d) None of these 59. If A is a non-empty subset of a set E, then what
is E ∪ ( A ∩ φ ) − ( A − φ ) equal to? e 2014 I
Directions (Q. Nos. 51-52) Answer the questions (a) A (b) Complement of A
based on the following information. (c) φ (d) E
In a survey of 250 students, it was found that 150 play 60. If A and B are any two non-empty subsets of a
cricket, 100 play basketball and 120 play football, set E, then what is A ∪ ( A ∩ B) equal to? e 2014 I
further, 30 of them play both basketball and football, 50
(a) A ∩ B (b) A ∪ B (c) A (d) B
play both cricket and basketball and 60 play both cricket
and football. 61. Out of 105 students taking an examination
English and Mathematics, 80 students pass in
51. The maximum number of students who play all English, 75 students pass in Mathematics, 10
the three sports students fail in both the subjects. How many
(a) 20 (b) 10 (c) 15 (d) None of these students pass in only one subject? e 2014 I
52. If 5 students play none of the three sports then (a) 26 (b) 30 (c) 35 (d) 45
numbers of students who play at least two sports 62. Let A denotes the set of quadrilaterals having
(a) 100 (b) 110 (c) 120 (d) 130 two diagonals equal and bisecting each other.
Let B denotes the set of quadrilaterals having
diagonals bisecting each other at 90°. Then,
PREVIOUS YEARS’ QUESTIONS A ∩ B denotes e 2015 II
53. If A = {x : x is an even natural number}, B = {x : x (a) the set of parallelograms (b) the set of rhombuses
is a natural number and multiple of 5} and C = { (c) the set of squares (d) the set of rectangles
x : x is a natural number and multiple of 10}, 63. Let S be a set of first fourteen natural numbers.
then what is the value of A ∩ ( B ∪ C )? e 2012 I The possible number of pairs ( a , b), where a,
(a) {10, 20, 30,…} (b) {5, 10, 15, 20,…} b ∈ S and a ≠ b such that ab leaves remainder 1
(c) {2, 4, 6,…} (d) {20, 40, 60,…} when divided by 15, is e 2016 I
(a) 3 (b) 5 (c) 6 (d) None of these
54. Which one of the following is a null set? e 2012 II
(a) A = {x is a real number : x > 1 and x < 1} 64. In a gathering of 100 people, 70 of them can speak
(b) B = {x : x + 3 = 3} Hindi, 60 can speak English and 30 can speak
(c) C = {φ} French. Further, 30 of them can speak both Hindi
(d) D = {x is a real number : x ≥ 1 and x ≤ 1} and English, 20 can speak both Hindi and French.
If x is the number of people who can speak both
55. Let x ∈ {2, 3, 4} and y ∈ {4, 6, 9, 10}. If A be the
English and French, then which one of the following
set of all order pairs (x, y) such that x is a factor
is correct? (Assume that everyone can speak
of y. Then, how many elements does the set A
atleast one of the three languages) e 2016 I
contain? e 2012 II
(a) 12 (b) 10 (c) 7 (d) 6 (a) 10 < x ≤ 30 (b) 0 ≤ x < 8 (c) x = 9 (d) x = 8
MATHEMATICS Set Theory 191
ANSWERS
1 a 2 b 3 c 4 b 5 c 6 a 7 c 8 c 9 a 10 a
11 a 12 a 13 d 14 c 15 c 16 a 17 b 18 c 19 a 20 d
21 c 22 a 23 a 24 c 25 c 26 c 27 a 28 c 29 c 30 c
31 c 32 b 33 d 34 a 35 a 36 d 37 d 38 b 39 a 40 a
41 d 42 c 43 c 44 c 45 c 46 c 47 a 48 a 49 d 50 c
51 a 52 b 53 a 54 a 55 d 56 d 57 c 58 b 59 b 60 c
61 c 62 c 63 d 64 a
↔ ↔
28. (c) ∴ PQ ∩ RS = { R} n ( E ∪ M ) = n( E ) + n( M ) − n ( E ∩ M )
∪ ∪ = 52 + 42 − 17 = 77%
A B A B where R is point of intersection of the
straight lines PQ and RS. ∴ Total candidates passed = ( 100 − 77)
39. (a) Here, H = People, who can speak Hindi = 23%
(A–B)
A–(B ∪ C) C ∩(A–C) C E = People, who can speak English 43. (c) Clearly, both I and II are true.
Given, n ( H ∪ E ) = 1000, n ( H ) = 750, 44. (c) I. A = { 0} II. B = { 2 }
From the above two figures, shaded III. C = { } ; + 4 is not an odd integer
n ( E ) = 400
portion of
A − ( B ∪ C ) = ( A − B) ∩ ( A − C ) n (H ∪ E ) = n (H ) + n (E ) Here, only III is empty set.
MEASUREMENTS OF
ANGLES AND
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
Generally (13-14) questions have been asked from this chapter. Generally questions asked from this
chapter are based on the trigonometric identities and formulae. So, detailed study of this chapter
will help you to score in exam as good number of questions have been asked from this chapter.
Trigonometry is the branch of Mathematics which deals with the measurements of sides and angles of
triangles and the problems based on these angles.
ANGLE
An angle is considered as the figure obtained by rotating a given ray about its
endpoint. The original ray is called the initial side and the ray into which the
initial side rotates is called terminal side. In figure, OA is initial side and OB is the
terminal side of ∠AOB. The point O is called its vertex.
QUADRANTS
Let XOX ′ and YOY ′ be two lines at right angles in the plane of paper. These
two perpendicular lines divide the plane of the paper into four equal parts, these
four parts are known as four quadrants and lines XOX ′ and YOY ′ are known as
X-axis and Y-axis, respectively.
The parts XOY , YOX ′, X ′ OY ′ and Y ′ OX are known as 1st, 2nd, 3rd and 4th
quadrant, respectively.
π
Sign of trigonometric ratio in different Sol. a. Given, 0 < θ <
4
, then 1− 2sin θ cos θ
quadrants
= sin2 θ + cos2 θ − 2sin θ cos θ
Y
II Quadrant [Q sin2 θ + cos2 θ = 1]
(90°<θ<180°) sinθ I Quadrant (0<θ<90°) = (cos θ − sin θ) 2
and cosec θ are positive. All trigonometric
π
Q 0 < θ < ,cos θ > sin θ , so we take (cosθ − sinθ) 2
All other trigonometric ratios are positive.
ratios are negative. 4
X´ X = cos θ − sin θ
IV Quadrant
III Quadrant
(270°<θ < 360°) cos θ Domain and Range of Trigonometrical Functions
(180°<θ<270°) tan θ
and sec θ are positive.
and cot θ are positive. Trigonometric Domain Range
All other trigonometric
All other trigonometric Ratio
ratios are negative.
ratios are negative. sin θ R [− 1, 1 ]
Y´
cos θ R [− 1, 1 ]
π
π tan θ R ~ (2 n + 1) , n ∈ I ( − ∞, ∞ ) = R
EXAMPLE 9. If 0 < θ < , then what is 1 − 2sinθ cos θ 2
4 cot θ R ~ { n π, n ∈ I} ( − ∞, ∞ ) = R
equal to? e 2014 II
π
sec θ R ~ (2 n + 1) , n ∈ I ( − ∞, − 1 ] ∪ [1, ∞ )
a. cosθ − sinθ b. sinθ − cosθ 2
c. ± (cosθ − sinθ) d. cosθ sinθ cosec θ R ~ { n π, n ∈ I} ( − ∞, − 1 ] ∪ [1, ∞ )
The behaviour of the trigonometric function in different quadrants are defined in following table.
Trigonometric Ist Quadrant IInd Quadrant III Quadrant IVth Quadrant
Ratio (θ increase from 0 to π /2) (θ increase from π /2 to π) (θ increase from π to 3 π /2) 3π
(θ increase from to 2 π)
2
sin θ Increases from 0 to 1 Decreases from 1 to 0 Decreases from 0 to –1 Increases from –1 to 0
cos θ Decreases from 1 to 0 Decreases from 0 to –1 Increases from –1 to 0 Increases from 0 to 1
tan θ Increases from 0 to ∞ Increases from – ∞ to 0 Increases from 0 to ∞ Increases from – ∞ to 0
cot θ Decreases from ∞ to 0 Decreases from 0 to – ∞ Decreases from ∞ to 0 Decreases from 0 to – ∞
sec θ Increases from 1 to ∞ Increases from – ∞ to –1 Decreases from –1 to – ∞ Decreases from ∞ to 1
cosec θ Decreases from ∞ to 1 Increases from 1 to ∞ Increases from – ∞ to –1 Decreases from –1 to – ∞
l | sin θ | ≤ 1 l| cos θ | ≤ 1 l sec θ ≥ 1 270°+ θ − cosθ sinθ − cot θ − tanθ cosec θ − sec θ
l sec θ ≤ −1 lcosec θ ≥ 1 l cosec θ ≤ −1 360°− θ − sinθ cosθ − tanθ − cot θ sec θ − cosec θ
l tan θ and cot θ can take any value. 360°+ θ sinθ cosθ tanθ cot θ sec θ cosec θ
198 CDS Pathfinder
Sol. d. sin 20° sin 40° sin 80° sin 60° EXAMPLE 18. The value of 3 sin 15° − 4 sin 3 15° is
= sin 60°[sin 80° sin 40° ]sin 20° 1 1
a. 1 b. c. d. 0
3 2 2
= [sin 80° sin 40° ]sin 20°
2
Sol. c. As, 3 sin θ − 4 sin3 θ = sin 3 θ
3 1
= × [ 2sin 80° sin 40° ]sin 20° 1
2 2 So, 3 sin 15° − 4 sin3 15° = sin 3(15° ) = sin 45° =
2
3
= [cos(80°−40° ) − cos(80° + 40° )]sin 20°
4 Trigonometric Ratios of Submultiple Angles
3 θ θ
= [cos 40°− cos 120° ]sin 20° • sin θ = 2 sin cos
4 2 2
=
3
cos 40°− − sin 20°
1 θ θ θ θ
2 • cos θ = cos 2 − sin 2 = 2 cos 2 − 1 = 1 − 2 sin 2
4 2 2 2 2
Q cos 120° = − 1 1 − cos θ θ 1 + cos θ θ
= tan = cot
2
• •
sin θ 2 sin θ 2
1 − cos θ θ 1 + cos θ
=
3 1
cos 40°+ sin 20° = tan 2 2 θ
•
1 + cos θ • = cot
4 2 2 1 − cos θ 2
3 θ θ
= [sin( 40°+20° ) − sin( 40°−20° ) + sin 20° ]
8 2 tan 1 − tan 2
• sin θ = 2 • cos θ = 2
=
3
[sin 60°− sin 20°+ sin 20° ] θ 2 θ
8 1 + tan 2 1 + tan
2 2
3 3 3 3
= × sin 60° = × = Maximum and Minimum Values
8 8 2 16
cos 4x + cos 3x + cos 2x of Trigonometrical Functions
EXAMPLE 17. is equal to We know that, − 1 ≤ sin θ ≤ 1, − 1 ≤ cos θ ≤ 1
sin 4x + sin 3x + sin 2x
Maximum and minimum value of a trigonometrical
a. cot 3x b. tan 3x c. cot x d. cot 2x
cos 4x + cos 3x + cos 2x (cos 4x + cos 2x) + cos 3x
function of the form a sin θ ± b cos θ are a 2 + b2
Sol. a. =
sin 4x + sin 3x + sin 2x (sin 4x + sin 2x) + sin 3x and − a 2 + b 2 , respectively.
4x + 2x 4x − 2x
2cos cos + cos 3x
2 2 EXAMPLE 19. The maximum value and minimum
= value of 8 sin θ cos θ + 4 cos 2θ is
4x + 2x 4x − 2x
2sin cos + sin 3x
2 2 a. 4 and −4 b. 16 and −16
2cos 3x ⋅ cos x + cos 3x cos 3x ( 2cos x + 1) c. 4 2 and −4 2 d. None of these
= = = cot 3x
2sin 3x ⋅ cos x + sin 3x sin 3x ( 2cos x + 1) Sol. c. Here, 8 sin θ cos θ + 4 cos 2θ = 4 sin 2θ + 4 cos 2θ
Trigonometric Ratios of Multiple Angles So, maximum value = 42 + 42 = 4 2
2 tan θ
• sin 2θ = 2 sin θ cos θ = and minimum value = − 42 + 42 = − 4 2
1 + tan 2 θ
• cos 2θ = cos 2 θ − sin 2 θ = 2 cos 2 θ − 1 EXAMPLE 20. Solve cos θ + sin θ = 2, then the value
1 − tan θ 2 of θ is
= 1 − 2 sin 2 θ = a. π/3 b. π/4 c. π/6 d. π/2
1 + tan 2 θ
cos θ sin θ
1 + cos 2θ 1 − cos 2θ Sol. b. cos θ + sin θ = 2 , + =1
• = cos 2 θ and = sin 2 θ 2 2
2 2 (Q dividing throughout by 2)
2 tan θ
• tan 2θ = • sin 3 θ = 3 sin θ − 4 sin 3 θ ⇒ cos θ cos 45° + sin θ sin 45° = 1
1 − tan 2 θ cos (θ − 45° ) = 1 = cos 0°
cos 3θ = 4 cos 3 θ − 3 cos θ • tan 3θ = 3 tan θ − tan θ
3
• ∴ θ − 45° = 0 ⇒ θ = 45° = π /4
1 − 3 tan 2 θ
200 CDS Pathfinder
EXAMPLE 21. The value of φ for maximum value of 3. Cosine rule In a ∆ABC, if a, b, c be the sides
sin 3φ + cos 3φ is opposite to angles A, B and C respectively, then
a. 2 b. 90° c. 1 d. 15° b2 + c 2 − a 2
cos A = , cos B = c 2 + a 2 − b 2 and
Sol. d. sin 3φ + cos 3φ = 2
1 1 2bc
cos 3φ + sin 3φ
2 2
a 2 + b2 − c 2
= 2 (sin 45° cos 3φ + cos 45° sin 3φ) cos C =
2ab
= 2 sin ( 45° + 3φ)
∴ The maximum value occurs when EXAMPLE 22. A triangle ABC is inscribed in a circle.
sin ( 45° + 3φ) = 1 = sin 90° If sum of the squares of sides of the triangle is equal
∴ 45° + 3φ = 90° ⇒ φ = 15° to twice the square of the diameter, then
sin 2 A + sin 2 B + sin 2 C is equal to
Properties of Triangle a. 2 b. 3 c. 4 d. None of these
1. Circumcircle of a triangle The A Sol. a. Let the radius of inscribed circle be R.
circle passing through the vertices c a b c
∴ R= = =
of a ∆ABC is called circumcircle. 2sin A 2sin B 2sin C
Its radius R is called the B b
R a b c
⇒ sin A = , sin B = and sin C =
circumradius and its centre is a 2R 2R 2R
known as circumcentre. C a2 + b 2 + c 2
sin A + sin B + sin C =
2 2 2
a b c 4 R2
Here, R = = =
2sin A 2sin B 2sin C a2 b2 c2
⇒ sin2 A = 2 , sin B =
2
2 and sin C =
2
2. Sine rule In a ∆ABC, if a, b, c be A 4R 4R 4R 2
the three sides opposite to the According to the question,
angles A, B, C respectively, then
b c a2 + b2 + c2 = 2 × 2R 2 = 8R 2
a b c
= = 8R 2
sin A sin B sin C ∴ sin2 A + sin2 B + sin2 C = =2
4R 2
C a B
PRACTICE EXERCISE
1. A unit radian is approximately equal to 5. The angle between the minute hand and the
(a) 57° 17′ 43′′ (b) 57° 16′ 22′′ hour hand of a clock when the time is 7:35 pm is
(c) 57° 17′ 47′′ (d) 57° 17′ 49′′ (a) 16° 45′ (b) 17 ° 30′ (c) 18°15′ (d) 19° 30′
2. Find the radian measure corresponding to the 6. When do the hands of a clock coincide between
degree − 47° 30′. 5 pm and 6 pm?
− 19 π 17 π (a) 5:30 pm (b) 5:27:16 pm
(a) rad (b) rad
72 72 (c) 5:32:16 pm (d) 5:28:56 pm
13 π −15 π 1
(c) rad (d) rad
72 72 7. If sin A = , then cos A ⋅ cosec A + tan A ⋅ sec A is
3
3. The length of a pendulum is 60 cm. The angle equal to
through which it swings when its tip describes 16 2 + 3 4 2 + 3
(a) (b)
an arc of length 16.5 cm is 8 8
(a) 15° 30′ (b) 15° 45′ (c) 16°15′ (d) 16° 45′ 3+2 3 −1
(c) (d)
4. A railway train is moving on a circular curve of 4 8
radius 1500 m at a speed of 90 km/h. Through 8. The value of cos 15° − sin 15° is equal to
what angle has it turned in 11 seconds? 1 1 1 3
(a) 12° (b) 16° 30′ (c) 10° 30′ (d) 11° 40′ (a) (b) (c) (d)
3 2 2 2
MATHEMATICS Measurements of Angles and Trigonometric Ratios 201
1 1
1 − sin θ 22. If cosθ = 0.96, then + is equal to
9. If 3 tanθ = 4, then is equal to sin θ tan θ
1 + sin θ
(a) 0.98 (b) 3 (c) 4 (d) 7
1 2 1
(a) (b) (c) (d) None of these
2 3 3 23. If 0 < x < 45° and 45° < y < 90°, then which one of
the following is correct?
10. If tan A = 1 and tan B = 3, then
(a) sin x = sin y (b) sin x < sin y
cos A ⋅ cos B − sin A ⋅ sin B is equal to (c) sin x > sin y (d) sin x ≤ sin y
1+ 3 1− 3 2 2
(a) (b) (c) (d) 1 24. For what value of θ is (sin θ + cosec θ) = 2.5, where
2 2 2 2 3
0 < θ ≤ 90° ?
11. The value of cosec2 θ − 2 + sin2 θ is always (a) 30° (b) 45° (c) 60° (d) 90°
cos x sin x
(a) less than zero (b) non-negative 25. If = n and = m, then ( m 2 − n 2 ) sin2 y
(c) zero (d) 1 cos y sin y
is equal to
12. What is the value of
(a) 1 − n2 (b) 1 + n2 (c) m2 (d) n2
sin2 15° + sin2 20° + sin2 25°+L + sin2 75°?
13 11 26. If p = tan2 x + cot2 x, then which one of the
(a) 0 (b) (c) 6 (d) following is correct?
2 2
(a) p ≤ 2 (b) p ≥ 2 (c) p < 2 (d) p > 2
13. What is the value of
5 sin 75° sin 77° + 2 cos 13° cos 15° 7 sin 81° 27. The difference of the two angles in degree
− ? measure is 1 and their sum in circular measure
cos 15° sin 77° cos 9° is also 1. What are the angles in circular measure?
(a) − 1 (b) 0 (c) 1 (d) 2
π 1 π
(a) − (b) −
1 1 90 1 90
, + , +
14. What is log (tan 1° ) + log (tan 2° ) + log (tan 3° ) 2 360 2 360 2 π 2 π
+ L + log (tan 89° ) equal to? π 1 + π
(c) −
1
, (d) None of these
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) − 1 2 180 2 180
1
15. If tan θ + = 2, then the value of 28. What is the value of [(1 − sin2 θ) sec2 θ + tan2 θ]
tan θ
(cos2 θ + 1) when 0 < θ < 90° ?
1
tan2 θ + is equal to (a) 2 (b) > 2 (c) ≥ 2 (d) < 2
tan2 θ
π
(a) 6 (b) 4 (c) 2 (d) 3 29. If 7 cos2 θ + 3 sin2 θ = 4 and 0 < θ < , then what is
13 2 sin θ − 3 cos θ the value of tan θ? 2
16. If sec θ = , then is equal to 7
5 4 sin θ − 9 cos θ (a) 7 (b) (c) 3 (d) 3
3
(a) 1 / 3 (b) − 3 (c) 3 (d) 3
17. sin ( 45° + A) − cos ( 45° − A) is equal to 30. If cos 1° = p and cos 89° = q, then which one of
(a) 1 / 2 (b) 1 (c) 0 (d) 2 the following is correct?
(a) p is close to 0 and q is close to 1
1 + sin θ (b) p< q
18. What is equal to?
1 − sin θ (c) p=q
(a) sec θ − tan θ (b) sec θ + tan θ (d) p is close to 1 and q is close to 0
(c) cosec θ + cot θ (d) cosec θ − cot θ π
31. If 0 ≤ θ < and p = sec2 θ, then which one of the
19. sin ( n + 1) A sin ( n − 1) A + cos ( n + 1) A cos ( n − 1) A 2
is equal to following is correct?
(a) sin 2 A (b) cos 2 A (c) tan 2 A (d) cot 2 A (a) p < 1 (b) p = 1 (c) p > 1 (d) p ≥ 1
cos 11° + sin 11° 32. What is the value of cos 1° cos 2° cos 3°… cos 90° ?
20. The value of is
cos 11° − sin 11° (a)
1
(b) 0 (c) 1 (d) 2
(a) tan 56° (b) tan 34° (c) cot 56° (d) tan 11° 2
1 − cos B 2 tan A
a 2 − b2 33. If tan A = , then what is equal
21. If sinθ = , then tanθ is equal to sin B 1 − tan2 A
a 2 + b2
to?
a2 + b 2 2 ab a2 − b 2 ab tan B
(a) (b) (c) (d) (a) (b) 2 tanB (c) tan B (d) 4 tan B
2 ab a2 − b 2 2 ab a2 + b 2 2
202 CDS Pathfinder
34. What is cot 15° cot 20° cot 70° cot 75° equal to? 5 1
45. If tan A = and tan B = , then A + B is equal to
(a) − 1 (b) 0 (c) 1 (d) 2 6 11
π π 3π
sin θ cos θ (a) (b) (c) (d) π
35. If + = 2 with 0 < θ < 90°, then what is θ 2 4 2
cos θ sin θ
1
equal to? 46. The value of (cos A − sin A) is
(a) 30° (b) 45° (c) 60° (d) 75° 2
π π
(a) cos + A (b) cos + A
36. In a right ∆ ABC, right angled at B, the ratio of 3 2
2 tan A π π
AB to AC is 1 : 2, then is equal to (c) cos + A (d) sin + A
1 − tan2 A 4 4
(a) 2 (b) 1 (c) 3 (d) undefined π π π π
47. sin cos − cos sin is equal to
37. In figure, AD = DB, ∠B = 90°, then cosθ is equal to 4 12 4 12
A
1 3 1
(a) (b) 3 (c) (d)
2 2 2
x sin φ y sin θ x
48. If tan θ = and tan φ = , then
b 1 − x cos φ 1 − y cos θ y
Da
is equal to
sin φ sin φ sin θ sin θ
(a) (b) (c) (d)
θ B sin θ cos θ sin φ 1 − cos φ
C
2 b 2 − a2
49. If sin (θ + φ) = 2 sin (θ − φ), then
a
(a) (b) (a) cot φ = 3 tan θ (b) tan θ = 3 tan φ
4b 2 − 3 a2 4b 2 − 3 a2
(c) sin θ = 3 sin φ (d) sin φ = sin 2 θ
4b 2 − 3 a2
(c) (d) None of these 50. If sin (θ + α ) = cos (θ + α ), then tan θ is equal to
2 1 − tan α tan α + 1 1 − cot α sin2(θ + α )
(a) (b) (c) (d)
38. If 0° ≤ x ≤ 90° and sin x + 3 cos x = 1, then what 1 + tan α tan α − 1 1 + cot α cos (θ + α )
is the value of x? θ−φ θ+φ
(a) 30° (b) 45° (c) 60° (d) 90° 51. cos2 − sin2 is equal to
2 2
39. If tan A = 2 − 1, then the value of cosec A ⋅ sec A (a) cos φ sin θ (b) cos 2θ sin φ
is equal to (c) cos θ cos φ (d) sin θ sin φ
(a)
1
(b)
2
(c) 2 2 (d)
3 52. If x = r sin θ cos φ, y = r sin θ sin φ, z = r cos θ, then
2 2 2 x 2 + y 2 + z 2 is equal to
40. tan θ = 3 and θ lies in third quadrant, then the (a) r 2 cos 2 φ (b) r 2 sin2 θ + r 2 cos 2 φ
value of sinθ is (c) r 2 (d)
1
1 1 −3 3 r2
(a) (b) − (c) (d)
10 10 10 10
7 3π
53. If cotθ = and π < θ < , then the value of
41. The value of (sin 20° cos 70° + cos 20° sin 70° ) is 24 2
(a) 1 (b) 0 (c) − 1 (d)
1 cos θ − sin θ is
2 19 18
(a) (b)
25 25
42. If φ and θ are supplementary angles, then
17 18
(a) sin θ = sin φ (b) cos θ = cos φ (c) (d)
25 25
(c) tan θ = tan φ (d) sec φ = cosec θ
π 1
43. If x + y = 90°, then what is the value of 54. If α + β = and sinα = , then β is
2 2
cos x cosec y − cos x sin y ? 1°
(a) 30° (b) 60° (c) 45° (d) 22
2
(a) cos x (b) sin x (c) cos x (d) sin x
55. If sin x − cos x = 0, then what is the value of
44. The value of 2 + 2 + 2 cos 4 θ is sin4 x + cos4 x ?
θ 3 1 1
(a) 2 cos θ 2
(b) 2 cos 2 θ (c) 2 cos θ (d) 2 cos (a) 1 (b) (c) (d)
2 4 2 4
MATHEMATICS Measurements of Angles and Trigonometric Ratios 203
56. If 3 cos x = 5 sin x , then the value of 67. cos 3 θ + sin 3 θ is maximum, when θ is
5 sin x − 2 sec x + 2 cos x
3 (a) 15° (b) 30° (c) 45° (d) 60°
is
5 sin x + 2 sec x − 2 cos x
3
68. If sin x + sin y + sin z = (sin x + sin y + sin z )2,
2 2 2
361 271 541 127 then which of the following expressions must
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2397 979 979 979 necessarily vanish?
(a) tan x + tan y + tan z (b) cos x + cos y + cos z
1 + cos x 1 1 1 1 1 1
57. is equal to (c) + + (d) + +
1 − cos x sin x sin y sin z cos x cos y cos z
(a) sec x + tan x (b) cosec x + cot x
(c) sec x − tan x (d) cosec x − cot x
69. If sin x + sin2 x = 1, then the value of
cos x + cos x is equal to
2 4
sin 38° − cos 68° 91. What is the value of x in the equation
80. The value of is equal to
cos 68° + sin 38° cosec 2 30° sec2 45°
x = tan2 60° − tan2 30° ?
(a) 3 tan 8° (b) 3 cot 8° 8 cos2 45° sin2 60°
(c) 3 sin 38° (d) 3 sin 8° 1 3
(a) x = 1 (b) x = 2 (c) x = (d) x =
81. 2 cos x − cos 3x − cos 5x is equal to 2 2
(a) 8 cos 3 x sin2 x (b) 12 cos 2 x sin3 x 92. Under which one of the following conditions is
(c) 16 cos 3 x sin2 x (d) 32 cos 3 x sin x the trigonometrical identity
sin x/(1 + cos x ) = (1 − cos x )/ sin x true?
82. cos 4x is equal to (a) x is not a multiple of 360°
(a) 1 + 2 sin2 2 x (b) 2 cos 2 2 x (b) x is not an odd multiple of 180°
(c) x is not a multiple of 180°
(c) 1 − 8 sin2 x cos 2 x (d) 1 + 8 sin2 x cos 2 x
(d) None of the above
83. 2 sin A cos3 A − 2 sin3 A cos A is equal to 93. If cos x = k cos ( x − 2 y ), then tan ( x − y ) tan y is
1 1 1 1 equal to
(a) sin 4 A (b) cos 4 A (c) tan 4 A (d) cot 4 A
2 2 2 2 1+ k 1− k 2k k −1
(a) (b) (c) (d)
84. If a cos θ − b sin θ = c, then what is the value of 1− k 1+ k k+1 2k + 1
a sin θ + b cos θ ? sin ( x + y ) − 2 sin x + sin ( x − y )
94. The value of is
(a) ± a + b +c
2 2 2
(b) ± a − b + c 2 2 2 cos ( x + y ) − 2 cos x + cos ( x − y )
(a) cot x (b) tan x (c) sin x (d) cosec x
(c) ± a + b −c
2 2 2
(d) ± a2 − b 2 − c 2
95. If sin x + sin y = a and cos x + cos y = b, then
85. If cos x + cos2 x = 1, then the value of x+ y
tan is
sin x + 2 sin6 x + sin4 x is
8
2
(a) 0 (b) − 1 (c) 2 (d) 1 4 b a 4
(a) (b) (c) (d)
a2 + b 2 a b a2 − b 2
86. If m = cosec x − sin x and n = sec x − cos x, then
tan x is equal to 96. The largest hand of a clock is 42 cm long, then
2/ 3 1/ 3 the distance covered by the extremity in 20 min
(a) (b)
n n
m m is
2 (a) 88 cm (b) 80 cm (c) 82 cm (d) 84 cm
(c) (d)
n n
m m 97. If 0° < x < 90° and 2 sin x + 15 cos x = 7, then 2
Directions. Q. Nos. (115-117) Let sin( A + B) = 1 and Which of the above statement(s) is/are correct?
π
sin( A − B) = , where A , B ∈ 0, .
1
(a) Only I (b) Only II e 2012 I
2 2 (c) Both I and II (d) Neither I nor II
135. (1 − tan A)2 + (1 + tan A)2 + (1 − cot A)2 143. What is cosec ( 75° + θ) − sec (15° − θ) equal to?
+ (1 + cot A) is equal to
2
e 2013 I
e 2013 II
2 2 2 2 (a) 0 (b) 1 (c) 2 sin θ (d) 2cosθ
(a) sin A cos A (b) sec A cosec A
(c) 2 sec 2 A cosec 2 A (d) None of these 144. If 5 sin θ + 12 cos θ = 13, then what is
5 cos θ − 12 sin θ equal to? e 2013 II
1 + 2 sin θ cos θ (a) − 2 (b) − 1 (c) 0 (d) 1
136. If a = 2
, then what is the value of
1 − 2 sin θ cos θ 145. If sin θ − cos θ = 0, then what is sin4 θ + cos4 θ
a+1
? equal to? e 2013 II
a−1 e 2013 I 3 1 1
(a) 1 (b) (c) (d)
(a) sec θ (b) 1 (c) 0 (d) tan θ 4 2 4
(a) cos θ =
2x y
(b) cos θ =
2x y 147. If tan θ + sec θ = m, then what is sec θ equal to?
x 2 − y2 x 2 + y2 e 2013 II
x− y x y (x − y) m2 − 1 m2 + 1 m+ 1 m2 + 1
(c) cos θ = (d) cos θ = (a) (b) (c) (d)
x 2 + y2 x 2 + y2 2m 2m m m
138. Consider the following statements for 0 ≤ θ ≤ 90°: 3
148. If α , β and γ are acute angles such that sinα = ,
I. The value of sin θ + cos θ is always greater 2
3
than 1. cosβ = and tan γ = 1, then what is α + β + γ
II. The value of tan θ + cot θ is always greater 2
than 1. equal to? e 2013 II
(a) 105° (b) 120°
Which of the statement(s) given above is/are
(c) 135° (d) 150°
correct?
(a) Only I (b) Only II e 2013 I (1 + sec θ − tan θ ) cos θ
149. What is equal to?
(c) Both I and II (d) Neither I nor II (1 + sec θ + tan θ ) (1 − sin θ ) e 2013 II
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) tan θ (d) cot θ
Directions (Q. Nos. 139-141) Read the following
information carefully to answer the questions that 150. If ∆ABC is right angled at C, then what is
follow. cos( A + B) + sin( A + B) equal to? e 2013 II
The angles A, B, C and D of a quadrilateral ABCD are in 1
(a) 0 (b) (c) 1 (d) 2
the ratio 1 : 2 : 4 : 5. 2
151. Consider the following statements:
139. What is the value of cos ( A + B) ? e 2013 I
I. tan θ increases faster than sin θ as θ increases.
(a) 0 (b) 1/2
II. The value of sin θ + cos θ is always greater
(c) 1 (d) None of these
than 1.
140. What is the value of cosec (C − D + B)? e 2013 I Which of the statement(s) given above is/are
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4 correct? e 2013 II
179. ABC is a triangle right angled at B and 188. If tan( x + 40)° tan( x + 20)° tan( 3x )°
AB : BC = 3 : 4. What is sin A + sin B + sin C equal tan( 70 − x )° tan( 50 − x )° = 1, then the value of x is
to? e 2015 I equal to e 2015 II
11 12
(a) 2 (b) (c) (d) 3 (a) 30 (b) 20 (c) 15 (d) 10
5 5
189. The value of
180. If sin x + cos x = C, then sin6 x + cos6 x is equal to π π π
e 2015 I 32 cot2 − 8 sec2 + 8 cos3 is equal to
4 3 6 e 2015 II
1 + 6 C 2 – 3C 4 1 + 6 C 2 – 3C 4
(a) (b) (a) 3 (b) 2 3 (c) 3 (d) 3 3
16 4
1 + 6 C 2 + 3C 4 1 + 6 C 2 + 3C 4 190. If x = a cosθ and y = b cotθ, then
(c) (d)
16 4 ( ax −1 − by −1 ) ( ax −1 + by −1 ) is equal to e 2015 II
3 – tan2 A (a) 0 (b) 1 (c) tan2 θ (d) sin2 θ
181. If = k, where k is a real number, then
1 – 3 tan2 A 191. If θ is an acute angle and
cosec A (3 sinA – 4 sin3 A) is equal to e 2015 I sin θ cos θ = 2 cos3 θ − 1.5 cos θ, then what is sinθ
2k 2k 1 equal to? e 2015 II
(a) (b) , where ≤ k ≤ 3
k–1 k–1 3 5 −1 1− 5 5+ 1 5+1
(a) (b) (c) (d) −
2k 1 2k 4 4 4 4
(c) , where k < or k > 3 (d)
k–1 3 k+1 192. A clock is started at noon by 10 minutes past 5,
1 – sin x 1 – sin x cos x through what angle, the hour hand moves?
182. If p = , q= , r= , then
1 + sin x cos x 1 + sin x e 2015 II
(a) 160° (b) 145° (c) 150° (d) 155°
which of the following is/are correct? e 2015 I
I. p = q = r II. p2 = qr 193. Consider the following statements e 2015 II
I. sin 66° is less than cos 66°.
Select the correct answer using the codes given
below II. sin 26° is less than cos 26°.
(a) Only I (b) Only II Which of the above statement(s) is/are correct?
(c) Both I and II (d) Neither I nor II (a) Only I (b) Only II
(c) Both I and II (d) Neither I nor II
183. Consider the following identity
cos A sin A 194. Consider the following statements.
I. + = sin A + cos A 2
1 – tan A 1 – cot A 1 + tan 2 θ 1 − tan θ
I. = is true for all
II. (1 – sin A – cos A ) = 2(1 – sin A )(1 + cos A ) 1 + cot2 θ 1 − cot θ
2
ANSWERS
1 b 2 a 3 b 4 c 5 b 6 b 7 a 8 b 9 c 10 b
11 b 12 b 13 b 14 a 15 c 16 c 17 c 18 b 19 b 20 a
21 c 22 d 23 b 24 a 25 a 26 b 27 a 28 b 29 d 30 d
31 d 32 b 33 c 34 c 35 b 36 d 37 a 38 d 39 c 40 c
41 a 42 a 43 b 44 c 45 b 46 c 47 d 48 c 49 b 50 a
51 c 52 c 53 c 54 b 55 c 56 b 57 b 58 a 59 a 60 a
61 a 62 a 63 a 64 c 65 a 66 d 67 a 68 c 69 d 70 a
71 a 72 d 73 c 74 c 75 b 76 d 77 b 78 b 79 b 80 a
81 c 82 c 83 a 84 c 85 d 86 b 87 a 88 a 89 b 90 a
91 a 92 c 93 b 94 b 95 c 96 a 97 d 98 a 99 c 100 a
101 d 102 a 103 b 104 c 105 d 106 a 107 a 108 b 109 c 110 c
111 a 112 d 113 d 114 d 115 b 116 c 117 b 118 c 119 c 120 b
121 c 122 c 123 c 124 b 125 c 126 c 127 b 128 b 129 d 130 d
131 a 132 a 133 c 134 b 135 c 136 d 137 b 138 b 139 a 140 b
141 d 142 a 143 a 144 c 145 c 146 c 147 b 148 c 149 a 150 c
151 a 152 a 153 b 154 c 155 d 156 b 157 d 158 c 159 d 160 a
161 c 162 b 163 a 164 d 165 c 166 a 167 b 168 d 169 b 170 b
171 d 172 d 173 a 174 b 175 d 176 b 177 c 178 d 179 c 180 b
181 c 182 c 183 a 184 a 185 a 186 a 187 b 188 c 189 d 190 b
191 a 192 d 193 b 194 a 195 d 196 c 197 c 198 b 199 d 200 c
201 a 202 c 203 b 204 d
MATHEMATICS Measurements of Angles and Trigonometric Ratios 211
14. (a) log (tan 1° ) + log (tan 2° ) +…+ log (tan 89° ) 23. (b) As we know, sin x is increasing from 0 to 90°.
= log (tan 1° tan 2°… tan 45° … tan 88° tan 89° ) ∴ sin y > sin x
= log [(tan 1° cot 1° ) (tan 2° cot 2° ) … tan 45° ] 24. (a) Given, (sin θ + cosec θ ) = 2.5
[Q tan 89° = tan( 90° − 1° ) = cot 1°]
⇒ sin θ + 1 = 5 ⇒ 2 sin 2 θ − 5 sin θ + 2 = 0
= log( 1°⋅1° ... 1° ) = 0
sin θ 2
1
15. (c) Q Given, tan θ + =2
tan θ ⇒ 2 sin 2 θ − 4 sin θ − sin θ + 2 = 0
2
On squaring both side, we get tan θ +
1 ⇒ 2 sin θ (sin θ − 2) − 1 (sin θ − 2) = 0
=2
2
tan θ 1
⇒ ( 2 sin θ − 1 ) (sin θ − 2) = 0 ⇒ sin θ = (Q sin θ ≠ 2)
1 1
⇒ tan 2 θ + + 2 = 4 ⇒ tan 2 θ + =2 2
tan 2 θ tan 2 θ ∴ θ = 30°
13 cos x sin x
16. (c) Given, sec θ = 25. (a) Given, = n and =m ...(i)
5 cos y sin y
∴ tan θ = sec 2 θ − 1 =
169
−1 =
144 12
= sin 2 x cos 2 x
Now, ( m 2 − n2 ) sin 2 y = 2 − 2
sin y
25 25 5 sin y cos 2 y
2 sin θ
2 sin θ − 3 cos θ −3 ( 1 − cos 2 x) cos 2 y − cos 2 x ( 1 − cos 2 y )
=
∴ = cos θ cos 2 y
4 sin θ − 9 cos θ sin θ
4 −9
cos θ cos y − cos x
2 2
= = 1 − n2 [from Eq. (i)]
(dividing numerator and denominator by cos θ) cos 2 y
12
2 tan θ − 3 2× −3 26. (b) Given, p = tan 2 x + cot 2 x = tan 2 x +
1
5 9/5 9
= = = = =3 tan 2 x
4 tan θ − 9 4 × 12 − 9 3 / 5 3 1/2
, ≥ 2 tan 2 x ⋅
1 1
5 Q AM ≥ GM ⇒ tan 2 x +
tan 2 x tan 2 x
17. (c) sin ( 45° + A ) − cos ( 45° − A )
= sin( 45°+ A ) − cos[( 90°− ( 45°+ A )] = sin( 45°+ A ) − sin( 45°+ A ) 1
⇒ tan 2 x + ≥ 2 ⇒ p≥ 2
=0 tan 2 x
1 + sin θ ( 1 + sin θ)( 1 + sin θ) 27. (a) Let angles in circular measure are A and B, then degree
18. (b) =
measures will be A
1 − sin θ ( 1 − sin θ)( 1 + sin θ) 180 180 .
and B
π π
( 1 + sin θ)2 ( 1 + sin θ)2 1 + sin θ 1 sin θ
= = = = + By given condition, A+ B=1 …(i)
1 − sin θ
2
cos 2 θ cos θ cos θ cos θ
A
180 180 = 1
= sec θ + tan θ − B …(ii)
π π
19. (b) sin ( n + 1) A sin ( n − 1) A + cos ( n + 1) A cos ( n − 1) A 180
= cos [( n + 1) A − ( n − 1) A ] On multiplying Eq. (i) by and adding to Eq. (ii), we get
π
[Q cos A cos B + sin A sin B = cos( A – B )] π
2 A
180 180 1 11 180
+ 1 = +
1
= cos [ nA + A − nA + A ] = cos 2 A = + 1⇒ A = ×
π π 2 180 π 2 360
cos 11°+ sin 11°
π 1 π
B = 1 − A = 1 − +
20. (a) 1
cos 11°− sin 11° ∴ = −
2 360 2 360
Divide numerator and denominator by cos 11°
1 + tan 11° tan 45°+ tan 11° 28. (b) [( 1 − sin 2 θ) sec 2 θ + tan 2 θ] (cos 2 θ + 1)
= = = tan ( 45° + 11° ) = tan 56°
1 − tan 11° 1 − tan 45° tan 11° = [cos 2 θ ⋅ sec 2 θ + tan 2 θ] (cos 2 θ + 1) (Q sin 2 θ + cos 2 θ = 1)
a2 − b2 = ( 1 + tan θ) (cos θ + 1) = sec θ (cos θ + 1)
2 2 2 2
31. (d) We know in the interval θ ∈( 0, π / 2),sec 2 θ is increasing from 1 38. (d) Given, sin x + 3 cos x = 1
to ∞. 1 3 1
∴ p≥ 1 On dividing both sides by 2, we get sin x + cos x =
2 2 2
32. (b) Q cos 90° = 0 ⇒ sin x sin 30° + cos x cos 30° = 1 / 2
∴ cos 1° cos 2° cos 3°… cos 90° = 0 (Q cos 90° = 0) ⇒ cos ( x − 30° ) = cos 60° ⇒ x − 30° = 60°
1 − cos B ∴ x = 90°
33. (c) Given, tan A =
sin B 1 + tan 2 A
( 1 − cos B ) 39. (c) cosec A ⋅ sec A = ⋅ 1 + tan 2 A
2⋅ tan A
2 tan A sin B
∴ = 1 + tan 2 A 1 + ( 2 − 1)2
1 − tan 2 A 1 − cos B
2
= = (Q tan A = 2 – 1)
1− tan A 2−1
sin B
2( 1 − cos B ) sin B 2 ( 1 − cos B ) sin B 1 + 2 + 1 − 2 2 4 − 2 2 2 2( 2 − 1)
= = = = = =2 2
sin B − 1 − cos 2 B + 2 cos B −2 cos 2 B + 2 cos B
2 2−1 ( 2 − 1) ( 2 − 1)
2 sin B( 1 − cos B ) 3
= =
sin B
= tan B 40. (c) Given, tan θ = ⇒ sinθ = 3 cos θ ⇒ sinθ = 3 1 − sin 2θ
2 cos B ( 1 − cos B ) cos B 1
Squaring both sides, we get sin 2 θ = 9( 1 − sin 2θ)
34. (c) cot 15° cot 20° cot 70° cot 75° 9 3
⇒ 10 sin 2 θ = 9 ⇒ sinθ = =−
= tan ( 90° − 15° ) tan ( 90° − 20° ) cot 70° cot 75° 10 10
= tan 75° tan 70°
1
⋅
1
=1 (Q θ lies in IIIrd quadrant, so sin θ will be negative)
tan 70° tan 75° 41. (a) sin 20° cos 70° + cos 20° sin 70°
sin θ cos θ = sin( 20°+70° ) = sin 90° = 1
35. (b) Given, + =2
cos θ sin θ [Q sin A cos B + cos A sin B = sin( A + B )]
∴ sin 2 θ + cos 2 θ = 2 sin θ cos θ 42. (a) φ + θ = 180° ⇒ θ = 180° − φ ⇒ sin θ = sin ( 180° − φ)
⇒ sin 2θ = 1 = sin 90° ⇒ 2θ = 90° ⇒ θ = 45° sin θ = sin φ
36. (d) Given, in right angled ∆ABC , ∠B = 90° and AB : AC = 1 : 2 43. (b) cos x cosec y − cos x sin y
Let AB = x, AC = 2x = cos x ⋅ cosec ( 90°− x) − cos x ⋅ sin( 90°− x)
C ( Q x + y = 90°, given)
= cos x ⋅ sec x − cos 2 x
√2 x
= 1 − cos 2 x = sin 2 x = sin x
⇒ BC 2 = 2x2 − x2 ⇒ BC = x 5 1
45. (b) Given, tan A = and tan B =
BC x 6 11
∴ tan A = = =1
AB x 5 1 55 + 6
+
tan A + tan B 61
∴
2 tan A
=
2( 1) 2
= =∞ (undefined) Q tan ( A + B ) = = 6 11 = 66 = =1
1 − tan A tan B 1 − 5 ⋅ 1 66 − 5 61
1 − tan 2 A 1 − 12 0
a 6 11 66
37. (a) Given, AD = DB = and ∠B = 90° π π
2 ⇒ tan ( A + B ) = 1 ⇒ tan( A + B ) = tan ⇒ A + B =
4 4
In right angled ∆ ABC , BC 2 + AB 2 = AC 2 1 cos A sin A
46. (c) (cos A − sin A ) = −
⇒ BC 2 + a 2 = b 2 ⇒ BC = b2 − a2 2 2 2
π π π
In right angled ∆ BCD, CD 2 = BC 2 + BD 2 = cos cos A − sin sin A = cos + A
2
a2 4 4 4
CD 2 = ( b 2 − a 2 )2 + = b 2 − a 2 +
a
2 4 [Q cos A cos B – sin A sin B = cos( A + B )]
4b − 3a 4b − 3a π π π π π π
= sin −
2 2 2 2
⇒ CD 2 = ⇒ CD = 47. (d) sin ⋅ cos − cos ⋅ sin
4 2 4 12 4 12 4 12
BC b2 − a2 2 b2 − a2 [Q sin A cos B – cos A sin B = sin ( A − B )]
∴ cosθ = = = π
= sin =
1
CD 4b 2 − 3a 2 4b 2 − 3a 2
6 2
2
214 CDS Pathfinder
x sin φ sin x
48. (c) Given, tan θ = ⇒ x sin φ = tan θ − x cos φ tan θ 56. (b) Given, 3 cos x = 5 sin x ⇒ =
3 3
⇒ tan x = ,
1 − x cos φ cos x 5 5
tan θ sin θ sin θ 5 sin x − 2 sec 3 x + 2 cos x 5 tan x − 2 sec 4 x + 2
⇒ x= = = =
sin φ + cos φ tan θ cos θ sin φ + cos φ sin θ sin(θ + φ) 5 sin x + 2 sec 3 x − 2 cos x 5 tan x + 2 sec 4 x − 2
sin φ x sin θ (dividing numerator and denominator by cos x)
Similarly, y = , Hence, =
sin ( θ + φ) y sin φ 5 tan x − 2( 1 + tan 2 x)2 + 2
=
5 tan x + 2( 1 + tan 2 x)2 − 2
49. (b) Given, sin ( θ + φ) = 2 sin ( θ − φ) 2
− 2 1 +
3 9 1156
⇒ sin θ cos φ + cos θ sin φ = 2 (sin θ cos φ − cos θ sin φ) 5 × + 2 3+ 2−2×
5 25 625
3 sin φ sin θ = =
⇒ 3 cos θ sin φ = sin θ cos φ ⇒ = 3 9
2 1156
cos φ cos θ 5 × + 2 1 + − 2 3 − 2 + 2 × 625
5 25
⇒ 3 tan φ = tan θ or tan θ = 3 tan φ 3125 − 2312 813 271
sin(θ + α ) = = =
50. (a) Given, sin ( θ + α ) = cos ( θ + α ) ⇒ =1 625 + 2312 2937 979
cos(θ + α )
tan θ + tan α 1 + cos x ( 1 + cos x) 1 + cos x
⇒ tan ( θ + α ) = 1 ⇒ =1 57. (b) = ×
1 − tan θ tan α 1 – cos x ( 1 − cos x) 1 + cos x
⇒ tan θ + tan α = 1 − tan θ tan α 1 + cos x 1 cos x
= = + = cosec x + cot x
1 − tan α
⇒ tan θ ( 1 + tan α ) = 1 − tan α ⇒ tan θ = sin x sin x sin x
1 + tan α
58. (a) cos 4 x − sin 4 x = (cos 2 x − sin 2 x) (sin 2 x + cos 2 x)
θ− φ θ+ φ
51. (c) cos 2
− sin 2
2 2 = [(cos 2 x) − ( 1 − cos 2 x)] = 2 cos 2 x − 1 (Q sin 2 x + cos 2 x = 1)
θ − φ θ + φ θ − φ − θ + φ
= cos + ⋅ cos sin θ sin θ 1 − cos θ sin θ( 1 − cos θ) 1 − cos θ
2 2 2 2 59. (a) = × = =
1 + cos θ 1 + cos θ 1 − cos θ sin 2 θ sin θ
[Q cos 2 A − sin 2 B = cos ( A + B ) cos ( A − B )]
5 cos θ − 4 3 + 5 sin θ
= cos θ ⋅ cos ( − φ) = cos θ ⋅ cos φ 60. (a) −
3 − 5 sin θ 4 + 5 cos θ
52. (c) x2 + y 2 + z 2 = r 2 sin 2 θ cos 2 φ + r 2 sin 2 θ sin 2 φ + r 2 cos 2 θ (5 cos θ − 4)( 4 + 5 cos θ) − (3 + 5 sin θ)(3 − 5 sin θ)
=
= r 2 sin 2 θ (cos 2 φ + sin 2 φ) + r 2 cos 2 θ (3 − 5 sin θ)( 4 + 5 cos θ)
= r 2 sin 2 θ + r 2 cos 2 θ = r 2 (sin 2 θ + cos 2 θ) = r 2 ( 25 cos 2 θ − 16) − ( 9 − 25 sin 2 θ)
=
7 49 625 (3 − 5 sin θ)( 4 + 5 cos θ)
53. (c) Given, cot θ = , cosec 2 θ = 1 + cot 2 θ = 1 + = 25(sin 2 θ + cos 2 θ) − 25 25 − 25
24 576 576 = = =0
25 (3 − 5 sin θ)( 4 + 5 cos θ) (3 − 5 sin θ)( 4 + 5 cos θ)
∴ cosecθ = ±
24 16 9 3
61. (a) sin (α + β ) = 1 − cos 2 ( α + β ) = 1− = =
24 576 49 25 25 5
⇒ sin θ = ± , cos 2 θ = 1 − sin 2 θ = 1 − =
25 625 625 25 144 12
cos ( α − β ) = 1 − sin 2 ( α − β ) = = 1− =
7 3π 169 169 13
∴ cosθ = ± , As π < θ <
25 2 sin(α + β ) 3 5 3
∴ tan ( α + β ) = = × =
∴ sin θ and cosθ both are negative. cos(α + β ) 5 4 4
− 24 −7 sin(α − β ) 5 13 5
∴ sin θ = , cos θ = tan (α − β ) = = × =
25 25 cos(α − β ) 13 12 12
− 7 24 17
∴ cos θ − sin θ = + = ∴ tan ( 2α ) = tan[(α + β ) + (α − β )]
25 25 25 3 5
+
1 tan(α + β ) + tan(α − β ) 56
54. (b) Given, sin α = = sin 30° ⇒ α = 30° = = 4 12 =
2 1 − tan(α + β ) ⋅ tan(α − β ) 1 − 3 × 5 33
π 4 12
Also, β = − α = 90° − 30° = 60°
2 tan 45°+ tan x 1 + tan x
62. (a) tan ( 45° + x) = =
55. (c) Given, sin x − cos x = 0 ⇒ sin x = cos x ⇒ tan x = 1 1 − tan 45° tan x 1 − tan x
π π tan 45°− tan x 1 − tan x
⇒ tan x = tan ⇒ x = tan ( 45° − x) = =
4 4 1 + tan 45° tan x 1 + tan x
4 4 1 + tan x
π π 1 1
∴ sin 4 x + cos 4 x = sin 4 + cos 4 = + tan( 45°+ x) 1 − tan x 1 + tan x
2
4 4 2 2 ∴ = =
tan( 45°− x) 1 − tan x
1 − tan x
1 1 1
= + = 1 + tan x
4 4 2
MATHEMATICS Measurements of Angles and Trigonometric Ratios 215
1 cos( x − 2 y ) 99. (c) Given, x = a sec θ cos φ, y = b sec θ sin φ and z = c tanθ,
93. (b) Given, cos x = k cos ( x − 2 y ) ⇒ =
k cos x x 2 y 2 z2 a 2 sec 2 θ cos 2 φ b 2 sec 2 θ sin 2 φ c 2 tan 2 θ
2
+ 2 − 2 = + −
Apply componendo and dividendo theorem a b c a2 b2 c2
x – 2y + x x – x + 2y = sec θ [cos φ + sin φ] − tan θ = sec θ − tan 2 θ = 1
2 2 2 2 2
2 sin sin
1 − k cos( x − 2 y ) − cos x 2 2 100. (a) The squares of the tangents of the angles 30°, 45° and 60° are in
= =
1 + k cos( x − 2 y ) + cos x x – 2y + x x – 2y – x G.P.
2 cos cos 2
⇒ tan 2 30°, tan 2 45°, tan 2 60° are in G.P. ⇒ , ( 1)2 , ( 3 )2
2 2 1
2 sin( x − y ) sin y 3
= = tan( x − y ) tan y
2 cos( x − y ) cos y 1
are in G.P. ⇒ , 1, 3 are in G.P.
sin( x + y ) − 2 sin x + sin( x − y ) 3
94. (b)
cos( x + y ) − 2 cos x + cos( x − y ) 1
which is true as 12 = × 3 ⇒ 1 = 1
3
sin( x + y ) + sin( x – y ) – 2 sin x
= 101. (d) We know that, in a cyclic quadrilateral sum of opposite angle is
cos( x + y ) + cos( x – y ) – 2 cos x
180°.
x+ y + x− y x+ y −x+ y
2 sin ⋅ cos − 2 sin x ∴ A + C = 180° …(i)
= 2 2
(x + y + x − y) (x + y − x + y) and B + D = 180° …(ii)
2 cos ⋅ cos − 2 cos x
2 2 ∴ cos A + cos B + cos C + cos D
2 sin x cos y − 2 sin x 2 sin x (cos y − 1) sin x = cos A + cos B + cos ( 180° − A ) + cos ( 180° − B )
= = = = tan x
2 cos x cos y − 2 cos x 2 cos x (cos y − 1) cos x = cos A + cos B − cos A − cos B = 0
x+ y x− y [∴ cos ( 180°− θ) = − cos θ]
95. (c) Given, sin x + sin y = a ⇒ 2 sin cos =a …(i)
2 2 102. (a) We know that, for 0° < θ < 90°, there exist only one θ such that
x+ y (x − y) sin θ = a.
and cos x + cos y = b ⇒ 2 cos ⋅ cos = b …(ii)
2 2 103. (b)Q sin ( B + C − A ) = 1 = sin 90° ⇒ B + C − A = 90° …(i)
On dividing Eq. (i) from Eq. (ii), we get Q cos (C + A − B ) = 1 = cos 0°
x+ y x− y ∴ C + A − B = 0° …(ii)
2 sin cos
2 2 a x+ y a
∴ = ⇒ tan = and tan ( A + B − C ) = 1 = tan 45°
x+ y (x − y) b 2 b
2 cos cos ∴ A + B − C = 45° …(iii)
2 2
On adding Eqs. (i), (ii) and (iii), we get
96. (a) Here, r = length of largest hand of clock
A + B + C = 135° …(iv)
l = distance covered by largest hand of clock
On subtracting Eqs. (i), (ii), (iii) from Eq. (iv), we get
Angle traced in 60 min = 360°
2 A = 45°, 2B = 135°, 2C = 90°
360° 2π 1° 1°
Angle traced in 20 min = × 20 = 120° ⇒ θ = A = 22 , B = 67 , C = 45°
60 3 2 2
l 2 π 42 × 2 × 22
As, θ = ⇒ l = r θ, ⇒ l = 42 × = = 88 cm
r 3 3×7 104. (c) cos ( 180° + A ) + cos ( 180° + B )
+ cos ( 180° + C ) + cos ( 180° + D )
97. (d) Given, 2 sin x + 15 cos 2 x = 7 ⇒ 2 sin x + 15 − 15 sin 2 x = 7
= − cos A − cos B − cos C − cos D
⇒ 15 sin 2 x − 2 sin x − 8 = 0
= − cos A − cos B − cos ( 180° − A ) − cos ( 180° − B )
⇒ 15 sin x − 12 sin x + 10 sin x − 8 = 0
2
(Q A + C = B + D = 180°)
⇒ 3 sin x ( 5 sin x − 4) + 2 ( 5 sin x − 4) = 0
= − cos A − cos B + cos A + cos B = 0
⇒ ( 3 sin x + 2) ( 5 sin x − 4) = 0
105. (d) In ∆ABC ,
⇒ sin x =
4 Q sin x ≠ − 2 , 0° < x < 90°
BC u v
5 3 tan A = = and tan B =
2 2 AC v u
1 − 3
4 3
∴ cos x = 1 − sin 2 x = = = A
5 5 5
sin x 4 / 5 4
∴ tan x = = =
cos x 3 / 5 3 v w
98. (a) In ∆ABC , A + B + C = 180°
∴ A + B = 180° − C ⇒ tan ( A + B ) = tan ( 180° − C ) C u B
tan A + tan B
⇒ = − tan C Also, u + v = w
2 2 2
(by pythagoras theorem) …(i)
1 − tan A tan B
⇒ tan A + tan B = − tan C + tan A tan B tan C u v u 2 + v2 w2
∴ tan A + tan B = + = = [from Eq. (i)]
⇒ tan A + tan B + tan C = tan A tan B tan C v u uv uv
218 CDS Pathfinder
π cos π A + B 180°−C
106. (a)Q In 24 h, Earth rotate about its own RHS cos A + cos B = cos + II. sin = sin
axis = 360° 6 3 2 2
3 1 3+1
= + = = sin 90° − = cos
In 1 h Earth rotate about its own axis C C
2 2 2 2 2
360° ⇒ sin A + sin B = cos A + cos B
= = 15° A + B −C
24 π π III. tan
II. LHS tan A + tan B = tan + tan 2
In 4 h Earth rotate about its own axis 6 3
( 180°−C ) − C
= 15° × 4 = 60° 1 4 = tan
= + 3= 2
Since, in 60 min Earth rotate about its 3 3 ( 180°−2C )
own axis = 15° π π = tan
RHS cot A + cot B = cot + cot 2
In 12 min Earth rotate about its own 6 3
1 4 = tan ( 90° − C ) = cot C
15°×12 = 3+ =
axis = = 3° (A − B −C ) A − (B + C )
60° 3 3 IV. tan = tan
⇒ tan A + tan B = cot A + cot B 2 2
∴ In 4 h 12 min Earth rotate about its A − ( 180°− A )
own axis Hence, both statements are true. = tan
2
= 60° + 3° = 63° 111. (a) Q A + B + C + D = 360°
= tan [ − ( 90° − A )]
107. (a) In right angled ∆OAB, ∴ A + B = 360° − (C + D )
= − tan ( 90° − A ) = − cot A
∴ sin ( A + B ) = sin [360° − (C + D )]
Hence, all options are correct.
r = − sin (C + D )
A B 115. (b) Given, sin( A + B ) = 1
40° ∴ sin ( A + B ) + sin (C + D ) = 0
R and sin( A − B ) = 1 / 2
Also, cos( A + B ) = cos[360° − (C + D )] π
O ∴ A+B = …(i)
cos ( A + B ) = cos (C + D ) 2
π
Hence, only statement I is correct. ∴ A−B = …(ii)
6
π 3.14
112. (d) I. 1° = radian = = 0.017 On adding Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
AB r 180 180 2π π π
cos 40° = ⇒ cos 40° = 2A = ⇒ A = and B =
OB R = 0.02 radians (approx) 3 3 6
⇒ r = R cos 40° which is less than 0.03 radians. 116. (c) Now, tan ( A + 2B ) ⋅ tan( 2 A + B )
180 π π 2π π
II. 1 radian = = tan + ⋅ tan
So, the radius of the circle of latitude degree
π +
40°S is R cos 40°. 3 3 3 6
180
108. (b) Given, sin 3θ = cos ( θ − 2° ) = = 57.32 degree 2π 5π
3.14 = tan ⋅ tan
⇒ sin 3θ = sin [ 90° − ( θ − 2° )] 3 6
which is greater than 45°.
π π π π
⇒ 3θ = 90° − θ + 2° Hence, both statements are true. = tan + ⋅ tan +
2 6 2 3
92°
⇒ 4θ = 92° ⇒ θ = = 23° π π −1
4
113. (d) I. sin θ ⋅ sin( 60°+ θ) ⋅ sin( 60°− θ) = − cot − cot = ( − 3 ) = 1
= sinθ[sin 2 60°− sin 2θ] 6 3 3
109. (c) I. RHS = cos 2 θ( 1 + tan θ)( 1 − tan θ)
= sin θ − sin 2 θ
3 117. (b) Now, sin 2 A − sin 2 B
= cos 2 θ ( 1 − tan 2 θ) 4 = sin 2 ( π / 3) − sin 2 ( π / 6)
cos 2 θ − sin 2 θ 1 1 2
= cos 2 θ = [3 sin θ − 4sin θ] = sin 3θ
3
3 2
= − = − = =
1 3 1 2 1
cos 2 θ 4 4
2 2 4 4 4 2
cos 2 θ − sin 2 θ II. cosθ ⋅ sin (30°+θ) ⋅ sin(30°− θ)
= = LHS
cos 2 θ + sin 2 θ = cosθ[sin 2 30°− sin 2θ] 118. (c) Since, tanA, tanB are the roots of
equation 3x 2 − 2 3x + 1 = 0
= cos θ − ( 1 − cos 2 θ)
1 + sin θ ( 1 + sin θ)2 1
II. LHS = = 2 3
1 − sin θ 1 − sin 2 θ 4 ∴ tan A + tan B =
2 1 1 3
+ θ
= = [ 4 cos θ − 3cosθ] = cos 3θ
1 sin 3
4 4 and tan A ⋅ tan B = 1 / 3
cos θ
tan A + tan B
= (sec θ + tan θ )2 III. sin θ ⋅ cos(30°+ θ) ⋅ cos(30°− θ) ∴ tan( A + B ) =
1 − tan A ⋅ tan B
Hence, both statements are correct. = sin θ [cos 2 30°− sin 2 θ]
2 3
π π
= sin θ − sin 2 θ = sin 3θ
3 1 π
110. (c) Given, A = and B = = 3 = 3 = tan
6 3 4 4
π π 1− 1/ 3 3
I. LHS sin A + sin B = sin + sin Hence, all three statements are correct.
6 3 ∴ A + B = π /3
1 3 1+ 3 114. (d) In right angled ∆ABC , Now, A + B + C = π
= + = π 2π
2 2 2 A + B + C = 180° ⇒ C = π − ( A + B) = π − =
I. sin( A + B ) = sin ( 180° − C ) = sin C 3 3
MATHEMATICS Measurements of Angles and Trigonometric Ratios 219
−1 / 2
119. (c) Now, sin C + cos C 1 sin 90° 128. (b) Given that, sin θ ⋅ cos θ =
3
…(i)
=
= sin( π − ( A + B )) + cos( π − ( A + B )) 4
(sin α sin β ) cos( 90°−α ) sin β
1/2
[as A + B + C = π, C = π − ( A + B )] [from Eq. (i)] ∴ sin 4 θ + cos 4 θ
= sin( A + B ) − cos( A + B )
=
1
× (sin α sin β )1 / 2 = 1 = (sin 2 θ + cos 2 θ)2 − 2 sin 2 θ .cos 2 θ
= sin( π / 3) − cos( π / 3)
(sin α sin β ) 1/2
= ( 1)2 − 2 (sin θ ⋅ cos θ )2
3 1 3−1
= − = cot 30°+1 2
2 2 2 125. (c) I. = 2 (cos 30° + 1) 3 3 3 5
cot 30°−1 = 1− 2 = 1− 2. = 1− =
1 + tan 2 C 4 16 8 8
120. (b) 2 sin B = 3+1 3
cosec 2C ⇒ =2 + 1
3−1 2 129. (d) Given that, θ lies is in first quadrant
1 + tan 2 ( 2 π / 3) and tanθ=3
= 3+1 3+1 3 + 2
cosec 2 ( 2 π / 3) ⇒ × =2 ∴ tan 2 θ = 9
3−1 3+1 2
1 + tan 2 ( π − π / 3) On adding both sides by 1, we get
= 3 + 1+ 2 3
cosec 2 ( π − π / 3) ⇒ = 3+ 2 ⇒ 1 + tan 2 θ = 10
3−1
1 + tan 2 π / 3 ⇒ sec 2 θ= 10 ⇒ secθ= 10
2 sin B = 4+ 2 3
cosec 2 π / 3 ⇒ = 3+ 2
2 (since, θ lies in first quadrant)
1+ 3 4
= = ×3 = 3 2 (2 + 3) 1
4/3 4 ⇒ = 3+ 2 ⇒ cosθ = ...(i)
2 10
3 π π
sin B = = sin , B = ⇒ 3+ 2= 3+ 2 Q sin 2 θ = 1 − cos 2 θ = 1 −
1
=
9
2 3 3 10 10
So, it is true. 3
121. (c) Given that, sin 2 x + cos 2 x − 1 = 0 ⇒ sinθ = ...(ii)
⇒ sin 2 x + cos 2 x = 1 II. 2 sin 45° cos 45° − tan 45° cot 45° = 0 10
3 1 4
⇒ 2 ×
which is an identity of trigonometric 1 1 Now, sin θ + cos θ = + =
× – 1× 1= 0
ratio and always true for every real value 2 2 10 10 10
of x. 1
So, the equation has infinite solutions. or 2 × – 1× 1= 0 130. (d) If 0°< θ < 90°, then all the
2 trigonometric ratios can be obtained
122. (c) Given that, 3 sin x + 5 cos x = 5 when any one of the six ratios is given.
⇒ 1 − 1 = 0, It is true.
On squaring both sides, we get
Hence, both statements I and II are 131. (a) sin A .cos A . tan A + cos A . sin A . cot A
9 sin 2 x + 25 cos 2 x + 30 sin x cos x = 25 true. sin A cos A
= sin A . cos A . + cos A . sin A .
⇒ 9( 1− cos 2 x) + 25( 1− sin 2 x) 126. (c) I. We know that, sin 2 θ + cos 2 θ = 1 cos A sin A
+ 30 sin x cos x = 25 ∴ sin 2 1° + cos 2 1° = 1 = sin 2 A + cos 2 A
⇒ 9 + 25 − { 9 cos 2 x + 25 sin 2 x
II. We have sin θ 1 + cos θ
− 30 sin x cos x} = 25 132. (a) +
sec 2 33°− cot 2 57° 1 + cos θ sin θ
⇒ 9 = (3 cos x − 5 sin x)2
⇒ 3 cos x − 5 sin x = 3 = cosec 2 37°− tan 2 53° sin 2 θ + ( 1 + cos θ)2
=
LHS = sec 33°− cot 2 57°
2
sin θ ( 1 + cos θ)
123. (c) Given, p = a sin x + b cos x and
q = a cos x − b sin x = sec 2 ( 90°−57° ) − cot 2 57°
= cosec 2 57°− cot 2 57° = 1 sin 2 θ + 1 + cos 2 θ + 2 cos θ
⇒ p 2 = a 2 sin 2 x + b 2 cos 2 x =
RHS = cosec 2 37°− tan 2 53° sin θ ( 1 + cos θ)
+ 2ab sin x cos x
and q 2 = a 2 cos 2 x + b 2 sin 2 x = cosec 2 37°− tan 2 ( 90°−53° ) sin 2 θ + cos 2 θ + 1 + 2 cos θ
=
− 2 ab sin x cos x = cosec 2 37°− cot 2 37° = 1 sin θ ( 1 + cos θ)
∴ p 2 + q 2 = a 2 (sin 2 x + cos 2 x) + b 2 LHS = RHS 1 + 1 + 2 cos θ
(cos 2 x + sin 2 x) =
Hence, both statements are correct. sin θ ( 1 + cos θ)
= a2 + b2
127. (b) I. Given that, sin x + cos x = 2 2 ( 1 + cos θ)
124. (b) Given, α + β = 90° ...(i) = = 2 cosecθ
⇒ (sin x + cos x)2 = 4 sin θ ( 1 + cos θ)
− 1/2
sin α cos α
∴ ( cosec α ⋅ cosec β ) + ⇒ (sin 2 x + cos 2 x) + 2 sin x cos x = 4
sin β cos β 133. (c) sec 2 D – tan 2 D = 1
⇒ 1 + sin 2x = 4 ⇒ sin 2x = 3
1 Since, it is a trigonometric identity.
= As maximum value of sinθ is 1.
(sin α sin β )1 / 2 134. (b) Given, cos A + cos 2 A = 1
− 1/2 Therefore, no value of x satisfy above
sin α cos β + cos α sin β ⇒ cos A = 1 − cos 2 A = sin 2 A ...(i)
equation. Thus, statement I is false.
sin β cos β
II. sin x − cos x = 0 (Q sin 2 θ + cos 2 θ = 1)
− 1/2
1 sin(α + β ) ⇒ tan x = 1 = tan π / 4 Now, 2(sin A + sin 4 A )
2
= It x lies in first quadrant, then
(sin α sin β ) sin β cos β
1/2
tan x = tan π / 4 ⇒ x = π / 4 = 2 (sin 2 A + cos 2 A ) [from Eq. (i)]
Thus, statement II is true. = 2 ⋅ ( 1) = 2
220 CDS Pathfinder
135. (c) ( 1 − tan A )2 + ( 1 + tan A )2 + ( 1 − cot A )2 + ( 1 + cot A )2 140. (b) Now, cosec (C − D + B ) = cosec( 120° − 150° + 60° )
= 2 [ 1 + tan A ] + 2[ 1 + cot A ]
2 2 = cosec (180° − 150° ) = cosec 30° = 2
[Q ( a − b ) + ( a + b ) = 2( a + b )]
2 2 2 2
141. (d) If ABCD is a cyclic quadrilateral, then sum of opposite angles
= 2 sec A + 2 cosec A = 2
1 1 should be 180° but here
2 2
+
cos 2 A sin 2 A ∠A + ∠C = 30° + 120° = 150° ≠ 180°
and ∠B + ∠D = 60° + 150° = 210° ≠ 180°
sin A + cos A
2 2
2 ⋅ ( 1)
=2 = = 2 sec 2 A ⋅ cosec 2 A So, statement I is incorrect.
sin 2 A ⋅ cos 2 A sin 2 A ⋅ cos 2 A
Now, sin ( B − A ) = cos (D − C )
1 + 2 sin θ ⋅ cos θ
136. (d) Given, a2 = ⇒ sin ( 60° − 30° ) = cos ( 150° − 120° )
1 − 2 sin θ ⋅ cos θ
1 3
(sin 2 θ + cos 2 θ) + 2 sin θ ⋅ cos θ ⇒ sin 30° = cos 30° ⇒ ≠
⇒ a2 = 2 2
(sin 2 θ + cos 2 θ) − 2 sin θ ⋅ cos θ So, statement II is also incorrect.
(sin θ + cos θ)2 a sin θ + cos θ 142. (a) Given, sin θ + cos θ = 3
⇒ a2 = ⇒ =
(sin θ − cos θ)2 1 sin θ − cos θ On squaring both sides, we get (sin θ + cos θ)2 = ( 3 )2
a + 1 (sin θ + cos θ) + (sin θ − cos θ) ⇒ sin 2 θ + cos 2 θ + 2 sin θ cos θ = 3 ⇒ 1 + 2 sin θ cos θ = 3
⇒ =
a − 1 (sin θ + cos θ) − (sin θ − cos θ) 3−1
⇒ sin θ cos θ = =1 ...(i)
(applying componendo dividendo formula) 2
sin θ cos θ sin θ + cos θ
2 2
1
a + 1 2 sin θ Now, tan θ + cot θ = + = =
⇒ = = tan θ cos θ sin θ sin θ cos θ sin θ cos θ
a − 1 2 cos θ
1
x2 − y 2 x2 − y 2
2
From Eq. (i), tan θ + cot θ = =1
137. (b) Given, sin θ = ⇒ cos 2 θ = 1 − sin 2 θ = 1 − 2 1
x + y
2 2
x + y2
143. (a) cos ec ( 75° + θ ) − sec ( 15° − θ ) = cos ec ( 75° + θ )
( x2 + y 2 )2 − ( x2 − y 2 )2 4x 2 y 2 2xy
2
− sec [ 90° − ( 75° + θ )]
= = 2 = 2
( x2 + y 2 )2 (x + y ) 2 2
x + y2 = cos ec ( 75° + θ ) − cos ec ( 75° + θ ) = 0
151. (a) Only statement I is correct as tanθ increases faster than sin θ as 1
∴ sec x = =1
θ increases while statement II is wrong as the value of sin θ + cos θ cos x
is not always greater than 1. It may also be equal to 1. ∴ cos x + sec x = ( 1)n + ( 1)n = 1 + 1 = 2
n n
152. (a) Since, value of cosθ decreases, from 0° to 90° and at 45° it is 161. (c) Given, sin θ + 2 cos θ = 1
equal to the value of sin θ. On squaring both sides, we get (sin θ + 2 cos θ )2 = 1
Similarly, value of sin θ increases from 0 to 90° and at 45° it is ⇒ sin 2 θ + 4 cos 2 θ + 4 sin θ cos θ = 1
equal to the value of cosθ.
⇒ ( 1 − cos 2 θ) + 4( 1 − sin 2 θ) + 4 sin θ cos θ = 1
For 0° < θ < 45°, cos θ > sin θ
⇒ − (cos 2 θ + 4 sin 2 θ) + 4 sin θ cos θ = 1 − 5
So, value of cos 25° − sin 25° is always positive but less than 1.
⇒ cos 2 θ + 4 sin 2 θ − 4 sin θ cos θ = 4
153. (b) In right angled ∆ABC, ∠B = 90°
⇒ ( 2 sin θ − cos θ)2 = 4 ⇒ 2 sin θ − cos θ = 2
∠C = 180°− ( ∠B + ∠A ) = 180°−90°−∠A = 90°−∠A
∴ sin C = sin( 90°− A ) = cos A = 4 / 5 162. (b) Given, tan 8θ = cot 2θ
154. (c) Since, α and β are complementary angle. ⇒ tan 8θ = tan( 90° − 2θ) ⇒ 8θ = 90° − 2θ ⇒ θ = 9°
∴ tan 5θ ⇒ tan 45° = 1
∴ α = 90° − β
cos α
Now, cos α cosec β − cos α sin β = − cos α sin β 163. (a) Q sin ( A + B ) = 1 = sin 90° ⇒ ( A + B ) = 90°
sin β ⇒ A = 90° − B
cos α Now, cos ( A − B ) = cos A cos B + sin A sin B
= − cos α cos( 90°−β )
cos( 90° − β ) = cos ( 90° − B ) cos B + sin ( 90° − B ) sin B
cos α = sin B cos B + cos B sin B = 2 sin B cos B = sin 2 B
= − cos α ⋅ cos α = 1 − cos 2 α = sin 2 α = sin α
cos α
12
164. (d) Clock will make right angle at ( 5n + 15) × min past n.
155. (d) Given, sec θ + tan θ = 2 ...(i) 11
By trigonometric identity, sec 2 θ − tan 2 θ = 1 Here, n = 3
⇒ (sec θ + tan θ)(sec θ − tan θ) = 1⇒ sec θ − tan θ = 1 / 2 ...(ii) ∴ ( 5 × 3 + 15) ×
12
min past 3 = 30 ×
12
min past 3
On adding Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get 11 11
8 8
⇒
1
2 sec θ = + 2 ⇒ sec θ =
5 = 32 min past 3 i.e. 3 h 32 min
2 4 11 11
222 CDS Pathfinder
165. (c) Given, tan θ + cot θ = 2 = (sin 2 x − cos 2 x ) [(sin 4 x + cos 4 x + 2 sin 2 x cos 2 x )
sin θ cos θ sin 2 θ + cos 2 θ − sin 2 x cos 2 x]
⇒ + =2 ⇒ =2
cos θ sin θ sin θ cos θ = (sin x − cos x ) (sin x + cos x + sin x cos 2 x )
2 2 4 4 2
1 1 = (sin 2 x )3 − (cos 2 x )3 [Q ( a − b )( a 2 + b 2 + ab ) = a 3 − b 3 ]
⇒ =2 ⇒ sin θ cos θ = ...(i)
sin θ cos θ 2
= sin 6 x − cos 6 x
Now, (sin θ + cos θ)2 = sin 2 θ + cos 2 θ + 2 sin θ cos θ
1
= 1+ 2 × = 1+ 1 [from Eq. (i)] 171. (d) (sin x ⋅ cos y + cos x ⋅ sin y ) (sin x ⋅ cos y − cos x ⋅ sin y )
2 = sin ( x + y ) ⋅ sin ( x − y ) = sin 2 x − sin 2 y
⇒ (sin θ + cos θ ) = 2 ⇒ sin θ + cos θ = 2
2
[Q sin 2 A − sin 2 B = sin( A + B ) sin( A − B )]
sec x 1 / cos x
166. (a) = 172. (d) In ∆ABC , A + B + C = 180° ⇒ A + B = 180° –C
cot x + tan x cos x + sin x
sin x cos x tan( A + B ) = tan( 180° –C ) = − tan C
1 / cos x 1 sin x cos x tan A + tan B
= = × = sin x ⇒ = − tan C
cos 2 x + sin 2 x cos x 1 1 − tan A tan B
sin x cos x tan A + tan B + tan C = tan A tan B tan C
167. (b) ( 1 + cot x − cosec x )( 1 + tan x + sec x ) On dividing both sides by tan A tan B tan C
1 1 1
+ + =1
= ( 1 + cot x − cosec x ) 1 + + sec x
1
tan B tan C tan A tan C tan A tan B
cot x
( 1 + cot x − cosec x)( 1 + cot x + cosec x) ⇒ cot B cot C + cot A cot C + cot A cot B = 1
=
cot x 1
173. (a) sin x + cosecx = 2 ⇒ sin x + = 2 ⇒ sin 2 x + 1 = 2 sin x
( 1 + cot x)2 − ( cosec x)2 sin x
=
cot x ⇒ sin 2 x − 2 sin x + 1 = 0 ⇒ (sin x − 1)2 = 0 ⇒ sin x = 1
12 + cot 2 x + 2 cot x − cosec 2 x cosec x =
1
=1
=
cot x sin x
1 + 2 cot x − ( cosec 2 x − cot 2 x) 1 + 2 cot x − 1 ∴ sin 9 x + cosec 9 x = ( 1)9 + ( 1)9 = 1 + 1 = 2
= = =2
cot x cot x 174. (b) Given, sin x + cos x = p ...(i)
168. (d) ( cosec x − sin x )(sec x − cos x )(tan x + cot x ) and sin 3 x + cos 3 x = q ...(ii)
178. (d) Given, tan A + cot A = 4 ⇒ 3 – tan 2 A = k – 3k tan 2 A II. [( 1 – sin A ) – cos A ]2
On squaring both sides, we get ⇒ 3k tan 2 A – tan 2 A = k – 3 = ( 1 – sin A )2 + cos 2 A
(tan A + cot A ) = ( 4) 2 2 –2 cos A( 1 – sin A )
⇒ tan 2 A(3k – 1) = k – 3
= 1 + sin 2 A – 2 sin A + cos 2 A
⇒ tan A + cot A + 2 tan A cot A = 16
2 2
k –3
⇒ tan 2 A = –2 cos A( 1 – sin A )
⇒ tan 2 A + cot 2 A + 2 = 16 3k – 1
= 1 + sin 2 A + cos 2 A – 2 sin A
⇒ tan 2 A + cot 2 A = 14 k −3 1
where > 0 ⇒ k < or k > 3 –2 cos A( 1 – sin A )
Again, squaring both sides, we get 3k − 1 3 = 2 – 2 sin A – 2 cos A( 1 – sin A )
(tan 2 A + cot 2 A )2 = ( 14)2 Now, cosec A (3 sin A – 4 sin 3 A ) = 2 ( 1 – sin A ) – 2 cos A( 1 – sin A )
⇒ tan A + cot A + 2 tan A
4 4 2
= cosec A × sin A (3 – 4 sin 2 A ) = 2 ( 1 – sin A )( 1 – cos A ) ≠ RHS
cot 2 A = 196 1
= × sin A (3 – 4 sin 2 A ) Hence, only statement I is correct.
⇒ tan A + cot A + 2 = 196
4 4 sin A 2a + 3b 2a
Q cosecA = 1 184. (a) We have, sinθ = = 1+
⇒ tan 4 A + cot 4 A = 194 3b 3b
sinA Since, sinθ is always smaller or equal to
179. (c) In right angled ∆ABC , AB : BC = 3: 4
tan 2 A 1 but 1 +
2a
> 1.
AB 3 C = 3 − 4 sin 2 A = 3 − 4
or = 1 + tan A
2 3b
BC 4 k −3 Hence, it is not possible.
Now, in ∆ABC 3−
3 − tan 2 A 3k − 1
4 = = 185. (a) Since, 0 ≤ cos 2 x ≤ 1
AC 2 = AB 2 + BC 2 1 + tan 2 A 1 + k − 3
3k − 1 Q − 1 ≤ cos 2 x + cos 2 y − cos 2 z ≤ 2
= 32 + 42 A B ∴ Minimum value of the given
3 9k − 3 − k + 3
= 9 + 16 = 25 = expression is − 1 .
BC 4 3k − 1 + k − 3
⇒ AC = 5 ⇒ sin A = = 8k 2k 186. (a) We have, tan θ + sec θ = 2
AC 5 = = ,
4k − 4 k − 1 ⇒ sec θ = 2 − tan θ
AB 3
sin B = 90° = sin 90° = 1, sinC = = 1
AC 5 where k < or k > 3 On squaring both sides, we get
3
4
Now, sin A + sin B + sin C = + 1 +
3 sec 2 θ = 4 + tan 2 θ − 4 tan θ
1 – sin x
5 5 182. (c) Given, p = ⇒ 1 + tan 2 θ = 4 + tan 2 θ − 4 tan θ
4 + 5 + 3 12 1 + sin x 3
= = ⇒ 4 tan θ = 3 ⇒ tan θ =
5 5 ( 1 – sin x)( 1 – sin x) 4
p=
180. (b) Given, sin x + cos x = C ( 1 + sin x)( 1 – sin x) cos θ 1 + sin θ
187. (b) We have, ×
On squaring both sides, we get 1 – sin x 1 – sin x 1 − sin θ 1 + sin θ
= = cos θ ( 1 + sin θ) cos θ ( 1 + sin θ)
(sin x + cos x)2 = C 2 2
1 – sin x cos x = =
1 − sin 2 θ cos 2 θ
⇒ sin x + cos x + 2 sin x cos x = C 2
2 2
r=
cos x
×
( 1 – sin x) cos( 1 – sin x)
= 1 + sin θ
⇒ 1 + 2 sin x cos x = C 2 1 + sin x ( 1 – sin x) 1 – sin 2 x =
cos θ
C2 −1 cos x ( 1 – sin x) 1 – sin x
⇒ sin x cos x = …(i) r= = 188. (c) We have,
2 cos 2 x cos x
⇒ p=q=r tan( x + 40)° tan( x + 20)° tan(3x )°
Now, sin 6 x + cos 6 x = (sin 2 x)3
1 − sin x cos x tan( 70 − x )° tan(50 − x )° = 1
+(cos 2 x)3 Also, q × r = ×
cos x 1 + sin x [ Q cot( 90° − θ) = tan θ]
= (sin 2 x + cos 2 x)[sin 4 x + cos 4 x
1 − sin x ⇒ tan( x + 40)° tan( x + 20)° tan(3x )°
– sin 2 x cos 2 x] = = p2
1 + sin x cot( 90° − 70° + x )°
[Q a 3 + b 3 = ( a + b )( a 2 + b 2 – ab )] cot( 90° − 50° + x )° = 1
= 1 [(sin 2 x + cos 2 x)2 – 3 sin 2 x cos 2 x] Hence, both statements are correct.
cos A sin A ⇒ tan( x + 40)° tan( x + 20)° tan(3x )°
= ( 1 – 3 sin 2 x cos 2 x) 183. (a) I. LHS = +
1 – tan A 1 – cot A cot( 20 + x )° cot( 40 + x )° = 1
∴ sin 6 x + cos 6 x = 1 – 3 sin 2 x cos 2 x
cos A sin A ⇒ tan(3x )° = 1 ⇒ tan(3x )° = tan 45°
C 2 – 1
2
= +
= 1 – 3 [from Eq. (i)] 1–
sin A
1–
cos A ⇒ 3x = 45 ⇒ x = 15
2 π π
− 8 sec 2
cos A sin A
189. (d) We have, 32 cot 2
C 4 + 1 – 2C 2 cos 2 A sin 2 A 4 3
= 1 – 3 = + π
4 cos A – sin A sin A – cos A + 8 cos 3
4 – 3C – 3 + 6C
4 2
1 + 6C 2 – 3C 4 6
= = cos 2 A – sin 2 A
= 3
3
4 4 (cos A – sin A ) = 32 ⋅ ( 1) − 8 ⋅ ( 2)2 + 8 ⋅
3 – tan 2 A (cos A – sin A )(cos A + sin A ) 2
181. (c) Given, =k =
1 – 3 tan 2 A (cos A – sin A ) = 32 − 8 ⋅ ( 4) + 8 ⋅
3 3
⇒ 3 – tan 2 A = k( 1 – 3 tan 2 A ) = (cos A + sin A ) = RHS
8
= 32 − 32 + 3 3 = 3 3
224 CDS Pathfinder
2 2
190. (b) We have, x = a cosθ and y = b cot θ sin 35° cos 55° + 2 sin 30° 200. (c) Q 3 − tan 2 θ = α ( 1 − 3 tan 2 θ)
196. (c) −
a b a b a2 b2 cos 55° sin 35° ⇒ (3α − 1) tan 2 θ = α − 3
∴ − + = 2 − 2
x yx y x sin( 90°−55° )
2 α −3
= ⇒ tan 2 θ =
y
cos 55° 3α − 1
= sec θ − tan θ = 1
2 2
α −3
cos( 90°−35° )
2 As, tan 2 θ ≥ 0, then ≥ 0 ⇒α≥3
−
3 1
191. (a) We have, sin θ cos θ=2 cos 3 θ − cos θ + 2× 3α − 1
2 sin 35° 2
⇒ α∈ −∞ , ∪ [3, ∞ )
1 1
or, α <
⇒ 2 sin θ = 4 cos 2 θ − 3 cos 55°
2
sin 35° + 1
2
3
= −
3
⇒ 2 sin θ = 4 − 4 sin θ − 3 2
cos 55° sin 35°
201. (a) To exchange the position, both hands
⇒ 4 sin 2 θ + 2 sin θ − 1 = 0, = 12 − 12 + 1 = 1 has to cover 360° together.
−2 ± 4 + 16 −2 ± 2 5 4 Angle traced by hour hand in 1 min
⇒ sinθ = = 197. (c) We have, tan θ + cot θ =
8 8 3 = ( 1 / 2)°
−1 ± 5 sin θ cos θ 4 Angle traced by minute hand in 1 min = 6°
⇒ sinθ = ⇒ + =
4 cos θ sin θ 3 Let the required time be t min. Then,
Since, θ is acute angle 1 360 × 2
sin 2 θ + cos 2 θ 4 6t + t = 360° ⇒ t =
⇒ = 2 13
∴ sinθ > 0 cos θ ⋅ sin θ 3
720
5−1 1 4 = min = 55.38 min
⇒ sinθ = ⇒ = 13
4 sin 2θ 3
1 − cos θ 1 − cos θ 1 − cos θ
192. (d) Hours moved by hour hand = 5 hrs 2 202. (c) I. = ×
10 min 1 + cos θ 1 + cos θ 1 − cos θ
3
⇒ sin 2θ =
10 31 ( 1 − cos θ)2 ( 1 − cos θ)2
=5+ = hrs 2 = =
60 6 π π 1 − cos θ 2 sin 2 θ
⇒ 2θ = ⇒ θ =
Angle traced by hour hand in 1 hr = 30° 3 6 1 − cos θ
= = cosec θ − cot θ
∴ Angle traced by hour hand is π π sin θ
∴ sin θ + cos θ = sin + cos
31 hrs = 30 × 31 = 155° 6 6 Hence, statement I is true.
6 6 1 3 3+1 1 + cos θ 1 + cos θ 1 + cos θ
= + = II. = ×
193. (b) I. If 45°< θ < 90°, then sin θ > cos θ 2 2 2 1 − cos θ 1 − cos θ 1 + cos θ
∴ sin 66°> cos 66° 198. (b) We have, ( 1 + cos θ)2 1 + cos θ
= =
II. When 0°< θ < 45°, cos θ > sin θ p = cot θ + tan θ = cosecθ ⋅ sec θ sin 2 θ sin θ
∴ cos 26°> sin 26° q = sec θ − cos θ = sin 2 θ ⋅ sec θ = cosec θ + cot θ
Hence, statement II is true.
or sin 26°< cos 26°. ∴ ( p 2 q )2 / 3 − ( q 2 p )2 / 3
Hence only II is correct. = ( cosec 2θ ⋅ sec 2 θ ⋅ sin 2 θ ⋅ sec θ)2 / 3 cos 2 θ − 3 cos θ + 2
203. (b) Q =1
1 + tan 2 θ sec 2 θ sin 2 θ
194. (a) I. LHS = = − (sin 4 θ ⋅ sec 2 θ ⋅ cosecθ ⋅ sec θ)2 / 3
1 + cot θ cosec 2θ
2 ⇒ cos 2 θ − 3 cos θ + 1 + 1 − sin 2 θ = 0
= (sec 3 θ)2 / 3 − (sin 3 θ ⋅ sec 3 θ)2 / 3
= tan 2 θ ⇒ cos 2 θ − 3 cos θ + 1 + cos 2 θ = 0
= sec 2 θ − sin 2 θ ⋅ sec 2 θ
1 − tan θ
2
tan θ[cot θ − 1]
2 ⇒ 2 cos 2 θ − 3 cos θ + 1 = 0
RHS = = = sec 2 θ( 1 − sin 2 θ) = 1
1 − cot θ 1 − cotθ ⇒ ( 2 cos θ − 1) (cos θ − 1) = 0
x y 1
199. (d) Given, − tan θ = 1 ...(i) ⇒ cos θ = or, cos θ = 1
= ( − tan θ)2 = tan 2 θ a b 2
∴ LHS = RHS x y π
and tan θ + = 1 ...(ii) ⇒ θ = [Q 0 < θ < π / 2]
1 a b 3
II. cot θ = ⇒ tan θ ⋅ cot θ = 1
tan θ On solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get Hence, only II is correct.
which true for all value of θ. x 1 + tan θ y 1 − tan θ 204. (d) I. As, cos x lies between −1and 1, then
= and =
So, statement II is false. a sec θ
2
b sec 2 θ cos x = 2m + 1 does not exist for positive
Hence, only statement I is correct. value of m.
x 2 y 2 ( 1 + tan θ)2 + ( 1 − tan θ)2 II. The given relation m n ≥ m + n is true
195. (d) We have, A + B + C = π ∴ + =
π a2 b2 sec 4 θ for m , n ∈ N and m > 1 and n > 1.
⇒ + B + B + C = π [A = B + π/ 2] 2 sec 2 θ
2 = Thus, statement II is not true.
π π sec 4 θ
⇒ 2B + C = π − = Hence, neither I nor II is correct
2 2 = 2 cos 2 θ
21
MATHEMATICS > Height and Distance 225
Lin
e
P
of
Sol. d. Let PQ ( = h) be the height of the
s ig
tower. Let S and R be the points
ht
P
where the angles subtended are
h Let P be the position of the object below the horizontal
45° and 60°, respectively.
line OA and O be the eye of the observer, then ∠AOP
In right angled ∆PQR ,
60°
is called angle of depression.
PQ 45°
tan 60° = Q
RQ S R
40 m x
IMPORTANT POINTS
h h
⇒ 3= ⇒ x= …(i)
x 3 l The angle of depression of a point P as seen from a
point O is numerically equal to the angle of elevation of O
PQ PQ h
In right angled ∆PQS, tan 45° = = = as seen from P .
SQ SR + RQ 40 + x
l Angle of elevation and angle of depression are always
h acute angle.
⇒ h = 40 + x ⇒ h = 40 + [from Eq. (i)]
3 l Unless mentioned, the height of the observer is not
1 3 − 1 considered.
⇒ h 1 − = 40 ⇒ h = 40
3 3
EXAMPLE 4. The angle of depression of two ships
40 3 from the top of a light house are 45° and 30° towards
∴ h= m
3 −1 East. If the ships are 200 m apart, the height of the
light house is
EXAMPLE 3. The angles of elevation of the top of a 200 200 100 100
a. m b. m c. m d. m
tower from two points at distances ‘a’ and ‘b’ (a > b) 3 −1 3+1 3 −1 3+1
from the base and in the same straight line with it are
complementary. Then, the height of the tower is Sol. a. Let AB( = h) be the X A
height of the light house 30°
1 a 45°
a. b. ab c. d. ab and D, C be the ships.
ab b
h
A Given, DC = 200 m
Sol. b. Let AD = h be the height of the
∠ADC = ∠XAD = 30°
tower and the angle of elevation 30° 45°
of the top of tower at B and C be and ∠ACB = ∠XAC = 45° D C y B
h 200 m
(90° − θ) and θ, respectively. Now, in ∆ACB,
θ AB h
In right angled ∆ADC, 90
°– θ tan 45° = ⇒1= ⇒ h=y …(i)
AD h B CB y
Q tan θ =
P C b D
tan θ = = a
CD b B and in ∆ADB, tan 30º =
AB
⇒
1
=
h
h = b tan θ …(i) BD 3 200 + y
AD h ⇒ 200 + y = 3 h ⇒ 200 + h = 3 h [from Eq. (i)]
In right angled ∆ADB, tan (90° − θ) = ⇒ cot θ =
BD a ⇒ 200 = 3 h − h ⇒ 200 = h ( 3 − 1)
[Q tan (90° − θ) = cot θ] 200
∴ h= m
h a 3 − 1
⇒ = cot θ ⇒ = tan θ …(ii)
a h
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
EXAMPLE 5. From the top of a building 60 m high
the angles of depression of the top and bottom of a
h = b ⇒ h2 = ab
a
h
tower are observed to be 30° and 60°. Then, the
height of the tower is
∴ h = ab a. 10 m b. 20 m c. 30 m d. 40 m
MATHEMATICS > Height and Distance 227
PRACTICE EXERCISE
1. The length of shadow of a tree is 16 m when the 7. An aeroplane flying horizontally 1 km above the
angle of elevation of the Sun is 60°. What is the ground is observed at an elevation of 60°. After
height of the tree? 10 s, its elevation is observed to be 30°, the
(a) 8 m (b) 16 m (c) 16 3 m (d) 3m uniform speed of the aeroplane in km/h is
240
2. From a light house the angles of depression of (a) (b) 240 3
2
two ships on opposite sides of the light house are
observed to 30° and 45°. If the height of light (c) 240 (d) 260 3
house is h, then what is the distance between 8. A person of height 2m wants to get a fruit which
the ships? is on a pole of height (10 / 3) m. If he stands at a
(d) 1 +
1 distance of ( 4 / 3 ) m from the foot of the pole,
(a) ( 3 + 1) h (b) ( 3 − 1) h (c) 3h h
3 then the angle at which he should throw the
3. The angle of elevation of the top of a tower from stone, so that it hits the fruit is
the bottom of a building is twice that from its (a) 60° (b) 45° (c) 90° (d) 30°
top. What is the height of the building, if the
height of the tower is 75 m and the angle of 9. A vertical tower stands on a horizontal plane
elevation of the top of the tower from the bottom and is surmounted by a vertical flagstaff of
of the building is 60°? height h. At a point on the plane, the angle of
elevation of the bottom of the flagstaff is α and
(a) 25 m (b) 37.5 m (c) 50 m (d) 60 m
that of the top of the flagstaff is β. Then, the
4. A radio transmitter antenna of height 100 m height of the tower is
stands at the top of a tall building. At a point on h tanβ h tan α
(a) (b)
the ground, the angle of elevation of bottom of tan α − tan β tan α + tan β
the antenna is 45° and that of top of antenna is h tan β h tan α
60°. What is the height of the building? (c) (d)
tan α + tan β tan β − tan α
(a) 100 m (b) 50 m (c) 50 ( 3 + 1) m (d) 25 3 m
5. The shadow of a tower is 15 m when the Sun’s 10. From a window (h m high above the ground) of a
house in a street, the angle of elevation and
altitude is 30°. What is the length of the shadow
depression of the top and the foot of another
when the Sun’s altitude is 60°?
house on the opposite side of the street are θ and
(a) 3 m (b) 4 m (c) 5 m (d) 6 m φ, respectively. Then, the height of the opposite
6. The angle of elevation of a moon when the length house is
of the shadow of a pole is equal to its height is (a) h tan θ cot φ (b) h [tan θ cot φ + 1]
(a) 60° (b) 45° (c) 90° (d) 30° (c) h [cot θ tan φ + 1] (d) h cot θ tan φ
228 CDS Pathfinder
11. The length of the shadow of a person s cm tall 18. The angle of elevation of the top of an
when the angle of elevation of the Sun is α is incomplete vertical pillar at a horizontal
p cm. It is q cm when the angle of elevation of the distance of 100 m from its base is 45°. If the
Sun is β. Which one of the following is correct angle of elevation of the top of complete pillar at
when β = 3 α? the same point is to be 60°, then the height of
tan α − tan 3α tan 3α − tan α the incomplete pillar is to be increased by
(a) p − q = s (b) p − q = s
tan 3α tan α 3 tan 3α tan α (a) 50 2 m (b) 100 m
(c) 100 ( 3 − 1) m (d) 100 ( 3 + 1) m
tan 3α − tan α tan 2 α
(c) p − q = s (d) p − q = s
tan 3α tan α tan 3α tan α 19. A man on the top of a vertical observation tower
observes a car moving at a uniform speed
12. Two posts are ‘K ’ m apart and the height of one coming directly towards it. If it takes 12 min for
is double that of the other. If from the middle the angle of depression to change from 30° to 45°,
point of the line joining their feet, an observer how soon after this will the car reach the
finds the angular elevations of their tops to be observation tower?
complementary, then the height (in metre) of the
(a) 14 min 35 s (b) 15 min 49 s
shorter post is
K K (c) 16 min 23 s (d) 18 min 5 s
(a) 3K (b) (c) 2 K (d)
2 2 2 20. You are stationed at a radar base and you
13. A flagstaff 5 m high stands on a building of 25 m observe an unidentified plane at an altitude
height. At an observer at a height of 30 m, the h = 1000 m flying towards your radar base at an
flagstaff and the building subtend equal angles. angle of elevation = 30°. After exactly one
The distance of the observer from the top of the minute, your radar sweep reveals that the plane
flagstaff is is now at an angle of elevation = 60° maintaining
3 5 5 3 3 the same altitude. What is the speed (in m/s) of
(a) m (b) 3 m (c) m (d) 5 m the plane?
2 2 2 2
(a) 15.58 m/s (b) 19.25 m/s
14. A man is watching from the top of a tower a boat
(c) 18 m/s (d) 11.25 m/s
speeding away from the tower. The boat makes
an angle of depression of 45° with the man’s eye 21. The angle of elevation of the top of the tower
when at a distance of 60 m from the bottom of from a point on the ground is sin −1 (3/5). If the
tower. After 5 s, the angle of depression becomes point of observation is 20 m away from the foot
30°. What is the approximate speed of the boat of the tower, what is the height of the tower?
assuming that it is running in still water? (a) 9 m (b) 18 m (c) 15 m (d) 12 m
(a) 31.5 km/h (b) 36.5 km/h (c) 38.5 km/h (d) 40.5 km/h 22. A balloon of radius r makes an angle α at the
15. Suppose the angle of elevation of the top of a tree eye of an observer and the angle of elevation of
at a point E due East of the tree is 60° and that its centre is β. The height of its centre from the
at a point F due West of the tree is 30°. If the ground level is given by
distance between the points E and F is 160 ft, (a) r sin β cosec α /2 (b) r cosec α /2 sin α
then what is the height of the tree? (c) r cosecα sin β (d) None of these
40
(a) 40 3 ft (b) 60 ft (c) ft (d) 23 ft
3 Directions (Q. Nos. 23-25) The height of a tower is h
16. A telegraph post gets broken at a point against a and the angle of elevation of the top of the tower is
storm and its top touches the ground at a α . When observer on moving a distance h / 2
distance 20 m from the base of the post making towards the tower, the angle of elevation becomes β.
an angle 30° with the ground. What is the height 23. What is the value of cot α − cot β?
of the post?
(a) 1 / 2 (b) 2 / 3 (c) 1 (d) 2
40
(a) m (b) 20 3 m (c) 40 3 m (d) 30 m
3 24. If α = 30°, then find the value of cot β.
2
17. If the angle of elevation of a cloud from a point (a) 3 − 1 / 2 (b)
2 3 −2
h m above a lake is β and the angle of depression
1 1
of its reflection in the lake is α, then the height of (c) (d)
1+ 3 1− 3
the cloud is
h cosec (α − β ) 25. If tan β = 4, then distance between observer and
(a) (b) h cosec (α − β ) sin (α − β )
cosec (α − β ) tower when angle of elevation is β
h cosec (α + β ) 3h h
(c) h sin (α + β ) cosec (α − β ) (d) (a) h (b) h / 4 (c) (d)
sin (α − β ) 4 3
MATHEMATICS > Height and Distance 229
PREVIOUS YEARS’ QUESTIONS 34. What is the angle of elevation of the Sun, when
x
26. What is the angle of elevation of the Sun when the the shadow of a pole of height x m is m?
shadow of a pole is 3 times the length of the 3
e 2013 II
pole? e 2012 I (a) 30° (b) 45° (c) 60° (d) 75°
(a) 30° (b) 45°
(c) 60° (d) None of these 35. A spherical balloon of radius r subtends angle
60° at the eye of an observer. If the angle of
27. From the top of a cliff 200 m high, the angles of elevation of its centre is 60° and h is the height
depression of the top and bottom of a tower are of the centre of the balloon, then which one of
observed to be 30° and 45°, respectively. What is the following is correct? e 2013 II
the height of the tower? e 2012 I
(a) h = r (b) h = 2 r
(a) 400 m (b) 400 3 m
(c) h = 3 r (d) h = 2 r
(c) 400 / 3 m (d) None of these
36. The angle of elevation of the top of a tower 30 m
28. The angles of elevation of the top of a tower from high from the foot of another tower in the
two points which are at distances of 10 m and same plane is 60° and the angle of elevation
5 m from the base of the tower and in the same of the top of the second tower from the foot of
straight line with it are complementary. The the first tower is 30°. The distance between
height of the tower is e 2012 II
the two towers is m times the height of the
(a) 5 m (b) 15 m (c) 50 m (d) 75 m shorter tower. What is m equal to? e 2014 I
29. A ladder 20 m long is placed against a wall, so 1 1
(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) (d)
that the foot of the ladder is 10 m from the wall. 2 3
The angle of inclination of the ladder to the 37. The shadow of a tower standing on a level
horizontal will be e 2012 II plane is found to be 50 m longer when the
(a) 30° (b) 45° Sun’s elevation is 30°, then when it is 60°.
(c) 60° (d) 75° What is the height of the tower? e 2014 I
25
(a) 25 m (b) 25 3 m (c) m (d) 30 m
Directions (Q. Nos. 30-33) Read the following 3
information carefully to answer the questions that 38. From a certain point on a straight road, a person
follow. observe a tower in the West direction at a
As seen from the top and bottom of a building of height distance of 200 m. He walks some distance along
h m, the angles of elevation of the top of a tower of the road and finds that the same tower is 300 m
(3 + 3)h South of him. What is the shortest distance of
height m are α and β, respectively. the tower from the road? e 2014 II
2 e 2013 I
300 500 600 900
30. If β = 30°, then what is the value of tan α? (a) m (b) m (c) m (d) m
13 13 13 13
(a) 1/2 (b) 1/3
(c) 1/4 (d) None of these 39. If from the top of a post a string twice the length
of the post is stretched tight to a point on the
31. If α = 30°, then what is the value of tan β? ground, then what angle will the string make
(a) 1 (b) 1/2 with the post? e 2014 II
(c) 1/3 (d) None of these π π 5π π
(a) (b) (c) (d)
6 4 12 3
32. If α = 30° and h = 30 m, then what is the
distance between the base of the building and 40. The angle of elevation of a cloud from a point
the base of the tower? 200 m above a lake is 30° and the angle of
depression of its reflection in the lake is 60°. The
(a) (15 + 15 3 ) m (b) (30 + 15 3 ) m height of the cloud is e 2015 I
(c) (45 + 15 3 ) m (d) None of these (a) 200 m (b) 300 m (c) 400 m (d) 600 m
33. If β = 30° and if θ is the angle of depression of the 41. From the top of a tower, the angles of depression
foot of the tower as seen from the top of the of two objects P and Q (situated on the ground
building, then what is the value of tan θ? on the same side of the tower) separated at a
(3 − 3) (3 + 3 ) distance of 100( 3 − 3 ) m are 45° and 60°,
(a) (b)
3 3 3 3 respectively. The height of the tower is e 2015 I
(2 − 3) (a) 200 m (b) 250 m
(c) (d) None of these
3 3 (c) 300 m (d) None of these
230 CDS Pathfinder
42. The angles of elevation of the top of a tower from 44. An aeroplane flying at a height of 3000 m passes
two points P and Q at distance m 2 and n 2 vertically above another aeroplane at an instant,
respectively, from the base and in the same when the angles of elevation of the two planes
straight line with it are complementary. The from some point on the ground are 60° and 45°,
height of the tower is e 2015 I respectively. Then, the vertical distance between
(a) (mn)1/ 2 (b) mn1/ 2 the two planes is e 2015 II
(a) 1000 ( 3 − 1) m (b) 1000 3 m
(c) m1/ 2 n (d) mn
(c) 1000 (3 − 3 ) m (d) 3000 3 m
43. A pole is standing erect on the ground which is 45. Two observers are stationed due North of a
horizontal, The tip of the pole is tied tight with a
tower (of height x m) at a distance y m from each
rope of length 12 m to a point on the ground. If
other. The angles of elevation of the tower
the rope is making 30° with the horizontal, then observed by them are 30° and 45°, respectively.
the height of the pole is e 2015 II
Then, x / y is equal to e 2016 I
(a) 2 3 m (b) 3 2 m 2 −1 3 −1 3+1
(c) 3 m (d) 3 m (a) (b) (c) (d) 1
2 2 2
ANSWERS
1 c 2 a 3 c 4 c 5 c 6 b 7 b 8 d 9 d 10 b
11 c 12 b 13 d 14 a 15 a 16 b 17 c 18 c 19 c 20 b
21 c 22 a 23 a 24 a 25 b 26 a 27 d 28 c 29 c 30 b
31 a 32 c 33 a 34 c 35 c 36 b 37 b 38 c 39 d 40 c
41 c 42 d 43 d 44 c 45 c
In right angled ∆ABC , 7. (b) Let A be the observer. When the 9. (d) Let BC be the tower and CD be the
BC h aeroplane was at point B the angle of flagstaff.
tan 45° = = ⇒x = h ...(i)
AB x elevation was 60° and after 10 s when ∴ ∠BAC = α and ∠BAD = β
and in right angled ∆ABD, it was at point C the angle of elevation
was 30°. In right angled ∆ABC ,
DB DC + CB 100 + h
tan 60° = = = Here, in the figure, D
BA AB x BE = CD = 1 km = 1000 m
100 + h
⇒ 3= [from Eq. (i)] B C h
h
⇒ 3h = 100 + h 1 km 1 km C
100
⇒ ( 3 − 1) h = 100 ⇒ h = 60° β
3−1 30°
A D A α
E B
100 ( 3 + 1)
⇒ h= × In right angled ∆BAE, BC
( 3 − 1) ( 3 + 1) BE 1000 tan α = …(i)
tan 60° = = AB
= 50 ( 3 + 1) m AE AE
and in right angled ∆ABD,
Hence, the height of the building is ⇒ AE = 1000 cot 60°
BD BC + h
=
1000 = = tan β …(ii)
50 ( 3 + 1) m. m …(i) AB AB
3
5. (c) Let the height of the tower be h m On dividing Eq. (ii) by Eq. (i), we get
and length of the shadow ( BC ) be x m. In right angled ∆ACD,
DC 1000 BC + h tan β
In right angled ∆ACD, tan 30° = = =
CD AD AD BC tan α
tan 30° =
AC ⇒ AD = 1000 cot 30° = 1000 3 ⇒ ( BC + h ) tan α = BC tan β
1 h 15 ∴ ED = AD − AE ⇒ BC (tan β − tan α ) = h tan α
⇒ = ⇒h= m …(i) 1000 2000
3 15 3 = 1000 3 − = m h tan α
D 3 3 ∴ BC =
tan β − tan α
So, distance travelled by plane in 10 s,
then
2000 10. (b) Let O be the window and AB be
h BC = DE = m
3 the house on the opposite side of the
Distance street.
∴ Speed of aeroplane =
30° 60° Time A
A x 2000
B C
2000 × 60 × 60
15 m = 3 m/s = km/h h´
and in right angled ∆BCD, 10 10 3 × 1000 O θ
φ P
tan 60° =
CD
⇒ 3= ⇒
h h
=x = 240 3 km/h
BC x 3 Hence, the uniform speed of the h h
15 aeroplane is 240 3 km/h.
∴ x= =5m O´ B
3
8. (d) Let TP be the man and SQ be the
[from Eq. (i)] Let AP = h ′
pole. S
Hence, the length of shadow is 5 m. and BP = OO ′ = h
When sun’s altitude is 60°.
T θ In right angled ∆AOP,
R 10/3 m
6. (b) Let the height of pole be h m, then AP h′
tan θ = = …(i)
PQ = RQ = h 2m
OP OP
In right angled ∆PRQ , Q
P 4/√3 m and in right angled ∆BOP,
moon
R PB h
Let ∠STR = θ tan φ = = …(ii)
OP OP
Now, SR = SQ − RQ
h h ′ tan θ
pole 10 4 ∴ = [by Eq. (i) ÷ Eq. (ii)]
= − 2 = m [QRQ = TP] h tan φ
θ
3 3
P Q In right angled ∆STR , ⇒ h ′ = h tan θ cot φ
h
RQ h tan θ =
SR SR
= [Q TR = PQ] ∴ Height of the house
tan θ = = =1 TR PQ
PQ h AB = AP + PB = h + h ′
⇒ tan θ = 1 = tan 45° ∴ θ = 45° 4 3 1
= × = = tan 30° = h tan θ cot φ + h
Hence, the angle of elevation of moon 3 4 3
= h [tan θ cot φ + 1]
is 45°. ∴ θ = 30°
232 CDS Pathfinder
11. (c) In right angled ∆BAC , On multiplying Eq. (i) by Eq. (ii), we get In right angled ∆ACB, tan 45° =
AB
BC s s 4h 2h AC
tan α = = ⇒p = …(i) ⇒ × =1
tanα h
AC p K K ⇒ 1= ⇒ h = 60 m ...(i)
K2 60
B ⇒ 8h 2 = K 2 ⇒ h 2 =
8 Now, in right angled ∆ADB,
K 60
∴ h= m tan 30° =
AB
=
AB
=
2 2 AD AC + CD 60 + x
Hence, the height of shorter post is
[from Eq. (i)]
s K
m. 1 60
2 2 ⇒ = ⇒ 60 + x = 60 3
3 60 + x
13. (d) Let O be an observer at a height ⇒ x = 60( 3 − 1) = 60( 173
. − 1)
30 m. Let x be the distance of observer
= 60 × 0.73 = 438
. m
α β from the top of the flagstaff.
A D q C Now, given time = 5 s
i.e. OC = x
p Distance
x C We know that, Speed =
O
α Time
In right angled ∆BDC , α 5m 438
. 18 788.4
BC s s B ∴ Speed of boat = × =
tan β = = ⇒q= …(ii) 5 5 25
DC q tan 3α
30 m 25 m = 31.5 km/h
[Q β = 3α, given] 15. (a) Let AC = h ft = Height of a tree
On subtracting Eq. (ii) from Eq. (i), we A and x ft = Distance between A and F
get then AE = ( 160 − x) ft
s s Here, AB be the tower of the flag staff
p−q= − = 25 m and BC be the flag staff = 5 m In right angled ∆AFC ,
tan α tan 3α
tan 3α − tan α In right angled ∆OBC , tan 30° =
AC h
= ⇒
1
=
h
= s
tan α =
BC 5
=
AF x 3 x
tan α tan 3α
OC x ⇒ x = 3h …(i)
⇒ x = 5 cot α ...(i) C N
12. (b) Let PQ and RS be the two posts such
In right angled ∆OCA,
that PQ = 2RS [given] h W E
AC 30
Q tan 2 α = = [Q AC = AB + BC ]
OC x F 30° 60° E
S 30 x A (160 – x) S
∴ tan 2 α = [from Eq. (i)] 160 ft
2h 5 cot α
and in right angled ∆AEC ,
h ⇒ tan 2α = 6 tan α
θ 90°– θ tan 60° =
AC
=
h
2 tan α
R M P ⇒ = 6 tan α AE 160 − x
K 1 − tan 2 α
h
⇒ 3= [Qtan 60° = 3]
Given, M is the mid-point of RP. 2 tan α 160 − x
Q tan 2α =
K 1 − tan 2 α ⇒ 3( 160 − x) = h
∴ RM = PM = [Q RP = K given]
2 2 ⇒ 3( 160 − 3h ) = h [from Eq. (i)]
⇒ 3 − 3 tan 2 α = 1 ⇒ tan 2 α =
Let ∠RMS = θ 3 ⇒ 160 3 − 3h = h ⇒ 4h = 160 3
∴ ∠QMP = 90° − θ 2 ∴ h = 40 3 ft
⇒ tan α = or cot α = 3 / 2
Let RS = h, then PQ = 2h 3 Hence, the height of the tree is 40 3 ft.
3
Now, in right angled ∆PMQ, or x=5 m [from Eq. (i)] 16. (b) Let the height of the post be h m, and
PQ
2 AB = x m.
tan ( 90° − θ) = 14. (a) Let height of towerAB be h m and Given, BC = 20 m
MP D
2h 4h distance between C and D be x m.
⇒ cot θ = =
(h – x) m
k/2 k B
4h 30°
45°
or cot θ = …(i)
K
A hm
In right angled ∆SRM, hm (h – x) m
SR h
tanθ = =
RM K / 2 xm
2h 30°
⇒ = tan θ …(ii) 45° 30°
K A C x D C 20 m B
60 m
MATHEMATICS > Height and Distance 233
In right angled ∆ABC , 18. (c) Let the height of the incomplete 20. (b) Let the radar base is at point A. The
AB 1 x pillar be x m and the increasing height plane is at point D in the first sweep and
tan 30° = ⇒ =
BC 3 20 be PC = h m. at point E in the second sweep. The
20 Given, AB = 100 m distance it covers in the one minute
⇒ x= m …(i) P interval is DE.
3
E D
BC 20 h
and cos 30° = =
AC h−x
3 20 40 C
⇒ = ⇒ h−x= 1000 m
2 h−x 3 °
60
From Eq. (i), putting the value of x , x 30°
A B C
40 20 60 3
h= + = × = 20 3 m 60° From the figure,
3 3 3 3 45°
A B
100 m In right angled ∆ADC , we get
Hence, the height of the post is 20 3 m.
In right angled ∆ABC , DC 1000 1000
tan30° = = ⇒ AC =
17. (c) Let P be the cloud and P ′ its image in AC AC tan 30°
BC x
the lake. Let T be the point ‘h’ m above tan 45° = = ⇒ x = 100 m...(i) Similarly, in ∆EAB, we get
the surface of the lake and let x be the AB 100
EB 1000 1000
height of the cloud. and in right angled ∆APB, tan 60° = = ⇒ AB =
P AB AB tan 60°
PB PC + BC x+ h
tan 60° = = = Total distance covered by plane in 1 min,
β AB AB 100
T Mx then
α ⇒ x + h = 100 3
h DE = AC − AB
⇒ h = 100 3 − x = 100 3 − 100 1000 1000
S N DE = −
[from Eq. (i)] tan 30° tan 60°
∴ h = 100 ( 3 − 1) m 1000
x = 1000 3 − = 1154.70 m
Hence, the height of the incomplete 3
pillar is 100( 3 − 1) m.
The speed of the plane is given by
P´ 19. (c) Let AB be the tower and C , D be the s = distance covered/time taken
∴ ST = h two positions of the car.
= DE / 60 = 19.25 m/s.
Then, ∠ACB = 45° , ∠ADB = 30°.
Also, NP = NP ′ = x [say] 21. (c) R
Let AB = h , CD = x and AC = y .
Then, PM = x − h
B
P ′M = x + h
tower
In right angled ∆PTM, x h
PM
TM
= tan β h ()
3
q = sin–1 5
∴ x − h = TM tan β …(i) P 20 m Q
In right angled ∆P ′TM, 30° 45° Let P be the point of observation and
P ′M D x C y A QR be the tower.
= tan α
Given that, θ = sin −1 , PQ = 20 m.
TM 3
In right angled ∆ABC , we get 5
x + h = TM tan α …(ii) AB h
= tan 45° = 1 ⇒ =1 Let the height of the tower, QR = h and
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get AC y
x − h tan β PR = x
= ⇒ y=h …(i)
x + h tan α From the right angled ∆PQR,
In right angled ∆ABD, we get
3
⇒ sin sin −1 = h / x
QR
Using componendo and dividendo rule, AB
= tan30° =
1
⇒
h
=
1 sin θ =
we get PR 5
AD 3 x+ y 3
x − h + x + h tan β + tan α 3 h 5h
= ⇒ x + y = 3h …(ii) ⇒ = ⇒x= …(i)
x − h − x − h tan β − tan α 5 x 3
∴ x = 3h − h = h ( 3 − 1)
2x tan β + tan α From pythagoras theorem, we get,
⇒ = [by Eqs. (i) and (ii)]
−2h tan β − tan α PQ 2 + QR2 = PR2
Now, h ( 3 − 1) is covered in 12 min. ⇒ 202 + h 2 = x2
x tan β + tan α
⇒ = So, h will be covered in 2
h tan α − tan β
202 + h 2 = [using Eq. (i)]
5h
⇒
x sin β cos α + cos β sin α 12 12 3
⇒ = × h = min. 2
h sin α cos β − cos α sin β h ( 3 − 1) ( 3 − 1) 25h 2 16 h
⇒ 202 + h 2 = ⇒ = 202
sin(α + β ) 9 9
=
= 1200
sin(α − β ) min ≈ 16 min 23 s 3 × 20
73 ∴ h= = 15 m
∴ x = h sin (α + β ) cosec (α − β ) 4
234 CDS Pathfinder
m
O D
20
β 26. (a) Let θ be the angle of elevation of Sun
α and height of the pole be h m.
Now, ∠BOC = ∠COA = θ
2 A A 10 m O
Given, CA = BC = r
CD Now, in right angled ∆ AOB ,
In right angled ∆COD, sin β = h
OC AO 10 1
θ cos θ = = =
∴ CD = OC sin β …(i) AB 20 2
C B
In right angled ∆ COA, √3 h ⇒ cos θ = cos 60°
α CA
sin = In right angled ∆ABC , ∴ θ = 60°
2 OC
α AB h Hence, the angle of inclination of the
∴ OC =
r tan θ = ⇒ tan θ =
α = r cosec 2 BC 3h ladder is 60°.
sin
1
2 ⇒ tan θ = = tan 30° Solutions (Q. Nos. 30-33)
α 3
From Eq. (i), CD = r cosec sin β 30. (b) Given, β = 30°
2 ∴ θ = 30° AE
Hence, the height of centre of the In right angled ∆ADE, tan β =
α Hence, the angle of elevation of Sun is 30°. DE
balloon is r sin β cosec . AE 1 AE
2 27. (d) Let AE be the height of the cliff and tan30° = ⇒ =
h m (BD) be the height of the tower. DE 3 DE
23. (a) Let AB be the tower of height h m,
BC be x m and DC be h / 2 m. A 3 + 3
30° ⇒ DE = 3 AE = 3 h
200 − h
A 45° 2
3
30° ⇒ BC = DE = ( 1 + 3 ) h ... (i)
B x C 2
200 m
h A
h
α β α
B C
D C x B 45° θ 3+√3 h m
h/2 x E
D 2
In right angled ∆ABD,
In right angled ∆ABC , hm
h x+ h/ 2 200 − h
tanα = ⇒ cot α = . tan30° =
AC
=
x+ h/ 2 h β θ
BC x D E
…(i) 1 200 − h
Now, in right angled ∆ABC , ⇒ = [Q BC = DE ]
3 x
h
tanβ = ⇒ cot β =
x
…(ii) ⇒ x = ( 200 − h ) 3 …(i) Now, in right angled ∆ABC ,
x h AC
and in right angled ∆ADE, ⇒ tanα =
Subtracting eq. (ii) from eq. (i), we get BC
x + h/2 x AE 200
cot α − cot β = − tan 45° = = ⇒ BC tan α = ( AE − CE )
h h DE x
200 = ( AE − BD ) [Q BD = CE ]
x + h/ 2−x h/ 2 1 ⇒ 1= ⇒ x = 200 m
= = = x 3 + 3
h h 2 ⇒ BC tanα = h−h
From Eq. (i), 200 = ( 200 − h ) 3 2
24. (a) We have, cot α − cot β = 1/2
⇒ 200 = 200 3 − h 3 3 + 3 − 2
⇒ cot 30°− cot β = 1/ 2 =h
⇒ h 3 = 200( 3 − 1) 2
⇒ cot β = cot 30°−1 / 2
3 − 1 1+ 3
h = 200 m
= 3 − 1/ 2 3
∴ ⇒ (1 + 3 ) h tan α = h
3 2 2
25. (b) tanβ = 4 ⇒ cot β = 1/ 4
we have, cot α − cot β = 1 / 2 Hence, the height of tower is [from Eq. (i)]
3 200( 3 − 1) 1
⇒ cot α = cot β + 1/2 = 1/ 4 + 1/2 = m. ∴ tan α =
4 3 3
MATHEMATICS > Height and Distance 235
31. (a) Given, α = 30 ° ( 3 − 1) 3 37. (b) Let h m be the height of the tower
⇒ tan θ = ⋅
In right angled ∆ABC , 3 3 and BC be x m.
AC 1 AC (3 − 3 ) In right angled ∆BCD,
tan α = tan 30° = , = ∴ tan θ =
BC 3 BC DC h
3 3 tan 60° = =
⇒ BC = 3 AC = 3 ( AE − CE ) BC x
34. (c) Let θ be the angle of elevation, h
⇒ 3= ⇒ h=x 3 ...(i)
= 3 ( AE − BD ) [Q BD = CE ] A x
3 + 3 D
= 3 − 1 h
2
3
= (1 + 3) h ...(ii) x
h
2
Now, in right angled ∆ADE,
θ
AE 30° 60°
tan β = B C C
DE x/ 3 A B
AE In right angled ∆ABC , 50 m x
⇒ tan β = [Q DE = BC ]
AC x 3x Now, in right angled ∆ACD,
BC tanθ = = x = = 3
3 + 3 3( 1 + 3 ) BC x DC
h h 3 tan30 ° =
2 2 AC
⇒ = Here, tanθ = 3 = tan 60°
3 3 (1 + 3) ∴ θ = 60° [Q tan 60° = 3 ] =
DC
=
h
(1 + 3) h
2 h AB + BC 50 + x
2 35. (c) Given, radius of circle (OC ) = r
∴ tan β = 1 1 x 3
⇒ = [from Eq. (i)]
32. (c) Given, α = 30° and h = 30 m O 3 50 + x
In right angled ∆ABC , r ⇒ 50 + x = 3x ⇒ x = 25 m
1 AC
tan α = tan 30° = = C ∴ h = 25 3 m
3 BC h
BC ° Hence, the height of tower is 25 3 m.
⇒ = ( AE − CE ) = ( AE − BD ) 60
3 38. (c) Let person be at point C and observes
60°
[Q BD = CE ] A B a tower in West direction at B.
3 + 3 In right angled ∆ABO, ∴ BC = 200 m
⇒ BC = 3 − 1 h
2 OB OB N
sin 60° = ⇒ AO = ...(i)
(1+ 3) AO sin 60°
⇒ BC = 3 ⋅ 30
2 Now, in right angled ∆AOC , A
= ( 3 + 3) ⋅ 15 60° OC OC
sin = ⇒ AO = ...(ii) 300 m
∴ DE = BC = ( 45 + 15 3 ) m 2 AO sin30° D
[Q DE = BC ] From Eqs. (i) and (ii), θ
C
33. (a) Given, β = 30° OB
=
OC
⇒
h
=
r W E
B 200 m
In right angled ∆ ADE , tan β =
AE sin 60 ° sin 30 ° 3 1
DE 2 S
2
3 + 3 ∴ h = 3r He walks some distance and reach at A.
h Now, he observe tower in South
2
⇒ tan 30° = 36. (b) Let h m be the height of shorter direction at B.
DE tower and the distance between the two ∴ AB = 300 m
1+ 3 towers is mh m.
3 h Given, ∠ABD = 30° and ∠BAC = 60°
Let BD be the shortest distance of tower
1 2 from the road, which is a perpendicular
⇒ = C
3 DE distance.
3
⇒ DE = ( 1 + 3 ) h …(i) If ∠ABD = θ , then
D ∠CBD = 90° − θ
2
In right angled ∆BDE, 30 m [Q angle between S and W = 90° ]
BD h h
tan θ = = In right angled ∆ADB,
DE DE BD BD
h cosθ = ⇒ cosθ = ...(i)
⇒ tan θ = [from Eq. (i)] A
60° 30°
B AB 300
3 mh m
(1 + 3) h
2 In right angled ∆CDB,
In right angled ∆ABD,
2 ( 3 − 1) cos ( 90° − θ ) =
BD
⇒ tan θ = tan 30° =
h
⇒
1
=
1
3 ( 3 + 1) ( 3 − 1) mh 3 m
BC
BD
2( 3 − 1) ⇒ m= 3 ⇒ sinθ = ...(ii)
⇒ tan θ = 200
3⋅ 2 Hence, the value of m is 3.
236 CDS Pathfinder
3000 m
m 41. (c) Let BC = h m be height of tower. Let B
13 13 P and Q be the points, where the
39. (d) Let AB be the height of the post, AC angle subtended are 45° and 60°, h
be the string and the angle made by respectively. 60°
D 45° C
string with the post be θ. 45° C x
A h
60° In ∆BCD, tan 45° =
x
θ ⇒ h=x
2h h
3000
h In ∆ACD, tan 60° = 3 =
x
60° 3000 3
45° Q x= × = 1000 3 m
P Q x B 3 3
B C
100 (3–√3) m ∴ AB = 3000 − h
AB h 1 In right angled ∆BCQ,
Now, cosθ = = ⇒ = cos 60° = 3000 − 1000 3
AC 2h 2
π tan 60° =
BC
⇒ 3=
h = 1000(3 − 3 ) m
∴ θ= BQ x
3 AC
h 45. (c) In right angled ∆ADC , tan 45° =
40. (c) Let P be the cloud at a height Hm ⇒ x= ...(i) DC
above the level of the water in the lake 3 AC
⇒ DC = =x …(i)
and Q be its image in the water. In right angled ∆PBC , tan 45°
P BC BC A
tan 45° = =
(H – 200)
PB PQ + QB
h
⇒ 1= x
B 30°
H 100(3 − 3 ) + x
M
200 m
60°
200 m
⇒ 100 (3 − 3 ) + x = h 30° 45°
h y
⇒ 100(3 − 3 ) + = h [from Eq. (i)] B D C
A O 3
h In right angled ∆BCA, we get
⇒ h− = 100(3 − 3 )
AC x
3 tan30° = ⇒
h( 3 − 1) BC DC + BD
H ⇒ = 100 3( 3 − 1) 1 x
3 ⇒ = ⇒ y + x = 3x
3 y+x
⇒ h = 100 3 × 3
∴ h = 300 m ⇒ y = x ( 3 − 1)
Q x 1
42. (d) Refer to example 3. ⇒ =
∴ OQ = OP = H y ( 3 − 1)
43. (d) AB is a pole and AC is rope.
Given, ∠PBM = 30° and ∠MBQ = 60° x 1 × ( 3 + 1)
A ⇒ =
In right angled ∆PBM, y ( 3 − 1)( 3 + 1)
PM H − 200
tan30° = = x ( 3 + 1)
pe
⇒ =
m
√1
BM BM
Ro
y ( 3 )2 − ( 1)2
2
h
1 H − 200
⇒ = Pole
x ( 3 + 1)
3 BM ∴ =
30° y 2
⇒ BM = 3( H − 200) ...(i) C B
22
237
P • Complement of x is (90 ° − x ).
m
ar
angle
vertex EXAMPLE 1. The measure of an angle which is 28°
O arm B more than its complement is
Where, P is a point in the interior of ∠AOB and R is a a. 23° b. 59° c. 77° d. None of these
point in the exterior of ∠AOB. Sol. b. Let the measure of the required angle be x°. Then,
measure of its complement = 90° − x
Types of Angle ∴ x − (90° − x) = 28° ⇔ 2x = 118°
1. Acute angle An angle whose measure is more than
⇔ x = 59°
0°, but less than 90°, is called an acute angle.
Hence, the measure of the required angle is 59°.
A
EXAMPLE 2. The measure of the complement of an
angle of 48° 36 ′ 24′ ′ is
O B a. 41°23′ 36′′ b. 42°23′ 36′ c. 41°24′ 36′′ d. 42°24′ 36′′
In the given figure, 0 ° < ∠AOB < 90 ° Sol. a. As, 90° = 89° 59′ 60′′
A ∴ Complement of an angle of ( 48° 36′ 24′′)
2. Right angle An angle whose measure is
90°, is called a right angle. = Angle of [90° − 48° 36′ 24′′ ]
In the given figure, ∠AOB = 90 °. = Angle of [89° 59′ 60′′ − 48° 36′ 24′′]
O B
= Angle of ( 41° 23′ 36′′)
3. Obtuse angle An angle whose measure is more than
90° but less than 180°, is called an obtuse angle. 2. Supplementary Angles
A
Two angles are said to be supplementary, if the sum of
their measures is 180°. Thus, ∠ θ1 and ∠θ 2 are
O B supplementary if θ1 + θ 2 = 180 °
In the given figure, 90 ° < ∠ AOB < 180 °.
θ2
4. Straight angle An angle whose θ1
• • •
measure is 180°, is called a straight A O B
angle. • Supplementary angles are supplement of each other.
In the figure, ∠ AOB = 180 ° • Supplement of x is (180 ° − x).
MATHEMATICS Lines and Angles 239
EXAMPLE 3. The measure of an angle, which is 32° If two lines PQ and RS intersects at a point O, then the
less than its supplement is pair of ∠POR and ∠QOS or pair of ∠POS and ∠ROQ
a. 31° b. 64° c. 74° d. 148° is said to be a pair of vertically opposite angles.
Sol. c. Let the measure of the required angle be x. Then, P
S
measure of its supplement = (180° − x)
∴ (180° − x) − x = 32° ⇔ 2x = 148° ⇔ x = 74° O
R Q
EXAMPLE 4. Two supplementary angles are in the
ratio 3 : 2. Then, the measurement of the smaller angle is • Vertically opposite angles are always equal
a. 36° b. 72° c. 108° d. 112° i.e. ∠POS = ∠ROQ and ∠POR = ∠SOQ .
Sol. b. Let the supplementary angles be 3x and 2x, • Sum of the angles around a point is 360 °.
respectively. Then, according to the definition of
EXAMPLE 5. In the given figure if DOC is a straight
supplementary angle.
ray OB is bisector of ∠AOC, where ∠AOC = 110 ° and
3x + 2x = 180° ∠COE = 120 °, then the sum of ∠x, ∠y and ∠z is
⇒ 5x = 180° ⇒ x = 36°
A
∴ Angles will be 3x = 3 × 36 = 108° B
2 1 l
P O Q 3
4
∴ ∠POQ = ∠ROP + ∠ROQ = 180 °
6 5 m
Vertically Opposite Angles 7 8
Two angles are called a pair of vertically opposite
angles, if their arms form two pairs of opposite rays.
240 CDS Pathfinder
1. Corresponding angles Corresponding angle pairs EXAMPLE 6. In the given figure, PQ || RS . The value of
are x is
∠1 and ∠5, ∠ 2 and ∠6, ∠ 4 and ∠8, ∠ 3 and ∠7 and T
all the corresponding pair are equal x
100
i.e., ∠1 = ∠5, ∠2 = ∠6, ∠4 = ∠8 and ∠3 = ∠7. R S
50
Q
2. Vertically opposite angles Vertically opposite P
angles pairs are a. 50° b. 80° c. 75° d. 65°
∠1 and ∠ 3, ∠ 4 and ∠ 2, ∠8 and ∠6, ∠5 and ∠7 and Sol. a. Draw AB || PQ
all vertically opposite angles are equal ∴ ∠ATP = ∠TPQ = 50° [alternate angles]
i.e., ∠1 = ∠3, ∠4 = ∠2, ∠8 = ∠6 and ∠5 = ∠7. and ∠BTR + ∠TRS = 180°
[Angles on the same side of transversal]
3. Alternate angles Alternate angles pairs are T
∠ 3 and ∠5, ∠ 4 and ∠6 and they are equal A B
x
i.e., ∠3 = ∠5 and ∠4 = ∠6. 100°
S
• The sum of interior angles on the same side of R
50°
transversal is equal to 180 °. P Q
i.e., ∠3 + ∠6 = 180 ° and ∠4 + ∠5 = 180 °
⇒ ∠BTR = 80°
• The sum of exterior angles on the same side of and ∠ATP + x + ∠BTR = 180° [ Q ATB is a straight line]
transversal is equal to 180°.
i.e., ∠2 + ∠7 = 180 ° and ∠1 + ∠8 = 180 ° ∴ x = 180° − ( 50° + 80° ) = 50°
PRACTICE EXERCISE
1. Three lines intersect each other in pairs. What is 7. If ∠1 = ( 5x − 20)° and ∠7 = ( 2x + 10)°, then ∠7 is
the total number of angles so formed? l
(a) 3 (b) 6 (c) 9 (d) 12
1 2
2. An angle is 14° more than its complement. Then, m 3 4
its measure is
(a) 166° (b) 86° (c) 76° (d) 52°
5 6
3. The measure of an angle is twice the measure of n 8 7
its supplementary angle. So, its measure is
(a) 120° (b) 60° (c) 100° (d) 90°
(a) 38° (b) 10°
4. What is the least number of straight lines for a (c) 30° (d) 70°
bounded plane figure?
8. The measure of complementary angle of 12° 25′
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4
40′′ is
3 (a) 77° 34′ 20′′ (b) 77° 36′ 20′′ (c) 77° 24′ 20′′ (d) 77° 34′
5. The supplement of of a right angle is
5
(a) 122° (b) 126° (c) 130° (d) 132°
9. ∠POR and ∠QOR form a linear pair and if
a − b = 80°, then the values of a and b are,
6. In the given figure, if PQ||SR, then the relation respectively
between ∠a and ∠b is R
a
P A Q
a°
b°
B P O Q
S R
b
(a) 95°, 85° (b) 108°, 72°
(a) ∠a ≠ ∠b (b) ∠a < ∠b (c) ∠a = ∠b (d) ∠a > ∠b (c) 130°, 50° (d) 105°, 75°
MATHEMATICS Lines and Angles 241
10. In the given figure, the value of y is 17. The value of x in the given figure is
C F A
P 45°
5y O 2y
A B
5y x B
E D 30°
(a) 25° (b) 35° (c) 15° (d) 40° Q C
11. AB and CD are two parallel lines. PQ cuts AB and (a) 75° (b) 185°
CD at E and F, respectively. EL is the bisector of (c) 285° (d) 245°
∠FEB. If ∠LEB = 35°; then ∠CFQ will be 18. In the given figure, AB||CD, ∠DPL =
1
∠NPO,
(a) 110° (b) 85° (c) 70° (d) 95° and OP⊥ XY the value of x° is 2
12. AB and CD are two B X
A
parallel lines. The 65° E F
points B and C are M 60°
35° A B
joined such that
∠ABC = 65°. A line D O L
CE is drawn making C
N x
angle of 35° with the line CB, EF is drawn parallel C D
P
to AB, as show in figure, then ∠CEF is equal to Y
(a) 160° (b) 155° (c) 150° (d) 145° (a) 30° (b) 40° (c) 15° (d) 25°
13. In the given figure, if EC|| AB, ∠ECD = 70°, 19. In the given figure, AB||CD and they cut PQ
∠BDO = 20°, then ∠OBD is equal to and QR at E, F and G , H respectively. Then find
the value of x + y
E A A C
x Gx Q
y
70° O E
C D 140°
20° H
P 70°
B
(a) 70° (b) 60° (c) 50° (d) 20°
14. Two parallel lines AB and CD are intersected by F
a transversal line EF at M and N , respectively. R
B D
The lines MP and NP are the bisectors of the
interior angles BMN and DNM on the same side (a) 120° (b) 130°
(c) 150° (d) 132°
of the transversal. Then, ∠MPN is equal to
(a) 90° (b) 45° (c) 135° (d) 60° 20. Two parallel lines are cut by a transversal, then
15. In the given figure if l|| m, then the value of x is which of the following are true?
A I. Pair of alternate interior angles are congruent.
l
100° II. Pair of corresponding angles are congruent.
x+5
III. Pair of interior angles on the same side of the
O transversal are supplementary.
30° m
B Select the correct answer using the codes given
(a) 105° (b) 100° (c) 110° (d) 115° below
16. In the given figure, if ∠COE = 90°, then the (a) I, II and III are true (b) I and III are true
value of x is (c) I and II are true (d) II and III are true
A
D
21. Consider the following statements related to
z three lines L1 , L2 and L3 in the same plane.
2x O y
I. If L 2 and L3 are both parallel to L1 , then they
x
90° are parallel to each other.
C B II. If L 2 and L3 are both perpendicular to L1 then
E they are parallel to each other.
III. If there is acute angle between L1 and L3 , then
(a) 120° (b) 60° (c) 45° (d) 30° L 2 is parallel to L3 .
242 CDS Pathfinder
Which of the statement(s) given above is/are 27. In the given figure, which of the
correct? following statements must be true? b c
(a) I and II (b) II and III I. a + b = d + c II. a + c + e = 180° a d
(c) All of these (d) None of these III. b + f = c + e IV. a + b + c = d + e + f f e
22. In the given figure, AB||CD, then which one of Select the correct answer using the codes
the following is true? given below
A E B (a) Only I (b) I, II and III
p° (c) II, III and IV (d) All of these
q° F 28. In the given figure, AB is parallel to CD. If
∠BAF = 98° and ∠AFC = 144°, then ∠ECD is
r° equal to?
C G D A B
(a) p + q − r = 180° (b) p + q + r = 180° 98°
(c) p − q + r = 180° (d) p + q − 2 r = 180° F 144°
23. LM is a straight line and O is a point on LM.
Line ON is drawn not coinciding with OL or OM. C D
If ∠MON is one-third of ∠LON , then what is
E
∠MON equal to?
(a) 45° (b) 60° (a) 62° (b) 64°
(c) 75° (d) 80° (c) 82° (d) 84°
24. Consider the following statements : 29. Consider the following statements :
If two parallel lines are intersected by a
Two lines intersected by a transversal are
transversal, then
parallel, if
I. each pair of corresponding angles are equal.
I. The pairs of corresponding angles are equal.
II. each pair of alternate angle are unequal.
II. The interior angles on the same side of the
transversal are supplementary. Which of the statement(s) given above is/are
correct?
Which of the statement(s) given above is/are (a) Only I (b) Only II
correct? (c) Both I and II (d) Neither I nor II
(a) Only I (b) Only II
(c) Both I and II (d) Neither I nor II 30. In the given figure, PQ is parallel to RS. Then
∠NMS is equal to
25. In the given figure AC|| BD and AE|| BF . What L
P Q
is the value of ∠x ? 55° 47°
C D
67° N
130°
A B
x R M S
60°
(a) 20° (b) 23° (c) 27° (d) 47°
G
E F 31. The line segments AB and CD intersect at O. OF
is the internal bisector of obtuse ∠BOC and OE
(a) 130° (b) 110°
(c) 70° (d) 50° is the internal bisector of acute ∠AOC. If
∠BOC = 130°, then what is the measure of
26. The necessary conditions for the line l and m to ∠FOE ?
be parallel when these lines are intersected by a (a) 90° (b) 110° (c) 115° (d) 120°
transversal line n is that
I. Interior angles on the same side are equal.
32. In the given figure below, AB is parallel to LM.
What is the angle a equal to?
II. Corresponding angles are equal.
A b B
III. Vertically opposite angles are equal.
a
IV. Alternate interior angles are equal.
L c M
Select the correct answer using the codes given
below (a) π + b + c (b) 2 π − b + c
(a) II and III (b) I, II and III (c) II and IV (d) I, II and IV (c) 2 π − b − c (d) 2 π + b − c
MATHEMATICS Lines and Angles 243
33. In the given figure, PQ is parallel to RS. What is Which of the statement(s) given above is/are
the angle between the lines PQ and LM? correct? e 2012 I
P (a) Only III (b) Only I (c) I and III (d) II and III
Q
55°
40. In the given figure, LOM is a straight line.
What is the value of x° ? e 2012 II
L
M Q P
155°
30°
R 25° S
50°
(a) 175° (b) 177° (c) 179° (d) 180° (x + 20)° (x – 10)°
L M
O
34. The length of a line segment AB is 2 units. It is
(a) 45° (b) 60° (c) 70° (d) 80°
divided into two parts at the point C such that
AC 2 = AB × CB. What is the length of CB ? 41. If the arms of one angle are respectively parallel
(a) 3 + 5 units (b) 3 − 5 unit to the arms of another angle, then the two
(c) 2 − 5 unit (d) 3 units angles are e 2013 I
(a) Neither equal nor supplementary
Directions (Q.Nos 35-36) Read the information and (b) not equal but supplementary
answer the questions.' (c) equal but not supplementary
In the given figure, the lines CB and AC of a (d) Either equal or supplementary
triangle ABC are extended to D and F, respectively 42. The complement angle of 80° is e 2015 I
and CF || GE. 18 5π
(a) radian (b) radian
D 95° E F π 9
π 9
(c) radian (d) radian
G 18 5π
ANSWERS
1 d 2 d 3 a 4 c 5 b 6 c 7 c 8 a 9 c 10 c
11 a 12 c 13 c 14 a 15 a 16 d 17 c 18 c 19 c 20 a
21 a 22 a 23 a 24 c 25 b 26 c 27 c 28 a 29 a 30 a
31 a 32 c 33 d 34 b 35 c 36 b 37 d 38 a 39 b 40 b
41 b 42 c 43 d 44 a 45 d
1 and Q XY ||QC , ∠QCB = ∠CBY = 30° 24. (c) Both the statements I and II are
14. (a) Given, ∠PMN = ∠BMN
2 [alternate angles] correct.
1
and ∠PNM = ∠DNM ⇒ ∠ABC = ∠ABY + ∠CBY 25. (b) Since, AC || BD
2
⇒ ∠ABC = 45° + 30° = 75° C D
As, ∠BMN + ∠DNM = 180°
Q x = 360° − ∠ABC = 360° − 75°
[angles on the same side of transversal] 130°
∴ x = 285° B
E A
M 18. (c) Q AB || CD, ∠ONP = ∠XMB = 60° x
A B 60°
[corresponding angles]
G
P ∠OPN = 90° − ∠ONP E F
= 90° − 60° ⇒ ∠OPN = 30°
1 1 ∴ ∠DBA = 180° − 130° = 50°
C
N
D But, ∠DPL = ∠NPO = 30° [interior angle]
2 2
F ⇒ ∠DPL = 15° ⇒ x = 15° [Q BAC = 130° ]
∴ In ∆MPN , ∠PMN + ∠PNM = 90° DBG is straight line.
19. (c) Since, AB || CD and PQ is transversal
⇒ ∠MPN = 180° − ( ∠PMN + ∠PNM ) ∴ ∠DBA + ∠ABF + ∠FBG = 180°
∠PEF = ∠EGH [corresponding angles] [linear pairs]
[angle sum property]
⇒ ∠EGH = 70° [Q ∠PEF = 70°] ⇒ 50° + ∠ ABF + 60° = 180°
∴ ∠MPN = 180° − 90° = 90°
Now, ∠EGH + ∠HGQ = 180° ⇒ ∠ABF = 70°
15. (a) Draw a line n passing through O and [linear pair] Since, AE || BF
parallel to l and m ⇒ ∠HGQ = 180°−70° = 110° ∴ x = 180° − ∠ABF
Since, l || n, ∠1 + 100° = 180° Also, ∠DHQ + ∠GHQ = 180°
= 180° − 70° = 110°
[Sum of the interior angles on the [linear pair]
26. (c) When two lines are parallel
same side of the transversal] ∠GHQ = 180°−140° = 40°
intersected by a transversal then
∠1 = 80° ∴ x + y = 110° + 40° = 150° corresponding as well as alternate
Since, n || m, ∠2 = 30° [alternate angles] 20. (a) All the three statements are true. interior angles are equal.
A 21. (a) Only statements I and II are true.
l Hence, the statement II and IV are
100° 22. (a) Draw FH || AB || CD correct.
O
1 (x + 5)
n (sum of interior angles) 27. (c) We have, a = d , b = e and c = f
2
30° m ∴ ∠1 + p = 180° ...(i) [vertically opposite angles]
B A E B and a + b + c = d + e + f = 180°
Now, ∠AOB = ∠1 + ∠2 p II. a + b + c = 180° ⇒ a + c + e = 180°
= (80° + 30° ) = 110° 1 III. b + f = c + e
∠AOB = ( x + 5)° = 110° F
But,
H 2 IV. a + b + c = d + e + f
x = ( 110 − 5)° = 105° 180–r Hence, statements II, III and IV are true.
r
16. (d) Here, ∠BOD = ∠AOC 28. (a) Draw a line MN parallel to AB and
C G D
∴ 2x = y [vertically opposite angles] CD.
∠2 + 180° − r = 180° ...(ii) A B
Now, COD is a straight line.
(sum of interior angle)
∠COD = 180° 98°
On adding Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
⇒ ∠COE + ∠EOB + ∠BOD = 180° N
⇒ 90°+ x + 2x = 180° ∠1 + ∠ 2 + p + 180° − r = 360° M
F 144°
⇒ 3x = 90° ⇒ x = 30° ⇒p + q − r = 180° [Q∠1 + ∠2 = q °]
1
Hence, the value of x is 30°. 23. (a) Given that, ∠ MON = ∠ LON C
D
17. (c) From figure, PA || QC 3
x
Let ∠ LON = x, then, ∠ MON = E
Draw a line XY parallel to PA and QC. 3
⇒ ∠AFN = 180° − 98° = 82°
P A N (sum of interior angles)
45° x ∠CFN = 144° − 82° = 62°
x/3
and ∠ECD = ∠CFN = 62°
x B L O M
X Y [corresponding angles]
We know that,
30° ∠ LON + ∠ MON = 180° [linear pair] 29. (a) If two parallel lines are intersected by
a transversal, then each pair of
Q C x 180°×3
⇒ x + = 180° ⇒ x = = 135° corresponding angles and of alternate
Q PA||XY , 3 4
x 135° angles are equal.
⇒ ∠ABY = ∠PAB = 45°
Thus, ∠ MON = = = 45° Therefore, statement I is correct.
[alternate angles] 3 3
246 CDS Pathfinder
30. (a) Since, PQ || RS ∴ ∠EOP = ∠OPB = b [alternate angle] 37. (d) ∴ Required number of points
∴ ∠PLM = ∠LMS = 55° and ∠EON = ∠ONM = c = 4 (P , P , P , P )
1 2 3 4
[alternate angle] [alternate angle] C
Draw a line EF which is parallel to PQ. ⇒ ∠PON = b + c
Then, ∠QLN = ∠LNE = 47° Q ∠PON + a = 2 π
Q ∠ENL + ∠MNE = 67° ∴ a = 2 π − ∠PON = 2 π − b − c 5 cm 5 cm
L 33. (d) 3 cm
5c
P Q P
m
55° 47° Q
5c
m
55°
21 cm 21 cm
67° N P1 P2
E F 1 cm
L
M A B
30° 155° 1 cm
R 25° S P4
R M S P3
PQ || RS …(i) 3 cm 3 cm
⇒ 47° + ∠MNE = 67°
Since, ∠PQR = ∠QRS = 30°+25° = 55° α 1
⇒ ∠MNE = 67° − 47° 38. (a) Given that, =
[alternate angle] β 5
⇒ ∠MNE = 20° Let α = k and β = 5k
PQ || RS …(i)
Similarly, EF || RS, then
and ∠SRL + ∠RLM = 180° Sum of two complementary angles
∠ENM = ∠NMS = 20°
⇒ RS || LM …(ii) = 90°
[alternate angle]
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get ⇒ α + β = 90°,
31. (a) Given, ∠BOC = 130° PQ || LM
A D
α = 90° − β
So, the angle between the lines PQ and ⇒ k = 90° − 5 k
LM is 180°.
O ⇒ k = 15°
E 34. (b) Given, AC 2 = AB × CB
∴ α = 15° and β = 75°
⇒ x 2 = 2 × ( 2 − x)
∴ Difference between angles
C B A B
F x C (2 – x) = 75° − 15° = 60°
2
Q AOB is a straight line. 39. (b) Here, AB and CD are two lines.
⇒ x 2 = 4 − 2x
Q ∠BOC + ∠AOC = 180° [linear pair] A D
⇒ x + 2x − 4 = 0
2
⇒ 130° + ∠AOC = 180°
−2 ± 4 + 16
⇒ ∠FOC + ∠FOC = 130° ⇒ x=
2×1
⇒ ∠AOC = 50° B
⇒ x = − 1± 5 C
Now, ∠BOC = 130°
Now, BC = 2 − ( − 1 ± 5) = 3 − 5 If two straight lines intersect, then
⇒∠BOF + ∠FOC = 130° vertically opposite angles are equal.
(neglect 3 + 5 Q3 + 5 > 2)
[Q OF is bisector of ∠BOC ]
35. (c) We have, ∠DGE = ∠GCF = 95° 40. (b) From the given figure,
⇒ ∠FOC = 65°
[corresponding angles] ∠ LOQ + ∠QOP + ∠POM = 180°
Now, ∠AOC = 50°
Also, ∠GCF + ∠FCB = 180° [straight line]
⇒ ∠AOE + ∠EOC = 50°
[linear pair] ∴ ( x° + 20° ) + 50° + ( x° − 10° ) = 180°
⇒ ∠EOC + ∠EOC = 50°
⇒ 95°+ y = 180° ⇒ 2x° + 60° = 180°
⇒ ∠EOC = 25°
⇒ y = 180°−95° = 85° ⇒ 2x° = 120°
[Q OE is bisector of ∠AOC ]
Again, ∠ACB + y = 180° ∴ x ° = 60°
∴ ∠EOF = ∠EOC + ∠FOC
⇒ x = 180°−85° = 95° 41. (b) Case I When both pairs of arms are
= 25° + 65° = 90°
Now, In ∆ABC ∠A + ∠B + ∠C = 180° parallel same sense.
32. (c) Draw a line parallel to AB i.e.
EF || AB. ⇒ 35°+ z + 95° = 180° A
P ⇒ z + 130° = 180° D
A b B
⇒ z = 180°−130° = 50°
∴ x + y + z = 95° + 85° + 50° = 230° C
B G
E a F
O 36. (b) Supplement of z = 130° E F
1 130°
c ∴ th of 130° = = 26° Here, ∠ ABC = ∠DEF
L N M 5 5
MATHEMATICS Lines and Angles 247
π π
Case II When both pairs of arms are = 10 × = radian. 44. (a) If, line P intersect four parallel lines
parallel in opposite sense. 180° 18 l, m, n and o, then 16 angles will be
43. (d) formed.
A B P
F E
100° 1 2
82° l
O 78° A
B C m
C
n
D D
o
Given, ∠AOB = ∠COD = 100°,
Here, ∠ ABC = ∠DEF ∠BOC = 82° As these lines are parallel, hence distinct
Case III When one pair of arms is
and ∠AOD = 78° angle will be ∠1 and ∠2.
parallel in same direction and other pairs
are parallel in opposite direction. If, AOC is a straight line, then 45. (d) In the given figure, lines p and q are
∠AOB + ∠BOC = 180° parallel.
A A
⇒ 100°+82° = 180° p
D 80° z x/3
⇒ 182° ≠ 180°
40
°
B If, BOD is a straight line, then
C ∠BOA + ∠AOD = 180°
F E 100° x y
⇒ 100° + 78° = 180° q
C B
Here, ∠ ABC + ∠DEF = 180° ⇒ 178° ≠ 180° x
∴ x = 40° + [alternate angles]
So, the two angles are not equal but If, ∠BOC and ∠AOD 3
supplementary. 2x
are supplementary angles, then ⇒ = 40° ⇒ x = 60°
42. (c) Let the angle be θ. 3
∠BOC + ∠AOD = 180° y = x /3 [alternate angle]
∴ θ = 80°
⇒ 82°+78° = 180° 60° x
Complement angle y= = 20°, z + 40° + = 180°
⇒ 160° ≠ 180° 3 3
= 90° – θ = 90° – 80° = 10°
⇒ z + 20° = 180° − 40°
[Q sum of two complement angles is Hence, statements I and II are incorrect.
⇒ z = 120°
90°]
23
248 CDS Pathfinder
TRIANGLES
Generally (8-10) questions have been asked from this chapter. Generally questions are asked from
the topic of pythagoras theorem, similarity of triangles and mid-point theorem.
TRIANGLE
A plane (closed) figure bounded by three line segments is called a triangle. It is A
denoted by ∆.
∆ABC has
• three vertices, namely A , B and C. • three sides, namely AB, BC and CA .
• three angles, namely ∠A , ∠B and ∠C.
B C
• Sum of three angles of a triangle is 180 °. i.e., ∠A + ∠B + ∠C = 180 ° D
1 1
• Area of a triangle = × base × height = × BC × AD
2 2
Classification of Triangle
A
1. On the Basis of Angles
Hy
Perpendicular
(i) Right Angled Triangle A triangle in which one of the angle measures 90 ° po
ten
is called a right angled triangle. The side opposite to the right angle is called us
e
its hypotenuse and the remaining two sides are called as perpendicular and
base depending upon conditions. Here, ∆ABC is a right angled triangle in θ
which ∠B = 90 ° and AC is hypotenuse. B Base C
C
(ii) Acute Angled Triangle A triangle in which every angle measure more than
0° but less than 90° is called an acute angled triangle.
Here, ∆ABC is an acute angled triangle. A B
(iii) Obtuse Angled Triangle A triangle in which one of the angle measures A
more than 90° but less than 180° is called an obtuse angled triangle.
Here, ∆ ABC is an obtuse angled triangle and ∠ABC is the obtuse angle.
B C
MATHEMATICS Triangles 249
K
H
D B C
B C
∴ ∠ABC =
1 1
(137° ) = 68 °
• In ∆ABC, if ∠B < 90 ° and AD ⊥ BC, then
2 2 AC 2 = AB 2 + BC 2 − 2BC ⋅ BD
1
∴ Again, BC = CH and ∠ABC = 68 ° A
2
1
Therefore, ∠CHB = 68 ° , Therefore, ∠HCB = 43°
2
1 1
Hence, ∠HCK = 68 ° − 43° = 25 °
2 2
B D C
Some Important Results of a Triangle • In any triangle, the sum of the A
• If two angles of a triangle are equal, then the sides square of any two sides is equal
opposite to them are also equal. to twice the square of half of the
• In a triangle, the side opposite to a greater angle is the third side together with twice
longest side. the square of the median which B D E C
bisect the third side.
• The sum of all the three interior angles of a triangle is
• Here, AD is median, so
180°.
2
• If a side of a triangle is produced, then the exterior 1
AB 2 + AC 2 = 2AD 2 + 2 BC
angle so formed is equal to the sum of the two interior 2
opposite angles. • In a ∆ ABC, three times the sum of the squares of the
• An exterior angle of a triangle is greater than either of sides of a triangle is equal to four times the sum of the
the interior opposite angles. squares of the medians of the triangle.
• A triangle must have atleast two acute angles. A
• The side BC of ∆ ABC is produced to D. The bisector • Sum of any two sides of a triangle is greater than its
of ∠A meets BC in L . Then third side.
∠ABC + ∠ACD = 2 ∠ALC. D
A
A
B C
B C B C
B C
EXAMPLE 3. In the given figure, I is the incentre of In congruent triangles, corresponding parts are equal
∆ABC. What is the measure of angle A . and we write in short ‘CPCT’, i.e. corresponding part of
A congruent triangles.
⇒ ( 52) 2 = BC × 4 A B E D
52
⇒ BC = = 13 cm
4 B C
Sol. a. In right angled ∆BED and right angled ∆CFD Theorem 3 The line joining the
A
DE = DF (given) mid-points of any two sides of a
hypotenuse BD = hypotenuse CD triangle is parallel to the third side
[QD is the mid-point of BC ] and is half of the third side. P Q
∴∆BED ≅ ∆CFD [by RHS congruency]
Here, P and Q are mid-point of AB
⇒ ∠B = ∠C ⇒ AC = AB [sides opposite to equal angles] 1
and AC. So, PQ = BC. B C
2
Similar Figures
Theorem 4 If two triangles are equiangular, then
The geometrical figures having the same shape, but different the ratio of their corresponding sides is the same as
sizes are known as similar figures. the ratio of the corresponding altitudes.
• The congruent figures are always similar, but two similar A P
figures need not be congruent.
e.g. Any two circles are similar. Any two rectangles are
similar.
Similar Triangles B D C Q S R
Two triangles are said to be similar to each other, if Here, ∆ ABC ~ ∆ PQR and AD and PS are altitude
(i) their corresponding sides are proportional. on BC and QR, respectively, then
BC AD
(ii) their corresponding angles are equal. =
QR PS
A P
Theorem 5 If two triangles are equiangular, then
the ratio of the corresponding sides is the same as
B C Q R the ratio of the corresponding angle bisector
Here, ∆ABC and ∆PQR are similar triangles. segments.
∴ ∠A = ∠P, ∠B = ∠Q, ∠C = ∠R A R
AB BC AC
and = =
PQ QR PR
Then, ∆ABC ~ ∆PQR
where, symbol ~ is read as, ‘is similar to’. B D C S P T
Here, ∆ ABC and ∆ RST are equiangular/similar and
Some Results on Similar Triangles AD, RP are the angle bisectors of ∠A and ∠R, then
Theorem 1 If a line is drawn parallel to one side of a BC AD
=
triangle to intersect the other two sides in distinct point, ST RP
then it divides these sides in the same ratio. It is also called
Theorem 6 If two triangles are equiangular, then
basic proportionality theorem.
the ratio of the corresponding sides is the same as
AD AE A
Here, DE | | BC, then = the ratio of the corresponding medians.
DB EC A P
AD AE
or = D E
AB AC
AB AC
or = B C
DB EC
A
Theorem 2 The internal bisector of an B D C Q S R
angle of a triangle divides the opposite sides Here, ∆ ABC and ∆ PQR are equiangular and AD, PS
internally in the ratio of the sides containing are the medians, then
the angle. BC AD
=
Here, AD is internal bisector of ∠A, then B D C QR PS
AB BD
=
AC DC Note: If two triangles are similar, then ratio of their
corresponding sides is same as ratio of their perimeters.
254 CDS Pathfinder
⇒ AE = 397
. Area ( ∆ ABC ) AD 2
Then , =
Area ( ∆ PQR) PS 2
EXAMPLE 8. In the given triangle, AB is parallel to
PQ. AP = c, PC = b, PQ = a, AB = x. What is the value of Theorem 3 The areas of two similar triangles is equal
x? to the ratio of the squares of the corresponding
medians.
B Q A P
C
A P b
s
ab bc B D C Q S R
a. a + b. a +
c a
ca ac Here, ∆ ABC ~ ∆ PQR ,
c. b + d. a + Area (∆ ABC ) AD 2
b b then =
Area (∆ PQR) PS 2
MATHEMATICS Triangles 255
Theorem 4 The areas of two similar triangles is equal EXAMPLE 10. In a given figure, QR is parallel to AB
to the ratio of squares of the corresponding angle and DR is parallel to QB. What is the number of distinct
bisector segments. pairs of similar triangles?
A P P
D
Q R
B X C Q Y R
A Bs
D E
PYTHAGORAS THEOREM
B C In a right angled triangle, the square of the hypotenuse is
equal to the sum of the square of the other two sides.
a. 3 : 1 b. 5 : 3 c. 9 : 2 d. 25 : 9
i.e. In ∆ABC , if ∠B = 90 ° , then AB 2 + BC 2 = AC 2
Sol. d. Q Given, DE : BC = 3 : 5 A
Since, DE || BC ⇒ ∠ADE = ∠ABC
and ∠AED = ∠ACB
∴ ∆ABC ~ ∆ADE [by AA similarity]
Area of ∆ABC BC 2 25
∴ = = or, 25 : 9
Area of ∆ADE DE 9 B C
256 CDS Pathfinder
PRACTICE EXERCISE
1. If the bisector of an angle of a triangle bisects 7. Let ABC be an isosceles triangle in which AB = AC
the opposite side, then the triangle is and BD ⊥ AC. Then, BD 2 − CD 2 is equal to
(a) equilateral (b) isosceles A
(c) scalene (d) right angled triangle
2. The line segments joining the mid-points of the D
sides of a triangle form four triangles each of
which is
(a) similar to the original triangle
B C
(b) congruent to the original triangle 1
(c) an equilateral triangle (d) an isosceles triangle (a) 2DC ⋅ AD (b) 2 AD ⋅ BC (c) 3DC ⋅ AD (d) AD ⋅ DC
2
3. In a ∆ ABC , BD and CE are perpendicular on AC 8. D and E are the points on the sides AB and
and AB, respectively. If BD = CE , then the AC respectively of a ∆ ABC and AD = 8 cm,
∆ ABC is DB = 12 cm, AE = 6 cm and EC = 9 cm, then BC is
(a) equilateral (b) isosceles (c) right angled (d) scalene equal to
2 5 3 2
4. If the length of hypotenuse of a right angled (a) DE (b) DE (c) DE (d) DE
5 2 2 3
triangle is 5 cm and its area is 6 cm 2, then the
length of the remaining sides are 9. A vertical stick 15m long casts a shadow 12m
(a) 1 cm and 3 cm (b) 3 cm and 2 cm long on the ground. At the same time, a tower
(c) 3 cm and 4 cm (d) 4 cm and 2 cm casts a shadow 50m long on the ground. The
height of the tower is
5. ∆ ABC is such that AB = 3 cm, BC = 2 cm and (a) 60 m (b) 62 m (c) 62.5 m (d) 63 m
AC = 2.5 cm. ∆ DEF is similar to ∆ ABC. If
EF = 4 cm, then the perimeter of ∆ DEF is 10. The areas of two similar triangles are 81 cm 2
and 49 cm 2, respectively. The ratio of their
(a) 5 cm (b) 7.5 cm (c) 15 cm (d) 18 cm
corresponding heights is
6. A soldier goes to a warfield and runs in the (a) 9 : 7 (b) 7 : 9 (c) 6 : 5 (d) 81 : 49
following manner. From the starting point, he
goes West 25 m, then due North 60 m, then due 11. If D and E are points on the sides AB and AC,
East 80 m, and finally due South 12 cm. The respectively of a ∆ ABC such that DE|| BC. If
distance between the starting point and the AD = x, DB = x − 2, AE = x + 2 and EC = x − 1.
finishing point is The value of x is
(a) 177 m (b) 103 m (c) 83 m (d) 73 m (a) 2.5 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4
MATHEMATICS Triangles 257
12. In the adjoining figure, ABCD is A B 18. In ∆ ABC , ∠C = 90° and CD ⊥ AB, also ∠A = 65°,
a trapezium in which AB||CD O then ∠CBA is equal to
and its diagonals intersect at O. C
If AO = ( 3x − 1), OC = ( 5x − 3),
BO = ( 2x + 1) and OD = (6x − 5), D C
then x is equal to
65°
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4 A D B
13. In the adjoining figure, AE is the bisector of (a) 25° (b) 35° (c) 65° (d) 40°
exterior ∠CAD meeting BC produced in E. If
AB = 10 cm, AC = 6 cm and BC = 12 cm, then CE 19. The angles of a triangle are in the ratio 2 : 3 : 4.
is equal to The angles of triangle are, respectively
D (a) 30°, 60°, 90° (b) 40°, 60°, 80°
A (c) 60°, 40°, 80° (d) 20°, 60°, 80°
20. In figure, D and E are points on sides AB, AC of
∆ ABC such that DE|| BC. If ∠B = 30° and
B C E
∠A = 40°, then x , y and z are, respectively
A
(a) 6 cm (b) 12 cm (c) 18 cm (d) 20 cm
40°
14. If D , E and F are respectively the mid-points of z°
D x°
sides BC , AC and AB of a ∆ ABC. If EF = 3 cm, E
FD = 4 cm and AB = 10 cm, then DE , BC and CA,
respectively will be equal to y°
10 30°
(a) 6, 8 and 20 cm (b) , 9 and 12 cm B C
3
(c) 4, 6 and 8 cm (d) 5, 6 and 8 cm (a) 30°, 110°, 110° (b) 30°, 105°, 105°
(c) 30°, 85°, 85° (d) 30°, 95°, 95°
15. In ∆ PQR , ∠Q = 3a, ∠P = a , ∠R = b and
21. In figure, AB, EF and CD are parallel lines. Given
3b − 5a = 30, then the triangle is
that GE = 5 cm, GC = 10 cm and DC = 18 cm, then
(a) scalene (b) isosceles
EF is equal to
(c) equilateral (d) right angled D
16. In ∆ ABC show in the figure B A
∠A = 90°. Let D be a point on
BC such that BD : DC = 1 : 3. If D E
M G
DM and DL, respectively are
perpendicular on AB and AC,
then DM and LC are in the A C B F C
L
ratio of (a) 11 cm (b) 5 cm (c) 6 cm (d) 9 cm
(a) 1 : 3 (b) 1 : 2 (c) 1 : 1 (d) 4 : 1 22. In the given figure, PQ > PR. QS and RS are the
bisectors of ∠Q and ∠R respectively, then which
17. In a right angled ∆ ABC, right angled at B, if P of the following is correct?
and Q are points on the sides AB and AC P
respectively, then
A
S
P
Q R
B Q C (a) SQ < SR (b) SQ = SR
(a) AQ 2 + CP 2 = 2 ( AC 2 + PQ 2 ) (c) SQ > SR (d) None of these
(a) 60°, 75°, 75°, 60° (b) 50°, 75°, 75°, 65°
24. In ∆ABC , AD ⊥ BC, then
(c) 60°, 70°, 60°, 70° (d) 60°, 60°, 70°, 70°
(a) AB2 − BD2 = AC 2 − CD2 (b) AB2 + BD2 = AC 2 − CD2
31. In the given figure, AB||CD , ∠PTB = 55° and
(c) AB2 + BD2 = AC 2 + CD2 (d) AB2 + AC 2 = BD2 + DC 2
∠DVS = 45°, then what is the sum of the
25. ∆ ABC is a right angled at C and P is the length measures of ∠CUQ and ∠RTP?
of the perpendicular from C to AB. If BC = a, R P
AC = b, AB = c, then 55°
A B
a p 1 1 1 T
(a) = (b) pc = ab (c) + = (d) None of these
b c a b ab
26. ABC is a triangle and the perpendicular drawn C
U V 45°
D
from A meets BC in D. If AD 2 = BD ⋅ DC, then Q S
which one of the following is correct? (a) 180° (b) 135° (c) 110° (d) 100°
(a) ABC must be an obtuse angled triangle
(b) ABC must be an acute angled triangle 32. What is the value of x in the figure given below?
(c) Either ∠B ≥ 45° or ∠C ≥ 45° (d) BC 2 = AB2 + AC 2 A a c B
x°
R t° S
C D
B C
60° H
F (a) 360° (b) 720° (c) 900° (d) 1000°
MATHEMATICS Triangles 259
B C
E
L
D Q R
(a) 30° (b) 35° (c) 40° (d) 45° (a) 5 cm (b) 5.5 cm (c) 6 cm (d) 6.5 cm
52. The angles x° , a ° , c° and ( π − b)° are indicated in 57. In a ∆ABC, ∠BCA = 90° and CD is perendicular
the figure given below : e 2012 II to AB. If AD = 4 cm and BD = 9 cm, then the
E value of DC will be e 2013 II
D x° (a) 18 cm (b) 20 cm (c) 65 cm (d) 6 cm
58. ABC is a triangle, where BC = 2 AB , ∠C = 30°
(π−b)°
A
c° a°
T and ∠A = 90°. The magnitude of the side AC is
B C e 2013 II
Which one of the following is correct ? e 2012 II 2 BC 3 BC BC 3 BC
(a) (b) (c) (d)
(a) x° = a° + c ° − b ° (b) x° = b ° − a° − c ° 3 4 3 2
(c) x° = a° + b ° + c ° (d) x° = a° − b ° − c °
59. Let ABC be an equilateral triangle. If the side
53. Consider the following statements: BC is produced to the point D so that BC = 2 CD,
I. If G is the centroid of ∆ABC, then GA = GB = GC. then AD 2 is equal to e 2013 II
II. If H is the orthocentre of ∆ABC, then (a) 3 CD2 (b) 4 CD2 (c) 5 CD2 (d) 7 CD2
HA = HB = HC. 60. ABC is a right angled triangle such that
Which of the statement(s) given above is are AB = a − b, BC = a and CA = a + b . D is a point
correct? e 2013 II on BC such that BD = AB. The ratio of BD : DC
(a) Only I (b) Only II for any value of a and b is given by e 2013 II
(c) Both I and II (d) Neither I nor II (a) 3 : 2 (b) 4 : 3 (c) 5 : 4 (d) 3 : 1
MATHEMATICS Triangles 261
61. The side BC of a ∆ABC is produced to D, 71. If triangles ABC and DEF are similar such that
bisectors of the ∠ABC and ∠ACD meet at P. If 2AB = DE and BC = 8 cm, then what is EF equal
∠BPC = x ° and ∠BAC = y °, then which one of the to? e 2014 I
following option is correct? e 2013 II (a) 16 cm (b) 12 cm (c) 10 cm (d) 8 cm
(a) x° = y° (b) x° + y° = 90° 72. The sides of a right angled triangle are equal to
(c) x° + y° = 180° (d) 2x° = y° three consecutive numbers expressed in
62. The side AC of a ∆ABC is produced to D such centimeters. What can be the area of such a
that BC = CD. If ∠ACB is 70°, then what is triangle? e 2014 I
∠ADB equal to? e 2013 II (a) 6 cm 2 (b) 8 cm 2 (c) 10 cm 2 (d) 12 cm 2
(a) 35° (b) 45° (c) 70° (d) 110°
73. The three sides of a triangle are 15, 25, x units.
63. The heights of two trees are x and y, where x > y. Which one of the following is correct? e 2014 I
The tops of the trees are at a distance z a part. If (a) 10 < x < 40 (b) 10 ≤ x ≤ 40
s is the shortest distance between the trees, then (c) 10 ≤ x < 40 (d) 10 < x ≤ 40
what is s2 equal to? e 2013 II
74. In a ∆ABC, if ∠B = 2 , ∠C = 2∠A. Then, what is
(a) x2 + y2 − z2 − 2 x y (b) x2 + y2 − z2
the ratio of AC to AB ? e 2014 II
(c) x2 + y2 + z2 − 2 x y (d) z2 − x2 − y2 + 2 x y
(a) 2 : 1 (b) 3 : 1 (c) 1 : 1 (d) 1 : 2
64. In a ∆ABC, ∠B = 90° and ∠C = 2∠ A, then what 75. Three straight lines are drawn through the three
is AB 2 equal to? e 2013 II vertices of a ∆ABC, the line through each vertex
(a) 2 BC 2 (b) 3BC 2 (c) 4BC 2 (d) 5BC 2 being parallel to the opposite side. The ∆DEF is
bounded by these parallel lines. e 2014 II
65. PQR is an equilateral triangle. O is the point of Consider the following statements in respect of
intersection of altitudes PL, QM and RN . If the ∆DEF.
OP = 8 cm, then what is the perimeter of the
I. Each side of ∆DEF is double the side of ∆ABC to
∆PQR ? e 2013 II
which it is parallel.
(a) 8 3 cm (b) 12 3 cm (c) 16 3 cm (d) 24 3 cm
II. Area of ∆DEF is four times the area of ∆ABC.
66. ∆DEF is formed by joining the mid-points of Which of the statement(s) given above is/are correct?
the sides of ∆ABC. Similarly, a ∆PQR is formed (a) Only I (b) Only II
by joining the mid-points of the sides of the (c) Both I and II (d) Neither I nor II
∆DEF. If the sides of the ∆PQR are of lengths
1, 2 and 3 units, what is the perimeter of the 76. In a ∆ ABC, AD is the median through A and E
∆ABC ? e 2013 II is the mid-point of AD and BE produced meets
(a) 18 units (b) 24 units AC at F. Then, AF is equal to e 2014 II
(c) 48 units (d) Cannot be determined (a) AC/5 (b) AC/4 (c) AC/3 (d) AC/2
67. E is the mid-point of the median AD of a ∆ABC. 77. The point O is equidistant from the three sides
If BE produced meets the side AC at F, then CF of a ∆ABC.
is equal to e 2013 II Consider the following statements: e 2015 II
(a) AC /3 (b) 2 AC / 3 (c) AC /2 (d) None of these I. ∠OAC + ∠OCB + ∠OBA = 90°
II. ∠BOC = 2∠BAC
68. If AD is the internal angular of ∆ABC with III. The perpendiculars drawn from any point on OA
AB = 3 cm and AC = 1 cm, then what is BD : BC to AB and AC are always equal
equal to? e 2014 I
Which of the above statements are correct?
(a) 1 : 3 (b) 1 : 4 (c) 2 : 3 (d) 3 : 4
(a) I and II (b) II and III (c) I and III (d) All of these
69. In a ∆ABC, AD is perpendicular to BC and BE is 78. An equilateral ∆BOC is drawn inside a square
perpendicular to AC. Which of the following is ABCD. If ∠AOD = 2θ, what is tan θ equal to?
correct? e 2014 I e 2015 II
(a) CE × CB = CA × CD (b) CE × CA = CD × CB (a) 2 − 3 (b) 1 + 2 (c) 4 − 3 (d) 2 + 3
(c) AD × BD = AE × BE (d) AB × AC = AD × BE
79. In a ∆PQR, point X is on PQ and point Y is on
70. The sides of a triangle are in geometric PR such that XP = 1 . 5 units, XQ = 6 units,
progression with common ratio r < 1. If the PY = 2 units and YR = 8 units. Which of the
triangle is a right angled triangle, the square of following are correct?
common ratio is given by e 2014 I I. QR = 5XY II. QR is parallel to XY .
5+1 5 −1 3+1 3 −1 III. ∆PYX is similar to ∆PRQ.
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2 2 2 2
262 CDS Pathfinder
ANSWERS
1 b 2 a 3 b 4 c 5 c 6 d 7 a 8 b 9 c 10 a
11 d 12 b 13 c 14 d 15 d 16 a 17 c 18 a 19 b 20 a
21 d 22 c 23 d 24 a 25 b 26 d 27 a 28 a 29 c 30 d
31 b 32 a 33 d 34 d 35 d 36 c 37 d 38 b 39 c 40 a
41 a 42 d 43 b 44 c 45 d 46 b 47 b 48 c 49 c 50 d
51 b 52 c 53 d 54 a 55 c 56 d 57 d 58 d 59 d 60 d
61 d 62 a 63 d 64 b 65 d 66 b 67 b 68 d 69 b 70 b
71 a 72 a 73 a 74 a 75 c 76 c 77 c 78 d 79 d 80 c
81 b 82 c 83 b 84 c 85 c 86 c
MATHEMATICS Triangles 263
⇒ p − 16 p 2 − 9 p 2 + 144 = 0
4 8. (b) As in ∆ ADE and ∆ ABC ,
B D C AD 8 2 AE 6 2
⇒ p 2 ( p 2 − 16) − 9 ( p 2 − 16) = 0 = = and = =
Q AD is the internal bisector of ∠A. AB 20 5 AC 15 5
⇒ ( p 2 − 9) ( p 2 − 16) = 0 A
AB BD
∴ = ⇒ p = 3 or p = 4
AC DC
AB BD Hence, other sides are 3 cm and 4 cm.
⇒ = = 1 [QBD = DC given] D E
AC DC 5. (c) As ∆ ABC ~ ∆ DEF
⇒ AB = AC AB AC BC
⇒ = = B C
Hence, triangle is an isosceles triangle. DE DF EF AD AE
A D ∴ =
2. (a) The line segments joining the AB AC
mid-points of the sides of a triangle 2.5 and ∠A = ∠A [common]
form four triangles each of which is 3
similar to the original triangle. ∴ ∆ ADE ~ ∆ ABC
[by SAS similarity]
A B 2 C E 4 F DE AD DE 2
BC 2 1 ∴ = ⇒ =
Q = = BC AB BC 5
F E EF 4 2 5
⇒ BC = DE .
∴ DE = 2 AB = 2 × 3 = 6 cm 2
B D C and DF = 2 × AC = 2 × 2.5 = 5 cm 9. (c) Let AB be a vertical stick and AC be
Here, ∆ BDF ~ ∆ ABC ∴ Perimeter of ∆ DEF = ( 6 + 5 + 4) its shadow. Also, let PQ be a tower
having shadow PR .
Also, ∆ DEC , ∆ DEF = 15 cm
Sun Sun
∆ AFE ~ ∆ ABC Shortcut Method B Q
3. (b) As BD = EC , Perimeter of ∆ABC
15 m
Perimeter of ∆DEF
∠AEC = ∠BDA = 90°each x
= Ratio of corresponding sides
[Q BD⊥AC and CE⊥AB]
(3 + 2 + 2.5) 1
A ∴ = A C P R
Perimeter of ∆DEF 2 12 m 50 m
E ∴Perimeter of ∆DEF = 2 ( 75
. ) = 15 cm. ∠A = ∠P
D
∠B = ∠Q
6. (d) Let P be the starting point of his run, [Q Sun with tower and stick forms
then PT is the distance between the same angle]
B C starting and the finishing point. As, ∆ ABC ~ ∆ PQR
Also, ∠A = ∠A [common] 80 m [ ∴ By AA similarity]
~ R S
∴ ∆BDA = ∆ AEC AB AC 15 12
[by AAS congruency] U
12 m N ∴ = ⇒ =
T PQ PR x 50
⇒ AB = AC [by cpct] 60 m 15 × 50
12 m W E ⇒ x= = 62.5 m
So, triangle is an isosceles triangle. 12
4. (c) Let the other side be b and p. Q 25 m P Hence, the height of the tower is 62.5 m.
S
1 10. (a) Let the ratio of their corresponding
∴ b × p = 6 ⇒ b × p = 12
2 ∴ PU = RQ − ST = 60 − 12 = 48 m height be h : h .
1 2
12 UT = RS − QP = 80 − 25 = 55 m But the ratio of the areas of two similar
⇒ b= and
p triangles is equal to the ratio of the
∴ In ∆ PUT, PT 2
= ( PU )2 + ( TU )2
squares of their corresponding heights.
Also, by pythagoras theorem ∴PT = ( 48)2 + (55)2 = 2304 + 3025 h 2 81
h2 = b 2 + p2 ∴ 1 = ⇒ h : h =9: 7
= 5329 = 73 m h 2 49 1 2
2
264 CDS Pathfinder
25. (b) Since, c is the base and p is the 7 3 7 33. (d) Q ∠ABC = 180°−∠DBA = 180°−2x
z + z = 180° ⇒ z + z = 180°
altitude of ∆ABC . 3 8 8 B C
C D E
Q y = 3 z 2x 120°
8
b a
p 15z
= 180° ⇒ z = 96° x
8
3 A
A D c
B So, y = × 96° = 36°
8 and ∠ACB = 180° − ∠ACE
1 4
Here, area of ∆ABC = pc …(i) and x = × 36° = 48° = 180° − 120° = 60°
2 3
In ∆ABC ,∠ABC + ∠ACB + ∠BAC = 180°
1
Also, area of ∆ABC = ab …(ii) 29. (c) We have, x = 35° [alternate angles] ⇒ 180°−2x + 60°+ x = 180° ⇒ x = 60°
2
z° = 75° [alternate angles]
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get 34. (d) In ∆PQY , by pythagoras theorem,
1 1 In ∆ABP, x + y + 75° = 180°
pc = ab ⇒ pc = ab PY 2 = PQ 2 + QY 2
2 2 y = 180°−( 75°+35° ) ⇒ y = 70°
P
26. (d) Hence, AD 2 = BD ⋅ DC Hence the value of
C x = 35° , y = 70° ,z = 75° X
∆DST 1 1
2 9+ 4 1 1
⇒ = = ⇒ = A
= 13 × 4 × 9 CD 2 36
∆DEF 2 2
⇒ ∆ DEF = 2 ∆ DST ∴ CD = 6 cm
Hence, both statements I and II are true Shortcut Method a+b
a–b
and statement II is the correct CD 2 = AD ⋅ DB
explanation of statement I. CD = AD ⋅ DB = 4×9
55. (c) We know that, A = 36 = 6 cm (a – b) b
B D C
The sum of any 58. (d) Given that, ∠A = 90° and ∠C = 30° a
two sides of a
B
triangle is greater 3 cm 5 cm ⇒ a 2 + b 2 + 2ab = a 2 + b 2 − 2ab + a 2
than twice the ⇒ 4ab = a 2 ⇒ 4b = a
median drawn to
BD a − b
B C
D
the third side. Now, =
i.e. ( AB + AC ) > 2 AD DC b
4b − b 3b 3
⇒ (3 + 5) > 2 AD ⇒ AD < 4 = = =
90º 30º
Hence, AD is always less than 4 cm. b b 1
A C or 3 : 1
56. (d) Given that, PQ = 5 cm,QR = 12 cm ∴ ABC is a right angled triangle.
and QL is a median. 61. (d) Given that, ∠BPC = x°
Also, given that BC = 2 AB
P and ∠BAC = y °
BC
⇒ AB = …(i)
2 A P
By pythagoras theorem, y° x°
L
5 BC 2 = AC 2 + AB 2
⇒ ( 2 AB )2 = AC 2 + AB 2
90º ⇒ AC 2 = 4 AB 2 − AB 2 = 3 AB 2 B C D
Q 12 R 3 Since, BP and CP are the angle bisectors
⇒ AC = 3 ⋅ AB = ⋅ ( 2 AB ) of ∠ABC and ∠ACD, respectively.
PR 2
∴ PL = LR = ...(i)
2 3 ∴ ∠ABC = 2∠PBC …(i)
∴ AC = ⋅ BC [from Eq.(i)]
In ∆PQR, ( PR)2 = ( PQ )2 + (QR)2 2 and ∠ACD = 2∠PCD …(ii)
[by pythagoras theorem] 59. (d) Draw AM ⊥ BC since sum of two interior angles is equal
( PR)2 = (5)2 + ( 12)2 to exterior angle
Let AB = BC = AC = x
( PR)2 = 25 + 144 ⇒ 169 = ( 13)2 x ∴ ∠PCD = x °+∠PBC …(iii)
Then, BM = MC =
⇒ PR = ( 13)
2 2
⇒ PR = 13 2 and ∠ACD = y °+∠ABC
Now, by mid-point theorem, if L is the A ⇒ 2∠PCD = y °+2∠PBC
mid-point of the hypotenuse PR of a [using (i) and (ii)]
right angled ∆PQR, then ⇒ 2 [ x °+∠PBC ] = y °+ 2∠PBC
1 1 ⇒ 2x ° = y °
QL = PR = ( 13) = 6.5 cm
2 2 B M C D 62. (a)Q∠ACB + ∠BCD = 180° [linear pair]
57. (d) In ∆ABC and ∆ACD, x
Also, CD = [Q BC = 2CD] ∠BCD = 180° − 70° = 110°
AC 4 2
Q = B
AB AC Now, in ∆AMC , by pythagoras theorem,
∴ AC 2 = 4 × 13 = 52 ... (i) AM 2 = AC 2 − MC 2
[Q AB = 4 + 9 = 13]
9 x 2 3x 2
In ∆ABC and ∆BCD,
BC
= = x2 − = 70°
AB BC 4 4 A D
C
A In ∆AMD, by pythagoras theorem,
In ∆BCD, BC = CD
4 AD 2 = AM 2 + MD 2 ⇒ ∠CBD = ∠CDB ...(i)
D 3x 2 7x 2
= + x2 = [angles opposite to equal side]
9 4 4 Also, ∠BCD + ∠CBD + ∠CDB = 180°
x2
= 7 = 7CD 2 Q CD =
90° x
[by angle sum property of a triangle]
C B 4
2
2∠CDB = 180 ° − ∠BCD
⇒ BC 2 = 9 × 13 = 117 ...(ii) 60. (d) In right angle ∆ABC ,
1 1 1 1 1 = 180 ° − 110 ° = 70 °
Now, = + = + By pythagoras theorem,
CD 2
AC 2
BC 2
52 117 ( a + b )2 = ( a − b )2 + a 2 70°
∴ ∠CDB = ∠ADB = = 35°
2
MATHEMATICS Triangles 269
C s D D P E
⇒ z = x + y − 2 xy + s
2 2 2 2
Q R E D
∴ s 2 = z 2 − x2 − y 2 + 2 x y B F C
64. (b) Given, ∠C = 2∠ A and ∠B = 90° Q P , Q , R are the mid-points of DE,DF
A B
∴ ∠A + ∠C = 90° and FE of ∆DEF .
A ∴ 2 PQ = FE ∠BEC = ∠ADC = 90°
[by mid-point theorem] ∠ACD = ∠BCE [common]
Similarly, DF = 2 PR and DE = 2QR ∴ ∆ADC ~ ∆BEC [by AA similarity]
∴Perimeter of ∆DEF = 2 × 6 = 12 units AC CD
=
90° Similarly, perimeter of ∆ ABC BC CE
B C
= 2 × perimeter of ∆DEF ⇒ AC × CE = BC × CD
⇒ ∠A + 2∠ A = 90° [Q ∠C = 2∠A]
= 2 × 12 = 24 units ⇒ CE × CA = CD × CB
⇒ 3∠ A = 90° ⇒ ∠ A = 30°
a
So, ∠C = 90° − 30° = 60° 67. (b) Draw a line segment DG parallel to 70. (b) Let the sides of triangle be , a , ar
BF. Then, in ∆ADG, r
Now, if the angles of a triangle are of and since r < 1.
measure 30°, 60° and 90°. A
a
Then, side opposite to 30° i.e. F ∴ > a > ar
1 E G
r
BC = × hypotenuse
2 Now, triangle is right angled.
1 B C
⇒ BC = AC ⇒ AC = 2 BC D Using pythagoras theorem,
2 2
BF || DG a = ( a )2 + ( ar )2
In right angled ∆ABC ,
∴ EF || DG r
by pythagoras theorem
and AE = ED a2
AC 2
= AB + BC 2 2 ⇒ = a2 + a2r2
[since, E is mid-point of AD] r2
⇒ 4BC 2 = AB 2 + BC 2 [Q AC = 2BC ] a2
∴ AF = FG ...(i) ⇒ = a2( 1 + r2 ) ⇒ r2 + r4 = 1
⇒ AB 2 = 4BC 2 − BC 2 = 3BC 2 r2
Similarly, in ∆BCF
65. (d) Since, PQR is an equilateral triangle. DG || BF and BD = DC Put r 2 = x,
Then, PL is also the median of ∆PQR.
∴ FG = GC ...(ii) ⇒ x + x − 1= 0
2
Similarly, RN and QM are also the
median of ∆PQR and O is the centroid. From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get −1 ± 1 − 4( −1) −1 ± 5
x= =
PO 2 PO 8 2 2 2
So, = ⇒ OL = = = 4 cm CF = AC
OL 1 2 2 3 Since, sides of triangle cannot be negative
3a 68. (d) In ∆ABC , AD is the internal angle 5−1
Now, altitude of ∆PQR = ∴ r2 =
2 bisector of ∠A 2
[where, a = length of side of an Using property of internal angle bisector.
71. (a) ∆ABC ~ ∆DEF
equilateral ∆PQR] C
A
P D D
8 cm 1
N M A 3 B E F
BD AB CD AC B C
O
= ⇒ =
CD AC BD AB AB BC 1 8
∴ = ⇒ =
Q R On adding both sides, we get DE EF 2 EF
L
EF = 16 cm
270 CDS Pathfinder
72. (a) Since, the triangle is right angled. Obviously, A , B and C are the 78. (d) x
A B
So, all the three mid-points of DE , EF and DF,
A
consecutive sides respectively.
must satisfy 5 E
O
pythagoras 4
xQ θ Px
theorem.
A B
Hence, 3, 4 and 5 B 3 C
are the sides of
triangle which satisfy pythagoras D C F D x C
theorem.
By mid-point theorem, Let side of square ABCD be x and
1
∴ Area of triangle = × 4 × 3 = 6 cm 2 1
BC = DE or DE = 2BC drawn equilateral ∆BOC inside ABCD.
2 2 Such that, BO = OC = BC = x
73. (a) In a triangle, Similarly, DF = 2 AB BC x
Sum of two sides is always greater than and EF = 2 AC and BP = =
2 2
the third side Hence, statement I is correct. 2
x2
x 2 −
x < 40 x
i.e. ...(i) II. Also, area of ∴ PO = = x2 −
2 4
Difference of two sides is always less 1
∆ABC = area of ∆DEF
than third side 4 3x 2 3
= = x
i.e. 10 < x ...(ii) or area of ∆DEF = 4 area of ∆ABC 4 2
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), 10 < x < 40 Hence, statement II is also correct. 3
and OQ = AB − PO = x − x
74. (a) Given, in ∆ABC , ∠B = 2∠C = 2∠A 76. (c) See solved answer of 67. 2
We know that, sum of all angles of a 77. (c) Given, O is equidistant from AB, BC 2− 3
= x
triangle = 180° and AC 2
⇒ ∠A + ∠B + ∠C = 180° ∴ O is the incentre of ∆ABC
A Since, ∠AOD = 2θ
⇒ ∠A + 2∠A + ∠A = 180° ⇒ ∠AOQ = θ
[Q 2∠C = 2∠A = ∠B] In ∆AOQ,
⇒ 4∠A = 180° O AD x
180° AQ
⇒ ∠A = = 45° tanθ = = 2 = 2
4 OQ OQ 2− 3
B C x
A 2
Join OA , OB and OC .
x 2
= ×
In ∆ABC , OA , OB and OC are angle 2 x( 2 − 3 )
bisectors.
1 2+ 3 2+ 3
1 = × =
Q ∠OAB = ∠OAC = ∠BAC 2− 3 2+ 3 4 −3
90° 2
B C
1 [Q ( a + b )( a − b ) = a 2 − b 2 ]
∴ ∠OBA = ∠OBC = ∠ABC
∴ ∠B = 90° and ∠C = 45° 2 = 2+ 3
Thus, ∆ABC is a right angled triangle, 1
and ∠OCB = ∠OCA = ∠ACB 79. (d) In ∆PQR,
right angle at B and AB = BC . 2
In ∆ABC , by pythagoras theorem, Now, in ∆ABC , PX 1.5 1 PY 2 1
= = and = =
XQ 6 4 YR 8 4
AB + BC
2 2
= AC 2 ∠ABC + ∠BAC + ∠ACB = 180°
P
⇒ AB 2 + AB 2 = AC 2 [Q angle sum property]
1.5 2
[Q AB = BC ] ∴ ∠OAC + ∠OCB + ∠OBA = 90°
X Y
⇒ 2 AB 2 = AC 2 [option]
⇒ 2 AB = AC II. This statement is false as 6 8
[taking square root on both sides] 1 Q R
∠BOC = 90°+ ∠BAC PX PY
AC 2 2 So, =
⇒ = XQ YR
AB 1 III. The statement perpendiculars
PX PQ 1.5 7.5
∴ AC : AB = 2 : 1 drawn from any point on OA to AB I. = ⇒ =
and AC are always equal so it is true, XY QR XY QR
75. (c) I. On drawing the three straight lines
through the three vertices of ∆ABC , because O is equidistant from AB ⇒ QR = 5X Y
we get the following figure and AC . PX PY 1
II. Also, = =
Here, AB || DF , BC || DE and Hence, the statements I and III are PQ PR 5
AC || EF correct. ⇒ QR is parallel of XY .
MATHEMATICS Triangles 271
III. ∆PYX is similar to ∆PRQ. ∴ XY = YZ = XZ So, ∆ABC and ∆DEF are similar.
Hence, all statements are correct. So, ∆XYZ is an equilateral triangle and ∴
AB BC
= =
AC
80. (c) See solved answer 17. ∆XYZ is similar to ∆ABC . DE EF DF
81. (b) Let ∠CDB = y and ∠CAD = x So, both statements are correct. Now, L is the mid-point of BC , then
As, AD = CD 1
83. (b) I. This statement is always true. BL = BC
C 2
96° II. In any triangle three times the sum
x of squares of the sides of a triangle is Also, M is the mid-point of EF , then
equal to four times the sum of 1 AB 2BL BL
EM = EF ⇒ = =
squares of medians 2 DE 2EM EM
x y y and ∠ABL = ∠DEM
A D B i. e. 3 ( AB 2 + BC 2 + CA 2 )
⇒ ∠ACD = ∠CAD = x and CD = CB = 4 ( AD + BE + CF )
2 2 2 ∴ ∆ABL is similar to ∆DEM.
⇒ ∠CBD = ∠CDB = y Similarly 3 ( A' B' + B' C' + C' A' )
2 2 2 [By SAS Similarity]
From exterior angle property, = 4 ( A' D' + B' E' + C' F ' )
2 2 2 Hence, statement I is true but statement
∠CDB = ∠CAD + ∠ACD AB + BC + CA
2 2 2 II is false.
⇒ y = x + x ⇒ y = 2x ∴
AD 2 + BE 2 + CF 2 86. (c) In ∆ABC , AD is the median and
Now, ∠ ACD + ∠DCB + 96° = 180° median AD bisects the area of ∆ABC .
A' B' + B' C' + C' A'
2 2
4 2
= = 1
Area of ∆ABD = × Area of ∆ABC
⇒ x + 180° − 2 y + 96° = 180° A' D' 2 + B' E' 2 + C' F ' 2 3 2
y 3
⇒ − 2 y + 96° = 0 ⇒ y = 96° Hence, both statement are correct but
2 2 A
statement II is not correct explanation
∴ y = 64°
of statement I.
82. (c) In an equilateral ∆ABC,
AB = BC = CA and ∠B = ∠C = ∠A Area of ∆ABC AB 2 E
84. (c) =
Area of ∆DEF DE 2
A
( 2 + 1)2 3 + 2 2
= = C
( 3) 2 3 B D
Z
(3 + 2 2 )(3 − 2 2 )
= Since, E is the mid-point of AD. Then,
3(3 − 2 2 ) BE is the median of ∆ABD. So, BE
Y
[Q a 2 − b 2 = ( a − b )( a + b )] bisects of area of ∆ABD.
1
B X C =
1 I. Area of ∆BED = × Area of ∆ABD
9−6 2 2
= × Area of ∆ABC
Given that, BX = CY = AZ 1 1
Hence, the required ratio is
2 2
Now, in ∆XYC , ∆ZYA and ∆XZB, 1 : ( 9 − 6 2 ). 1
BX = CY = AZ …(i) = × Area of ∆ABC
85. (c) Given that, ∠ABC = ∠DEF , 4
⇒ ( BC − XC ) = ( AC − AY )
∠ACB = ∠DFE Hence, statement I is correct.
= AB − BZ
and ∠BAC = ∠EDF II. Area of ∆ADC = Area of ∆ABD
⇒ XC = AY = BZ …(ii)
A D = 2 × Area of ∆BED
and ∠B = ∠C = ∠A …(iii)
So, statement II is also correct.
From Eqs. (i), (ii) and (iii), we get
∆XYC , ∆ZYA and ∆XZB are congruent Hence, the statements I and II are
B C E F correct.
triangles. L M
24
272 CDS Pathfinder
QUADRILATERAL
AND POLYGON
Regularly (2-3) questions have been asked from this chapter. Generally, questions from this
chapter are tricky and mostly statement based. So, a clear concept of all the properties
related to quadrilateral is necessary to do well.
QUADRILATERAL
A figure enclosed by four sides is called a quadrilateral. A quadrilateral has four angles and sum of
these angles is equal to 360°.
Various types of quadrilateral are discussed below.
Parallelogram D b C
A quadrilateral, in which opposite sides are parallel is called a
parallelogram.
(i) Area = Base × Height = b × h (ii) Perimeter = 2 ( a + b) a h a
Properties of Parallelogram
A b B
(i) Diagonals of a parallelogram bisect each other.
(ii) Each diagonal of a parallelogram divides it into two congruent triangles.
(iii) Sum of any two adjacent angles is 180°.
(iv) A parallelogram inscribed in a circle is a rectangle.
(v) A parallelogram circumscribed about a circle is a rhombus.
(vi) Two parallelograms have equal areas if they are on the same base and between the same parallel lines.
(vii) Lines joining the midpoints of the sides of parallelogram is a parallelogram.
(viii) The opposite angles of parallelogram are equal. (∠ A = ∠ C and ∠ B = ∠ D) (from above figure)
(ix) The sum of the squares of the four sides is equal to the sum of squares of diagonal.
AC 2 + BD 2 = AB 2 + BC 2 + CD 2 + AD 2
MATHEMATICS > Quadrilateral and Polygon 273
EXAMPLE 1. In a parallelogram ABCD, the bisectors of Sol. c. Since, diagonals of rectangle bisect each other
∠A and ∠B meet at O. Then, the value of ∠AOB is ∴ OD = OA ⇒ ∠ODA = ∠OAD
a. 55° b. 75° c. 90° d. 120° Also, ∠DOA = ∠COB = 42°
Sol. c. As, ABCD is a parallelogram. D C In ∆DOA, ∠DOA + ∠ODA + ∠OAD = 180°
⇒ 42° + x + x = 180° ⇒ 2x = 138° ⇒ x = 69°
∴ ∠A +∠B = 180° [cointerior angle] O
a
1 1
2
∠A + ∠B = 90°
2 B
Rhombus d2
A It is a parallelogram with all 4
⇒ ∠OAB + ∠OBA = 90° a a
sides equal. The opposite angles in
In ∆AOB, ∠AOB = 180°− ( ∠OAB + ∠OBA) = 180° − 90° = 90° d1
a rhombus are equal but they are
D C not right angle. a
EXAMPLE 2. In the adjoining figure, F 1
ABCD is a parallelogram and E , F are E
O (i) Area = × d 1 × d 2
2
the centroids of ∆ABD and ∆BCD, 1
respectively, then the length of EF is A B (ii) Perimeter = 4a (iii) Side (a) = d 12 + d 22
2
1 1 (iv) 4a 2 = d 12 + d 22
a. AE b. OB c. AE d. FC
3 3
where, a = side, d 1 and d 2 are diagonals.
Sol. a. As E is the centroid of ∆ABD and AO is one of its medians.
⇒ OA : EO = 3 : 1 ⇒ EO =
1
OA Properties of Rhombus
3
1 (i) The diagonale of a rhombus bisect each other at
Similarly, FO =
OC right angles (90°). But they are not necessarily
3
1 1 1 equal.
∴ EO + OF = OA + OC = AC = AE (ii) Diagonals bisect the vertex angles.
3 3 3
∴ EF = AE (iii) The figure formed by joining the mid-points of the
sides of rhombus is a rectangle.
Rectangle (iv) All rhombus are parallelogram but reverse is not true.
L (v) A rhombus may or may not be a square but all
It is a parallelogram with
squares are rhombus.
opposite sides equal and each D C
B d B
angle is equal to 90°. EXAMPLE 4. In a rhombus ABCD,
O
(i) Area = Length × Breadth diagonals intersect each other at O. If 4
= L× B L AO = 3 cm and OB = 4 cm, then find 3
the perimeter of ABCD. A B
(ii) Perimeter = 2( L + B) (iii) Diagonal (d ) = L2 + B 2
a. 14 cm b. 30 cm c. 20 cm d. 28 cm
Properties of Rectangle Sol. c. The diagonals of a rhombus are perpendicular
bisectors. Which means they form right angles at the
(i) The diagonals of a rectangle are of equal lengths and point of their intersection.
they bisect each other. ∴In ∆AOB, by pythagoras theorem,
(ii) All rectangles are parallelograms but reverse is not true. AO2 + OB 2 = AB 2 ⇒ AB = 32 + 42 = 9 + 16 = 25
(iii) Diagonal of a rectangle inscribed in a circle is equal to ∴ AB = 5 cm
the diameter of the circle. Hence, perimeter of rhombus
(iv) The figure formed by joining the mid-points of the ABCD = AB + BC + CD + DA = 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 = 20 cm
sides of a rectangle is a rhombus.
(v) A rectangle and a parallelogram have equal area if they
Square a
are on the same base and between same parallel lines. It is a parallelogram with all four sides
equal and each angle is equal to 90°.
d
EXAMPLE 3. In adjoining figure, D C 1 a a
(i) Area = (side) 2 = a 2 or d 2
if ABCD is a rectangle and x 2
diagonals AC and BD intersect 42° (ii) Perimeter = 4 × side = 4a
O a
each other at O. Find the value
of x (iii) Diagonal (d ) = a 2
A B
a. 75° b. 70° c. 69° d. 63° where, a = side, d = diagonal
274 CDS Pathfinder
(v) Each interior angle = 180 ° – Exterior angle Sol. c. Sum of interior angles of a hexagon = (n − 2) × 180°
( n − 2) × 180 = 4 × 180° = 720°
=
n ∴ x° + ( x − 5) ° + ( x − 5) ° + ( 2x − 5) °
n ( n − 1) + ( 2x − 5) ° + ( 2x + 20) ° = 720°
(vi) Number of diagonals = − n 720°
∴ 9x = 720° = = 80°
2 9
(vii) Sum of all interor angles = ( n − 2) × 180 ° . Hence, the value of x is 80°.
EXAMPLE 7. A polygon has 35 diagonals. Then, the EXAMPLE 9. The difference between the interior
number of sides of that polygon is and exterior angles of a regular polygon is 60°. Then,
a. 7 b. 10 c. 11 d. 12 how many sides are there in that polygon?
Sol. b. Let number of sides be n, then a. 5 b. 6 c. 7 d. 8
n (n − 1) n − n − 2n 2
Sol. b. Here, (interior angle) − (exterior angle) = 60°
− n = 35 ⇒ = 35
2 2 (n − 2) × 180 360
⇒ n − 3n − 70 = 0 ⇒ n − 10n + 7n − 70 = 0
2 2
⇒ − = 60
n n
⇒ n(n − 10) + 7 (n − 10) = 0 ⇒ (n − 10) (n + 7) = 0
1
⇒ n = 10 and n ≠ − 7 ⇒ [(n − 2) × 180 − 360] = 60
n
Hence, the number of sides of the polygon is 10. 1 1
⇒ [180 n − 360 − 360] = 60 ⇒ [180n − 720] = 60
n n
EXAMPLE 8. The angles of a hexagon are x°,
⇒ 180 n − 720 = 60n ⇒ 180n − 60n = 720
(x − 5)°, (x − 5)°, (2x − 5)°, (2x − 5)° and (2x + 20)°.
Then, the value of x is ⇒ 120n = 720 ⇒ n =6
Therefore, the polygon contains 6 sides.
a. 60° b. 75° c. 80° d. 90°
PRACTICE EXERCISE
1. The sides BA and DC of quadrilateral ABCD are 3. If ABCD is a quadrilateral whose diagonals AC
produced as shown in figure. Then, which of the and BD intersects of O, then
following statement is correct? D
D C F
y° a° C
O
b° x°
E A B A B
1 a° + b °
(a) 2x° + y° = a° + b ° (b) x° + y° = (a) ( AB + BC + CD + DA) < ( AC + BD)
2 2
(c) x° + y° = a° + b ° (d) x° + a° = y° + b ° (b) ( AB + BC + CD + DA) > 2 ( AC + BD)
(c) ( AB + BC + CD + DA) > ( AC + BD)
2. In the quadrilateral ABCD, the line segments (d) ( AB + BC + CD + DA) = 2 ( AC + BD)
bisecting ∠C and ∠D meet at E. Then, the
correct statement is 4. If area of a parallelogram with sides p and q is R
D C and that of a rectangle with sides p and q is S ,
2 1
then
(a) R > S (b) R < S
E (c) R = S (d) None of these
5. Two parallelogram stand on equal bases and
between the same parallel. The ratio of their
A B
areas is
(a) ∠A + ∠B = ∠CED (b) ∠A + ∠B = 2 ∠CED
(a) 1 : 2 b) 2 : 1 (c) 1 : 3 (d) 1 : 1
(c) ∠A + ∠B = 3 ∠CED (d) None of these
276 CDS Pathfinder
21. Let LMNP be a parallelogram and NR be 27. In the given figure ABCD is a A B
60° 60°
perpendicular to LP. If the area of the quadrilateral with AB parallel to
parallelogram is six times the area of ∆RNP and DC and AD parallel to BC, ∠ADC
RP = 6 cm what is LR equal to? is a right angle. If the perimeter
D C
(a) 15 cm (b) 12 cm (c) 9 cm (d) 8 cm of the ∆ABE is 6 units, what is the E
area of the quadrilateral?
22. ABCD is a trapezium in which AB||CD. M and
(a) 2 3 sq units (b) 4 sq units
N are the mid-points of AD and BC, respectively.
(c) 3 sq units (d) 4 3 sq units
If AB = 12 cm and MN = 14 cm find CD.
A B 28. A square and a rhombus have the same base and
the rhombus is inclined at 30°. What is the ratio
O of area of the square to the area of the rhombus?
M N
(a) 2:1 (b) 2 : 1 (c) 1 : 1 (d) 2 : 3
D C
29. P is the mid-point of side AB A P B
of parallelogram ABCD. A line
(a) 2 cm (b) 5 cm (c) 12 cm (d) 16 cm
through B parallel to PD D
23. ABCD is a parallelogram. CL is perpendicular to meets DC at Q and AD Q C
AD and DM is perpendicular to BA produced. If produced at R. Then BR is
CD = 16 units, DM = 12 units and CL = 15 units equal to R
1
then AD = ? (a) BQ (b) (c) 2BQ (d) None of these
D C
2
30. ABCD is a trapezium in which AB||DC and
AD = BC. If P , Q , R , S be respectively the
L
mid-point of BA, BD, CD and CA, then PQRS is a
D R C
M A B
(a) 12.8 units (b) 13.6 units (c) 11.1 units (d) 12.4 units
S Q
24. ABCD is a rectangle. PC = 9 cm, BP = 15 cm,
AB = 14 cm. Then, the angles of ∆APB are such
that A P B
A D (a) rhombus (b) rectangle
α (c) parallelogram (d) square
31. ABCD is a parallelogram, E is the mid-point of
14 β P AB and CE bisects ∠BCD. Then ∠DEC is
15 D C
9
γ
B C
(a) α > β > γ (b) α > γ > β (c) β > γ > α (d) α < β < γ
A E B
25. ABCD is a rhombus with ∠ABC = 56° and
∠BAC = 62°, then ∠ACD is equal to (a) 60° (b) 90° (c) 100° (d) 120°
A D 32. ABCD is a square, P Q , R and S are points on
the sides AB, BC , CD and DA, respectively such
62º
that AP = BQ = CR = DS . What is the value of
∠ SPQ?
(a) 30° (b) 45° (c) 60° (d) 90°
56º
B 33. The middle points of the parallel sides AB and
C
CD of a parallelogram ABCD are P and Q,
(a) 90° (b) 60° (c) 56° (d) 62°
respectively. If AQ and CP divide the diagonal
26. One angle of a pentagon is 140°. If the remaining BD into three parts BX , XY and YD, then which
angles are in the ratio 1 : 2 : 3 : 4, then the size one of the following is correct?
of the greatest angle is (a) BX ≠ XY ≠ YD (b) BX = YD ≠ XY
(a) 150° (b) 180° (c) 160° (d) 170° (c) BX = XY = YD (d) XY = 2 BX
278 CDS Pathfinder
34. A parallelogram and a rectangle stand on the 41. ABCD is a parallelogram whose diagonals AC
same base and on the same side of the base and BD intersect at O. A line segment PQ
with the same height. If l1 , l2 be the perimeters of through O meets AB at P and DC at Q.
the parallelogram and the rectangle respectively, D Q C
then which one of the following is correct?
(a) l1 < l2 (b) l1 = l2
(c) l1 > l2 but l1 ≠ 2 l2 (d) l1 = 2 l2 O
62. If a star figure is formed by elongating the sides of 66. If each interior angle of a regular polygon is 140°
a regular pentagon, then the measure of each angle then number of vertices of the polygon is
at the angular points of the star figure is e 2015 I equal to e 2016 I
(a) 36° (b) 35° (c) 32° (d) 30° (a) 10 (b) 9 (c) 8 (d) 7
63. If X is any point within a square ABCD and on 67. Consider the following statements.
AX a square AXYZ is described, which of the I. There exists a regular polygon whose exterior
following is/are correct? angle is 70°.
I. BX = DZ or BZ = DX II. Let n ≥ 5, then the exterior angle of any regular
II. ∠ABX = ∠ADZ or ∠ADX = ∠ABZ polygon of n sides is acute.
Select the correct answer using the code given Which of the above statements is/are correct?
below. e 2015 II e 2016 I
(a) Only I (b) Only II (a) Only I (b) Only II
(c) Both I and II (d) Neither I nor II (b) Both I and II (d) Neither I nor II
64. In the adjoining figure, A B 68. Consider the following statements.
ABCD is a parallelogram. Q
I. If n ≥ 3 and m ≥ 3 are distinct positive integers,
P is a point on BC such P then the sum of the exterior angles of a regular
that PB : PC = 1 : 2. DP polygon of m sides is different from the sum of
and AB when both D C
the exterior angles of a regular polygon of n sides.
produced meet at Q. If area of ∆BPQ is 20 sq II. Let m, n be integers such that m > n ≥ 3. Then,
units, the area of ∆DCP is e 2015 I the sum of the interior angles of a regular
(a) 20 sq units (b) 30 sq units polygon of m sides is greater than the sum of the
(c) 40 sq units (d) None of these interior angles of a regular polygon of n sides
65. ABCD is a parallelogram with AB and AD as and their sum is (m + n )π / 2.
adjacent sides. If ∠A = 60° and AB = 2 AD , then Which of the above statements is/are correct?
e 2016 I
the diagonal BD will be equal to e 2015 II
(a) Only I (b) Only II
(a) 2 AD (b) 3AD (c) 2 AD (d) 3AD
(c) Both I and II (d) Neither I nor II
ANSWERS
1 c 2 b 3 c 4 b 5 d 6 a 7 d 8 a 9 c 10 b
11 a 12 b 13 a 14 b 15 a 16 d 17 c 18 c 19 b 20 c
21 b 22 d 23 a 24 a 25 d 26 c 27 a 28 b 29 c 30 a
31 b 32 d 33 c 34 c 35 c 36 b 37 d 38 a 39 b 40 b
41 a 42 a 43 b 44 a 45 c 46 b 47 c 48 c 49 d 50 d
51 b 52 a 53 c 54 c 55 b 56 c 57 b 58 b 59 d 60 b
61 c 62 a 63 c 64 d 65 b 66 b 67 b 68 d
18. (c) By condition, 23. (a) ∆ADM ~ ∆DCL So, ∆ ABE is an equilateral triangle.
Interior angle of a regular polygon Since, ∠DMA = ∠CLD = 90° and Now, perimeter of ∆ABE = 6
Exterior angle a regular polygon ∠CDL = ∠DAM as they are alternate ⇒ AB + BE + EA = 6
5 angles ⇒ AB = 2 units
=
1 D C Now, In ∆ADE and ∆BCE,
( n − 2) ∠ADE = ∠BCE [each 90°]
× 180° ( n − 2) 5
5 ∠DAC = ∠CBE [each 30°]
⇒ n = ⇒ = L
360° 1 2 1 and AE = BE
n ∴ ∆ ADE =~ ∆BCE [By AAS]
⇒ n − 2 = 10 ⇒ n = 12 M A B
⇒ DE = CE [By CPCT]
19. (b) Here, n = 6 ( AD / CD ) = (DM / CL ) In ∆ ADE by pythagoras theorem,
DM × CD 12 × 16
Sum of interior angles of a hexagon ⇒ AD = = AE 2 = AD 2 + ED 2
= ( n − 2) 180° = ( 6 − 2) × 180° CL 15 ⇒ 4 = AD 2 + 1
= 4 × 180° = 720° = 12 .8 units (Q E is mid-point of CD)
Number of angles = 6 24. (a) Evidently DP = 14 − 9 = 5 cm ⇒ AD = 3 units
∴ Each angle of a regular hexagon
From ∆BPC , Hence, area of quadrilateral
720°
= = 120° BC 2 = 152 − 92 = 122 ABCD = AB × AD
6
⇒ BC = 12 cm = 2 × 3 = 2 3 sq units
20. (c) Each interior angle of a regular From ∆APD , AP 2 = AD 2 + DP 2 28. (b) ABCD is square and ABEF is a
polygon = 122 + 52 = 169
( n − 2) × 180° rhombus.
= ⇒ AP = 13 cm FM 1
n = sin30° =
( n − 2) × 180° In ∆ABP , AP < AB < BP. AF 2
∴ = 150° (given) Therefore, γ < β < α (i.e.) α > β > γ AF
n ∴ FM = , AF = AB
( n − 2) 180 = n × 150 25. (d) Since, AB = BC 2
⇒ 30n = 360 ⇒ n =
360 ∴ ∠BAC = ∠BCA = 62° D C
30 Also as AB||CD and AC transversal
⇒ n = 12 So, ∠BAC = 62° = ∠ACD F E
21. (b) By given condition, (alternate interior angles)
N M ∴ ∠ACD = 62°
26. (c) One angle of the pentagon is 140°. 30°
A
Since, the remaining angles are in the M B
ratio 1 : 2 : 3 : 4. Area of square = a 2 (AB = AD = a)
a×a FM = a
P L ∴ Let the remaining angles be x °, Area of rhombus =
6 cm R
2 2
Area of parallelogram LMNP ( 2x )° , (3x )° and ( 4x )°.
But the sum of interior angles of a (Area of rhombus = base × height)
= 6 × Area of ∆NPR
pentagon Area of square 2
1
∴ NR × PL = 6 × × NR × PR ∴ =
2 ( 2 × 5 − 4) × 90 = 6 × 90° = 540° Area of rhombus 1
⇒ PL = 3PR ∴ 140 + x + 2x + 3x + 4x = 540 29. (c) In ∆ARB, P is the mid-point of AB
⇒ PR + RL = 3PR [Q PL = PR + RL] ⇒ 10x = 400 ⇒ x = 40 and PD||BR.
⇒ RL = 2PR = 2 × 6 = 12 cm ∴ The angles of the pentagon are 140°, ⇒ D is the mid-point of AR .
22. (d) ABCD is a trapezium in which 40°, 80°, 120° and 160°. Q ABCD is a parallelogram.
AB||DC and M, N are the mid-points of Hence, the size of the greatest angle ⇒ DC || AB ⇒ DQ|| AB
AD and BC . = 160°
Thus, in ∆RAB, D is the mid-point of
Hence, MN || AB and MN ||DC . 27. (a) Given that, AB || DC and AD || BC AR and DQ|| AB.
In ∆ACB, ON passes through the
mid-point N of BC and ON || AB In ∆ ABE , ∴Q is the mid-point of RB ⇒ BR = 2BQ
1 1 A B 30. (a) In ∆BDC , Q and R are the
∴ ON = AB = × 12 cm = 6 cm 60° 60°
2 2 mid-points of BD and CD respectively.
And, MO = MN − ON = ( 14 − 6) cm 1
∴QR||BC and QR = BC
= 8 cm 2
Again, MO passes through the 1
Similarly, PS||BC and PS = BC
mid-point M of AD and MO||DC 2
1 1 D C ∴ PS||QR and PS = QR
∴ MO = DC = CD E
2 2 ∠EAB = ∠ABE = 60° each equal to 1 BC
Hence, CD = 2( MO ) = 2(8) = 16 cm ⇒ ∠AEB = 60° 2
MATHEMATICS Quadrilateral and Polygon 283
Similarly, PQ||SR and PQ = SR 35. (c) Let the sides of two parallelograms In ∆ FGD,
[each equal to 1 / 2 AD] are x, y and xk , yk, respectively. ∠1 + ∠F + ∠D = 180°
C E T S (by angle sum of property of a triangle)
∴PS = QR = SR = PQ [Q AD = BC ] ⇒ 65° + 80° + ∠D = 180°
Hence, PQRS is a rhombus. y y yk ⇒ ∠D = 35°
31. (b) AB||DC and EC is a transversal 38. (a) Let ∠XOB = θ
⇒ ∠BEC = ∠ECD D C
A B D P Q R
⇒ ∠BEC = ∠ECB[Q ∠ECD = ∠ECB] x xk
⇒ EB = BC ⇒ AE = AD
Since, sides of two parallelogram are in
Now, AE = AD ⇒ ∠ADE = ∠AED O
the ratio 1 : k.
⇒ ∠ADE = ∠EDC ∴ ∆ ABC ~ ∆ PQT
[Q alternate Int. angles] AC BC θ
∴ =
∴DE bisects ∠ADC PT QT A B
Again, ∠ADC + ∠BCD = 180° BC y 1 X
⇒ = =
[Co. Int. angles] QT yk k In ∆OXB,
1 1 BC = z and QT = zk ∠XOB + ∠OBX + ∠OXB = 180°
⇒ ∠ADC + ∠BCD = 90° Let
2 2 ∴ Ratio of areas of two similar (by angle sum of property of a
⇒ ∠EDC + ∠DCE = 90° x×z 1 triangle)
parallelograms = = or 1 : k 2 ⇒ θ + 45° + ∠OXB = 180°
But, ∠EDC + ∠DEC + ∠DCE = 180° xk × zk k 2
⇒ ∠OXB = 180° − 45° − θ = 135° − θ
[Q sum of the ∠ S of a ∆ is 180°]
∴ ∠DEC = 180°−90° 36. (b) Area of ( ∆PRQ ) =
1
Area of (WXQR) Here, ∠OXA + ∠OXB = 180°
∴ ∠DEC = 90° 2 (linear pair)
R ⇒ ∠OXA + 135° − θ = 180°
32. (d) In ∆APS and ∆PBQ, [given] Z Y
⇒ ∠OXA = 45° + θ
PB = AS, AP = BQ
D C In ∆OXA, AO = AX (given)
R R Q ∴ ∠OXA = ∠AOX = 45° + θ
S
L K Since, ∠AOX + ∠XOB = 90°
Q W X ⇒ 45° + θ + θ = 90°
P ⇒ 2θ = 45° ⇒ θ = 22.5°
= Area of (WXYZ )
B 1 1
A 39. (b) Area of parallelogram
P 2 2
and ∠A = ∠B = 90° 1 = Base × height = 15 × 5 = 75 cm 2
= Area of (WXYZ ) …(i)
∴ ∆APS ≅ ∆BQP (by SAS rule) 4 D C
∴ SP = PQ, ∠SPA = ∠BQP Area of ( ∆PRQ ) RP 2
=
cm
and ∠ASP = ∠BPQ Area of (∆PLK ) LP 2 5 cm N
10
∠SPQ = 180°−∠APS − ∠BPQ (by properties of similar triangle)
= 180°−( ∠APS + ∠ASP ) Area of ( ∆PRQ ) ( 2LP )2 A B
⇒ = M
= 180°−90° = 90° Area of (∆PLK ) LP 2 15 cm
Area of parallelogram = Base × Height
33. (c) As ABCD is a || gm [Q L and K are the mid-point of PR = 10 × DN
∴ AB||DC and AB = DC and PQ]
∴ 10 × DN = 75
1
and AB = DC
1 D Q C ⇒ Area of ( ∆PRQ ) = 4Area of ( ∆PLK ) 75
2 2 1 ⇒ DN = = 7. 5 cm
⇒ Area of (WXYZ ) 10
⇒ AP = QC Y 4
∴ APCQ is a || gm X = 4Area of ( ∆PLK ) [from Eq. (i)] 40. (b) In ∆DMN and ∆BMC ,
⇒ AQ||PC Area of ( ∆PLK ) 1 DM = MC (given)
A P B ⇒ = A B
In ∆BAY , XP|| AY Area of (WXYZ ) 16
10 O 7
and P is the mid-point of AB 37. (d) Here,∠B = ∠C = 65° [Q AB = AC ] 69
5
∴ BX = YX D
24
C
A F
Similarly, in ∆DXC ,DY = YX 3 1 M
∴ BX = XY = DY 80° 8
34. (c) If a parallelogram and a rectangle
E
stand on the same base and on the same N
side of the base with the same height, ∠1 = ∠2 (vertically opposite angle)
then perimeter of parallelogram is 65° 1 65°
greater than perimeter of rectangle. ∠3 = ∠4 + ∠9
B G C D (alternate interior angle)
∴ l >l
1 2
∠1 = ∠B = 65° (corresponding angles) ∆ DMN ≅ ∆BMC (as ASA rule)
284 CDS Pathfinder
∴ ∠ZAX = 90° 54. (c) Join AC. In ∆ACD, EG || DC and E 57. (b) In ∆APS and ∆DSR
⇒ ∠ZAD + ∠XAD = 90° and G are mid-points of AD and AC, AP = DR [Q P and R are mid points]
respectively. AS = DS [Q S is the mid point]
⇒ ∠ZAD = 90° − ( 90° − θ) = θ
In ∆ADC , EG ||DC
i.e. ∠BAX = ∠ZAD 1 3 and SP = SR [Q P or RS us a]
∴ EG = DC = ∴ ∆APS =~ ∆DRS [By SSS]
∴ ∆ABX ≅ ∆ADZ 2 2
A B ⇒ Area of ∆APS = Area of ∆DSR
∴ BX = DZ (by CPCT)
51. (b) Since, line segment AP and CQ h R
E F D C
bisects the ∠ A and ∠C , respectively. h G
Then, AP ||CQ S Q
D C
Now, in ∆APQ and ∆CQP, A B
Similarly, in ∆ABC P
Q AP ||QC 1
GF = AB = 1 Q AS = SD and AP = DR
D C 2 In ∆ABC and ∆PBQ
3 5
P EF = EG + GF = 1 + = ∠ABC = ∠PBQ [common]
2 2
∴ Area of trapezium =
1 ∠BAC = ∠BPQ [QPQ|| AC ]
Q 2 ∴ ∆ABC ~ ∆PBQ
(sum of parallel sides × height) ar ( ∆ABC ) AB 2
2
⇒
2PB
Area of ABFE =
PB
A B Now, required ratio = ar ( ∆PBQ ) PB 2
A B A B Now, in ∆ABC B x
A C
QAB = BC (given) E
53. (c) In parallelogram PQRS ∴ ∠BAC = ∠BCA
a−b
a−b
∠P + ∠S = 180° a
1 1 ...(i)D C
⇒ ∠P + ∠S = 90° (angles opposite to equal side) F
2 2 D
⇒ ∠DPS + ∠DSP = 90° In ∆ADC , x
In ∆DPS, Q CD > AD B
∠SDP = 180°− ( ∠DPS + ∠DSP ) = 90° ∴ ∠DAC > ∠DCA ...(ii)
∴ ∠ADC = ∠SDP = 90° (since in a triangle, angle opposite ∴ AC = BD ∴ AE = BF = x (say)
(vertically opposite ∠S) to greater side is bigger than the angle Now, AB = ( a − b ) + 2x
Similarly, opposite to smaller side) i.e. a + b = a − b + 2x
∠DAB = ∠ABC = ∠BCD = 90° On adding Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get ⇒ 2b = 2x
Hence, ABCD is a rectangle. ∠BAD > ∠BCD ∴ x=b
286 CDS Pathfinder
CIRCLE
Usually (3-6) questions have been asked from this chapter. Generally questions are asked from the
topics related to theorem of circle, tangent to a circle and locus.
Diameter Arc
C
Diameter is any line segment that passes Any part of a circle between two P
AB and CD are the diameters of the circle. called arcs. The smaller arc APB is
AB = CD = 2(OA ) called minor arc and larger arc
D Q
= 2(OB) = 2(OC ) = 2(OD) AQB is called major arc.
A circle can have an infinite number of diameters. It is usually denoted by APB and AQB.
288 CDS Pathfinder
Sector
O
The area enclosed by any two radii O
and the arc determined by the end
points of the radii is called a sector of A B
Sector C
the circle. A B
B
Sol. c. Let PQ intersect AB at O. Join AP and AQ. Produce
nt AB to intersect the circle at M.
ge
an
GT Here, AP = AM = 5 units, BM = 3 units
MATHEMATICS Circle 289
P
Conversely, if OP = OQ, then also AB = CD
Q
i.e. chords at equal distance from the centre are equal.
Theorem 3 The perpendicular from the centre of a circle
to a chord bisects the chord. EXAMPLE 2. AB and CD are two parallel chords on
Here, if OD ⊥ AB, then AD = DB. the opposite sides of the centre of the circle. If
AB = 10 cm, CD = 24 cm and the radius of the circle is
13 cm, then what is the distance between the chords?
O
a. 10 cm b. 17 cm
A B
c. 24 cm d. None of these
D
Sol. b. From O draw OL ⊥ AB and OM ⊥ CD. Join
Theorem 4 The line joining the centre to the mid-point OA and OC.
of a chord is perpendicular to the chord. 1 10
Here, if AD = DB, then ∠ADO = ∠ODB = 90 °. AL = AB = cm = 5 cm,
2 2
Theorem 5 The perpendicular bisectors of two chords OA = 13 cm M
C D
of a circle intersect at its centre. In right angled ∆OLA, by pythagoras
C theorem,
O
A OL 2 = OA2 − AL 2 = (13) 2 − ( 5) 2
O m = (169 − 25) = 144
A L B
⇒ OL = 144 = 12 cm
l D 1
B Now, CM = × CD = 12 cm
2
Here, AB, CD are the chords and l, m are perpendicular
bisector of AB and CD. So, l and m meet at centre ‘O’. and OC = 13 cm
In ∆OMC, [by pythagoras theorem]
Theorem 6 There is one and only one circle passing OM 2 = OC 2 − CM 2
through three non-collinear points.
= (13) 2 − (12) 2
• An infinite number of circles can be drawn to pass
= (169 − 144) = 25
through a single point.
⇒ OM = 25 = 5 cm
• An infinite number of circles can be drawn to pass
∴ ML = OM + OL
through two given points.
= ( 5 + 12) cm
• A unique circle can be drawn to pass through three
given non-collinear points. = 17 cm
290 CDS Pathfinder
Theorem 9 The angle subtended by an arc of a circle EXAMPLE 4. In the given figure, chords AB and CD
at the centre is double the angle subtended by it at any of a circle intersect externally at P. If AB = 6 cm, CD = 3
point on the circumference of circle. Here, three case cm and PD = 5 cm, then the measurement of PB is
arises. A
C C C
cm
6
A B B
cm
3 cm
x
O A B
O O P 5 cm D C
P D
a. 45° b. 37.5° c. 30° d. 22.5°
Sol. b. We know that the angle subtended by an arc of a
circle at the centre is double the angle subtended by it
B C
at any point on the circumference of a circle.
2∠AQP = ∠AOP E
1 75°
∠AQP = × ∠AOP = = 37.5° a. 80° b. 100° c. 40° d. 160°
2 2
Sol. a. Given, AB = AC ⇒ ∠ACB = ∠ABC = 50°
Theorem 10 The angle in a semi-circle is a right angle.
In ∆ABC, ∠BAC = 180° − ( 50° + 50° ) = 80°
Theorem 11 Angles in the same segment of a circle are
[by angle sum property of a triangle]
equal. C ∴ ∠BDC = ∠BAC = 80°
[angles lying in the same segment of the circle]
D
Theorem 13 Let PT be a line tangent to the circle at
point T. From external point P, draw a secant which
A intersect the circle at two point A and B, then
B
PA × PB = PT 2
Here, ∠ACB = ∠ADB
B
Theorem 12 If two chords AB and CD of a circle
intersect inside or outside the circle when produced at a A
point P O
then, AP × PB = DP × PC
P T
A
O
B
EXAMPLE 6. In a ∆ABC, AB = AC. A circle through B
O
A D P touches AC at D and intersects AB at P. If D is the
mid-point of AC, then which one of the following is
D
P C
correct?
C B a. AB = 2 AP b. AB = 3AP c. AB = 4 AP d. 2 AB = 5AP
MATHEMATICS Circle 291
EXAMPLE 9. In the given figure, if ∠PAQ = 59°, 2. The locus of points at a fixed
∠APD = 40 °, then what is ∠AQB ? distance d from a line mis a pair of d
P parallel lines at a distance of d d m
from line mand located on either
40° side of m.
B 3. The locus of points equidistant
from two points A and B is the
C perpendicular bisector of the line A B
segment joining the two points.
59°
A D Q m1
4. The locus of points equidistant
from two parallel lines m 1 and
a. 19° b. 20° c. 22° d. 27° m2 , is a line parallel to both m 1 m2
Sol. c. Given, ∠PAD = 59° and ∠APD = 40° and m 2 and midway between
P them.
A
5. The locus of points in the interior D
40° B
of an angle equidistant from the
B sides of an angle is the bisector of C
C the angle.
6. The locus of points equidistant l2
59°
A Q from two intersecting lines l1 and l1
D l 2 is a pair of bisectors that bisect
In ∆APD, ∠PAD + ∠APD + ∠ADP = 180° the angles formed by l1 and l 2 .
⇒ 59° + 40°+∠ADP = 180° ⇒ ∠ADC = 81°
Also, ∠ABC + ∠ADC = 180°
[property of cyclic quadrilateral]
Locus in Some Standard Cases
⇒ ∠ABC = 180°−81° = 99° 1. The loci of all points d units from a circle having a
∴ ∠CDQ = ∠ABC = 99° and ∠QCD = ∠BAD = 59° radius r units are two concentric circles with radii of
In ∆CQD, ∠CQD + ∠CDQ + ∠QCD = 180° r − d and r + d units respectively.
⇒ ∠CQD = 180°−59°−99° = 180°−158° = 22° r+d
⇒ ∠AQB = ∠CQD = 22°
O
LOCUS r–d r
p d
MATHEMATICS Circle 293
4. The locus of the mid-points of equal EXAMPLE 11. What is the number of points in a plane
chords is a circle with the same T
two units from a given line and three units from a
centre as the given circle and radius given point of the line?
O
equal to the distance from the centre a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4
of the given circle to the given
Sol. d. The answer will be 4 points. The dotted lines are first
chord.
locus condition and the circle is the second locus
5. The locus of the centre of condition. These two loci intersect at points marked
circle touching a given line at a O with A, B , C and D.
given point is a line D C
perpendicular to the given line
A B 3 units 2 units
through the given point. P
given line
6. The locus of the centre of all circles given point 2 units
passing through two given points is
A B
the perpendicular bisector of the line
segment joining the two points. O
EXAMPLE 12. Two points A and B are 6 units apart.
7. If A , B are fixed points, then the How many points are there that are equidistant from
A B
locus of a point P such that both A and B and also 5 units from A?
∠APB = 90 ° is the circle with AB as
a. 0 b. 1 c. 2 d. 3
diameter.
P
P Sol. c. The answer will be 2 points.
The dotted line is first locus 5 units
condition and the circle is the
A B
A B second locus condition. These 3 units 3 units
two loci intersect at two points
marked with P and Q. Q
1 cm
1.5 cm P
A B
0.5 cm
A B
b. 1 cm
P
1 cm
C D
3 cm
A B
1.5 cm
c. 1.5 cm
c. d. P
C D
0.5 cm
1 cm
A B
1 cm Sol. b.
d.
cm
1 cm 2 .5
C D
1 cm 1.5 cm
1 cm
Sol. b. A B P
P 1 cm 0.5 cm
1 cm
C D
294 CDS Pathfinder
PRACTICE EXERCISE
1. In a circle with centre O and radius 5 cm, AB is 8. The perpendicular bisectors of the sides of a
a chord of length 8 cm. If OM ⊥ AB, then what is triangle pass through the
the length of OM? (a) different point (b) more than 2 points
(a) 4 cm (b) 5 cm (c) same point (d) None of these
(c) 3 cm (d) None of these
9. If a point P moves such that the sum of the
2. An equilateral ∆ABC is inscribed in a circle with squares of its distance from two fixed points
centre O. Then, ∠BOC is equal to A and B is a constant, then the locus of P is
A (a) a circle
(b) a straight line
(c) an arbitrary curve
O (d) the perpendicular bisector of AB
B C
10. The locus of points equidistant from two fixed
points is a straight line which
(a) 120° (b) 75° (c) 180° (d) 60°
(a) is a right angles to the line joining the two fixed points
3. A square ABCD is inscribed in a circle with (b) bisects the line joining the two fixed points
centre O. Then, the angle subtended by each side (c) is the perpendicular bisector of the line joining the
of the square at the centre O is two fixed points
(a) 120° (b) 180° (c) 45° (d) 90° (d) None of the above
Q
B
1 1 1 C D
(a) QR (b) QR (c) QR (d) QR
4 3 2 (a) 180° (b) 90° (c) 360° (d) 120°
6. In the given figure, OM and ON are the 13. In a circle of radius 17 cm, two parallel chords
perpendiculars drawn on the chords PQ and RS . are drawn on opposite side of a diameter. The
If OM = ON = 6 cm. Then, distance between the chords is 23 cm. If the
P R length of one chord is 16 cm, then the length of
the other chord is
O (a) 34 cm (b) 15 cm (c) 23 cm (d) 30 cm
M N
14. If AB is a chord of a circle, P and Q are the two
Q S points on the circle different from A and B, then
(a) PQ ≥ RS (b) PQ < RS (c) PQ ≤ RS (d) PQ = RS (a) the angles subtended at P and Q by AB are always equal
(b) the sum of the angles subtended by AB at P and Q
7. The locus of the mid-points of all radii of a circle is always equal to two right angles
is a
(c) the angles subtended by AB at P and Q are either
(a) circle (b) parallelogram
equal or supplementary
(c) rhombus (d) square
(d) None of the above
MATHEMATICS Circle 295
15. The locus of the centre of circles which pases 21. Two circles touch each other internally. Their
through two given points is radii are 2 cm and 3 cm. The biggest chord of the
(a) perpendicular to the line joining the given points at outer circle which is outside the inner circle is of
one of those points length
(b) perpendicular bisector of the line joining the given points (a) 2 2 cm (b) 3 2 cm (c) 2 3 cm (d) 4 2 cm
(c) parallel to the line joining the given points
(d) None of the above 22. If two circles are such that the centre of one lies
on the circumference of the other, then the ratio
16. In the adjoining figure, POQ is the diameter of of the common chord of the two circles to the
the circle, R and S are any two points on the radius of any one of the circles is
circles. Then, (a) 2 : 1 (b) 3 :1 (c) 5 :1 (d) 4 : 1
R Q
23. In the given figure, ABCD is a cyclic
quadrilateral. AE is drawn parallel to CD and BA
O
is produced. If ∠ABC = 92° and ∠FAE = 20°, then
P S ∠BCD is equal to
(a) ∠PRQ > ∠PSQ (b) ∠PRQ < ∠PSQ B A
F
1 20°
(c) ∠PRQ = ∠PSQ (d) ∠PRQ = ∠PSQ 92° E
2
17. If O is the centre of the circle, then the value of x C D
in the adjoining figure is
A
(a) 88° (b) 98° (c) 108° (d) 72°
x
90° 24. The values of x + y in the figure is equal to
0°
11
B
O A
C
(2x + 4)
(a) 80° (b) 70° (c) 60° (d) 50°
18. If S is a circle with centre C and P be a movable (x + 10) (5y + 5)
B D
point outside S, then the locus of P such that the
tangents from P to S are of constant length is
(a) the straight line CP (4y – 4)
(b) the circle through P with centre at C
(c) a circle intersecting S C
(d) a circle touching S (a) 90° (b) 85° (c) 75° (d) 65°
19. In the given figure A, B, C , D are the concyclic 25. Let A and B be two points. What is the locus of
points. The value of x is the point P such that ∠APB = 90° ?
E (a) The line AB itself
x C
(b) The point P itself
D
(c) The circumference of the circle with AB as diameter
(d) The line perpendicular to AB and bisecting AB
130° 26. In the adjoining figure AD , AE and BC are
A F
B tangent to the circle at D , E , F respectively, then
(a) 50° (b) 60° (c) 70° (d) 90°
E
C
20. If O is the centre of the circle, then x is
D C A F
32° x°
O B
28° D
50°
A B (a) AD = AB + BC + AC (b) 2 AD = AB + BC + AC
1
(c) AD = ( AB + BC + AC ) (d) 3AD = AB + BC + AC
(a) 72° (b) 62° (c) 82° (d) 52° 4
296 CDS Pathfinder
27. S1 and S 2 are two circles on a plane with radii 34. What is the locus of centres of circles which
4 cm, and 2 cm, respectively and the distance touch a given line at a given point?
between their centres is 3 cm. Which one of the (a) A line perpendicular to the given line, passing
following statements is true? through the given point
(a) S 2 lies entirely within the circle S1 (b) A line parallel to the given line
(b) S1 and S 2 touch each other internally (c) A circle tangent to the given line at the given point
(c) S1 and S 2 touch each other externally (d) A closed curve other than a circle
(d) S1 and S 2 intersect in two distinct points 35. In the given figure, O is the centre of the circle,
28. ACB is a tangent to a circle at C , CD and CE are OA = 3 cm, AC = 3 cm and OM is perpendicular
to AC. What is ∠ABC equal to?
chords such that ∠ACE > ∠ACD. If
B
∠ACD = ∠BCE = 50°, then
(a) CD = CE
(b) ED is not parallel to AB O
(c) ED passes through the centre of the circle
(d) ∆CDE is a right angled triangle
A C
29. A bicycle is running straight towards North. M
What is the locus of the centre of the front wheel
of the bicycle whose diameter is d ?
(a) 60° (b) 45°
(a) A line parallel to the path of the wheel of the bicycle (c) 30° (d) None of these
at a height d cm
(b) A line parallel to the path of the wheel of the bicycle 36. The distance between the centres of two circles
at a height d/2 cm having radii 4.5 cm and 3.5 cm, respectively is
(c) A circle of radius d/2 cm 10 cm. What is the length of the transverse
(d) A circle of radius d cm common tangent of these circles?
30. If ‘O’ is the centre of circle, then x is equal to (a) 8 cm (b) 7 cm
(c) 6 cm (d) None of these
C
O
37. ABC is an equilateral triangle inscribed in a
x° 80° circle with AB = 5 cm. Let the bisector of the
B angle, A meet BC in X and the circle in Y . What
A
is the value of AX ⋅ AY ?
(a) 80° (b) 60° (c) 40° (d) 20° (a) 16 cm2 (b) 20 cm2 (c) 25 cm2 (d) 30 cm2
31. If two equal circles touch each other externally, 38. Two unequal circles are touching each other
the common tangent divides the line of centres externally at P, APB and CPD are two secants
in the ratio cutting the circles at A, B, C and D. Which one of
(a) 1 : 1 (b) 2 : 1 (c) 1 : 2 (d) 3 : 2 the following is correct?
(a) ACBD is parallelogram (b) ACBD is a trapezium
32. With the vertices of a ∆ABC as centre three circles
are described, each touching the other two circle (c) ACBD is a rhombus (d) None of these
externally. If the sides of the triangle are 9 cm, 39. ABCD is a quadrilateral, the sides of which
7 cm and 6 cm. Then, the radius of the circle are touch a circle. Which one of the following is
(a) 4, 5, 2 (b) 4, 5, 6 correct?
(c) 3, 2, 3 (d) All equal to 3 cm (a) AB + AD = CB + CD (b) AB : CD = AD : BC
(c) AB + CD = AD + BC (d) AB : AD = CB : CD
33. In the given figure PT touches the circle with
centre O at R. Diameter SQ when produced meet 40. Let PAB be a secant to a circle intersecting at
PT at P. If ∠SPR = x and ∠QSR = y, then x + 2y points A and B and PC is a tangent. Which one
is equal to of the following is correct?
S (a) The area of rectangle with PA, PB as sides is equal
O to the area of square with PC as sides
y
Q
(b) The area of rectangle with PA, PC as sides is equal
x to the area of square with PB as sides
R
(c) The area of rectangular with PC, PB as sides is equal
P T
to the area of square with PA as side
(a) 180° (b) 90° (d) The perimeter of rectangle with PA, PB as sides is
(c) 135° (d) None of these equal to the perimeter of square with PC as side
MATHEMATICS Circle 297
41. In the given figure, if ∠BAD = 60°, ∠ADC = 105°, 47. In the given figure, a circle is inscribed in a
then what is ∠DPC equal to? quadrilateral ABCD. Given that, BC = 38 cm,
P QB = 27 cm, DC = 25 cm and AD is perpendicular
to DC. What is the radius of the circle?
B
D C Q
A
105°
O R
D C
60°
A B (a) 11 cm (b) 14 cm (c) 15 cm (d) 16 cm
(a) 40° (b) 45° (c) 50° (d) 60° 48. In the figure given below, what is ∠CBA ?
A
42. In the given figure, PQ is a diameter of the circle
whose centre is at O. If ∠ROS = 44° and OR is a 75° C
bisector of ∠PRQ, then what is the value of ∠RTS ? 3 0°
P Q R
P R T
B
44° S
O (a) 30° (b) 45° (c) 50° (d) 60°
50° P X'
X Y O
X
(a) 85° (b) 50° (c) 45° (d) 90° In the above figure which of the following holds
54. In the given figure, AD is a straight line, OP good?
perpendicular to AD and O is the centre of (a) ∠SOQ = ∠ROP (b) 2∠ROP = ∠SOR
both circles. If OA = 20 cm, OB = 15 cm and (c) ∠POR = ∠ASO (d) ∠QOX' = ∠SOR + ∠ROP
OP = 12 cm, what is AB equal to? 60. Semi-circle C1 is drawn with a line segment PQ
as its diameter with centre at R. Semicircles C2
and C3 are drawn with PR and QR as diameters
O respectively, both C2 and C3 lying inside C1. A
full circle C4 is drawn in such a way that it is
A B P C D tangent to all the three semicircles C1, C2 and C3 ,
C4 lies inside C1 and outside both C2 and C3 . The
radius of C4 is
(a) 7 cm (b) 8 cm (c) 10 cm (d) 12 cm
1 1 1 1
x y z (a) PQ (b) PQ (c) PQ (d) PQ
55. In the given figure, if = = , where ∠DCQ = x, 3 6 2 4
3 4 5
∠BPC = y and ∠DQC = z, then what are the 61. Two circles are placed in an
values of x, y and z, respectively ? equilateral triangle as shown in
the figure. What is the ratio of the
A
area of the smaller circle to that of
the equilateral triangle?
D (a) π : 36 3 (b) π : 18 3 (c) π : 27 3 (d) π : 42 3
B
y C x 62. Consider the following statements :
z I. The opposite angles of a cyclic quadrilateral are
P
Q supplementary.
(a) 33°, 44° and 55° (b) 36°, 48° and 60° II. Angle subtended by an arc at the centre is
(c) 39°, 52° and 65° (d) 42°, 56° and 70° double the angle subtended by it at any point on
the remaining part of the circle.
56. In the given figure, if ∠AOP = 75° and
Which one of the following is/are correct in
∠AOB = 120°, then what is ∠AQP ? respect of the above statements?
R (a) Statement I ⇒ Statement II
Q (b) Statement II ⇒ Statement I
75°
(c) Statement I ⇔ Statement II
O
(d) Neither Statement I ⇒ Statement II nor Statement II
A 120° B ⇒ Statement I
63. Consider the following statements :
P I. Let P be a point on a straight line L. Let Q , R
(a) 45° (b) 37.5° (c) 30° (d) 22.5° and S be the points on the same plane
57. A circle of radius 5 cm has chord RS at a containing the line L such that PQ , PR and PS
are perpendicular to L. Then, there exists no
distance of 3 units from it. Chord PQ intersects
triangle with vertices Q , R, S.
with chord RS at T such that TS = 1 / 3 of RT.
Find minimum value of PQ. II. Let C be a circle passing through three distinct
points D , E and F such that the tangent at D to
(a) 6 3 (b) 4 3 (c) 8 3 (d) 2 3
the circle C is parallel to EF. Then, DEF is an
58. Two mutually perpendicular chords AB and CD isosceles triangle.
intersect at P. AP = 4 cm , PB = 6 cm, CP = 3 cm . Which of the statement(s) given above is/are
Find radius of the circle. correct?
5 5 3 5 6 5 2 5 (a) Only I (b) Only II
(a) cm (b) cm (c) cm (d) cm
2 4 2 3 (c) Both I and II (d) Neither I nor II
MATHEMATICS Circle 299
74. Consider the following statements : 81. If the angle between the radii of a circle is 130°,
I. The perpendicular bisector of a chord of a circle then the angle between the tangents at the ends
does not pass through the centre of the circle. of the radii is e 2015 I
II. The angle in a semi-circle is a right angle. (a) 90° (b) 70° (c) 50° (d) 40°
Which of the statement(s) given above is/are 82. Out of two concentric circles, the diameter of the
correct? e 2013 II outer circle is 26 cm and the chord MN of length
(a) Only I (b) Only II 24 cm is tangent to the inner circle. The radius
(c) Both I and II (d) Neither I nor II of the inner circle is e 2015 I
(a) 5 cm (b) 6 cm (c) 8 cm (d) 10 cm
75. The diameter of a circle with centre at C is 50
cm. CP is a radial segment of the circle. AB is a 83. AD is the diameter of a circle and AB is a chord.
chord perpendicular to CP and passes through If AD = 34 cm, AB = 30 cm, then the distance of
P. CP produced intersects the circle at D. If AB from the centre of the circle is e 2015 I
DP = 18cm, then what is the length of AB ? (a) 17 cm (b) 15 cm (c) 13 cm (d) 8 cm
A
e 2013 II 84. From an external C
(a) 24 cm (b) 32 cm point P, tangents PA
and PB are drawn to E P
(c) 40 cm (d) 48 cm
the circle as shown
76. Consider the following statements in respect of in the above figure. D
two chords XY and ZT of a circle intersecting B
CD is the tangent to
at P. the circle at E. If AP = 16 cm, then the perimeter
I. PX ⋅ PY = PZ ⋅ PT of the ∆ PCD is equal to e 2015 II
II. PXZ and PTY are similar triangles. (a) 24 cm (b) 28 cm (c) 30 cm (d) 32 cm
Which of the statement(s) given above is/are 85. Chord CD intersects the diameter AB of a circle
correct? e 2013 II at right angle at a point P in the ratio 1:2. If
(a) Only I (b) Only II diameter of circle is d, then CD is equal to
(c) Both I and II (d) Neither I nor II e 2015 II
77. In a ∆ABC, AB = BC = CA. The ratio of the radius (a)
2d
(b)
2d
(c)
2 2d
(d)
2 3d
of the circumcircle to that of the incircle is 3 3 3 3
(a) 2 : 1 (b) 3 : 1 e 2014 I 86. The diameter of a wheel that makes 452
(c) 3 : 2 (d) None of these revolutions to move 2 km and 26 dm is equal to
78. AB and CD are two chords of a circle meeting e 2015 II
externally at P. Then, which of the following 9 13 5 7
(a) 1 m (b) 1 m (c) 2 m (d) 2 m
is/are correct? 22 22 11 11
I. PA × PD = PC × PB 87. A boy is cycling such that the wheels of the cycle
II. ∆ PAC and ∆ PDB are similar. are making 140 revolutions per minute. If the
Select the correct answer using the codes given radius of the wheel is 30 cm, then the speed of
below e 2014 I
the cycle is e 2015 II
(a) Only I (b) Only II (a) 15.5 km/h (b) 15.84 km/h (c) 16 km/h (d) 16.36 km/h
(c) Both I and II (d) Neither I nor II 88. The two adjacent sides of a cyclic quadrilateral
79. For a triangle, the radius of the circumcircle is are 2 cm and 5 cm and the angle between them
double the radius of the inscribed circle, then is 60°. If the third side is 3 cm, then the fourth
which one of the following is correct? e 2014 II side is of length e 2015 II
(a) The triangle is a right angled (a) 2 cm (b) 3 cm (c) 4 cm (d) 5 cm
(b) The triangle is an isosceles 89. AB is a line segment of length 2a, with M as
(c) The triangle is an equilateral mid-point. Semi-circles are drawn on one side
(d) None of the above with AM, MB and AB as
80. If the chord of an arc of a circle is of length x, diameter as shown in the above r O
the height of the arc is y and the radius of the figure. A circle with centre O
circle is z. Then, which one of the following is and radius r is drawn such that
correct? e 2014 II
this circle touches all the three A M B
semi-circles. The value of r, is e 2015 II
(a) y (2 z − y ) = x2 (b) y (2 z − y ) = 4x2
2a a a a
(c) 2 y (2 z − y ) = x2 (d) 4y (2 z − y ) = x2 (a) (b) (c) (d)
3 2 3 4
MATHEMATICS Circle 301
90. A tangent is drawn from an external point O to a 94. Consider a circle at O and radius 7 cm. Let QR
circle of radius 3 units at P such that OP = 4 be a chord of length 2 cm and let P be the
units. If C is the centre of the circle, then the mid-point of QR. Let CD be another chord of this
sine of ∠COP is e 2016 I circle passing through P such that ∠CPQ is acute.
(a) 4/5 (b) 3/4 (c) 3/5 (d) 1/2 If M is the mid-point of CD and MP = 24 cm,
91. Let ABC be a triangle in which AB = AC. Let L then which of the following statements are
be the locus of points X inside or on the triangle correct?
such that BX = CX . I. ∠QPD = 135°
Which of the following statements are correct? II. If CP = m cm and PD = n cm, then m and n are
I. L is a straight line passing through A and the roots of the quadratic equation x2 − 10x + 1 = 0.
incentre of ∆ ABC is on L. III. The ratio of the area of ∆OPR to the area of
II. L is a straight line passing through A ∆OMP is 1 : 2 2.
orthocentre of ∆ ABC is a point on L. Select the correct answer using the code given
III. L is a straight line passing through A centroid of below. e 2016 I
∆ ABC is a point on L. (a) I and II (b) II and III (c) I and III (d) I, II and III
Select the correct answer using the code given 95. Suppose chords AB and CD of a circle intersect
below. e 2016 I at a point P inside the circle. Two right angled
(a) I and II (b) II and III (c) I and III (d) I, II and III
triangles A′ P ′B′ and C ′Q ′D ′ are formed as shown
92. In a circle of radius 2 units, a diameter AB in the figures below such that A′ P ′ = AP,
intersects a chord of length 2 units perpendi- B′ P ′ = BP, C ′Q ′ = CP, D ′Q ′ = DP and
cularly at P. If AP > BP , then AP is equal to ∠A′ P ′B′ = 90° = ∠C ′Q ′D ′.
e 2016 I A′
(a) (2 + 5 ) units (b) (2 + 3 ) units
(c) (2 + 2 ) units (d) 3 units
C′
93. Consider a circle with centre at C. Let OP, OQ
denote respectively the tangents to the circle
drawn from a point O outside the circle. Let R be P′ B′ Q′ D′
a point on OP and S be a point on OQ such that Which of the following statements are not correct?
OR × SQ = OS × RP . Which of the following
I. A′ P′B′ and C′Q′ D′ are similar triangles but need
statement(s) is/are correct?
not be congruent.
I. If X is the circle with centre at O and radius OR
II. A′ P′B′ and C′Q′ D′ are congruent triangles.
and Y is the circle with centre at O and radius
OS, then X = Y . III. A′ P′B′ and C′Q′ D′ are triangles of same area.
II. ∠POC + ∠QCO = 90° IV. A′ P′B′ and C′Q′ D′ are triangles of same perimeter.
Select the correct answer using the code given Select the correct answer using the code given
below. e 2016 I below. e 2016 I
(a) Only I (b) Only II (a) II and III (b) I and III
(c) Both I and II (d) Neither I nor II (c) I, II and IV (d) I, II, III and IV
ANSWERS
1 c 2 a 3 d 4 b 5 c 6 d 7 a 8 c 9 a 10 c
11 c 12 a 13 d 14 c 15 b 16 c 17 a 18 b 19 a 20 c
21 d 22 b 23 c 24 d 25 c 26 b 27 d 28 a 29 b 30 c
31 a 32 a 33 b 34 a 35 c 36 c 37 c 38 b 39 c 40 a
41 b 42 d 43 b 44 b 45 a 46 c 47 b 48 d 49 d 50 b
51 b 52 b 53 a 54 a 55 b 56 b 57 b 58 a 59 a 60 b
61 c 62 d 63 c 64 d 65 d 66 d 67 d 68 c 69 a 70 b
71 b 72 c 73 d 74 b 75 d 76 c 77 a 78 b 79 c 80 d
81 c 82 a 83 d 84 d 85 c 86 b 87 b 88 a 89 c 90 c
91 d 92 b 93 c 94 a 95 c
302 CDS Pathfinder
21. (d) Here, OB = OD = 3 cm and On solving, Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get The locus of the centre of the front
O ′D = O ′ A = 2 cm x and y are 40° and 25°, respectively. wheel of the cycle is a line parallel to the
OO ′ = OD − O ′D = 3 − 2 = 1 cm path of the wheel of the bicycle at a
∴ x + y = 40° + 25° = 65°
∴ OA = O ′ A − OO ′ = 2 − 1 = 1 cm height d / 2 cm.
In ∆OAB, B 25. (c) The locus of a point is the
30. (c) Q ∠OAC = ∠OCA
circumference of the circle with AB as
AB = OB 2 − OA 2 diameter. [angle opposite to equal sides]
A D
[by pythagoras O O´ P ∴ 2 ∠OAC = 80°
theorem]
90° [external angle of ∆OAC ]
= 32 − 12 = 9 − 1 C
80°
∠OAC = = 40° ⇒ x = 40°
= 8cm B 2
A
∴ Required length = BC = 2 AB Hence, the value of x is 40°.
= 2 8 cm = 4 2 cm 31. (a) Since, the direct common tangents of
22. (b) Here, let O , O ′ be the centres of the two circles divides the line joining their
circles. 26. (b) As, the tangents drawn to a circle centres externally in the ratio of their
As, the centre of each lies on the from a point outside it are equal. We radii. Here, both the circles being of
circumference of the other, therefore the have, equal radii. Hence, their ratio is 1 : 1.
two circles will have the same radius. AD = AE , BD = BF and CE = CF 32. (a) Let AB = 9 cm, BC = 7 cm,
Let the radius be r. ⇒ AD = AB + BD = AB + BF
r AC = 6 cm
∴ OC = O ′C = and AD = AC + EC = AC + CF
2 Let x, y and z be A
A ∴ 2 AD = AB + AC + ( BF + CF ) radii of circles with x x
2 AD = AB + AC + BC centre A , B , C . y z
O
C
O´ 27. (d) OB = 4 cm x+ y =9 …(i) z C
B y
y+z=7 … (ii)
B O O´ and z + x = 6 …(iii)
A B
In right angled ∆OCA, by pythagoras On adding Eqs. (i), (ii) and (iii), we get
theorem 2( x + y + z ) = 22
O ′ A = 2 cm, OO′ = 3 cm
∴ AC = OA 2 − OC 2 ⇒ ( x + y + z ) = 11 …(iv)
As, OO ′ ≠ OB + O ′ A
r2 3 On putting x + y = 9 in Eq. (iv), we get
= r2 − = r So, circle does not touch each other
4 2 externally. 9 + z = 11 ⇒ z = 2 cm
⇒ AB = 2 AC = 3 r
Common chord AB 3r Also, OO ′ ≠ OB − O ′ A On putting value of z in Eq. (ii), we get
∴ = = So, circle does not touch internally, y+ 2= 7 ⇒ y =5
Radius OA r
hence they intersect each other at two Again, putting value of y in Eq. (i), we
Hence, ratio of common chord to the
distinct points. get
radius is 3 : 1 .
28. (a) Join ED, then x + 5 = 9 ⇒ x = 4 cm
23. (c) Q ∠B + ∠D = 180°
C So, radii are 4 cm, 5 cm and 2 cm.
(sum of two opposite angle in cyclic B
50° 33. (b) ∠QRS = 90° [angle in semi-circle]
quadrilateral) 50° A
⇒ ∠D = 180° − ∠B and ∠QRP = ∠QSR = y °
= 180° − 92° = 88° E D [angle in alternate segments]
⇒ ∠DAE = ∠D = 88° [alternate angle] Also, ∠PRS = 90 + y °
⇒ ∠FAD = 88° + 20° = 108°
S
⇒ ∠BCD = ∠FAD = 108°
O y
[angles in alternate segments] ∠DEC = ∠ACD = 50° Q
⇒ ∠BCD = 108° [angle in alternate segment] x
P T
∠EDC = ∠BCE = 50° R
24. (d) As, ∠B + ∠D = 180°
[angle in alternate segment] In ∆PRS,
and ∠A + ∠C = 180°
∴ ∠DEC = ∠EDC ∠SRP + ∠RPS + ∠PSR = 180°
[sum of two opposite angle in a cyclic
quadrilateral] So, CD = CE [Qsum of all angles of triangle is 180°]
x + 10 + 5 y + 5 = 180° 29. (b) ⇒ ( 90 + y ° ) + x° + y ° = 180°
⇒ x + 5 y = 165° …(i) ⇒ x + 2 y ° = 90°
O
Q ∠A + ∠C = 180° 34. (a) A line perpendicular to the given
⇒ 2x + 4 + 4 y − 4 = 180° d/2 line, passing through the given point is
the required locus.
⇒ 2x + 4 y = 180° …(ii)
304 CDS Pathfinder
35. (c) Given, OA = 3 cm and AC = 3 cm 38. (b) l 42. (d) ∠PRQ = 90° as angle in a semi-circle
and OA = OC = 3 cm (radius of a circle) D 5
B is 90°.
In ∆AOC , all sides are equal. 3 Since, OR is a bisector of ∠PRQ.
7 1
∴ ∆ AOC , is an equilateral triangle ∴ ∠PRO = ∠ORQ = 45°
⇒ ∠AOC = 60° 8
4 2 T
B A 6
C R
l is the common tangent of two circles 45°
P
45°
O Then, ∠1 = ∠4 and ∠5 = ∠8 S
44°
[angle in alternate segment] M
θ
But ∠4 = ∠5 [opposite angles] O
A ∴ ∠1 = ∠8
M C Q
Similarly ∠2 = ∠7
1
Hence, ∠ABC = ∠AOC But these are alternate angles
2 Also, OP = OR [radius]
⇒ AD || BC ⇒ ACBD is a trapezium.
[Angle subtended by an arc at the ∴ ∠OPR = 45°
centre is double the angle subtended 39. (c) We know that, two
D R C in ∆ORS , OR = OS
by it at any point on the circle] tangents drawn from
an external point to a ⇒ ∠ORS = ∠OSR
60°
= = 30° circle are equal in S Q in ∆ORS , by angle sum property
2
length. of a triangle,
36. (c) From figure, length of the transverse
∴ AP = AS …(i) A P B ∠ORS + ∠OSR + ∠ROS = 180°
common tangent of these circles
BP = BQ …(ii) 2∠ORS = 180°−44°
(distance between the centres
2∠ORS = 136°
= of circles)2 − (sum of radius)2 CR = CQ …(iii)
136°
DR = DS …(iv) ∴ ∠ORS = ∠OSR = = 68°
2
= 10 − ( 45
2
. + 35
. ) 2
= 10 − 8
2 2 On adding Eqs. (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv), we ∴ ∠MRS = 68° − 45° = 23°
get
= ( 100 − 64) = 36 = 6 cm ⇒ ∠PRS = 90° + 23° = 113°
( AP + BP ) + (CR + DR)
A By properties of cyclic quadrilateral,
= ( AS + DS ) + ( BQ + C Q ) ∠PRS + ∠PQS = 180°
cm O´
3.
5 10 cm ⇒ AB + CD = AD + BC ⇒ ∠PQS = 180° − 113° = 67°
O
4.5 cm 40. (a) If a secant to a in ∆PTQ,
B
B
circle intersect ∠QPT + ∠PQT + ∠PTQ = 180°
circle at points
[by angle sum property of a triangle]
37. (c) A A and B and PC
is a tangent to
A ⇒ ∠PTQ = 180° − 45° − 67° = 68°
circle, then ∴ ∠RTS = ∠PTQ = 68°
5c
m
30° 30°
PC 2 = PA × PB P 1
5c
D
AX 3 AX ∴∠DCP = ∠BAD = 60° 100°
In ∆CXA, cos30° = ⇒ = 105°
AC 2 5 and∠ADC + ∠CDP A B
3 5 3 60°
⇒ AX = ×5 = cm = 180° [linear line] A B
2 2 In ∆DPA, by angle sum property of a
⇒ 105°+∠CDP = 180° triangle
AY and BC are the chord of circle.
⇒ ∠CDP = 75° ∠DAP + ∠ADP + ∠DPA = 180°
∴ AX ⋅ XY = BX ⋅ XC
5 3 5 5 5 In ∆CPD, ⇒ 30° + 50° + ∠DPA = 180°
⇒ ⋅ XY = ⋅ ⇒ XY =
2 2 2 2 3 ∠DCP + ∠CDP + ∠DPC = 180° ⇒ ∠DPA = 100°
5 3 5 5 3 [by angle sum property of a triangle] Also, DPB is a straight line,
∴ AY ⋅ AX = + ×
2 2 3 2 ⇒ 60° + 75° + ∠DPC = 180° ∴ ∠DPA + ∠APB = 180°
= 25 cm 2 ⇒ ∠DPC = 180° − 135° = 45° ⇒ ∠APB = 180° − 100° = 80°
MATHEMATICS Circle 305
44. (b) In ∆OED, 47. (b) We know that, the tangents drawn to ⇒ ∠x + ∠y = 180°− 45° = 135° …(i)
the circle from a point outside the circle ∠x = ∠AQP and ∠y = ∠BQP
C
are always equal.
2 cm m
[angles in alternate segment]
3 cm 27 c B
O ∴ ∠AQB = ∠AQP + ∠BQP
A B Q
E 5 cm = ∠x + ∠y = 135°
A
m
5 cm
38 c
S T 50. (b) We know that, the sum of opposite
D angles of a cyclic quadrilateral is always
R
[by pythagoras theorem] 180°.
D C
M A
(OD ) = (DE )2 + ( EO )2
2
∴ BQ = BR = 27 cm
⇒ (5)2 = (DE )2 + (3)2 ⇒ RC = BC − BR
⇒ (DE )2 = 25 − 9 = 16 = 38 − 27 = 11 cm B 100° D
P
⇒ DE = 4 cm ∴ RC = CM = 11 cm
Now, DM = 25 − 11 = 14 cm
45. (a) Given, PO = 10 cm, OT = 6 cm and ∴ ST = DM = 14 cm C
PB = 5 cm
48. (d) We know that, the sum of opposite ∴ ∠B + ∠D = 180°
In right angled ∆OTP , angles in a cyclic quadrilateral is always ⇒ 100 + ∠D = 180° ⇒ ∠D = 80°
(OP )2 = ( PT )2 + (OT )2 180°. ∴ ∠ACP = ∠PAC = 80°
A
C [by theorem of alternate interior
B segment]
P O In ∆PAC ,
∠P + ∠PAC + ∠PCA = 180°
P 75° C
T [by angle sum property of a triangle]
Q
⇒ ( 10) = ( PT ) + 6
2 2 2 B ⇒ ∠P + 80° + 80° = 180°
30
°
53. (a) We know that, the angles in the same 180° In right triangle OYD
⇒ k= ⇒ k = 12°
segment of a circle are equal. 15 OD = OY 2 + YD 2
∴ ∠XBY = ∠XAY = 45° ∴ x = 36° , y = 48° , z = 60°
[by pythagoras theorem]
In ∆BXY , by angle sum property of a 56. (b) We know that, angle subtended on 2
12 +
triangle the circumference is half of the angle 11 5 5
= = cm
∠BXY + ∠XBY + ∠BYX = 180° subtended at the centre. 2 2
1 1
⇒ 50° + 45° + ∠BYX = 180° ∠AQP = ∠AOP = 75° = 37. 5° 59. (a) In the figure,
2 2
[Q ∠BXY = 50°]
57. (b)
⇒ ∠BYX = 180° − 95° = 85° P
Q
54. (a) In right angled ∆OPB, O
S
R
R S P
M T X′
O X O
Q
Given, OM = 3 cm, OS = 5 cm. Let ∠POX = x ° , ∠ROP = y °
A B P C D
MS = 4 cm = RM ∠POX = ∠PQO = x
{Using pythagoras theorem} and ∠ROX = ∠RSO = x °+ y °
[by pythagoras theorem] ⇒ RS = 8 cm [angles in alternate segment]
OB 2 = OP 2 + BP 2 We know that, TS = 1 / 3 of RT Now, in ∆SQO ,∠RSO is the exterior
⇒ ( 15)2 = ( 12)2 + BP 2 ⇒ TS = 1 / 4 of RS , if RS = 8 cm angle
Then, TS = 2 cm ∴ ∠SQO + ∠SOQ = x ° + y °
⇒ 225 − 144 = BP 2
Also, RT × TS = PT × TQ ⇒ x + ∠SOQ = x ° + y °
⇒ ( BP )2 = 81 ⇒ BP = 9 cm [When there are two intersecting ⇒ ∠SOQ = y = ∠ROP
and in right angled ∆AOP, by chords, the product of the segments of
one chord is equal to the product of 60. (b) O
pythagoras theoram,
the segments of other.] C1
(OA ) = (OP ) + ( AP )
2 2 2
S
C4
⇒ 6 × 2 = PT × TQ C2 C3
⇒ ( 20)2 = ( 12)2 + ( AP )2 ⇒ PT × TQ = 12
⇒ ( AP )2 = 400 − 144 = 256 Now, by AM ≥ GM inequality,
⇒ AP = 16 cm ( PT + TQ ) / 2 ≥ ( PT × TQ ) P T R Q
Hence, AB = AP − BP = 16 − 9 = 7 cm ( PT + TQ ) / 2 ≥ 12 Assume that the radius of C = r and
4
PQ = k
55. (b) Given,
x y z
= = =k [say] ⇒ PT + TQ ≥ 2 12 ⇒ PQ ≥ 2 12
3 4 5 Now, PR = k / 2 = RQ = RO
or PQ ≥ 4 3
∴ x = 3k, y = 4k and z = 5k ⇒ RS = ( k / 2) − r, RT = k / 4
∴ Minimum PQ = 4 3 ST = ( k / 4) + r
Since, ∠DCQ = ∠BCP = 3k
58. (a) When 2 chords AB and CD intersect Applying pythagoras theorem in
[vertically opposite angle] at P then
A B triangle STR.
AP × PB = CP × PD 2 2 2
k + r = k + k − r
Hence,
X 4 4 2
4 × 6 = 3 × PD, Thus, O
PD = 8 cm ⇒ r = k / 6 = PQ / 6
B D P
C D A
4k 3k Now AB = AP + PB Y 61. (c)
C
P = 10 cm A
5k
and CD = CP + PD O
Q P Q
Thus, CD = 11 cm R
In ∆DCQ, by angle sum property of a Consider the circle with center O.
triangle l
Drop a perpendicular from O to chord
∠CDQ = 180° − (3k + 5k ) = 180° − 8k AB and CD. This will bisect the chords B C
By properties of cyclic quadrilateral, at X and Y . D
∠CDQ = ∠CBA = 180° − 8k
AB In-radius of equilateral triangle of side
∴ AX = = 5 cm a
2 a= ,
⇒ ∠PBC = 8k 2 3
CD 11
In ∆PBC , by angle sum property of and YD = = cm Diameter of larger circle =
a
2 2 3
a triangle Now, PX = AX − AP = (5 − 4) = 1 cm
Let us say common tangent PQ touches
∠P + ∠B + ∠C = 180° OY = PX = 1 cm the two circle at R, centre of smaller
∴ 4k + 8k + 3k = 180° [Q PXOY is a rectangle] circle is I.
MATHEMATICS Circle 307
Now, PQ is parallel to BC. AR is 64. (d) As, the tangents 66. (d) I. Circle is a locus of points which are
A
perpendicular to PQ. Triangle PQR is drawn from an equidistant from a fixed point.
also an equilateral triangle and AORID external point to a II. Let C be a fixed circle and C be
is a straight line. circle are equal. P R 1 2
moving circle then locus of centre of
3 a 3 a ∴ AP = AR …(i)
AD = a, RD = , AR = a− C is also a circle.
2
2 3 2 3 BQ = BP …(ii) B C C2
Q
3a − 2a a 1 and CR = QC ...(iii)
AR = = , AR = AD
2 3 2 3 3 On adding Eqs. (i), (ii) and (iii), we get C1
Radius of smaller circle = 1 / 3 radius of AP + BQ + CR = BP + QC + RA
O
larger circle
and perimeter of
Radius of smaller circle
1 a a ∆ABC = AB + BC + CA
= ⋅ = III. There does not exists any point
3 2 3 6 3 = ( AP + PB ) + ( BQ + QC ) which is equidistant from three
Area of smaller circle = πr 2 + (CR + RA ) distinct points on a line.
2 = ( AP + BQ ) + ( BQ + CR) IV. If P lies on bisector of ∠B then P is
πa 2
π
a
= equidistant from AB and BC also, P
6 3 108 + (CR + AP ) lies on bisector of ∠C .
3 2 = 2 ( AP + BQ + CR) ⇒ P is equidistant from BC and CD
Area of triangle = a
4 ∴ AP + BQ + CR = 1/ 2 ⇒ P is equidistant from AB and CD.
πa 2 Hence, I, II, and IV are correct statement.
Ratio = :
3 2
a , π : 27 3 [perimeter of ∆ABC ]
108 4 67. (d) I. A
Hence, the statement I and II are correct. D
62. (d) I. It is true that the opposite angles 65. (d) I. Consider the possibility that M
of a cyclic quadrilateral are could be the
supplementary. centre of the X
II. It is also true that the angle circle, We know C
B
this could be M
subtended by an arc at the centre is So, the square is not cyclic.
double the angle subtended by it at true because M
being the center II. A a D
any point on the remaining part of Y
the circle. point of the r
circle would make line XM and r
Hence, both statements are individually YM radii of the circle, which would
true, but neither statements implies to mean that they are equal. B C
each other.
II. The statement presents us with the Square has less area than circle.
63.(c) I. It is clear from the S possiblity that
R III. From the above figure it is clear that
figure that points point M lies X
Q the diameter of circle is equal to the
Q , S and R are in a somewhere on
l diagonal of square. ⇒ 2r = a 2
straight line. P the arc of XY . M IV.
Well, if point A
So, statement I is true. B
M rested exactly
II. Since, PQ is parallel to EF . Y
halfway
∴ ∠PDE = ∠DEF [alternate angle] between X and
Y , then straight lines drawn from X
Also, ∠PDE = ∠EFD to M and Y to M would certainly be C
D
P equal. So, it is possible that the sides of square
E
III. The statement presents us with the is equal to diameter of circle.
D possibility that M lies somewhere Hence statement II, III and IV are
outside of the circle. If two tangents correct.
F are drawn from point M at X and Y 68. (c) We observe that the arc BC makes
Q
they will be equal. ∠BOC = z at the centre and ∠BAC = x
[angle in the alternate segment of X at a point on the circumference.
chord ED] ∴ z = 2x
∴ ∠DEF = ∠DFE M In ∆OBC , we have
⇒ ∆DEF is an isosceles triangle. ∠OBC + ∠OCB + ∠BOC = 180°
⇒ y + z + y = 180°
So, statement II is also true. Y
⇒ z + 2 y = 180° ⇒ 2x + 2 y = 180°
Hence, the statement I and II are Hence, the statement I, II and III are ⇒ x + y = 90°
correct. correct. ⇒ ∠BAC + ∠OBC = 90°
308 CDS Pathfinder
69. (a) In ∆OBC , we have 73. (d) Since, secants LA and BN are 77. (a) In ∆ABC , AB = BC = AC
∠OBC + ∠OCB + ∠BOC = 180° intersecting at an exterior point M, then A
⇒ y + y + t = 180° ⇒ t = 180° − 2 y
Now,z = 360°− t ⇒z = 360°− ( 180°−2 y ) r
A O
⇒ 2x = 180°+2 y ⇒ 2x − 2 y = 180° M • L
N
[Q z = 2x ] B R C
⇒ x − y = 90° B
⇒ ∠BAC − ∠OBC = 90° LM × AM = BM × NM Hence, ∆ABC is equilateral triangle.
70. (b) In right angled ∆OTQ , MA MN Let r be the radius of incircle and R be
⇒ = <1
MB LM the radius of circumcircle.
OT 2 = OQ 2 + TQ 2 Now, radius of incircle, r =
side AB
=
T 74. (b) The perpendicular bisector of the 2 3 2 3
chord of a circle always passes through and radius of circumcircle,
the centre. So, statement I is wrong.
side AB
R= =
12 − x The angle in a semi-circle is a right 3 3
13 cm angle. So, statement II is correct. R AB / 3
x So, the required ratio = =
A E B 75. (d) Here, CA = CD = CB = 25 cm r AB / 2 3
2
x = = 2: 1
P 5m Q 1
O 5m 78. (b) I. AB and CD are chords when
C
produced meet externally at P.
cm ∴ AP × BP = CP × DP
⇒ ( 13)2 = (5)2 + (TQ )2 25
⇒TQ 2 = 169 − 25 = 144 ⇒TQ = 12cm A B B
P 18 cm A
In right angled ∆TEB,
D
TB 2 = EB 2 + TE 2 P
Q ( EB = BQ ) and DP = 18 cm
⇒ ( 12 − x)2 = BQ 2 + TE 2 In right angled ∆ACP, C
D
⇒ 144 + x2 − 24x = x2 + (8)2 CP = CD − PD = 25 − 18 = 7cm
Now, AC 2 = CP 2 + AP 2 II. Since, ABDC is a cyclic quadrilateral
⇒ 144 + x2 − 24x = x2 + 64
20 10 ∠PAC = ∠PDB
⇒ 24x = 80 ⇒ x = = cm [by pythagoras theorem]
and ∠PCA = ∠PBD
6 3 ∴
10 20 Also, ∠APC = ∠BPD [common]
∴ AB = 2EB = 2x = 2 × = cm AP = AC 2 − CP 2 = ( 25 ) 2 − ( 7)2 ∴ ∆PAC ~ ∆PDB
3 3
20 So, statement II is true.
Hence, the length of AB is cm. = 625 − 49 = 576 = 24 cm
3 79. (c) Let OA = r be the inradius of circle.
Similarly, PB = 24 cm
Then, circumradius = OB = 2r
71. (b) The locus obtained is the ∴ AB = AP + PB = 24 + 24 = 48 cm
circumference of the circle concentric
with the given circle and having radius 76. (c) When two chords of a circle are
equal to the distance of the chords from intersect internally, then they are divided A r
the centre. in a proportion.
Z •O
Y θ 2r
72. (c) Statements I and II are both correct, θ
because the locus of points which are P B
equidistant from two parallel lines is a
T X
line parallel to both of them and lie mid O
way between them. We know that, inradius is the
Also, it is true that the perpendicular perpendicular distance of centre O from
distances of any point on this locus line side of triangle and circumradius OB
from two original parallel lines are equal. i.e. PX ⋅ PY = PZ ⋅ PT bisect ∠B. Again, let ∠OBA = θ
further, no point outside this locus line In ∆PXZ and ∆PTY, ∠ZPX = ∠YPT In right angled ∆OAB,
has this property. OA r
[vertically opposite angles] sinθ = =
A C OB 2r
X X´ ∠PZX = ∠PYT
⇒ sin θ = = sin 30° Q sin30° =
1 1
[angles in same segment] 2
2
Z Z´ ∠PXZ = ∠PTY ∴ θ = 30°
B D [angles in same segment] Then, ∠B = 2 × θ = 2 × 30° = 60°
∴ ∆PXZ ~ ∆PTY Hence, given triangle is an equilateral
Y Y´ Hence, the both statements are correct. triangle.
MATHEMATICS Circle 309
80. (d) Let O be the centre of circle and AB Now, we draw a perpendicular bisector 2 2d 2d
⇒ PC = =
be the chord of an arc. According to the from A to MN, which meets MN at B. 6 3
question, MN 24 2 2d
Then, MB = BN = = = 12 cm ∴ CD = 2PC =
2 2 3
[Q perpendicular from centre to the 86. (b) 1 km = 1000 m, 1 dm = 10 m
O chord bisects the chord]
Q 2 km and 26 dm
z In right angled ∆ABN , = 2000 + 260 = 2260 m
A B AN 2 = AB 2 + BN 2 Let radius be r m.
y M
N ⇒ 132 = AB 2 + 122 Distance covered in revolution = 2 πr
Length of chord AB = x, Radius of ⇒ 169 = AB 2 + 144 Distance covered in 452 revolution
circle = OA = z ⇒ AB 2 = 169 − 144 = 25 = 452 × 2 πr
and height of arc MN = y ⇒ AB = 5 cm
AB x Q 452 × 2 πr = 2260
Now, AM = MB = = ∴ Radius of the inner circle is 5 cm. 2260 × 7 35
2 2 ∴ r= =
[Perpendicular from the centre to a 83. (d) Given, AD = 34 cm and AB = 30 cm 452 × 2 × 22 44
chord bisects the chord] Let C be a point on AB such that 35 35 13
Diameter = 2 × = =1 m
and OM = ON − MN OC ⊥ AB 44 22 22
=z− y [ Q ON = z (radius)] ⇒ OD = OB = 17 cm 87. (b) Distance covered in 1 revolution
In right angled ∆OMA , Also, CB =
AB
= 15 cm = 2 π ( 03
. ) m = 0.6 π m
OA 2 = OM 2 + AM 2 2
Q Distance covered in 140 revolutions
[by pythagoras theorem] [Perpendicular from centre to the
2 chord bisects the chord] = 140 × 0.6 π m
z 2 = (z − y )2 +
x
⇒ ⇒ Speed the cycle
2 ⇒ OC = OB − CB = 2 2
17 − 15
2 2
22
x2 = 140 × 0. 6 × × 60 m / h
⇒ z = z + y − 2 yz +
2 2 2 = 289 − 225 = 64 = 8 cm 7
4 = 15840 m/h = 15.84 km/h
[Q ( a − b )2 = a 2 + b 2 − 2ab] 84. (d) Since, AP = BP;DE = BD and AC =CE
x2 Q Perimeter of ∆PCD 88. (a) Let ABCD be cyclic quadrilateral.
⇒ 2 yz − y 2 = ⇒ 4 ( 2 yz − y 2 ) = x2
4 = PC + PD + CD D 3 cm
⇒ 4 y ( 2z − y ) = x2 = PC + PD + CE + DE xc
C
m
y cm
81. (c) Given, AB and AC are the tangents = ( PC + CE ) + ( PD + DE ) 5 cm
of the circle. = ( PC + CA ) + ( PD + BD )
B B
= PA + PB = 2PA = 2 × 16 = 32 cm A 2cm
85. (c) Given, AB = d is diameter of circle in which ∠A = 60°,
130°
A O and CD intersect AB at P in the ratio 1 : 2.
AB = 2 cm, AD = 5 cm
C
Since, ∠A + ∠C = 180°
C d [property of cyclic quadrilateral]
and OB = OC [radius of circle] P
A B ⇒ 60° + ∠C = 180°
∴ ∠B = ∠C = 90° O
⇒ ∠C = 180° − 60° = 120°
[radius is perpendicular to the tangent]
In quadrilateral ABOC , In ∆ABD, let BD be x cm.
D
∠ABO + ∠OCA + ∠BAC 22 + 52 − x 2
d 2d cos 60° =
+∠BOC = 360° ∴ AP = and PB = 2 × 2 ×5
3 3
⇒ 90° + 90° + ∠BAC + 130° = 360° [by cosine formula]
⇒ ∠BAC = 180°−130° = 50°. ⇒ OA = OC = OB = d / 2
Q radius of circle = 1 diameter 1 4 + 25 − x 2
Hence, the angle between the tangents ⇒ = ⇒ 29 − x 2 = 10
at the ends of the radius is 50°. 2 2 2 × 2 ×5
82. (a) Given, MN = 24 cm and d d d ⇒ x 2 = 29 − 10 ⇒ x 2 = 19
In ∆OPC ,OP = OA − AP = − =
26 2 3 6 Again, in ∆BCD,
AN = cm = 13 cm
2 Applying pythagoras theorem in ∆OPC , 32 + y 2 − x 2
cos 120° =
OC 2 = OP 2 + PC 2 2 ×3 × y
2 2
⇒ = + PC 2
d d [by cosine formula]
2 6 Let length of fourth side of cyclic
d2 d2 quadrilateral be y cm.
A 13
cm ⇒ ( PC )2 = −
4 36 1 9 + y 2 − 19
9d 2 − d 2 8d 2 ⇒ − = [Q x 2 = 19]
M B N = = 2 2 ×3 × y
24 cm 36 36 ⇒ − 3 y = 9 + y 2 − 19
310 CDS Pathfinder
Area of the plane figure is the amount of surface enclosed by its boundary. It is measured in square
units. The perimeter of plane figure is total length of the sides enclosing the figure. Unit of Perimeter is
same as the unit of sides of a given figure.
a
D C
SQUARE
Let each side of a square be a unit. a a
(i) Perimeter of square = 4 (Side) = 4a units Square
(ii) Diagonal of square = 2 × (Side) = a 2 units
1 1
(iii) Area of square = Side × Side = ( a) 2 sq units = (Diagonal) 2 = d 2 sq units A B
2 2 Side (a)
EXAMPLE 2. The side of a square exceeds the side of the another square by 4 cm and the sum of
the areas of the two squares is 400cm 2 . The dimensions of the squares are
a. 8 cm and 12 cm b. 6 cm and 10 cm c. 12 cm and 16 cm d. None of these
Sol. c. Let the side of a square be x cm. Then, side of another square = ( x + 4) cm.
Area of first square = x2 cm2 and area of second square = ( x + 4) 2 cm 2
According to the question ⇒ x2 + ( x + 4) 2 = 400 ⇒ x2 + x2 + 16 + 8x = 400 ⇒ 2x2 + 8x − 384 = 0
312 CDS Pathfinder
44 m = 10 × 7 = 70 cm 2 …(i)
E A M B
A C Also, area of parallelogram 10 cm
10 cm F
ABCD = AD × BN = 8AD [Q BN = 8 cm] …(ii)
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), 8AD = 70
B 70
Area of quadrilateral ∴ AD = = 8.75 cm
8
1 1 1
= AC(h1 + h2) = ( 44) ( 20 + 10) = × 44 × 30 = 660 cm 2
2 2 2
Hence, the area of the quadrilateral is 660 cm2.
RHOMBUS
Let the length of each sides of a rhombus is a and
length of both diagonals are d 1 and d 2 , then
PARALLELOGRAM C
Let adjacent sides of a parallelogram are b and a
a a
respectively and h is the corresponding altitude (height) d2
of side a, then D O
d1
B
(i) Area of the parallelogram = (Base × Height)
= a × h sq units a a
D
C
A
1
Height (h)
(i) Area of rhombus = × d 1 × d 2 sq units
b 2
1
A a (ii) Side of rhombus = d 12 + d 22 units ⇒ 4a 2 = d 12 + d 22
B 2
Base
(iii) Perimeter of rhombus = 4 × (Side) units
(ii) Perimeter of a parallelogram = 2 (Sum of adjacent side)
= 2( a + b) units Note Diagonals of a rhombus bisect each other at right angles.
Note Each diagonal of a parallelogram divides it into two triangles EXAMPLE 9. If the length of the diagonal of a
of equal area.
a2 −b2
rhombus is (a + b) and its area is sq units, then
EXAMPLE 7. ABCD is a parallelogram as shown in 2
figure, then its area is the other diagonal is
a. 12 cm2 b. 14 cm2 c. 15 cm2 d. 18 cm2 a −b a+b
a. a + b b. a − b c. d.
Sol. a. Given, base = 3 cm and height = 4 cm 2 2
D 3 cm C Sol. b. Let second diagonal be d units.
90° a2 – b2
Given, area of rhombus =
2
1
4 cm Q Area of rhombus = × d1 × d 2
2
1 a2 – b 2 1 a2 − b 2
∴ × d1 × d 2 = ⇒ ( a + b) ⋅ d =
2 2 2 2
90°
[Q d1 = a + b]
A 3 cm B ( a2 − b2) ( a – b)( a + b)
⇒ ( a + b) d = a2 − b2 ⇒ d = =
Area of parallelogram, a+ b ( a + b)
ABCD = Base × height = 3 × 4 = 12 cm2 ∴ d = ( a − b) [Q a − b = ( a − b)( a + b)]
2 2
314 CDS Pathfinder
TRAPEZIUM A
abc
D b C (v) The radius of circumcircle =
4( Area )
h h EXAMPLE 11. The area of a triangle whose sides are
9 cm, 12 cm and 15 cm is
A a B a. 45 cm2 b. 54 cm2 c. 56 cm2 d. 64 cm2
1 1 Sol. b. Here a = 9 cm , b = 12 cm and c = 15 cm
= ( AB + CD) × h = ( a + b) × h sq units
2 2 a + b + c 9 + 12 + 15
s= = = 18 cm
2 2
EXAMPLE 10. The difference between two parallel Area of a triangle = s ( s − a) ( s − b) ( s − c)
sides of a trapezium is 4 cm and the perpendicular
distance between them is 19 cm. Find the lengths [Heron’s formula]
of the parallel sides, if the area of the trapezium is = 18 (18 − 9) (18 − 12) (18 − 15)
475 cm 2 . = 18 × 9 × 6 × 3 = 54 cm 2
Hence, the area of a triangle is 54 cm 2.
a. 22 cm and 18 cm b. 25 cm and 21 cm
c. 29 cm and 25 cm d. 27 cm and 23 cm
Sol. d. Let the length of the parallel sides of the trapezium
RIGHT ANGLED TRIANGLE
be a cm and b cm, respectively. A figure bounded by three straight lines is called a
Then, according to the question, ( a − b) = 4 …(i)
triangle.
1 Let perpendicular, base and hypotenuse of a right angled
∴ Area of trapezium = × ( a + b) × h triangle ( ∆ABC ) be p, b and h, respectively, then
2
1 C
× ( a + b) × 19 = 475
2
950
⇒ a+ b= = 50 h
19 p
∴ a + b = 50 ...(ii)
On solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get a = 27 and b = 23
A b B
Thus, length of parallel sides are 27 cm and 23 cm.
(i) Perimeter of right angled triangle = AB + BC + CA
= ( b + p + h) units
SCALENE TRIANGLE 1
(ii) Area of right angled triangle = × Base × Altitude
Let the sides of a triangle are a, b, c and h be the 2
corresponding altitude to side a, then 1
= × b × p sq units
(i) Perimeter of scalene triangle, 2s = ( a + b + c ) units 2
a + b+ c EXAMPLE 12. The base of triangular field is three
(ii) Semi-perimeter of scalene triangle, s = units
2 times its altitude. If the cost of cultivating the field at
(iii) Area of triangle = s ( s − a)( s − b)( s − c ) sq units 50 per hectare be ` 675, then its base and height are
a. 900 m and 300 m b. 600 m and 300 m
a + b+ c
where, s = [Heron’s formula] c. 500 m and 200 m d. None of these
2
Total cost
1 Sol. a. Area of the triangular field =
or area of triangle = × a × h sq units Rate
2 675
= = 13.5 hec
2 ( Area ) 50
(iv) The radius of incircle =
Perimeter = (13.5 ×10000) m2 = 135000 m2 ...(i)
MATHEMATICS > Area and Perimeter of Plane Figures 315
5 B C
b
EXAMPLE 14. The perimeter of an isosceles triangle
B a C is 32 cm while equal sides together measure 20 cm.
∴ a + b + 5 = 12 ⇒ a + b = 7 cm …(i) Then, area of an isosceles triangle is
Also, by pythagoras theorem, a. 48 cm2 b. 84 cm2 c. 44 cm2 d. 41 cm2
a2 + b2 = 25
Sol. a. Let third side of an isosceles triangle be a cm.
Also, ( a + b) + ( a − b) 2 = 2 ( a2 + b2)
2
Given, b = 10 cm
( a − b) 2 = 2 ( a2 + b2) − ( a + b) 2
⇒ ( a − b) 2 = 2 ( 25) − (7) 2 = 50 − 49 = 1 ∴Perimeter of isosceles triangle = a + b + b = a + 2b
∴ a− b=1 [Q a > b]..(ii) ⇒ 32 = a + 2 × 10 = a + 20 ⇒ 32 – 20 = a
On solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get ∴ a = 12 cm
a = 4 cm and b = 3 cm Now, area of an isosceles triangle
1
∴ Area of triangle = × Base × Altitudes 1 1
= a 4b2 – a2 = × 12 4 × 102 – 122
2 4 4
1
⇒ × 3 × 4 = 6 cm2 = 3 400 – 144 = 3 × 16 = 48 cm 2
2
CIRCLE
15 cm
Let the radius of a circle be r, then
π
Quadrant of a Circle Perimeter of polygon = n × a = 2nr sin
n
If r is the radius of a circle, then
1 180 °
(i) The perimeter of the quadrant Inradius of polygon, r = a cot
1 2 n
= (Circumference of a circle) +2r
4 1 180 °
circumradius of polygon, R = a cosec
1 π 2 n
= × 2πr + 2r = + 2 r units
4 2 1
(i) Area of regular pentagon = 5(5 + 2 5 ) a 2 sq units
1 πr 2 4
(ii) Area of the quadrant = (Area of circle) = sq units
4 4 3 3a 2
If two diameters are perpendicular to each other, (ii) Area of regular hexagon = sq units
2
then they divides the circle into four quadrants.
(iii) Area of regular octagon = 2 ( 2 + 1) a 2 sq units
Area of Sector
EXAMPLE 21. If the area of a regular hexagon is
If θ be the angle at the centre of a circle of radius r, then
96 3 cm 2 , then its perimeter is
2πr θ πr θ S
(i) Length of the arc PQ = = a. 36 cm b. 48 cm c. 54 cm d. 64 cm
360 ° 180 °
O Sol. b. Given that, area of a regular hexagon = 96 3
πr 2 θ
(ii) Area of sector OPRQO = θ ⇒
3
3 (Side) 2 = 96 3 ⇒ (Side) 2 = 64 = (8) 2
360 ° P Q 2
(iii) Area of segment PRQP R ∴ Side = 8 cm
= (Area of sector OPRQO) − Area of ∆OPQ Hence, perimeter of a regular hexagon
πr 2 θ 1 2 = 6 × (Side) = 6 × 8 = 48 cm
= − r sin θ
360 ° 2 Some Useful Results
(iv) Area of major segment QPSQ = (Area of circle) • Angle inscribed by minute hand in 60 min = 360 °
− (Area of minor segment PRQP)
• Angle inscribed by hour hand in 12 h = 360 °
EXAMPLE 20. The arc AB of the circle with centre at O • Angle inscribed by minute hand in 1 min = 6°
and radius 10 cm has length 16 cm. What is the area of • If the length of a square/rectangle is increased
the sector bounded by the radii OA, OB and the arc AB? decreased by x% and the breadth is increased decreased
a. 40π cm 2 b. 40 cm 2 c. 80 cm 2 d. 20π cm 2 by y% , the net effect on the area is given by
θ ( ± x)( ± y)
Sol. c. Arc length = 2πr ⋅ Net effect = ± x ± y + %.
360° 100
A
θ θ 16 O θ If the length of a square/rectangle is
⇒ 16 = 2πr ⋅ ⇒ =
•
360° 360° 2πr 16
10 increased/decreased by x% and the breadth is
θ B increased/decreased by y% the net effect on the area is
Now, area of sector OABO = πr 2 ⋅
360° given by
16 ( ± x) ( ± y)
= πr 2 ⋅ = 8r = 8 × 10 = 80 cm 2 Net effect = ± x ± y + %.
2πr
100
•
• If a room of dimensions ( l × b) m is to be paved with Sol. a. Angle inscribed by the minute hand in 60 min = 360°
square tiles, then Angle inscribed by the minute hand in 30 min
(i) the side of the largest square tile = HCF of l and b 360°
= × 30 = 180°
(ii) the least number of tiles required 60
l×b So, θ = 180° and r = 14 cm.
=
(HCF of l and b) 2 Required area swept by minute hand in 30 min
Area of a square inscribed in a circle of radius r is 2r 2 θ 180° 22
• = × πr 2 = × × 14 × 14
360° 360° 7
and the side of a square inscribed in a circle of radius r
1 22
is 2 r. = × × 14 × 14 = 308 cm2
2 7
• The area of the largest triangle inscribed in a semi-circle
of radius r is r 2 . EXAMPLE 24. Two circles touch internally. The sum
of their areas is 116 π cm2 and distance between their
EXAMPLE 22. The ratio of the areas of the incircle centres is 6 cm. Then, the radii of the circles are
and circumcircle of a square are
D C
O O′
O
A B
a. 4 cm and 9 cm
a. 1 : 1 b. 2 : 1 c. 1 : 2 d. 3 : 1
b. 5 cm and 10 cm
Sol. c. Let side AB = BC = CD = AD = x c. 4 cm and 8 cm
d. 4 cm and 10 cm
Q Diagonal of square = 2 x
2x x Sol. d. Let the radius of outer circle be R and radius of inner
∴Radius of circumcircle = =
2 2 circle = r cm
x ∴ Given, πR 2 + πr 2 = 116π , R 2 + r 2 = 116
∴ Radius of incircle =
2 If O and O′ be the centre of these circles, then
π x2 π x2
∴ Required ratio = : = 2 : 4 = 1: 2 OO′ = (R − r)
4 2
Also, (R − r) = 6 [given]
long. The area of the face of the clock inscribed by the ⇒ (R + r) 2 = 2 (116) − 36 = 196
minute hand in 30 min is ⇒ R + r = 196
So R + r = 14 …(i)
R − r =6 …(ii)
O 180°
On solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
r = 4 cm and R = 10 cm
2 2 2 2
a. 308 cm b. 312 cm c. 412 cm d. 416 cm
MATHEMATICS > Area and Perimeter of Plane Figures 319
PRACTICE EXERCISE
1. The diagonal of a square field measures 50 m. 14. The length of a rectangle is increased by 60%. By
The area of square field is what per cent would the width have to be
(a) 1250 m2 (b) 1200 m2 (c) 1205 m2 (d) 1025 m2 decreased to maintain the same area?
1
2. The length of a rectangle is 2 cm more than its (a) 37 % (b) 60% (c) 75% (d) 120%
2
breadth. The perimeter is 48 cm. The area of the
rectangle (in cm 2 ) is 15. The perimeter of a rectangular field is 240 m
(a) 96 (b) 128 (c) 143 (d) 144 and the ratio between the length and breadth is
5 : 3. The area of the field is
3. In a circle of radius 42 cm, an arc subtends an
angle of 72° at the centre. The length of the arc (a) 33750 m 2 (b) 3375 m 2 (c) 3500 m2 (d) 3950 m2
is 16. The inner circumference of a circular park is
(a) 52.8 cm (b) 53.8 cm (c) 72.8 cm (d) 79.8 cm 440 m. The track is 14 m wide. The diameter of
4. An isosceles right angle triangle has area the outer circle of the track is
200 cm 2 . The length of its hypotenuse is (a) 168 m (b) 169 m (c) 144 m (d) 108 m
10
(a) 15 2 cm (b) cm (c) 10 2 cm (d) 20 2 cm 17. If the length and breadth of a rectangular plot
2
are increased by 50% and 20% respectively, then
5. With in a rectangular garden 10 m wide and the new area is how many times the original
20 m long, we wish to pave a walk around the area?
borders of uniform width so as to leave an area (a)
5
(b) 10 (c)
9
(d) None of these
of 96 m 2 for flowers. The width of the walk is 9 5
(a) 1 m (b) 2 m (c) 2.5 m (d) 2.56 m 18. The area of an isosceles triangle, each of whose
6. The least number of square slabs that can be equal sides is 13 cm and whose base is 24 cm is
fitted in a room 10.5 m long and 3 m wide, is (a) 60 cm 2 (b) 55 cm 2 (c) 50 cm 2 (d) 40 cm 2
(a) 12 (b) 13 (c) 14 (d) 15 19. The difference between the sides at right angles
7. If the side of a square be increased by 50%, the in a right angled triangle is 14 cm. The area of
percent increase in area is the triangle is 120 cm 2 . The perimeter of the
(a) 50 (b) 100 (c) 125 (d) 150 triangle
8. The area of the largest circle that can be drawn (a) 68 cm (b) 64 cm (c) 60 cm (d) 58 cm
inside a square of side 14 cm in length, is 20. In a four sided field, the length of the longer
(a) 84 cm 2 (b) 96 cm 2 (c) 104 cm 2 (d) 154 cm 2 diagonal is 128 m. The lengths of the
9. If the radius of a circle is decreased by 50%, its perpendicular from the opposite vertices upon this
area will decrease by diagonal are 22.7 m and 17.3 m. The area of the
(a) 25% (b) 50% (c) 75% (d) 100% field is
(a) 2246 m 2 (b) 2460 m 2 (c) 2540 m 2 (d) 2560 m 2
10. The area of the circle whose circumference is
equal to the perimeter of a square of side 11 cm 21. The adjacent sides of a parallelogram are 36 cm
is and 27 cm in length. If the distance between the
(a) 154 cm 2
(b) 144 cm 2
(c) 134 cm 2
(d) 124 cm 2 shorter sides is 12 cm. The distance between the
longer sides is
11. A wire is in the form of a circle of radius 42 cm.
(a) 9 cm (b) 10 cm (c) 11 cm (d) 12 cm
It is bent into a square. The side of the square is
(a) 33 cm (b) 66 cm (c) 78 cm (d) 112 cm 22. The area of the quadrilateral whose sides
12. A horse is tied to a pole with 28 m long string. measures are 9 cm, 40 cm, 28 cm and 15 cm and
The area which the horse can graze is equal to in which the angle between the first two sides is
a right angle is
(a) 246 m 2 (b) 2404 m 2 (c) 2464 m 2 (d) 2164 m 2
2 (a) 206 cm 2 (b) 306 cm 2 (c) 356 cm 2 (d) 380 cm 2
13. The area of ring is 418 cm . If the radius of the
smaller circle is 6 cm. The radius of the bigger 23. A bicycle wheel makes 5000 revolutions in
circle is moving 11 km. The diameter of the wheel is
(a) 18 cm (b) 16 cm (c) 13 cm (d) 10 cm (a) 50 cm (b) 60 cm (c) 70 cm (d) 80 cm
320 CDS Pathfinder
24. Two circles touch externally. The sum of their 33. A garden is in the form of a A 20 m B
areas is 130 π cm 2 and the distance between rectangle with semi-circular
endson the either side as shown 14 m
their centres is 14 cm. The radii of the circles are
(a) 11 cm, 3 cm (b) 10 cm, 4 cm in the diagram below. The
length and breadth of the C D
(c) 9 cm, 5 cm (d) 8 cm, 6 cm
rectangle are 20 m and 14 m, respectively. The
25. The minute hand of a clock is 12 cm long. The cost of levelling the plot at ` 25
area of the face of the clock described by the
(a) ` 10850 (b) ` 5425 (c) ` 8510 (d) ` 4255
minute hand in 35 min.
(a) 284 cm 2
(b) 294 cm 2
(c) 274 cm 2
(d) 264 cm 2
34. Consider the adjoining D
C figure, let AB = 4 cm,
26. In the given figure, BC = 14 cm, then the
sectors of two
m area (shaded) bounded
concentric circles of 3.5 by three semi-circles as
radii 7 cm and 3.5 cm
30° shown in the adjoining
are shown. The area of A B A B C
7m figure in cm 2 , is π times
the shaded region
77 77 (a) 48 (b) 24 (c) 14 (d) 12
(a) cm 2 (b) cm 2
4 8 35. Area of shaded portion as shown in the figure is
77
(c) cm 2 (d) None of these 5m
2
27. Of the two square fields, the area of one is 1 1m
hectare, while the other one is broader by 2%.
The difference in their areas is
8m
(a) 104 m 2 (b) 200 m 2 (c) 204 m 2 (d) 404 m 2
28. If the diameter of the circle is increased by
100%, its area is increased by
(a) 100% (b) 200% (c) 300% (d) 400% 1m
29. If the two parallel sides of a trapezium are 15 cm (a) 10 m 2
(b) 12 m 2 (c) 14 m 2 (d) 16 m 2
and 25 cm respectively and the distance between
them is 7 cm, then the area of the trapezium is 36. The boundary of the R
(a) 105 cm 2
(b) 125 cm 2 shaded region in the
(c) 140 cm 2 (d) None of these
adjoining diagram
consists of three P
30. The diagonals of a rhombus are 24 cm and 10 cm, semi-circular arc, the
respectively. The perimeter of the rhombus is smaller two being equal. C
A B
(a) 50 cm (b) 52 cm (c) 60 cm (d) 68 cm If the diameter of the
31. In the given figure OABC is a rhombus whose large one is 10 cm, then Q
three vertices A, B, C lies on the circle of radius the length of the
10 cm. The area of rhombus is boundary is
A (a) 31 cm (b) 10π cm (c) 20π cm (d) 19π cm
38. The lengths of two sides of a right angled 44. What is the area of rectangle R?
triangle which contain the right angle are a and I. The length of rectangle R is twice the width.
b, respectively. Three squares are drawn on the II. The area of rectangle R is twice the perimeter.
three sides of the triangle on the outer side. (a) Statement I alone is sufficient but statement II alone
What is the total area of the triangle and the is not sufficient.
three squares? (b) Statement II alone is sufficient but statement I alone
(a) 2(a2 + b 2 ) + ab (b) 2(a2 + b 2 ) + 2 .5 ab is not sufficient.
(c) Both statements together are sufficient.
(c) 2(a2 + b 2 ) + 0.5 ab (d) 25 (a2 + b 2 )
(d) Neither statement I nor II is sufficient.
39. A grassy field has the shape of an equilateral
Directions (Q. Nos. 45-46) Answer
triangle of side 6 m. A horse is tied to one of its B
the questions based on the
vertices with a rope of length 4.2 m. The
percentage of the total area of the field which is following information. A
available for grazing is best approximated by A cow is tethered at point A by a
rope. Neither the rope nor the cow is C
(a) 50% (b) 55% (c) 59% (d) 62% allowed to enter the triangle
40. From the mid-point of the side of a square of ABC . ∠BAC = 30 ° , AB = AC = 10 m.
length 2 units, a circle of radius 2 units is
circumscribed. The area of intersection of the 45. What is the area that can be grazed by the cow if
square and the circle is the length of the rope is 8 m?
1 2 176 π 2
D N C (a) 134 π m (b) 121π m 2 (c) 132 π m 2 (d) m
3 3
E r r F 46. What is the area that can be grazed by the cow if
θ
the length of the rope is 12 m?
A B 1 2 176 π 2
M (a) 133 π m (b) 121π m 2 (c) 132 π m 2 (d) m
2
6 3
4 2 2
(a) π + 3 3 (b) π + 3 (c) π+ 3 (d) π+2 3
3 3 3 PREVIOUS YEARS’ QUESTIONS
41. In a circle with radius 2 cm, on its chord 2 2 cm 47. If the outer and inner diameters of a stone
long taken as a diameter, another circle is parapet around a well are 112 cm and 70 cm,
constructed. The area of part of that circle, respectively. Then, what is the area of the
which is outside the greater circle is parapet? e 2012 I
(a) 1 cm 2 (b) 2 cm 2 (c) 6 cm 2 (d) 10 cm 2
(a) 264 cm 2 (b) 3003 cm 2
42. If a rectangular park has length l, width w, area (c) 6006 cm 2 (d) 24024 cm 2
a and perimeter p, which equation describing
48. The area of a rectangle, whose one side is a is
this park must be true?
2a 2. What is the area of a square having one of
I. wp − 2w2 = 2a II. 2a − 2w2 − wp = 0 the diagonals of the rectangle as side? e 2012 I
III. p2 − 8a = 4 (l2 + w2) (a) 2 a2 (b) 3 a2 (c) 4 a2 (d) 5 a2
Select the correct answer using the codes given
49. If the altitude of an equilateral triangle is
below
3 cm, then what is its perimeter? e 2012 I
(a) I and II (b) II and III
(a) 3 cm (b) 3 3 cm (c) 6 cm (d) 6 3 cm
(c) I and III (d) All of these
43. A regular polygon with number of sides 12 is 50. If the area of a rectangle whose length is 5 more
2 than twice its width is 75 sq units. What is the
inscribed in a circle of area 9π cm . If r is the
perimeter of the rectangle? e 2012 I
radius of a circle inscribed in a polygon, then (a) 40 units (b) 30 units
consider the following statements.
(c) 24 units (d) 20 units
I. Radius of circumcircle is 3 cm.
II. Radius of incircle is 3cos 15°.
51. A square, a circle and an equilateral triangle
have same perimeter.
III. Ratio of area of circumcircle to area of polygon
is π : 3.
Consider the following statements
Which of the following statement(s) are correct? I. The area of square is greater than the area of
the triangle.
(a) I and II (b) II and III
II. The area of circle is less than the area of triangle.
(c) I and III (d) All of these
322 CDS Pathfinder
Which of the statement(s) given above is/are 61. The short and long hands of a clock are 4 cm and
correct? e 2012 I 6 cm long, respectively. Then, the ratio of
(a) Only I (b) Only II
distances travelled by tips of short hand in 2
(c) Both I and II (d) Neither I nor II
days and long hand in 3 days is e 2013 I
52. If the area of a circle is equal to the area of a (a) 4 : 9 (b) 2 : 9 (c) 2 : 3 (d) 1 : 27
square with side 2 π units, then what is the
62. The area of a square inscribed in a circle of
diameter of the circle? e 2012 I
radius 8 cm is e 2013 I
(a) 1 unit (b) 2 units (c) 4 units (d) 8 units
(a) 32 cm 2 (b) 64 cm 2 (c) 128 cm 2 (d) 256 cm 2
53. In the ∆ABC, the base BC is trisected at D and
E. The line through D, parallel to AB, meets AC
63. A circular water fountain 6.6 m in diameter is
at F and the line through E parallel to AC meets surrounded by a path of width 1.5 m. The area of
AB at G. If EG and DF intersect at H, then this path (in m 2) is e 2013 I
what is the ratio of the sum of the area of (a) 13.62 π . π
(b) 1315
parallelogram AGHF and the area of the ∆DHE (c) 12 .15 π (d) None of these
to the area of the ∆ABC ? e 2012 II 64. If an isosceles right angled triangle has area
(a) 1/2 (b) 1/3 (c) 1/4 (d) 1/6 1sq unit, then what is its perimeter? e 2013 I
54. If the area of a circle inscribed in an equilateral (a) 3 units (b) 2 2 + 1 units
triangle is 154 cm 2, then what is the perimeter (c) ( 2 + 1) units (d) 2 ( 2 + 1) units
of the triangle? e 2012 II
65. In the figure given below, the A O B
(a) 21 cm (b) 42 3 cm (c) 21 3 cm (d) 42 cm
area of rectangle ABCD is 100
55. If the circumferences of two circles are in the cm 2, O is any point on AB and
ratio 2 : 3, then what is the ratio of their areas? CD = 20 cm. Then, the area of D C
e 2012 II ∆COD is e 2013 I
(a) 2 : 3 (b) 4 : 9 (c) 1 : 3 (d) 8 : 27 (a) 40 cm 2
(b) 45 cm 2
(c) 50 cm 2
(d) 80 cm 2
56. If the circumference of a circle is equal to the 66. One side of a parallelogram is 8.06 cm and its
perimeter of square, then which one of the perpendicular distance from opposite side is
following is correct? e 2012 II 2.08 cm. What is the approximate area of the
(a) Area of circle = Area of square
parallelogram? e 2013 II
(b) Area of circle ≥ Area of square
(c) Area of circle > Area of square (a) 12.56 cm2 (b) 14.56 cm2 (c) 16.76 cm2 (d) 22.56 cm2
(d) Area of circle < Area of square
67. The perimeter of a rectangle having area equal
57. The area enclosed between the circumferences of to 144 cm 2 and sides in the ratio 4 : 9 is e 2013 II
two concentric circles is 16π cm 2 and their radii (a) 52 cm (b) 56 cm (c) 60 cm (d) 64 cm
are in the ratio 5 : 3. What is the area of the
outer circle? e 2012 II 68. What is the area between a square of side 10 cm
(a) 9π cm 2
(b) 16π cm 2
(c) 25π cm 2
(d) 36π cm 2 and two inverted semi-circular, cross-section
each of radius 5 cm inscribed in the square?
58. The perimeter of a rectangle is 82 m and its area
(a) 17.5 cm 2 (b) 18.5 cm 2 e 2013 II
is 400 m 2. What is the breadth of the rectangle?
(c) 20.5 cm 2 (d) 21.5 cm 2
e 2012 II
(a) 18 m (b) 16 m (c) 14 m (d) 12 m 69. How many 200 mm lengths can be cut from 10 m
59. Consider the following statements of ribbon? e 2013 II
(a) 50 (b) 40 (c) 30 (d) 20
I. Area of a segment of a circle is less than area of
its corresponding sector. 70. The area of an isosceles ∆ABC with AB = AC and
II. Distance travelled by a circular wheel of diameter altitude AD = 3 cm is 12 cm 2. What is its
2d cm in one revolution is greater than 6d cm.
perimeter? e 2013 II
Which of the above statement(s) is/are correct? (a) 18 cm (b) 16 cm (c) 14 cm (d) 12 cm
(a) Only I (b) Only II e 2012 II
(c) Both I and II (d) Neither I nor II 71. If the area of an equilateral triangle is x and its
perimeter is y, then which one of the following is
60. The minute hand of a watch is 2.5 cm long. The correct? e 2013 II
distance its extreme end transverses in 40 min is
(a) y4 = 432 x 2 (b) y4 = 216x 2
(a) 10 π/3 cm (b) 3π/10 cm e 2013 I
(c) 10/3 cm (d) 10 cm (c) y2 = 432 x 2 (d) None of these
MATHEMATICS > Area and Perimeter of Plane Figures 323
72. What is the area of a circle whose area is equal 81. How many circular plates of diameter d be taken
to that of a triangle with sides 7 cm, 24 cm and out of a square plate of side 2d with minimum
25 cm? e 2013 II loss of material? e 2014 I
(a) 80 cm2 (b) 84 cm2 (c) 88 cm2 (d) 90 cm2 (a) 8 (b) 6 (c) 4 (d) 2
78. A square is inscribed in a circle of diameter 2a 89. The angles of a triangle are in the ratio 4 : 1 : 1.
Then, the ratio of the largest side to the
and another square is circumscribing circle. The
perimeter is e 2015 I
difference between the areas of outer and inner
2 1 3 2
squares is e 2014 I (a) (b) (c) (d)
2 2 2 2 3 2+ 3 2+ 3 1+ 3
(a) a (b) 2 a (c) 3a (d) 4a
79. The area of a sector of a circle of radius 36 cm is 90. Let a, b, c be the sides of a right triangle, where
72 π cm the length of the corresponding arc of
2 c is the hypotenuse. The radius of the circle
which touches the sides of the triangle is e 2015 I
the sector is e 2014 I
(a) (a + b – c ) / 2 (b) (a + b + c ) / 2
(a) π cm (b) 3π cm (c) 3π cm (d) 4π cm
(c) (a + 2 b + 2c ) / 2 (d) (2 a + 2 b – c ) / 2
80. What is the total area of three equilateral 91. The ratio of the outer and inner perimeters of a
triangles inscribed in a semi-circle of radius
circular path is 23 : 22. If the path is 5 m wide,
2 cm? e 2014 I
the diameter of the inner circle is e 2015 I
3 3 9 3
(a) 12 cm2 (b) cm2 (c) cm2 (d) 3 3 cm2 (a) 55 m (b) 110 m (c) 220 m (d) 230 m
4 4
324 CDS Pathfinder
92. The sides of a triangular field are 41 m, 40 m 101. A circle of radius r is inscribed in a regular
and 9 m. The number of rose beds that can be polygon with n sides (the circle touches all sides
prepared in the field if each rose bed, on an of the polygon). If the perimeter of the polygon is
average, needs 900 cm 2 space, is e 2015 I p then the area of the polygon is e 2015 II
(a) 2000 (b) 1800 (c) 900 (d) 800 pr
(a) ( p + n) r (b) (2 p − n) r (c) (d) None of these
2
93. The diameter of a wheel that makes 452
revolutions to move 2 km and 26 dm is equal to 102. A circular path is made from two concentric
e 2015 II circular rings in such a way that the smaller ring
9 13 5 7 when allowed to roll over the circumference of the
(a) 1 m (b) 1 m (c) 1 m (d) 1 m
22 22 11 11 bigger ring, it takes three full revolutions. If the
area of the pathway is equal to n times the area
94. From a rectangular sheet of sides 18 cm and of the smaller ring, then n is equal to e 2016 I
14 cm, a semi-circular portion with smaller side
(a) 4 (b) 6 (c) 8 (d) 10
as diameter is taken out. Then, the area of the
remaining sheet will be e 2015 II 103. The number of rounds that a wheel of diameter
(a) 98 cm 2 (b) 100 cm 2 (c) 108 cm 2 (d) 175 cm 2 7/11 m will make in traversing 4 km will be
e 2016 I
95. A square and an equilateral triangle have equal (a) 500 (b) 1000 (c) 1700 (d) 2000
perimeter. If the diagonal of the square is
12 2cm, then the area of the triangle is e 2015 II 104. The base of an isosceles triangle is 300 units and
(a) 24 2 cm 2
(b) 24 3 cm 2
(c) 48 3 cm 2
(d) 64 3 cm 2 each of its equal sides is 170 units. Then, the
area of the triangle is e 2016 I
96. ABCD is a square. If the sides AB and CD are (a) 9600 sq units (b) 10000 sq units
increased by 30%, sides BC and AD are increased (c) 12000 sq units (d) None of these
by 20%, then the area of the resulting rectangle
exceeds the area of the square by e 2015 II 105. Four equal disc are placed such that each one
(a) 50% (b) 52% (c) 54% (d) 56%
touches two others. If the area of empty space
enclosed by them is 150/847 cm 2, then the radius
97. The area of a trapezium is 336 cm 2. If its of each disc is equal to e 2016 I
parallel sides are in the ratio 5 : 7 and the (a) 7 / 6 cm (b) 5/ 6 cm (c) 1 /2 cm (d) 5/11 cm
perpendicular distance between them is 14 cm,
then the smaller of the parallel sides is e 2015 II
106. AD is the diameter of a
circle with area 707 m2 and
(a) 20 cm (b) 22 cm (c) 24 cm (d) 26 cm
AB = BC = CD as shown in
C
98. The circumference of a circle is 100 cm. The side the figure above. All curves A B
D
of the square inscribed in the circle is e 2015 II inside the circle are semicircles
100 50 2 100 2 with their diameters on AD.
(a) 50 2 cm (b) cm (c) cm (d) cm What is the cost of levelling the
π π π
shaded region at the rate of ` 63 per m 2? e 2016 I
99. There are 437 fruit plants in an orchard planted (a) ` 29700 (b) ` 22400 (c) ` 14847 (d) None of these
in rows. The distance between any two adjacent
rows is 2 m and the distance between any two 107. A rhombus is formed by joining mid-points of the
adjacent plants is 2 m. Each row has the sides of a rectangle in the suitable order. If the
same number of plants. There is 1 m clearance area of the rhombus is 2 sq units, then the area
on all sides of the orchard. What is the cost of of the rectangle is e 2016 I
fencing the area at the rate of ` 100 per metre? (a) 2 2 sq units (b) 4 sq units
e 2015 II (c) 4 2 sq units (d) 8 sq units
(a) ` 15600 (b) ` 16800 (c) ` 18200
108. A circle of 3 m radius is
(d) More information is required C
divided into three areas by
100. A square is inscribed in a right triangle with semi-circles of radii 1 m and 2 B
legs x and y and has common right angle with m as shown in the figure
the triangle. The perimeter of the square is above. The ratio of the three A
given by e 2015 II areas A, B and C will be
2x y 4x y 2x y 4x y e 2016 I
(a) (b) (c) (d)
x+ y x+ y x + y
2 2
x + y
2 2 (a) 2 : 3 : 2 (b) 1 :1 : 1 (c) 4 : 3 : 4 (d) 1 : 2 : 1
MATHEMATICS Area and Perimeter of Plane Figures 325
ANSWERS
1 a 2 c 3 a 4 d 5 b 6 c 7 c 8 d 9 c 10 a
11 b 12 c 13 c 14 a 15 b 16 a 17 c 18 a 19 c 20 d
21 a 22 b 23 c 24 a 25 d 26 b 27 d 28 c 29 c 30 b
31 a 32 c 33 a 34 c 35 b 36 b 37 d 38 c 39 c 40 c
41 b 42 c 43 d 44 c 45 d 46 c 47 c 48 d 49 c 50 a
51 a 52 c 53 b 54 b 55 b 56 c 57 c 58 b 59 c 60 a
61 d 62 c 63 c 64 d 65 c 66 c 67 a 68 d 69 a 70 a
71 a 72 b 73 b 74 c 75 c 76 c 77 c 78 b 79 d 80 d
81 c 82 d 83 c 84 a 85 c 86 d 87 b 88 d 89 c 90 a
91 c 92 a 93 b 94 d 95 d 96 d 97 a 98 c 99 b 100 b
101 c 102 c 103 d 104 c 105 d 106 c 107 b 108 b
60 min = 360°. O
2 2
360° ∴ Area of shaded region
Angle inscribed in 35 min = × 35
60 cm
12 = 14 times π
= 210° D C
given, r = 12 cm 35. (b) Area of shaded region = Area of
∴ AD = OA 2 + OD 2 = 52 + 122
∴ Area swept by the minute-hand in horizontal rectangle
35 min = 169 = 13 cm + Area of vertical rectangle
= Area of sector with r = 12 cm ∴ Perimeter = 4 × 13 = 52 cm = 5 × 1 + (8 − 1) × 1 = 5 + 7 = 12 m 2
and θ = 210° 31. (a) Here, OA = OB = OC = 10 cm
22 210 36. (b) Length of boundary = Length of arc
= × 12 × 12 × cm = 264 cm
2 2 Also, AC = 2CP
7 360 ( APB + BQC + ARC )
and CP = OC 2 − OP 2 = 102 – 52
= π
AB BC + π AC
26. (b) Area of the shaded region = 75 = 5 3 cm + π
2 2 2
= (Area of sector with r = 7 cm,θ = 30°) As, AC = 2PC
= π + π + π (5)
5 5
− (Area of sector with r = 3.5 cm, ∴ AC = 10 3 cm
θ = 30°) 2 2
∴ Area of the rhombus OABC
22 30 1 1 20 π
= ×7×7× = × d × d = × OB × AC = = 10 π cm
7 360 2 1 2
2 2
22 7 7 30 1
− × × × cm
2 = × 10 × 10 3 = 50 3 cm 2 37. (d) Radius of smaller circle = 2 cm
7 2 2 360 2
∴ Area of shaded region
= − cm 2 =
77 77 77 32. (c) Area of shaded region 1
cm 2 = [Area of larger circle – 2(Area of
6 24 8 = Area of ∆ABP + Area of ∆PDC 2 smaller circle)]
27. (d) Area of field = 1 hec = 10000 m 2 1 1 1
= × AB × AP + DC × PD = [ π 42 − 2 ( π ) 22 ]
∴ side = 10000 m = 100 m 2 2 2
1 1 1
Q Side of other field = 102% of 100 = × AB × AP + AB × PD = [ 16 π − 8 π ]
2 2 2
= 102 [Q AB = DC ]
∴ Area of the field 1
= (8 π ) = 4 π cm 2
= 102 × 102 = 10404 m 2 2
328 CDS Pathfinder
2 2 n C
4π
⇒ r = R cos
2 180
= + 3 = π+ 3 ° = 3 cos 15°
6 3 12
MATHEMATICS Area and Perimeter of Plane Figures 329
2 2 2
47. (c) Q Outer diameter = 112 cm Area = x ( 2x + 5) ⇒ 75 = 2x2 + 5x 3 x 3 x 3 x
= + = 2⋅
and inner diameter = 70 cm ⇒ 2 x2 + 5x − 75 = 0 4 3 4 3 4 3
2
1 ⇒ 2x + 15x − 10x − 75 = 0
2
3 x
∴ Required area = π ( 1122 − 702 ) Now, area of ∆ HDE =
4 ⇒ x( 2x + 15) − 5 ( 2x + 15) = 0 4 3
⇒ ( 2x + 15) ( x − 5) = 0 3 2
−15 and area of ∆ABC = x
∴ x = 5 and 4
70 cm 2 By given condition,
Since, width cannot be negative. Area of rhombus AGHF
A B ∴ Width = 5 units
cm + Area of ∆ HDE
11
2 and length = 2 × 5 + 5 = 15 units
∴ Perimeter of the rectangle Area of ∆ABC
= 2 ( 15 + 5) = 40 units 3 x
2
3 x
2
2⋅ +
51. (a) Let the radius of circle is r and the 4 3 4 3
1 =
= ( 12544 − 4900) π side of a square is a, then by given condition, 3 2
4 πr x
2 πr = 4a ⇒ a = 4
1 22 2
= × 7644 × 3 x
2
4 7 π
2
π2 r2 3⋅
∴ Area of square = = 3
r 4 3 1
1 2 = = =
= × 24024 = 6006 cm 2 4 3 2 9 3
4 (3.14)2 r 2 986 . r2 x
= = = 2.46r 2 4
48. (d) Given that, Area of rectangle = 2a 2 4 4 54. (b) We know that, the radius of a circle
=l×b and area of circle = πr 2 = 3.14r 2 inscribed in a equilateral triangle = a / 2 3
⇒ l × b = 2a 2 = l × a ⇒ l = 2a Again, let the side of equilateral triangle where, a be the length of the side of an
E be x. equilateral triangle.
Then, by given condition, 3x = 2 πr
Given that, area of a circle inscribed in
2 πr
F ⇒ x= an equilateral triangle = 154 cm 2
3 2
∴ π
3 2 a
2a ∴ Area of equilateral triangle = x = 154
D C 4 2 3
3 4 π2 r2 π2 2
= × = r = 189. r2 2
154 × 7
⇒
a 4 9 3 3 a
= = 7 × 7 =( 7)2
B Hence, Area of circle > Area of square 2 3 22
A a
> Area of equilateral triangle ⇒ = 7 ⇒ a = 14 3 cm
Now, in ∆ ACD, by pythagoras theorem Hence, only I statements is correct.
2 3
AC 2 = AD 2 + CD 2 ∴ Perimeter of an equilateral triangle
52. (c) Given that, Area of the circle = Area
= a 2 + 4a 2 = 5a 2 = 3a = 3( 14 3 ) = 42 3 cm
of the square = (Side) 2
∴ Side of square, AC = a 5 unit ∴ πr = ( 2 π ) ⇒ πr = 4 π
2 2 2 55. (b) Let the radii of two circles be r and
1
Hence, area of the square = ( a 5 )2 r , respectively.
4π 2
⇒ r2 = = 4 ∴ r = 4 = 2 units Given,
Circumference of Ist circle 2
=
= 5a 2 sq units π Circumference of IInd circle 3
49. (c) A ∴ Diameter of circle (d) = 2 ⋅ r = 2 ⋅ 2 2
= 4 units 2 πr 2 2 r r 4
⇒ 1 = ⇒ 1⇒ 1 =
=
53. (b) Here, ∆ABC forms an equilateral 2 πr 3 3 r 9
a a 2
r
2 2
triangle. ...(i)
A 2
Area of Ist circle πr 2 r 4
B C x/3 x/3 ∴ = 1 = 1 =
D
a Area of IInd circle πr 2 r 9
G x/3 F 2 2
57. (c) Given that, ratio of their radii = 5 : 3 So, the area of a segment of a circle is 63. (c) Area of the path = Area of circular
i.e. r : r = 5 :3 always less than area of its water [fountain + path]
1 2
corresponding sector. − Area of circular water fountain
A II. Distance travelled by a circular wheel
r2 of diameter 2d cm in one revolution
( 2d )
B = 2π = 2 × 3.14 × d = 6.28 d
O r1 2 m
3. 3
which is greater than 6d cm. r=
Hence, both statements are correct. m
1.5
r 5 60. (a) Q Angle described in 60 min by
⇒ 1 = ...(i) minute hand of a clock = 360° = π (33
. + 15
. )2 − π (33
. )2
r 3
2 and angle described in 40 min by = [( 48
. )2 − (33
. )2 ] π
Let, r = 5x and r = 3x minute hand of a clock
1 2 = ( 23.04 − 1089
. )π
360°
Also, given that area enclosed between = × 40 = 240° = 12.15 π m 2
the circumferences of two concentric 60°
circles = 16 π cm 2 2 π( 2 ⋅ 5) × 240° 64. (d) Let the equal sides of isosceles right
∴ Required distance =
360° triangle be a cm.
∴ π ( r 2 − r 2 ) = 16 π 10 π
1 2
= cm Then AB = BC = a
⇒ (5x)2 − (3x)2 = 16 3
In ∆ABC , by pythagoras theorem
⇒ 25x2 − 9x2 = 16 61. (d) Given that, length of hour hand AC 2 = AB 2 + BC 2 = 2 AB 2
= 4 cm
⇒ 16x = 16 ⇒ x = 1
2 2
⇒ AC 2 = 2a 2 ∴ AC = 2a
and length of minute hand = 6 cm
∴ x=1 A
∴ Hour hand rotating in 1 day
∴ r = 5 and r = 3 = 2 × 360° = 720°
1 2
∴Area of the outer circle = πr 2 = π(5)2 ∴ Hour hand rotating in 2 days √2
1 a
= 25 π cm 2 = 2 × 720° = 1440° a
58. (b) Given that, perimeter of a rectangle Similarly,
Minute hand rotating in 1 day 90°
= 82 m C
= 24 × 360° B a
∴ 2 (Length + Breadth) = 82 m
∴ Minute hand rotating in 3 days 1
⇒ Length + Breadth = 41 m Area of ∆ABC = ×a×a
= 72 × 360° 2
⇒ l + b = 41m ...(i)
∴ Distance travelled by hour hand ⇒
1
1 = a2 ⇒ a = 2
Also, its area = 400 m 2 2 π( 4) × 1440° 2
= = 32 π
⇒ l.b = 400 ...(ii) 360° ∴ Perimeter of ∆ABC = 2a + a 2
Now, ( l − b ) = ( l + b ) − 4 lb
2 2
and distance travelled by minute hand =2 2+ 2⋅ 2
= ( 41)2 − 4 ( 400) 2 π( 6) × 72 × 360° = 2 ( 2 + 1) units
=
= 1681− 1600 =81 360
65. (c) Given that, CD = 20 cm
∴ l− b = 9 ...(iii) = 6 × 144 π cm
and area of rectangle ABCD = 100 cm 2
On solving Eqs. (i) and (iii), we get ∴ Required ratio = 32 π : 6 × 144 π
= 1 : 27 A P B
2l = 50 ⇒ l = 25 m and b = 16 m
62. (c) Let side of a square be a cm.
∴ Required breadth (b) = 16 m
Given that, radius of a circle = 8 cm
59. (c) I. We know that, area of segment and diameter of a circle = 16 cm
(PRQP)
D Q C
= Area of sector (OPRQO) A a D
− Area of ∆ OPQ ⇒ AD × CD = 100 cm 2
π r 2θ 1 2 ⇒ AD × 20 = 100
= − r sin θ a a
∴ AD = 5 cm
360 2 1
S ∴ Area of ∆PDC = × PQ × CD
B a C 2
1
= × 5 × 20 = 5 × 10 = 50 cm 2
Q Length of a diagonal of a square 2
O = Diameter of a circle [Q AD = PQ ]
⇒ a 2 = 16
θ 66. (c) Area of parallelogram
∴ a = 8 2 cm
= Base × Height
∴ Area of square ABCD = a 2 = (8 2 )2
P Q = 8.06 × 2.08 = 16. 76 cm 2
R = 64 × 2 = 128 cm 2
MATHEMATICS Area and Perimeter of Plane Figures 331
67. (a) Let b = 4x and l = 9x Now, perimeter of an isosceles triangle Now, let x and y be the length and
∴ Area of rectangle = l × b = 2a + b = 2 × 5 + 8 breadth of the rectangle, respectively.
144 = 4 x × 9 x = 10 + 8 = 18 cm Now in ∆ABD, by pythagoras theorem
144 AB 2 + AD 2 = (5)2 ⇒ x2 + y 2 = 25
⇒ x2 = ⇒ x2 = 4 ∴ x = 2 71. (a) Area of equilateral triangle
36 3a 2 Since, they form pythagorian triplet,
Now, b = 4 × 2 = 8 cm and = =x ...(i)
4 ∴ x = 4 and y = 3
l = 9 × 2 = 18 cm y So, area of rectangle = 3 × 4 = 12 cm 2
∴ Perimeter of rectangle = 2( b + l) and perimeter = 3a = y ⇒ a = ...(ii)
3 75. (c) Let AO = OB = r [radius of circle]
= 2(8 + 18) = 2 × 26 = 52 cm Now, putting the value of a from Eq. (ii)
68. (d) Area between square and semi-circles in Eq. (i), we get
= Area of square − 2 (Area of semi-circle) 2
3
y
O
D C 3 3 × y2
=x ⇒ x=
4 9×4 90°
5
y2 y2 B
⇒ x= ⇒ x= A
5 cm 10 cm 3 3×4 12 3 C minor segment
⇒ 12 3 x = y 2 In ∆AOB, by pythagoras theorem,
On squaring both sides, we get AB 2 = OA 2 + OB 2
A y = 432 x
4 2
⇒ (5 ) 2 = r 2 + r 2 [Q AB = 5 cm ]
B
10 cm 72. (b) Here, a = 7 cm, b = 24 cm 25
∴ r2 = cm
1 22 2
= ( 10)2 − 2 × × × 5)2 = 100 − 785
. and c = 25 cm
Now, area of sector
2 7 Semi-perimeter of triangle θ
ACBOA = × π r2
= 21.5 cm 2 a + b + c 7 + 24 + 25 56 360°
s = = =
Hence, the area between the square and 2 2 2 90° 25 25 π
semi-circular cross-section is 21.5 cm 2 . = × π× = cm 2
= 28 cm 360° 2 8
69. (a) 1 m = 1000 mm According to the question, Now, area of minor segment ACBA
∴ 10 m = 10000 mm Area of circle = Area of triangle = Area of sector ACBOA − Area of triangle
25 π r 2 25 π 25
Number of 200 mm lengths that can be = s ( s − a )( s − b )( s − c ) = − = −
cut from 10 m of ribbon 8 2 8 4
= 28( 28 − 7)( 28 − 24)( 28 − 25) 25 π − 50 2
=
10000
= 50 = cm
8
200 = 28 × 21 × 4 × 3 = 7056 = 84 cm 2
Area of major segment = Area of circle
1
70. (a) Area of the ∆ABC = × b × h 73. (b) Diameters of a circle intersect at the − Area of minor segment
2 centre of circle. 25 π − 50
A C = πr −
2
8
r 25 π ( 25 π − 50)
= −
2 8
A B
a r r 100 π − 25 π + 50 75 π + 50
a O = =
3 cm r 8 8
(h ) 25 3 π
+ 1 cm 2
25
D = (3 π + 2 ) =
8 4 2
Area of circle
B
D C Required ratio = 76. (c)
b/2 b/2 Area of ∆ACD A
b πr 2
= = π
1 1
⇒ 12 = × b ×3 × 2r × r E
2 D
2
12 × 2 74. (c) Area of rectangle inscribed in a circle
∴ b= = 8 cm
3 is maximum, when B C
b 8 F
Here, BD = CD = = = 4 cm
2 2 A B Perimeters of triangles
1 1 1
In right angled ∆ABD, by pythagoras = 3 + 3 × + 3 × + 3 × + ...
theorem, 2 4 8
= 3 1 + + + + .... = 3 ×
D C 1 1 1 1
AB = BD 2 + AD 2
2 4 8 1−
1
⇒ a= 42 + 32 = 16 + 9 Diameter of the circle = Diagonal of the 2
= 25 = 5 cm rectangle = 6 units
332 CDS Pathfinder
77. (c) In ∆ABC , by pythagoras theorem, π r 2θ 83. (c) Let the three sides of a triangle be a, b
⇒ = 72 π
BC 2 = AB 2 + AC 2 360° and c, respectively.
C 72 × 360 ∴ a = 56 cm, b = 39 cm
z ⇒ θ= = 20°
36 × 36 and c = 25 cm
10
y 8 πr θ A
Now, length of arc ACB =
B 180°
A 6 25 cm 39 cm
x π × 36 × 20
= = 4 π cm
180 c b
= 62 + 82 = 36 + 64 = 100 cm
∴ BC = 10 cm 80. (d) Since, ∆AOB, ∆BOC and ∆COD are
6 equilateral.
Radius of semi-circle x = = 3 D
2 ∴ Side of an equilateral triangle B 56 cm C
π(3) 2
Now, area of semi-circle = x = = radius of semi-circle = 2 cm a
2
9π Now, total area of three equilateral Perimeter of triangle, 2s = a + b + c
= cm 2 triangles
2 ⇒ 2s = 25 + 39 + 56
8 3
Radius of semi-circle, y = cm =3× (Side) 2 ⇒ s = 60 cm
2 4
16 π Now, area of triangle
Area of semi-circle = y = cm 2 B 2 C
2 = s ( s – a )( s – b )( s – c )
Radius of semi-circular,
10 2 2 = 60( 60 – 25)( 60 – 39)( 60 – 56)
=z= = 5 cm 2 2 2
2 = 60 × 35 × 21 × 4 = 420 cm 2 …(i)
25 π
Area of semi-circle = z = cm 2 A 2 2 D
1
Again area of triangle = × Base
2 O
2
9 π 16 π 25 π × Altitude
Now, x + y − z = + − =0 3
2 2 2 =3× × 4 = 3 3 cm 2 1
4 = × BC × AD ...(ii)
78. (b) D C 2
81. (c) D C
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
1
O d/2 d/2 × BC × AD = 420
2
2a
1
⇒ × 56 × AD = 420
2
A B
d/2 d/2 420
For inscribed circle, Diameter of circle ⇒ AD = = 15 cm
A B 28
= Diagonal of square = 2 a 2d
Now, in ∆ABC by pythagoras theorem, Hence, the length of AD is 15 cm.
From the figure it is clear that, 4 circular
AB + BC
2 2
= AC 2
⇒ 2 AB = 4a 2 2
84. (a) Let the r be the radius of semi-circle.
plates of diameter d can be made from.
AB = 2a ⇒ AB = 2a
2 2
In ∆ABC ,
square plate of side 2d with minimum
Q Area of inner square AO = OB = OC = r [radius of circle]
loss of material.
= AB 2 = ( 2a )2 = 2a 2
∴ Area of largest triangle
For circumscribed square, 82. (d) Given, sides of a triangle are in the 1
Diameter of a circle = Side of square 1 1 1 = × Base × Height
ratio = : : i.e. 6 : 4 : 3 2
∴ Area of circumscribed square 2 3 4
= ( 2a )2 = 4a 2 Let the sides of a triangle be 6x, 4x and
C
∴ Difference between areas of outer 3x, respectively.
and inner squares r
We know that,
= 4a 2 − 2a 2 = 2a 2
A B
Perimeter of a triangle = Sum of all sides r O r
79. (d) Given that, area of sector = 72 π cm 2 2r
of a triangle
B
⇒ 52 = 6x + 4x + 3x =
1 1
× AB × OC = × 2r × r
cm
⇒ 52 = 13x 2 2
36
C 52 [Q AB = OA + OB ]
O θ Q x= =4
13 =r 2
85. (c) Given, a side of rhombus ( a ) = 13 cm 87. (b) Given, radius of circle, r = 3 cm πd 2 ( 2 + 3 )2
=
and a diagonal of rhombus (d ) = 10 cm Area of remaining portion 12
1
Now, in right angled ∆ABD, = Area of circle – 2 (Area of sector Hence, the area of big circle is
E C OABQO). πd 2 ( 2 + 3 )2
= .
2 π r 2θ
cm
= πr 2 – 12
5
O
A
A B i.e. ∠A = 4x,
13 cm 2 2 × 40 40° ∠B = x and
= πr 1 −
360° 120°
AB 2 = AD 2 + BD 2 A Q ∠C = x a
a
× 9 1–
22 8 B
⇒ 132 = 52 + BD 2 = Q Sum of all
7 36 30° 30°
angles of a
⇒ BD 2 = 169 – 25 = 144
triangle = 180° B b C
Q BD = 12 cm =
22
×9 1 – 2 = 22 × 7 × 9 = 22 cm 2
∴ ∠A + ∠B + ∠C = 180°
∴ EB = 2 × BD = 2 × 12 = 24 cm 7 9 7 9
Length of second diagonal ( d ) = 24 cm 88. (d) Given, diameter of each circle = d
2 ⇒ 4x + x + x = 180° ⇒ 6x = 180°
1 ∴ Radius of each circle = d / 2
Now, area of rhombus = × d × d ⇒ x = 30°
2 1 2 F
1 ∴ ∠A = 4x = 30 × 4 = 120°,
= × 10 × 24 = 120 cm 2
2 d/2 d/2 ∠B = x = 30°
A B
Shortcut Method and ∠C = x = 30°
Here, a = 13 cm, d = 10 cm d/2
So, it is clear that, given triangle is
1
We know that, D C isosceles triangle. Let the sides isosceles
triangle be a, a and b, respectively.
4a 2 = d 2 + d 2 E
1 2 ∴ Perimeter of triangle
CE = AF = BF = d / 2
⇒ 4 × 132 = 102 + d 2 = a + a + b = 2a + b
2
Here, ∆ABC is an equilateral triangle. b a
⇒ 4 × 169 = 100 + d2 Using sine rule, =
2 ∴ Altitude of equilateral triangle sin 120° sin 30°
⇒ 676 – 100 = d2 3 3 3 b a 2b b
2 = (Side) = ( AB ) = d ⇒ = ⇒ = 2a ⇒ a =
⇒ d = 576 = 24 cm 2 2 2 3 / 2 1/ 2 3 3
2
1 [Q AB = AF + FB = d ] Now,
b
=
b
Now, area of rhombus = d d
2 1 2 Let D be the centroid of ∆ABC 2a + b 2 × b + b
1 3
= × 10 × 24 = 120 cm 2 Q Ratio of centroid of equilateral
2 triangle = 2 : 1 b 3
= =
86. (d) Let the side of a square paper sheet C 2b + 3b 2 + 3
be a cm. 3
Given, area of square paper sheet
d d 90. (a) Given, a, b and c be the sides of a
= 784 cm 2 right triangle, where c is the hypotenuse.
D
⇒ a = 784 2
⇒ a = 28 cm ∴ c2 = a 2 + b 2 ...(i)
D C A
A B
F
2 3 3
∴ Length of DC = × d = d c
28 cm 3 2 3 b
O
Now, radius of big circle,
r
3 d
28 cm
R = DE = DC + CE = d+ B a C
A B 3 2
28 and perimeter of triangle 2s = a + b + c
Q Diameter of one circle = = 14 cm 3 1 d × 3( 2 + 3 )
=d + = a+ b+ c
2 ∴ s =
3 2 6 2
14
and radius of one circle = = 7 cm ∴ Area of big circle = πR2 1
2 Area of triangle = × BC × AC
2 2
∴ Circumference of each plate = 2 πr 3( 2 + 3 )
= πd × 1
22 6 ⇒ ∆ = ab …(ii)
= 2π × 7 = 2 × × 7 = 44 cm 2
7 d 2 × 3( 2 + 3 )2
Hence, the circumference of each plate = π× From Eq. (i), c 2 = a 2 + b 2
is 44 cm. 36 ⇒ c 2 = ( a + b )2 – 2ab
334 CDS Pathfinder
On multiplying Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get 104. (c) Here, base = 300 units and side 2 π 16 707 4 707 1
= ⋅ − ⋅ = × 707 m 2
l2 = 170 units 8 9 π 9 π 3
1=
( x − l) ( y − l) We know that, ∴ Cost of levelling the shaded portion
⇒ xy − xl − yl + l = l2 2 Area of an isosceles triangle 707
= × 63 = ` 14847
xy Base 3
Q l( x + y ) = xy ⇒ l= = 4 (Side) 2 − (Base) 2
x + y 4 107. (b) We know that, Area of rhombus
4xy 300 1
∴ Perimeter of square = 4l = = 4( 170)2 − (300)2 = × product of diagonals
x + y 4 2
= 75 4 × 28900 − 90000 1
= ×d ×d
101. (c) Let a be the side of regular polygon 2 1 2
a = 75 115600 − 90000 = 75 25600
then, inradius, r =
π D C
2 tan = 75 × 160 = 12000 sq units
n
π 105. (d) Let the radius of the circle be r. d2
⇒ a = 2r tan d2
n Then, side of square ABCD = 2 r d1
∴ Perimeter of polygon,
π r r
p = na = 2nr tan
A B A B
d1
n
π
⇒ tan
p From the above figure,
= …(i)
n 2nr Area of rectangle = d × d
1 2
π C D
Area of polygon = nr tan
2 = 2 (Area of rhombus)
n
= 2 × 2 = 4 sq units
p pr ∴ Area of empty space = Area of square
= nr 2 × = [from Eq. (i)] 108. (b) In the given question, A radii of 3 m
2nr 2 − 4 [Area of quadrant]
is divided in such a way that the radii of
= ( 2 r ) 2 − 4 × πr 2
102. (c) Let the radius of smaller ring be r 150 1
⇒ smaller semi-circle is 1 m and radii of
and the radius of bigger ring be r.
1
847 4
bigger semi-circle is 2 m.
150 6 2
⇒ = r
847 7 C
⇒ r2 =
25 Q π = 22
121 7 y B
x w
z
5
⇒ r= cm
Since, the smaller ring takes three full 11 A
revolutions to roll over the 106. (c) Area of circle with diameter (AD)
circumference of bigger ring.
π( AD ) 2
∴ 2 πr = 3 ( 2 πr ) ⇒ r = 3 r = Area of shaded portion A
1 1
4
Area of pathway = πr 2 − πr 2 = n( πr 2 ) = Area of semi–circle of radii 3 m − Area
1 1 π( AD ) 2 of semi–circle of radii 2 m + Area of
⇒ πr 2 = ( n + 1) πr 2 So, = 707
1 4 semi- circle of radii 1 m
r2
⇒ r 2 = ( n + 1) ⇒ n = 9−1=8 ⇒ AD =
707
×4 = 2
707
m
1 1 1
= π(3)2 − π ( 2)2 + π ( 1)2
9 π π 2 2 2
103. (d) Number of rounds that a wheel of 1
As, AB = BC = CD =
AD 2 707
= m = π ( 9 − 4 + 1) = 3 π
diameter D will make in traversing a 2
3 3 π
distance = n (πD )
and AC = 2 AB = BD Area of portion B
Given that, distance = 4 km
4 707 = 2 [Area of semi-circle of radii 2 m
⇒ n( πD ) = 4000 m = 2CD = m − Area of semi-circle of radii 1 m]
3 π
n π × = 4000
7
= 2 π ( 2) 2 − π ( 1) 2 = 3 π
⇒ 1 1
11 ∴ Area of shaded portion = 2
2 2
[Area of semi-circle with AC as
n × = 4000
22 7
⇒ diameter − Area of semi-circle with
Similarly, area of shaded portion C
7 11
AB as diameter] = Area of portion A
⇒ n = 2000 2 π( AC ) 2 2 π( AB ) 2 Hence, the ratio of areas A, B and C is
= −
Hence, the number of rounds is 2000. 8 8 1 : 1 : 1.
CDS Pathfinder
27
336
In this chapter, we will study how to find the surface area and volume of solid figures, like
parallelopiped, cube, cuboid, cylinder, cone, frustum of cone, sphere and hemisphere and the
combination of solid figures.
SOLID FIGURES
The objects which occupy space (i.e. they have three dimensions) are called solid figures. The solid
figures can be derived from the plane figures.
A solid figure has surface area and volume.
Cuboid
A figure which is surrounded by six rectangular surfaces, is called cuboid. It is also called rectangular
parallelopiped.
• A cuboid has 8 corners, 12 edges, 6 faces and 4 diagonals.
MATHEMATICS > Quadratic Equations and Inequalities 337
8
EXAMPLE 1. The volume of a cuboid is 880 cm 3 , the
area of its base is 88 cm 2 . Then, its height is
a. 10 cm b. 12 cm c. 14 cm d. 16 cm 32
20
Sol. a. Here, volume of a cuboid = 880 cm3 A B
Area of the base = 88 cm 2
When square of side 8 cm is cut-off from each corner
Volume of the cuboid 880 and the flaps turned up, we get an open box whose
Height = = = 10 cm
Area of the base 88 Length = 48 − (8 + 8) = 32 cm
Sol. c. Volume of cube = (side) 3 = 2197 cm3 (i) Volume of the cylinder A
B
l = AC = r 2 + h 2 units
According to the question,
1
7392 (ii) Volume of cone = πr 2 h cu units
66 × 28 × h = 7392 ⇒ h = = 4 cm 3
66 × 28
(iii) Curved surface area of cone = πrl sq units
Hence, the height to which water rises in the tub is 4 cm. (iv) Total surface area of a cone = Curved surface area
+ Base area = πr ( l + r ) sq units
Hollow Cylinder
A hollow cylinder is one which EXAMPLE 13. How many metres of cloth 5 m wide
D R C
is empty from inside and has will be required to make a conical tent, the radius of
some difference between the whose base is 7 m and whose height is 24 m?
internal and external radius. a. 100 m b. 105 m c. 109 m d. 110 m
h
Let R and r be the external and Sol. d. Given radius of base ( r) = 7 m
internal radii of the hollow and vertical height of tent (h) = 24 m
cylinder and h be its height. A B
r
Slant height of the tent ( l )
Then,
(i) Volume of hollow cylinder = π ( R2 − r 2 ) h cu units = r 2 + h2 = 242 + 72 = 625 = 25 m
PRACTICE EXERCISE
1. Three equal cubes are placed adjacently in a 6. How many metres of cloth 50 m wide will be
row. The ratio of total surface area of the new required to make a conical tent, the radius of
cuboid to that of the sum of the surface areas of whose base is 7 m and whose height is 24 m?
the three cubes is (a) 9 m (b) 11 m (c) 12 m (d) 13 m
(a) 3 : 1 (b) 6 : 5 (c) 7 : 9 (d) 6 : 7 7. The radius and height of a right circular
2. If side of a cube is increased by 12%, by how much cone are in the ratio of 5 : 12 and its volume is
percent does its volume increase? 2512 cm3 . The slant height of the cone is
(a) 24 cm (b) 25 cm (c) 26 cm (d) 27 cm
(a) 35.2% (b) 40.5% (c) 45.0% (d) 42.4%
8. If the height of a cone is doubled, then its
3. The curved surface area of a cylinder is 1320 cm 2 volume is increased by
and its base has diameter 21 cm, then the height (a) 100% (b) 200% (c) 300% (d) 400%
of the cylinder is
(a) 10 cm (b) 20 cm (c) 22 cm (d) 25 cm 9. If the surface areas of two spheres are in the
ratio of 4 : 25, then the ratio of their volumes is
4. A cylindrical vessel can hold 154 g of water. If (a) 2 : 25 (b) 4 : 75 (c) 8 : 125 (d) 16 : 125
the radius of its base is 3.5 cm and 1 cm3 of
water weights 1 g. The depth of the water is
10. A cone and a cylinder are of the same height.
Their radii of the bases are in ratio of 2 : 1. The
(a) 2 cm (b) 3 cm ratio of their volumes is
(c) 4 cm (d) 5 cm (a) 2 : 1 (b) 3 : 2 (c) 4 : 3 (d) 1 : 3
5. The curved surface area of a cylindrical pillar is 11. If the height and diameter of a right circular
264 m 2 and its volume is 924 m3 . The diameter cylinder are 32 cm and 6 cm respectively, then
of the pillar is the radius of the sphere whose volume is equal
(a) 3 m (b) 6 m to the volume of the cylinder is
(c) 7 m (d) 14 m (a) 3 cm (b) 4 cm (c) 6 cm (d) 8 cm
342 CDS Pathfinder
31. If the diameter of a sphere is doubled, how does 41. A measuring jar of internal diameter 10 cm is
its surface area change? partially filled with water. Four equal spherical
(a) It increases two times (b) It increases three times balls of diameter 2 cm each are dropped in it
(c) It increases four times (d) It increases eight times and they sink down in the water completely. The
32. A cistern 6 m long and 4 m wide contains water change in the level of water in the jar is
to a depth of 1.25 m. What is the area of wetted 16 15 16
(a) cm (b) cm (c) cm (d) None of these
surface? 65 16 75
(a) 40 m2 (b) 45 m2 (c) 49 m2 (d) 73 m2 42. The height of a cone is 30 cm. A small cone is cut
off at the top by a plane parallel to the base. If
33. The outer and inner diameters of a circular pipe 1
are 6 cm and 4 cm, respectively. If its length is its volume be of the volume of the given cone,
27
10 cm, then what is the total surface area in cm 2?
then the height above the base where the section
(a) 35 π (b) 110 π is made, is
(c) 150 π (d) None of these (a) 12 cm (b) 15 cm (c) 20 cm (d) 22 cm
34. A toy is in the form of a cone mounted on a 43. From a wooden cylindrical block, whose diameter
hemisphere such that the diameter of the base of is equal to its height, a sphere of maximum
the cone is equal to that of the hemisphere. If possible volume is carved out. What is the ratio
the diameter of the base of the cone is 6 cm and of the volume of the utilised wood to that of the
its height is 4 cm, what is the surface area in wasted wood?
cm 2 of the toy ? (Take π = 3.14) (a) 2 : 1 (b) 1 : 2 (c) 2 : 3 (d) 3 : 2
(a) 93.62 (b) 103.62 (c) 113.62 (d) 115.50 44. The base diameter of a right circular cylinder is
35. A solid cylinder of height 9 m has its curved 3 cm. There is a section making an angle of 30°
surface area equal to one-third of the total with the cross section. What is its area?
surface area. What is the radius of the base? 9π 3 3π 9π 9 3π
(a) cm2 (b) cm2 (c) cm2 (d) cm2
(a) 9 m (b) 18 m (c) 27 m (d) 30 m 4 2 8 8
45. A cone is inscribed in a hemisphere such that
36. The volume of a sphere is 8 times that of another their bases are common. If C is the volume of the
sphere. What is the ratio of their surface areas? cone and H that of the hemisphere, then what is
(a) 8 : 1 (b) 4 : 1 (c) 2 : 1 (d) 4 : 3 the value of C : H ?
37. The dimensions of a field are 12 m × 10 m. A pit (a) 1 : 2 (b) 2 : 3 (c) 3 : 4 (d) 4 : 5
5 m long, 4 m wide and 2 m deep is dug in one 46. If the diameter of a wire is decreased by 10%, by
corner of the field and the Earth removed has how much per cent (approximately) will the
been evenly spread over the remaining area of length be increased to keep the volume constant?
the field. The level of the field is raised by (a) 5% (b) 17% (c) 20% (d) 23%
(a) 30 cm (b) 35 cm (c) 38 cm (d) 40 cm 47. The diameter of a solid metallic right circular
38. A cube of 9 cm edge is immersed completely in a cylinder is equal to its height. After cutting out
rectangular vessel containing water. If the the largest possible solid sphere S from this
dimensions of base are 15 cm and 12 cm. Then, cylinder, the remaining material is recast to
the rise in water level in the vessel is form a solid sphere S1. What is the ratio of the
(a) 4.05 cm (b) 4 cm (c) 3.5 cm (d) 3 cm radius of sphere S to that of sphere S1?
1 1 1 1 1 1
39. From a solid cube of edge 3 m, a solid of largest (a) 1 : 2 3 (b) 2 3 : 1 (c) 2 3 : 3 3 (d) 3 2 : 2 2
sphere is curved out. What is the volume of solid 48. A square has its side equal to the radius of a
left? sphere. The square revolves round a side to
(a) (27 − 2.25 π ) m 3 (b) (27 − 4.5 π ) m 3 generate a surface of total area S. If A is the
(c) 2.25 π m 3 (d) 4.5π m 3 surface area of the sphere, then which one of the
following is correct?
40. A rectangular tank is 80 × 40 cm3 . Water flows (a) A = 3S (b) A = 2S (c) A = S (d) A < S
into it through a pipe of cross-section area 49. A swimming pool is 24 m long and 15 m broad.
40 cm 2 at the speed of 10 km/h. The rise in the When x number of men dive into the pool, the
1 height of the water rises by 1 cm. If the average
level of water in the tank in h is
2 amount of water displaced by one man is 0.1 m3 ,
(a)
3
cm (b)
4
cm (c)
5
cm (d) 6 cm
then what is the value of x?
2 3 8 (a) 36 (b) 72 (c) 108 (d) 360
344 CDS Pathfinder
50. Water is distributed to a town of 50000 58. From a solid cylinder of height 4 cm and radius
inhabitants from a rectangular reservoir consisting 3 cm, a conical cavity of height 4 cm and of base
of 3 equal compartments. Each compartment has radius 3 cm is hollowed out. What is the total
length and breadth 200 m, 100 m, respectively surface area of the remaining solid?
and 12 m depth of water in the beginning. The (a) 15π cm2 (b) 22 π cm2 (c) 33π cm2 (d) 48π cm2
allowance is 20 L per head per day. For how
many days will the supply of water hold out? 59. The curved surface of a cylinder is 1000 cm 2. A
wire of diameter 5 mm is wound around it, so as
(a) 240 days (b) 720 days (c) 800 days (d) 900 days
to cover it completely. What is the length of the
51. A right circular cylinder and a right circular wire used?
cone have equal bases and equal volumes. But (a) 22 m (b) 20 m
the lateral surface area of the right circular cone (c) 18 m (d) None of these
is 15/8 times the lateral surface area of the right
circular cylinder. What is the ratio of radius to 60. In order to fix an electric pole along a roadside, a
height of the cylinder? pit with dimensions 50 cm × 50 cm is dug with
the help of a spade. The pit is prepared by
(a) 3 : 4 (b) 9 : 4 (c) 15 : 8 (d) 8 : 15
removing Earth by 250 strokes of spade. If one
52. The volume of a cuboid whose sides are in the stroke of spade removes 500 cm3 of Earth, then
ratio of 1 : 2 : 4 is same as that of a cube. What what is the depth of the pit?
is the ratio of length of diagonal of cuboid to that (a) 2 m (b) 1 m (c) 0.75 m (d) 0.5 m
of cube?
(a) 1.25 (b) 175
. (c) 2 (d) 3. 5
61. A figure is formed by revolving a rectangular
sheet of dimensions 7 cm × 4 cm about its length.
53. A field is 125 m long and 15 m wide. A tank What is the volume of the figure thus formed?
10 m × 7.5 m × 6 m was dug in it and the Earth, (a) 352 cm3 (b) 296 cm3
thus dug out was spread equally on the (c) 176 cm3 (d) 616 cm3
remaining field. The level of the field thus raised
is equal to which one of the following? 62. The diagonals of the three faces of a cuboid are
(a) 15 cm (b) 20 cm (c) 25 cm (d) 30 cm x , y , z , respectively. What is the volume of the
cuboid?
54. If C1 is a right circular cone with base radius r1 cm x yz
(a)
and height h1 cm and C2 is a right circular 2 2
cylinder with base radius r2 cm and height h2 cm
( y2 + z2 ) ( z2 + x2 ) (x2 + y2 )
and if r1 : r2 = 1 : n (where n is a positive integer) (b)
and their volumes are equal, then which one of 2 2
the following is correct? ( y + z − x2 ) ( z2 + x2 − y2 ) (x2 + y2 − z2 )
2 2
(c)
(a) h1 = 3nh2 (b) h1 = 3n h2 2 2 2
(d) None of the above
(c) h1 = 3h2 (d) h1 = n h22
79. What is the total surface area of the given frustum? 89. What is the volume of the frustum? e 2012 II
(a) 9 π (2 10 + 5) cm2 (b) 9 π (3 10 + 5) cm2 (a) 3H(P + Q + PQ ) (b) H(P + Q + PQ )
(c) 9 π (3 10 + 4) cm2 (d) 27 π ( 10 + 1) cm2 (c) H(P + Q + PQ ) / 3 (d) H(P + Q − PQ ) / 3
90. Let the largest possible right circular cone and
PREVIOUS YEARS’ QUESTIONS largest possible sphere be fitted into two cubes of
same length. If C and S denote the volume of
80. What will be the cost to plaster the inner surface cone and volume of sphere, respectively. Then,
of a well 14 m deep and 4 m in diameter at the which one of the following is correct? e 2012 II
rate of ` 25 per m 2? e 2012 I
(a) C = 2 S (b) S = 2 C (c) C = S (d) C = 3S
(a) ` 4000 (b) ` 4200 (c) ` 4400 (d) ` 5400
91. 10 circular plates each of thickness 3 cm, are
81. What is the length of the uniform wire of placed one above the other and a hemisphere of
diameter 0.4 cm that can be drawn from a solid radius 6 cm is placed on the top just to cover the
sphere of radius 9 cm? e 2012 I
cylindrical solid. What is the volume of the solid
(a) 243 m (b) 240 m (c) 60.75 m (d) 60 m so formed? e 2012 II
82. The total surface area of a cube is 150 cm 2. What (a) 264 π cm 3 (b) 252π cm 3
is its volume? e 2012 I (c) 236 π cm 3 (d) None of these
(a) 64 cm3 (b) 81 cm3 (c) 125 cm3 (d) 160 cm3 92. A right circular metal cone (solid) is 8 cm high and
83. If the volume of a cube is 729 cm3 , then what is the radius is 2 cm. It is melted and recast into a
the length of its diagonal? e 2012 I sphere. What is the radius of the sphere? e 2012 II
(a) 9 2 cm (b) 9 3 cm (c) 18 cm (d) 18 3 cm (a) 2 cm (b) 3 cm (c) 4 cm (d) 5 cm
84. The curved surface area of a right circular cone 93. The volume of a cube is numerically equal to
of radius 14 cm is 440 cm 2. What is the slant sum of its edges. What is the total surface area?
height of the cone? e 2012 I (a) 12 sq units (b) 36 sq units e 2012 II
(a) 10 cm (b) 11cm (c) 12 cm (d) 13 cm (c) 72 sq units (d) 144 sq units
85. A large solid metallic cylinder whose radius and 94. The diameter of base of a right circular cone is
height are equal to each other is to be melted and 7 cm and slant height is 10 cm, then what is its
48 identical solid balls are to be recast from the lateral surface area? e 2012 II
liquid metal, so formed. What is the ratio of the (a) 110 cm 2 (b) 100 cm 2 (c) 70 cm 2 (d) 49 cm 2
radius of a ball to the radius of the cylinder? 95. What is the height of a solid cylinder of radius
(a) 1 : 16 (b) 1 : 12 e 2012 I 5 cm and total surface area is 660 cm 2? e 2012 II
(c) 1 : 8 (d) 1 : 4 (a) 10 cm (b) 12 cm (c) 15 cm (d) 16 cm
86. What are the dimensions (length, breadth and
height, respectively) of a cuboid with volume
96. If the ratio of the diameters of two spheres is
3 : 5, then what is the ratio of their surface areas?
720 cm3 , surface area 484 cm 2 and the area of
e 2012 II
the base 72 cm 2? e 2012 I
(a) 9 : 25 (b) 9 : 10 (c) 3 : 5 (d) 27 : 125
(a) 9, 8 and 10 cm (b) 12, 6 and 10 cm
(c) 18, 4 and 10 cm (d) 30, 2 and 12 cm 97. What is the volume of the largest sphere that can
87. If the surface area of a sphere is 616 cm 2, then be curved out of a cube of edge 3 cm? e 2012 II
101. A cylindrical tube open at both ends is made of 111. If x is the curved surface area and y is the
metal. The internal diameter of the tube is 6 cm volume of a right circular cylinder, then which
and length of the tube is 10 cm. If the thickness one of the following is correct? e 2014 I
of the metal used is 1 cm, then the outer curved (a) Only the ratio of the height to radius of the cylinder
surface area of the tube is e 2013 I is independent of x
(a) 140π cm 2 (b) 146.5 π cm 2 (b) Only the ratio of height to radius of the cylinder is
(c) 70π cm 2 (d) None of these independent of y
(c) Either (a) or (b)
102. From a solid wooden right circular cylinder, a (d) Neither (a) nor (b)
right circular cone whose radius and height are
same as the radius and height of the cylinder, 112. A cylinder is surmounted by a cone at one end, a
respectively is carved out. What is the ratio of hemisphere at the other end. The common radius
the volume of the utilised wood to that of the is 3.5 cm, the height of the cylinder is 6.5 cm
wasted wood? e 2013 I and the total height of the structure is 12.8 cm.
(a) 1 : 2 (b) 2 : 1 (c) 2 : 3 (d) 1 : 3 The volume V of the structure lies between
e 2014 I
103. If the heights and the areas of the base of a right (a) 370 cm 3 and 380 cm 3 (b) 380 cm 3 and 390 cm 3
circular cone and a pyramid with square base (c) 390 cm 3 and 400 cm 3 (d) None of these
are the same, then they have e 2013 I
(a) same volume and same surface area 113. The diameter of the base of a cone is 6 cm and
(b) same surface area but different volumes its altitude is 4 cm. What is the approximate
(c) same volume but different surface areas curved surface area of the cone? e 2014 I
(d) different volumes and different surface areas (a) 45 cm 2 (b) 47 cm 2 (c) 49 cm 2 (d) 51 cm 2
104. The volume of a right circular cone of height 114. A drainage tile is a cylindrical shell 21 cm long.
3 cm and slant height 5 cm is e 2013 I The inside and outside diameters are 4.5 cm and
(a) 49.3 cm 3
(b) 50.3 cm 3 5.1 cm, respectively. What is the volume of the
clay required for the tile? e 2014 I
(c) 52 cm 3 (d) 53 cm 3
(a) 6.96 π cm 3 (b) 6.76π cm 3
105. A bucket is of a height 25 cm. Its top and bottom (c) 5.76 π cm 3 (d) None of these
radii are 20 cm and 10 cm, respectively. Its
capacity (in L) is e 2013 I
115. A cube has each edge 2 cm and a cuboid is 1 cm
long, 2 cm wide and 3 cm high. The paint in a
(a) 17.5 π 3 (b) 17.5 π (c) 20 π (d) 25 π
certain container is sufficient to paint an area
106. The height of a cylinder is 15 cm. The lateral equal to 54 cm 2. e 2014 I
surface area is 660 cm 2. Its volume is e 2013 II
Which one of the following is correct?
(a) 1155 cm 3 (b) 1215 cm 3 (c) 1230 cm 3 (d) 2310 cm 3 (a) Both cube and cuboid can be painted
107. The diameter of the Moon is approximately (b) Only cube can be painted
one-fourth of the diameter of the Earth. What is (c) Only cuboid can be painted
the ratio (approximate) of their volumes? e 2013 II (d) Neither cube nor cuboid can be painted
(a) 1 : 16 (b) 1 : 64 (c) 1 : 4 (d) 1 : 128
116. A cone of radius r cm and height h cm is divided
108. A conical cap has the base diameter 24 cm and into two parts by drawing a plane through the
height 16 cm. What is the cost of painting the middle point of its height and parallel to the base.
surface of the cap at the rate of 70 paise What is the ratio of the volume of the original
per cm 2? e 2013 II cone to the volume of the smaller cone? e 2014 I
(a) ` 520 (b) ` 524 (c) ` 528 (d) ` 532 (a) 4 : 1 (b) 8 : 1 (c) 2 : 1 (d) 6 : 1
109. What is the whole surface area of a cone of base 117. If 64 identical small spheres are made out of big
radius 7 cm and height 24 cm? e 2013 II sphere of diameter 8 cm, then what is surface
(a) 654 cm 2
(b) 704 cm 2
(c) 724 cm 2
(d) 964 cm 2 area of each small sphere? e 2014 I
(a) π cm 2 (b) 2 π cm 2 (c) 4π cm 2 (d) 8π cm 2
110. A tent is in the form of a right circular cylinder
surmounted by a cone. The diameter of the 118. The dimensions of a field are 15 m by 12 m. A
cylinder is 24 m. The height of the cylindrical pit 8 m long, 2.5 m wide and 2 m deep is dug in
portion is 11 m, while the vertex of the cone is one corner of the field and the earth removed is
16 m above the ground. What is the area of the evenly spread over the remaining area of the
curved surface for conical portion? e 2013 II field. The level of the field is raised by e 2014 I
(a) 3434/9 m 2 (b) 3431/8 m 2 200
(a) 15 cm (b) 20 cm (c) 25 cm (d) cm
(c) 3432/7 m 2 (d) 3234/7 m 2 9
348 CDS Pathfinder
119. What is the diameter of the largest circle lying on 129. Consider the following statements in respect of
the surface of a sphere of surface area 616 cm 2? four spheres A, B, C and D having respective
e 2014 I
radii 6, 8, 10 and 12 cm.
(a) 14 cm (b) 10.5 cm (c) 7 cm (d) 3.5 cm
I. The surface area of sphere C is equal to the sum
120. The volume of a hollow cube is 216x3 . What is of surface areas of spheres A and B.
the surface area of the largest sphere which can
II. The volume of sphere D is equal to the sum of
be enclosed in it? e 2014 I
(a) 18 π x2 (b) 27 π x2 (c) 36 π x2 (d) 72 π x2 volumes of spheres A, B and C. e 2014 II
Which of the above statement(s) is/are correct?
(a) Only I (b) Only II
Directions (Q. Nos. 121-122) Read the following
information carefully and answer the given (c) Both I and II (d) Neither I nor II
questions that follow. 130. The diameter of a metallic sphere is 6 cm. The
A right angled triangle having hypotenuse 25 cm and sphere is melted and drawn into a wire of uniform
legs in the ratio 3 : 4 is made to revolve about its circular cross-section. If the length of the wire is
hypotenuse. (π = 3.14) 36 m, then what is its radius? e 2014 II
(a) 0.1 cm (b) 0.01 cm (c) 0.001 cm (d) 1.0 cm
121. What is the volume of the double cone so
formed? e 2014 II 131. What is the maximum distance between two
(a) 3124 cm 3
(b) 3424 cm 3
(c) 3768 cm 3
(d) 3924 cm 3 points of a cube of side 2 cm? e 2014 II
(a) 3 cm (b) 2 3 cm (c) 4 3 cm (d) 2 2 cm
122. What is the surface area of the double cone so
formed? e 2014 II
132. The total outer surface area of a right circular
2 2 2 2 cone of height 24 cm with a hemisphere of radius
(a) 1101.2 cm (b) 11114
. cm (c) 1310.4 cm (d) 1318.8 cm
7 cm upon its base is e 2015 I
123. If the side of a cube is increased by 100%, then (a) 327 π cm 2 (b) 307 π cm 2
by what percentage is the surface area of the (c) 293 π cm 2 (d) 273 π cm 2
cube increased? e 2014 II
(a) 150% (b) 200% (c) 300% (d) 400%
133. A sphere and a cube have same surface area.
The ratio of square of their volumes is e 2015 I
124. A cylinder circumscribes a sphere. What is the (a) 6 : π (b) 5 : π (c) 3 : 5 (d) 1 : 1
ratio of volume of the sphere to that of the
cylinder? e 2014 II
134. The radius of a sphere is equal to the radius of
the base of a right circular cone, and the volume
(a) 2 : 3 (b) 1 : 2 (c) 3 : 4 (d) 3 : 2
of the sphere is double the volume of the cone.
Directions (Q. Nos. 125-126) Read the following The ratio of the height of the cone to the radius
information carefully and answer the given of its base is e 2015 I
139. The diagonals of three faces of a cuboid are 13, 149. 30 metallic cylinders of same size are melted and
281 and 20 linear units. Then, the total surface cast in the form of cones having the same radius
area of the cuboid is e 2015 I and height as those of the cylinders.
(a) 650 sq units (b) 658 sq units Consider the following statements
(c) 664 sq units (d) 672 sq units I. A maximum of 90 cones will be obtained.
140. A cylindrical vessel of radius 4 cm contains II. The curved surface of the cylinder can be
water. A solid sphere of radius 3 cm is lowered flattened in the shape of a rectangle but the
into the water until it is completely immersed. curved surface of the cone when flattened has
The water level in the vessel will rise by e 2015 I the shape of triangle.
(a) 1.5 cm (b) 2 cm (c) 2.25 cm (d) 4.5 cm Which one of the following statement(s) is/are
141. A rectangular block of wood having dimensions correct in respect of the above? e 2015 II
3m × 2m × 1.75 m has to be painted on all its (a) Both statement I and statement II are correct and
faces. The layer of paint must be 01
. mm thick. statement II is the correct explanation of statement I
Paint comes in cubical boxes having their edges (b) Both statement I and statement II are correct and
equal to 10 cm. The minimum number of boxes statement II is not the correct explanation of
of paint to be purchased is e 2015 I
statement I
(a) 5 (b) 4 (c) 3 (d) 2 (c) statement I is correct but statement II is not correct
(d) statement I is not correct but statement II is correct
142. If the surface area of a cube is 13254 cm 2, then
the length of its diagonal is e 2015 II 150. Water is filled in a container in such a manner
(a) 44 2 cm (b) 44 3 cm (c) 47 2 cm (d) 47 3 cm that its volume doubles every 5 min. If it takes
143. A water tank, open at the top, is hemispherical 30 min for the container to be full, in how much
at the bottom and cylindrical above it. The time will it be one-fourth full ? e 2015 II
radius is 12 m and the capacity is 3312 π m3 . (a) 7.5 min (b) 15 min (c) 20 min (d) 17.5 min
The ratio of the surface areas of the spherical 151. Consider the following statements:
and cylindrical portions, is e 2015 II I. If the height of a cylinder is doubled, the area of
(a) 3 : 5 (b) 4 : 5 (c) 1 : 1 (d) 6 : 5 the curved surface is doubled.
144. A large water tank has the shape of a cube. If II. If the radius of a hemispherical solid is doubled,
128 m3 of water is pumped out, the water level its total surface area becomes fourfold.
goes down by 2m. Then, the maximum capacity Which of the statement(s) given above is/are
of the tank is e 2015 II correct? e 2015 II
(a) 512 m 3 (b) 480 m 3 (c) 324 m 3 (d) 256 m 3 (a) Only I (b) Only II
(c) Both I and II (d) Neither I nor II
145. The areas of three mutually perpendicular faces
of a cuboid are x, y, z. If V is the volume, then 152. From the solid gold in the form of a cube of side
xyz is equal to e 2015 II length 1 cm, spherical solid balls each having
(a) V (b) V 2
(c) 2V (d) 2 V 2 the surface area π1/ 3 cm 2 are to be made.
Assuming that there is no loss of the material in
146. How many right angled triangles can be formed process of making the balls, the maximum
by joining the vertices of a cuboid? e 2015 II
(a) 24 (b) 28 (c) 32 (d) None of these
number of balls made will be e 2015 II
(a) 3 (b) 4 (c) 6 (d) 9
147. Three rectangles R1, R2 and R3 have the same
area. Their lengths x1, x2 and x3 respectively are 153. A hollow cylindrical drum has internal diameter
such that x1 < x2 < x3 . If V1, V 2 and V3 are the of 30 cm and a height of 1 m. What is the
volumes of the cylinders formed from the maximum number of cylindrical boxes of
rectangles R1, R2 and R3 respectively by joining diameter 10 cm and height 10 cm each that can
the parallel sides along the breadth, then which be packed in the drum? e 2015 II
one of the following is correct? e 2015 II (a) 60 (b) 70 (c) 80 (d) 90
(a) V3 < V2 < V1 (b) V1 < V3 < V2 154. A pipe with square cross-section is supplying
(c) V1 < V2 < V3 (d) V3 < V1 < V2 water to a cistern which was initially empty. The
148. Let V be the volume of an inverted cone with vertex area of cross-section is 4 cm 2 and the nozzle
at origin and the axis of the cone is along positive velocity of water is 40m/s. The dimensions of the
Y-axis. The cone is filled with water up to half of cistern 10 m × 8m × 6m. Then, the cistern will be
its height. The volume of water is e 2015 II full in e 2015 II
V V V V (a) 9.5 h (b) 9 h
(a) (b) (c) (d)
8 6 3 2 (c) 8 h and 20 min (d) 8 h
350 CDS Pathfinder
ANSWERS
1 c 2 b 3 b 4 c 5 d 6 b 7 c 8 a 9 c 10 c
11 c 12 c 13 b 14 a 15 b 16 c 17 d 18 a 19 b 20 a
21 d 22 d 23 b 24 b 25 c 26 b 27 b 28 b 29 b 30 c
31 c 32 c 33 b 34 b 35 b 36 b 37 d 38 a 39 b 40 c
41 c 42 c 43 a 44 b 45 a 46 d 47 b 48 c 49 a 50 b
51 b 52 b 53 c 54 b 55 d 56 d 57 d 58 d 59 b 60 d
61 a 62 c 63 a 64 d 65 b 66 b 67 b 68 a 69 c 70 c
71 d 72 d 73 c 74 c 75 c 76 d 77 a 78 d 79 b 80 c
81 a 82 c 83 b 84 a 85 d 86 a 87 a 88 a 89 c 90 b
91 d 92 a 93 c 94 a 95 d 96 a 97 c 98 d 99 a 100 b
101 d 102 a 103 c 104 b 105 a 106 d 107 b 108 c 109 b 110 c
111 d 112 a 113 b 114 d 115 a 116 b 117 c 118 c 119 a 120 c
121 c 122 d 123 c 124 a 125 a 126 b 127 b 128 c 129 c 130 a
131 b 132 d 133 a 134 a 135 a 136 b 137 b 138 c 139 c 140 c
141 c 142 d 143 b 144 a 145 b 146 a 147 a 148 a 149 b 150 c
151 c 152 c 153 d 154 c
8. (a) Let r and H be the radius and height 15. (b) Let the radius of big drop and small 18. (c) Volume of original cylinder
of the cone respectively. drop be R and r respectively. = [ π × ( 10)2 × 1000] cm 3
1 By given condition, Volume of shell
∴ Original volume = πr 2 h = V 1
3 27 × Volume of smaller drops = Volume = × π × 100000 = 25000 π cm 3
New radius = r and new height = 2h of bigger drop 4
1 4 4 Let r be the radius of shell, then
New volume = πr 2 × 2h = 2V ∴ 27 × πr 3 = πR 3
3 3 3 πr 2 h = 25000 π
∴ Increase in volume = 2V − V = V 25000 π
⇒ 27 × (0.2) 3 = R 3 [Q r = 0.2 cm ] ⇒ r2 = = 25
Increase percentage of volume π × 1000
⇒ (3 × 0.2) 3 = R 3 ⇒ R = 0.6 cm ⇒ r = 5 cm
= × 100 % = 100%
V
126 Now, thickness = 2r = 2 × 5 = 10 cm
V 16. (c) Common radius = = 63 m
2 ⇒ R2 = 100 + 25 = 125
9. (c) Ratio of surface area Curved surface area of cylindrical part ⇒ R = 125
2
4 πr 2 ∴ Thickness of cylindrical shell
= = ⇒
4 2 r 2 = 2 πrh
= =
4 πR2 25 5 R 5 = R − 10 = 125 − 10
Now, ratio of volumes = 5 5 − 5 × 2 = 5 ( 5 − 2) cm
4 3 16 C
πr 3 3 D 19. (b) Curved surface area of cylinder
= = =
3 r 2 8 21 m
= 22
4 R 5 125 =2× × 14 × 3 = 264 m 2
πR3 5 7
3
10.5 m
= 8 : 125 A B
63 m
10. (c) Let radius of cylinder = x and radius D C
22 13.5 cm
of cone = 2x = 2× × 63 × 5 = 1980 m 2
7 3m
Height of each = h Height of cone = 21 − 5 = 16 m
Volume of cone
∴ Required ratio = Curved surface area of conical part = πrl A B
Volume of cylinder
22 14 m
1 = × 63 × ( 63)2 + ( 16)2
π 4x 2 h 7 Height of cone = 13.5 − 3 = 10.5 m
3 4
= = = 4:3 22 Slant height of cone
πx 2 h 3 = × 63 × 3969 + 256
7 = (10.5)2 + (14)2 = 110.25 + 196
11. (c) Volume of sphere = Volume of cylinder 22
4 = × 63 × 65 = 12870 m 2 = 306.65 = 17. 5 m
∴ πR 3 = π × 3 × 3 × 32 7
3 Curved surface area of cone = πrl
⇒ R3 = 3 × 3 × 3 × 8 ⇒ R = 6 cm Q Total surface area 22
= × 14 × 17.5 = 770 m 2
3 = 1980 + 12870 = 14850 m 2 7
4 3
12. (c) Volume of first sphere = π ∴ Total cost of canvas used Total area to be painted
3 2
4 = 14850 × 12 = ` 178200 = 264 + 770 = 1034 m 2
and volume of second sphere = π ( 2) 3
3 17. (d) Given, radius of cylinder = 6 cm ∴Cost of painting = 1034 × 2 = ` 2068
∴ Volume of big sphere Volume of sphere
20. (a) Let height of the cylinder be H.
4 3
3
= π + ( 2) 3 [by condition]
4 4 22
= πr 3 = × ×6×6×6 By given condition,
3 2 3 3 7
4 3 4 27 88 × 2 × 36 Volume of hemisphere + Volume of
⇒ πx = π + 8 = cm 3
cylinder = Volume of container
3 3 8 7
2 3
Let r be its internal radius, R be its ∴ πr + πr 2 H = 32400 π
x3 = 91/ 8 = 11.375 cm 3 3
external radius, then material used to
13. (b) Given, l = R cast the cylinder
15 cm
22
Q Total surface area of cone, = πh ( R2 − r 2 ) = × 32 ( 25 − r 2 )
S = π R ( R + l ) = π R ( R + R) = 2 π R 2 7 D C
22
∴ Area of circle, A = π ( 2R) = 4 πR
2 2
Hence, × 32 × ( 25 − r 2 )
7
⇒ A = 2S
88 × 2 × 36 H
14. (a) In one round, distance covered by =
7
cylinder = 60 cm
88 × 2 × 36 × 7
In one second, distance covered by ⇒ ( 25 − r 2 ) = =9 A
22 × 32 × 7 B
cylinder = 60 × 5 = 300 cm 15 cm
⇒ r = 25 − 9 = 16 ⇒ r = 4 cm
2
2
In five seconds, distance covered by ⇒ π × 3375 + π × 225 H = 32400 π
cylinder = 300 × 5 = 1500 cm = 15 m Thickness of cylinder 3
= R − r = 5 − 4 = 1 cm ⇒ 2 π × 1125 + π × 225 H = 32400 π
352 CDS Pathfinder
On dividing both sides by 225 π, we get 25. (c) Given, Outer radius of hollow sphere
⇒ 10 + H = 144 ⇒ H = 134 cm R = 35 cm , r = 14 cm and h = 40 cm 8
( R) = = 4 cm
∴ Height of container ∴ Volume of the bucket 2
πh 2 Volume of metal of the sphere
= 15 + 134 = 149 cm = ( R + r 2 + Rr )
3 4 4 4
= πR 3 − πr 3 = π ( 4 3 − 2 3 )
21. (d) Since, milk is in a conical flask whose 22 × 40 3 3 3
base radius and height are r and h , = (352 + 142 + 35 × 14)
7×3 4
respectively. = π × 56 cm 3
1 880 3
∴ Volume of milk = πr 2 h = ( 1225 + 196 + 490)
21 8
3 Radius of base of cone ( x) = = 4 cm
Now, this milk is poured into a 880 2
= × 1911 = 80080 cm 3
cylindrical flask whose base radius is 2r. 21 1 2 4
∴ π 4 h = π × 56 [by condition]
Let H be the height of cylindrical flask. 3 3
26. (b) Let side of a cube be a unit.
∴ Volume of milk 4
∴ Volume of cube, V = a 3 × 56 × 3
= Volume of cylindrical flask and total surface area of cube, S = 6 ( a )2 ⇒ h= 3 = 14 cm
16
1 2 S 3 = 63 ( a 6 ) = 216 V 2
⇒ πr h = π ( 2r )2 H Hence, the height of cone is 14 cm.
3
27. (b) Total area of wetted surface
1 2 h 31. (c) Surface area of sphere, S = 4 πr 2
⇒ πr h = 4 πr 2 H ⇒ H = = Curved surface area of cylinder + Area 1
3 12 If radius is 2r, then surface area of
of base of cylinder
22. (d) Let radius and height of a cone be r sphere,
= 2 πrh + πr 2
and h. S = 4 π ( 2r )2 = 16 πr 2
r 3 4r = π [2 × 3. 5 × 4 + (3.5)2 ] 2
Q = ⇒h= …(i) 22 22 ∴ S = 4S
2 1
h 4 3 = (28 + 12. 25 ) = × 40.25 Hence, it increases four times.
1 7 7
Volume of cone = πr 2 h
3 = 126 .5 m 2 32. (c) Given, l = 6 m, b = 4 m
∴
1
96 π = π × r 2 ×
4r 28. (b) Let height h , radius r , area S and h = 1. 25 m
1 1 1
3 3 Area of wetted surface
and volume V of first cylinder.
1
[from Eq. (i)] = 2 ( l × h + b × h) + l × b
96 × 3 × 3 Similarly, height h , radius r , area S
⇒ r3 = = 216 2 2
and volume V of second cylinder.
2 = 2 ( 75. + 5) + 24
4 2 r = 25 + 24 = 49 m 2
2
⇒ r = 6 cm and h = 8 cm By given condition, 1 = …(i)
r 3 33. (b) Given, R = 3 cm, r = 2 cm, h = 10 cm
2
∴ Lateral surface area = πrl 2π r h Total surface area
S
[Q l 2 = r 2 + h 2 ] ∴ 1 = 5 ⇒ 1 1
=
5
S 3 2 πr h 3 = 2 π ( R + r) ( R + h − r)
= πr r 2 + h 2 2 2 2
h h = 2 π (3 + 2) (3 + 10 − 2)
= π × 6 36 + 64 = 60 π cm 2 2 5 5
⇒ 1 × = ⇒ 1 = …(ii) = 110 π cm 2
h 3 3 h 2
23. (b) Q Volume of wax balls 2 2 6
2 34. (b) For conical part, r = = 3 cm,
4 4 V π r2h r h 2
= π ( 1)3 = π cm 3 = 1 1
1 1
∴ 1 =
3 3 V π r2h r h h = 4cm, l = h 2 + r 2 = 5 cm
2 2 2 2 2
4 Surface area of conical part = πrl
and volume of sphere = π (8)3 cm 3 2
= =
2 5 10
3 or, 10 : 9 = 3.14 × 3 × 5 = 47.1 cm 2
4 3 2 9
π (8 ) 3 6
For hemispherical part, r = = 3 cm
∴Required number of balls = 3 29. (b) By given condition, 2
4
π Volume of cylindrical vessel = Volume of Surface area of hemispherical part
3 sphere = 2 πr 2 = 2 × 3.14 × 3 × 3
= 512 4
∴ πr 2 h = π R3 = 5652
. cm 2
70 3
24. (b) Given, r = cm = 0.35 m 3 ∴ Surface area of toy = 47.1 + 56.52
2 4 d
⇒ ( 60)2 × 10 = = 103.62 cm 2
and h = 4 m 3 2
35. (b) Let r and h be the radius and height
∴ Surface area of 10 cylinders 4 d3
⇒ ( 60)2 × 10 = × of the cylinder. Here, h = 9 m
= 10 ( 2 πrh ) 3 8 By given condition,
⇒ d 3 = ( 60)2 × ( 60) 2 πr
= 10 2 × . × 4 = 88 m 2
22 2 πr × h = ( h + r)
× 035 ∴ d = 60 cm
7 3
1
∴ Total cost of 10 pillars painting at
30. (c) Given, inner radius of hollow sphere ⇒ 9 = ( 9 + r ) ⇒ 27 = 9 + r
4 3
the rate of ` 5 per m 2 ( r ) = = 2 cm
2 ∴ r = 18 m
= 88 × 5 = ` 440
MATHEMATICS > Quadratic Equations and Inequalities 353
36. (b) Let r and r be the radii of two spheres. 41. (c) Given radius of balls = 1 cm 4 3
1 2 Q Volume of sphere = πr
4 3
4 3 Volume of each ball = × π × 1 × 1 × 1 4
πr r 3 ∴ Volume of utilised wood = πr 3
3 1 8 2
Q = ⇒ 1 = 4 3
4 3 1
πr r 1 = π cm 3
2 3 and volume of wasted wood
3 2 4 πr 2
∴ Volume of 4 balls 4 6 πr 3 − 4 πr 3 2 πr 3
∴ Ratio of their surface areas = 1 = 2 πr 3 − πr 3 = =
2 4 πr 2 4 16 3 3 3
2
= = 4: 1 2 =4× π= π cm 3 4 3 2 3
1 3 3 ∴ Required ratio = πr : πr = 2 : 1
3 3
37. (d) Area of the field = Length × Breadth D C D C
44. (b) Let the slant height of cone = l cm
= 12 × 10 = 120 m 2
h In ∆ ABC ,
Area of the pit’s surface = 5 × 4 = 20 m 2
Area on which the Earth is to be spread A B A B
= 120 − 20 = 100 cm 2 F E
Volume of Earth dug out Volume of water increased
= 5 × 4 × 2 = 40 cm 3 = Volume of balls
40 2 16
∴ Level of field raised = = m ⇒ Area of base × height = π C
100 5 3
2 16 l
= × 100 = 40 cm ⇒ π ×5×5× h = π
5 3 30°
38. (a) Edge of cube = 9 cm 16 16 A D
∴ h= = cm 3/2 B
For rectangular vessel, 3 × 25 75
AB 3 / 2
Length = 15 cm and breadth = 12 cm 42. (c) Given, height of the cone = 30 cm cos 30° = = [Q AC = l cm]
AC l
Let the rise in the water level is x cm. ∴ Volume of original cone ( AOB ) 3/ 2 3
Volume of cube = 9 3 = 9 × 9 × 9 cm 3 1 ⇒l = = 3 cm Q cos30° =
Volume of water risen in the vessel
= πR2 H 3/2 2
3
= 15 × 12 × x cm 3 O ∴ Area of cone ACD = πrl
⇒ 15 × 12 × x = 9 × 9 × 9 3 3 3π
9 × 9 × 9 81 C P D = π× × 3 = cm 2
∴ x= = = 4.05 cm 2 2
15 × 12 20
1
39. (b) The maximum diameter of a sphere 45. (a) Volume of cone, C = πR2 H
A B 3
Q
in a cube is of 3 m. 1
1 = πR 3 [Q H = R]
4 = × πR2 × 30 = 10 πR2 cm 3
∴ Volume of sphere, V = π (1.5) 3 3
1
3 3 D
= 4.5 π m 3 Volume of small cone OCD A R R B
Volume of cube, V = (3) 3 = 27 m 3 1
2 = of volume cone AOB
and Volume of solid left = V − V 27 R
2 1
1 2 1
= (27 − 4.5 π ) m 3 ⇒ πr h = × 10 πR2 C
3 27 2
40. (c) Length of water flowing in 1h = 10 km 10 πR2 2 Volume of hemisphere, H =πR 3
1 3 10 R 3
∴ Length of the water flowing in h ⇒h = × ⇒h = 1 2
2 27 πr 2
9 r ∴C : H = πR 3 : πR 3 = 1 : 2
= 5 km = 5000 m R 30 3 3
Q = [Q ∆ OQB ~ ∆ OPD ]
Area of pipe r h 46. (d) Volume of wire = πr 2 h
40 1
= 40 cm 2 = m2 = m2 10 30
2
10 900 Now, new radius of the wire
10000 250 ∴ h= = × 2 r × 90 9r
1 9 h 9 h = =
∴ Volume of water flowing in h 100 10
2 ⇒ h 3 = 10 × 100
Let new length of the wire be L. .
1 ⇒ h = 3 1000 = 10 cm 2
= 5000 × = 20 m 3 9r
250 ∴ Required height ∴ Volume of new wire = π × L
10
Area of bottom of tank
= H − h = 30 − 10 = 20 cm
= 80 × 40 = 3200 m 2 =
81
πr 2 L
43. (a) Let r be the radius of cylindrical
∴ Depth of water block, then height will be 2r.
100
Volume 20 1 81
= = = m Volume of block = π ( r 2 ) ( 2r ) = 2 πr 3 By given condition, πr 2 h = πr 2 L
Area 3200 160 100
1 5 A sphere of maximum possible volume 100
= × 100 cm = cm is curved out whose radius will be r. ⇒ L= h
160 8 81
354 CDS Pathfinder
100 19 50. (b) Given, length of one compartment and diagonal of cube = y 3 = 2x 3
Increases in length = h−h= h
81 81 = 200 m [from Eq. (i)]
19 / 81h and breadth of one compartment
Percentage increase = × 100% Hence, the required ratio
h = 100 m 21x 21
= 23.45% = 23% (approx) and height of water in one compartment = = = = 175 .
= 12 m 2x 3 4 ×3
47. (b) Let the height of cylinder be h. Volume of one compartment
53. (c) Area of tank,
D C = 200 × 100 × 12
= 240000 m 3 BCDE = 10 × 75 . = 75 m 2
∴ Volume of 3 compartments G F
• h
= 3 × 240000 = 720000 m 3 E
= 720000000 L D
A B 7.5 m
h [Q 1 m = 1000 L ]
3
A
Then, radius of cylinder = B 10 m C
2 Total requirement of water 50000
h inhabitants in 1 day Area of remaining field
Also, radius of the sphere, r =
2 = 50000 × 20 = 1000000 L ABEDFGA = 125 × 15 − 75
2 = 1800 m 2
Q Volume of cylinder = π h ∴ Required number of days
h
2 720000000 Volume of Earth dug = 10 × 75 . × 6
= = 720 days
= 450 m 3
πh 3 1000000
= By given condition, 1800 × h = 450
4 51. (b) Let r and h be the radius and height
1 1
and volume of sphere. of the cone and r and H be the radius ⇒ h = m = × 100 cm = 25 cm
3
πh 3 4 4
S = πr 3 = π =
4 4 h and height of the cylinder.
3 3 2 6 1 54. (b) Let r = k and r = nk
∴ Volume of cone = πr 2 h 1 2
Q Volume of remaining material 3 Since, V =V
1 2
πh 3 πh 3 πh 3 and volume of cylinder = πr 2 H ∴
1 2
πr h = πr 2 h
= − =
4 6 12 1 3 1 1 2 2
By given condition, πr 2 h = πr 2 H 1 2
∴Volume of sphere in remaining material, 3 ⇒ πk × h = πn2 k 2 h
1 2
⇒ h = 3H …(i) 3
4
S = πr 3 ⇒ h = 3 n2 h
1
3 1 Lateral surface area of cone = πrl 1 2
⇒ r : r = 21 / 3 : 1 225 2 l
1 ⇒ r 2 + h2 = H [Q r 2 + h 2 = l 2 ]
16 2l
48. (c) Let side of square be x D r E
225 2
∴ Radius of sphere = x ⇒ r2 + 9 H 2 = H [from Eq. (i)] L
16
Surface area of sphere, A = 4 πx2
81 2 r2 81
Since, square revolves round a side to ⇒ r2 = H ⇒ 2
=
16 H 16
generate a cylinder whose height and 2r M
r 9 B C
radius are x and x, respectively. ⇒ =
H 4
∴ S = 2 π x ( x + x ) = 4 πx 2
∴ r: H = 9: 4 Therefore, radius and height of original
So, it is clear that, A = S. cone will be 2r and 2h respectively.
52. (b) Let the sides of the cuboid be x, 2x 1
49. (a) Given, length of pool = 24 m π × ( 2r )2 × 2h
and 4x and the side of the cube is y. V 8r 2 h
and breadth of pool = 15 m ∴ 1 = 3 = 2 =8
∴ Volume of cuboid = x × 2x × 4x V 1 r h
Rise in height of water 2 πr h
2
= 8x 3 3
= 1 cm = 0.01 m ∴ V :V = 8 : 1
and volume of cube = y 3 1 2
Volume of water displaced by x men 56. (d) By given condition,
By given condition,
= 24 × 15 × 0.01 = 3.6 m 3 Surface area of new sphere = 25% of 616
Volume of cuboid = Volume of cube
But volume of water displaced by x men
∴ 8x = y ⇒ y = 2x
3 3
…(i) 4 π r 2 = 154
= 0.1 x m 3 2
= ⇒ r = 3.5 cm
∴ Diagonal of cuboid 154 7
3.6 ⇒ r2 =
∴ 0.1 x = 3.6 ⇒ x = = 36
× 4 2
22
0.1 = x2 + 4x2 + 16x2 = 21x
7
MATHEMATICS > Quadratic Equations and Inequalities 355
57. (d) Let side of a cube be ‘a’ unit. Hence, volume of cuboid = lbh 66. (b) Let the radius of ball be r.
a
Then, radius of sphere is unit. ( y + z − x ) (z + x − y )
2 2 2 2 2 2 Q Radius of base of cylinder = 4r
2
and height of cylinder = 4r
Volume of cube ( a) 3 6 ( x2 + y 2 − z 2 )
∴ = = = ∴
4 3
Volume of spherical ball = πr
Volume of sphere 4 π a 3 π 2×2×2
3
3 2 and volume of water
1 ( y + z 2 − x 2 ) (z 2 + x 2 − y 2 )
2
58. (d) Total surface area = Curved surface = 1
= π ( 4r )2 ( 4r ) = 32 πr 3
area of cylinder + Curved 2 2 ( x2 + y 2 − z 2 ) 2
surface area of cone + Top surface area Also, volume of remaining portion of
of cylinder 63. (a) Let the radius of cone and sphere be cylinder = 32 πr 3
= 2 πrh + πrl + πr 2 = π [ 2rh + r 2 + rl ] r and height of cone be h .
1 Let number of spherical balls be n.
= π [ 2 × 3 × 4 + 32 + 3 32 + 42 ] By given condition,
∴
4
32 πr 3 = n × πr 3
= 48 π cm 2 Volume of cone = Volume of sphere 3
1 4 h 2 ⇒ n = 8 × 3 = 24
59. (b) Curved surface of a cylinder ∴ π r 2 h = π ( r )3 ⇒ 1 =
1 67. (b) From the information given in the
3 3 2r 1
= 1000 cm 2 , 2 πrh = 1000 …(i) question and the figure it is clear that
Length of wire used in one round or, 2 : 1
Radius of the hemisphere = radius of
= Perimeter of cylinder’s base = 2 πr 64. (d) Let the length, breadth and height of cone = height of cone = height of
a rectangular parallelopiped be 6x, 3x cylinder. Let it be r .
∴ Number of rounds and x, respectively.
Height of cylinder h Then, ratio of volume of cylinder,
= = Also, let the side of a cube be a. hemisphere and cone.
Diameter of wire 0.5
By given condition,
∴ Required length of wire D C
h 2 πrh Surface area of a cube = Surface area of
= 2 πr × =
05
. 05
. rectangular parallelopiped
=
1000
= 2000 cm or 20 m ⇒ 6 ( a )2 = 2 ( 6x × 3x + 3x × x + x × 6x)
05
. ⇒ 6a 2 = 2 ( 18x2 + 3x2 + 6x2 )
60. (d) Let h be the depth of the pit. ⇒ 6a 2 = 54x2 A B
∴ Volume of Earth dug ∴ a = 3x
2 1
= 500 × 250 cm 3 = 125000 cm 3 Now, = πr 3 : πr 3 : πr 3
3 3
Volume of cube
But volume of pit = 50 × 50 × h 2 1
Volume of rectangular parallelopiped = 1: : =3: 2: 1
125000 3 3
∴ h= = 50 cm = 0.5 m a3 (3x)3 27x3 3
50 × 50 = = = =
6x × 3x × x 18x3 18x3 2 68. (a) l = 152 + 82 = 17 cm
61. (a) Since, sheet is revolved about its D C
or, 3 : 2
length, threfore a cylinder is formed with
65. (b) Given thickness of a metal = 1 cm l cm
h = 7 cm and r = 4 cm
15 cm
∴ Volume of the figure, thus formed 5 cm
22 4 cm
= π r2h = × 4 × 4 × 7 = 352 cm 3
7
A 8 cm B
62. (c) Let l, b and h be the sides of cuboid.
then, l 2 + b 2 = x2 …(i)
Total surface area of the remaining solid
b 2 + h2 = y 2 …(ii)
∴ Inner radius = 2 πrh + πr 2 + πrl
and h2 + l 2 = z2 …(iii)
= outer radius – thickness = 2 π × 8 × 15 + π(8)2 + π × 8 × 17
Adding Eq. (i), (ii) and (iii), we get
= 5 − 1 = 4 cm = 240 π + 64π + 136π
2 ( l 2 + b 2 + h 2 ) = x2 + y 2 + z 2 2
Volume of hemisphere = π( R3 − r 3 ) = 440 π cm 2
1
⇒ l 2 + b 2 + h 2 = ( x2 + y 2 + z 2 ) 3
69. (c) Volume of spherical lead shot
2 2 2
= π(53 − 43 ) = π ( 125 − 64) 4 4
…(iv) 3 3 = π ( 1)3 = π cm 3
From Eqs. (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) 2 3 3
= π × 61 cm 3
3 I. Volume of 8 shots
y 2 + z 2 − x2 z 2 + x2 − y 2
h= ,l = Q Weight of 1 cm 3 of metal = 9 g 4
2 2 = π (0.5) 3 × 8
∴ Weight of all metal 3
x2 + y 2 − z 2 4
and b= = 2 / 3 π × 61 × 9 g = 366 π g = π cm 3
2 3
356 CDS Pathfinder
∴ Volume of the largest sphere Thickness of the metal = 1 cm 105. (a) Given that,
C D C Height of bucket = 25 cm
D 10 cm
D C
180°
B
A 25 cm
3
= π (Radius)3 = π
4 4 3
3 3 2 A B
A B
4 27 9
= π. = π = 4.5 π cm 3 Q Outer radius (R)
3 8 2 20 cm
= Thickness of the metal Radius of top ( R) = 20 cm
98. (d) Given that, radius of a right circular + Internal radius
cone (r) = 12 m and radius of bottom ( r ) = 10 cm
= 1 + 3 = 4 cm ∴ Capacity of bucket
Height of a right circular cone (h) = 5 m π
∴ Outer curved surface area = h ( R2 + r 2 + rh )
∴Lateral height of cone (l) = r 2 + h2 = 2 πrh = 2 × π × 4 × 10 = 80 π
3
π
= 144 + 25 = 169 = 13 m = × 25 ( 400 + 100 + 200) cm 3
102. (a) Let the height and radius of right 3
∴ Required quantity of cloth to roll up π
circular cylinder be h and r, respectively. = × 25 × 700 cm 3
to form a right circular tent = πr l 3
Then, volume of cylinder = π r 2 h π 175 × 100 17. 5 π
= π × (12) × (13) = 156 π m 2 = × L= L
D C 3 1000 3
99. (a) Given that, Outer radius of
hemispherical shell (R) = 9 cm 106. (d) Given that, h = 15 cm
9 cm Let r be the radius of cylinder.
7 cm h Lateral surface area of cylinder = 2 πrh
⇒ 2 πrh = 660 [given]
⇒ πrh = 330
22 22
A ⇒ × r × 15 = 330 ⇒ × r = 22
r B 7 7
Volume of circular cone =
1
π r2h Q r = 7 cm
and inner radius of hemispherical shell ∴ Required ratio
3 ∴ Volume of cylinder = πr 2 h
(r) = 7 cm Volume of utilised wood =
22
× 49 × 15
= 7
∴ Volume of a hemispherical shell Volume of wasted wood
2 Volume of right circular cone = 22 × 7 × 15 = 2310 cm 3
= π ( R3 − r 3 ) =
3 Volume of right circular cylinder 107. (b) Given that, the diameter of Moon
2 22 is approximately one-fourth of the
= × × ( 729 − 343) − Volume of right circular cone
3 7 diameter of Earth.
2 22 16984 1 2
πr h
1 2
πr h If radius of Moon = r
= × × 386 = = 808.76 1 Then, radius of Earth = 4r
3 7 21 = 3 = 3 = = 1:2
1 2 2 2 4 3
πr h − π r h
2 2
πr h πr
≈ 808 cm 3 (approx) Volume of Moon 3
3 3 ∴ =
100. (b) Let r be the radius of the sphere. Volume of Earth 4
103. (c) Since, volume of cone and pyramid π ( 4r )3
Given that, volume of sphere = 36 π 1 3
= × Base area × Height r3 1
4 3 = = = 1 : 64
⇒ π r 3 = 36 π ⇒ r 3 = 27 = (3)3 64 r 3 64
3 Therefore, they have same volume but
Q r = 3 cm their surface areas are not same as
108. (c) Slant height, l = h2 + r 2
∴ Diameter of sphere nothing can be said about their slant
= 2r = 2 (3) = 6 cm heights. = 162 + 122
and surface area of sphere = 4 πr 2 104. (b) Given that, height of cone (h) = 3 cm = 256 + 144 = 400 = 20 cm
C
= 4 π (3)2 = 36 π cm 2 and slant height of cone (l) = 5 cm
∴ Required ratio Let r be the radius of cone.Then,
Surface area of sphere 36 π
16 cm
= = = 6π l = r 2 + h 2 = 5 ⇒ r 2 + h 2 = 25 l
Diameter of sphere 6
⇒ r = 25 − 9 = 16 ⇒ r = 4 cm
2
Curved surface area = πrl and height of cone = h ′ In ∆AOB and ∆ACD, ∆AOB ~ ∆ACD
=
22
× 12 × 20 cm 2 ∴ Volume of the complete structure By basic proportionality theorem,
7 1 2 r h
= πr 2 h ′ + πr 2 h + πr 3 CD = , since AC =
Cost of painting the surface of the cap 3 3 2 2
22 h′ Volume of original cone
= × 12 × 20 × 0.70 = ` 528 = πr 2 + h + r Now, ratio =
2
7 3 3 Volume of smaller cone
1 2
109. (b) Slant height, l = h 2 + r 2 πr h
= π (3.5)2 × 3.5
28
. 2
+ 6.5 + 3 8
= ( 24)2 + ( 7)2 = 576 + 49 3 3 = 2
=
1 r h 1
= 625 = 25 = π × 3.5 × 3.5 × 9. 76 = 37586
. cm 3 π
E 3 2 2
C
∴ Required ratio = 8 : 1
2.8 cm
117. (c) Volume of each small sphere
4
l D C π( 4) 3
h Volume of bigger sphere 3
3.5 cm = =
12.8 cm Number of small spheres 64
6.5 cm 4 π × 4× 4× 4 4
A O B = × = π cm 3
r 3.5 cm 3 64 3
Total surface area = πr ( l + r ) A B Let radius of small sphere be r ′.
22 4 4
= × 7 ( 25 + 7) ∴ πr ′3 = π ⇒ r ′ = 1 cm
7 3 3
22 Hence, volume (V ) of the structure lies
= × 7 × 32 = 704 cm 2 Now, surface area of small sphere
7 between 370 cm 3 and 380 cm 3 .
24 = 4 πr ′ 2 = 4 π cm 2
110. (c) Radius of cone, r = = 12 cm 6
2 113. (b) Given, radius of cone = = 3 cm 118. (c) Volume of Earth dug out
2
Slant height of the cone, l = 52 + 122 = 8 × 2.5 × 2 = 40 m 3
and height of cone = 4 cm C
= 25 + 144 = 169 = 13 m D
E Now, curved surface area = πrl
where,l = r 2 + h 2 = 32 + 42 = 5 cm
2.5m 12 m
5m ∴Curved surface area = π × 3 × 5 = 15 π
C 15 × 22
D = ≈ 47 cm 2 8m
7 A
16 m 12 m 15 m B
114. (d) Volume of clay required
5.1 2 2
Area where Earth is spread × Field level
= π − × 21
11 m 45
.
2 2 raised
12 m
= Volume of Earth dug out
A B = π [( 255
. )2 − ( 2. 25)2 ] × 21
⇒ [( 12 × 15) − (8 × 2.5)] × h = 40
24 m = π ( 03
. × 48
. ) × 21 = 30. 24 π cm 2 40 40 1
Curved surface area for conical portion ∴ h= = = m
115. (a) Surface area of cube which can be 180 − 20 160 4
22 3432 2
= πrl = × 12 × 13 = m painted = 6 (Side)2 = 6( 2)2 = 24 cm 2
7 7 100
Now, surface area of cuboid which can = cm = 25 cm
111. (d) Curved surface area of cylinder be painted 4
= 2 π rh = x = 2( lb + bh + lh ) 119. (a) Given, surface area of sphere
Volume of cylinder = πr 2 h = y = 2( 2 + 6 + 3) = 22 cm 2 = 616 cm 2
2 π rh x 2y Total surface area of both cube and cuboid 616 × 7
⇒ = ⇒ r= ⇒ 4 πr 2 = 616 ⇒ r 2 =
= 22 + 24 = 46 cm 2 < 54 cm 2 4 × 22
πr h y
2
x Hence, both cube and cuboid can be
x ⇒ r2 = 7 × 7 ∴ r = 7 cm
Also, h= painted.
2 πr ∴ Diameter of the largest circle lying on
x 116. (b) Let the cone is divided into two parts sphere
by a line l.
∴ Required ratio = = 2 πr
h
A = 2 × r = 14 cm
r 2y
x 120. (c) Given, volume of cube = 216x3
h/2
x x3 x (Side)3 = 216x3 ⇒ Side = 6x
= × = l D
2 y 2 y 8 πy 2 C r/2 h Since, sphere is enclosed in hollow cube.
2π ⋅
x ∴ Diameter of sphere = 6x
So, the ratio is not independent of x or y. Now, surface area of sphere = 4 πr 2
112. (a) Let common radius be r cm. 2
= 4 π = 36 πx2
C O r B 6x
Then, height of cylinder = h 2
360 CDS Pathfinder
121. (c) Let ABC be a right angled triangle. Then, new side of cube = x + 100% of x 127. (b) Let length, breadth and height of a
Then, hypotenuse, AC = 25 cm = x + x = 2x cuboidal box be l , b and h, respectively.
C
A ∴ New surface area of cube = 6( 2x )2
15 cm = 6 × 4x2 = 24x2 D h
Now, increase percentage in surface area
B D
E 24x2 − 6x2
= × 100 b
B
20 cm 6x 2 A
18 l
= × 100 = 300%
6 Given, areas of the three adjacent faces
C
124. (a) Let radius of the sphere be r. are x, 4x and 9x sq units.
Let AB = 3x and BC = 4x
Since, cylinder circumscri- D C Now, lb = x
Thus, AC 2 = AB 2 + BC 2
bes a sphere. [Q area of rectangular face =
[by pythagoras theorem]
∴ Radius of the base of h length × breadth]
⇒ ( 25)2 = (3x)2 + ( 4x)2 cylinder = r and height Similarly, bh = 4x and lh = 9x
⇒ ( 25)2 = 9x2 + 16x2 of cylinder = 2r A B Now, ( lb ) ⋅ ( bh ) ⋅ ( lh ) = ( x) ⋅ ( 4x) ⋅ ( 9x)
⇒ 25 = x2 ⇒ x = 5 = Diameter of sphere
∴ AB = 15 cm and BC = 20 cm 4 3 ⇒ ( lbh )2 = 36x3 ⇒ lbh = 36x3
Now, volume of sphere = πr
Now, ∆ABC revolves about AC , so it 3 ∴ lbh = 6x3 / 2
forms two cones ABD and BCD. and volume of cylinder
Hence, volume of cuboidal box
Since, ∆AEB and ∆ABC are similar. = πr 2 h = πr 2 ( 2 r ) = 2 πr 3
BE AB BE 15 = lbh = 6x3 / 2 cu units
∴ = ⇒ = 4 3
πr 128. (c) In a cuboid, 4 perpendicular face pairs
BC AC 20 25 3 4
∴ Required ratio = =
15 × 20 2 πr 3 3×2 in bottom surface, 4 perpendicular face
⇒ BE = = 12 cm pairs in top surface and 4 perpendicular
25 2
= =2:3 face pairs in vertical surface.
So, radius of the base of cone 3
= BE = 12 cm Hence, total perpendicular pairs are 12.
125. (a) Given, diameter of
In right angled ∆AEB, the base of the conical 129. (c) I. Surface area of sphere A
12 cm
portion = 12 cm = 4 π( 6)2 = 144 π cm 2
AE = ( AB ) − ( BE )2 2
∴ Radius of conical Surface area of sphere B = 4 π(8)2
= ( 15)2 − ( 12)2
portion = 6 cm 8 cm = 256 π cm 2
= 225 − 144 = 81 = 9 cm
Radius of hemisphere Surface area of sphere C = 4 π( 10)2
So, height of cone ABD = AE = 9 cm = 6 cm and height of = 400 π cm 2
∴ Height of cone BCD = AC − AE conical portion = 8 cm
Now, sum of surface area of spheres
= 25 − 9 = 16 cm ∴ Slant height of conical portion A and B
1
Now, volume of cone ABD = πr 2 h = 62 + 82 = 36 + 64 = 144 π + 256 π = 400 π cm 2
3
1 [Q l = r 2 + h2 ] = Surface area of sphere C
= π( 12)2 × 9 = 432 π cm 3
3 = 100 = 10 cm Hence, statement I is correct.
and volume of cone Now, total surface area of the toy II. Q Volume of sphere D
1 4
BCD = π ( 12)2 × 16 = 768 π cm 3 = Curved surface area of conical portion = π( 12)3 = 2304 π cm 3
3 3
∴ Required volume of double cone + Curved surface area of hemisphere
4
= πrl + 2 πr 2 = π( rl + 2r 2 ) Volume of sphere A = π( 6)3 cm 3
= 432 π + 768 π = 1200 π 3
= 1200 × 3.14 [Q π = 3.14] = π ( 6 × 10 + 2 × 6 × 6) 4
Volume of sphere B = π(8)3 cm 3
= 3768 cm 3 = π ( 60 + 72) = 132 π cm 2 3
126. (b) Volume of the toy and volume of sphere
122. (d) Q Surface area of cone ABD = πrl 4
= Volume of conical portion C = π( 10)3 cm 3
= π × 12 × 15 = 180 π cm 2
3
and surface area of cone + Volume of hemisphere Now, sum of volumes of spheres
BCD = π × 12 × 20 = 240 π cm 2 1 2
= πr h + πr 3
2 A , B and C
∴Required surface area of double cone 3 3 4
= π[63 + 83 + 103 ]
= π r 2 h + r 3
= 180 π + 240 π = 420 π 1 2 3
3 3 4
= 420 × 3.14 = 13188
. cm 2 = π [ 216 + 512 + 1000]
= π × ( 6)2 × 8 + × ( 6)3
1 2 3
123. (c) Let side of a cube be x. 3 3 = 2304 π cm 3 = Volume of sphere D
Then, surface area of cube = 6x2 Hence, statement II is also correct.
= π [ 96 + 144] = 240 π cm 3
If the side of cube is increased by 100%.
MATHEMATICS > Quadratic Equations and Inequalities 361
130. (a) Given, diameter of a sphere, d = 6 cm 16 2 6×6×6 137. (b) Let the radius and height of the cone
= π ×
d 6 9 4 × 4 × 4 × π3 be r and h, respectively.
∴ Radius of a sphere, r = = = 3 cm
2 2 6
= = 6: π ∴ Initial volume of cone
π 1
Let the radius of wire be R cm. (V ) = πr 2 h …(i)
Hence, the ratio of square of their 3
Also, given the length of wire, H = 36 m volume is 6 : π. new height, H = h + h × 200%
= 3600 cm = h+
200h
= 3h
134. (a) Let radius of sphere and cone be r.
According to the question, 100
4
∴ Volume of sphere V = πr 3 and new radius, R = r − r × 50%
Volume of sphere = Volume of wire 1
3 50r r
4 3 1 =r− =
⇒ πr = πR2 H and volume of cone V = πr 2 h 100 2
2
3 3 1
4 Now, according to the question, ∴ New volume of cone (V ) = πR2 H
⇒ × (3)3 = R2 × 3600 2
3
4 1
3 V = 2V ⇒ πr 3 = 2 × πr 2 h 2
r2
= π × 3h = π ×
1 r 1
4 × 32
1 2
3 3 × 3h
( 6)2 3 2 3 4
⇒ R2 = = ⇒ 2r 3 = r 2 h ⇒ 2r = h ⇒
h 2
= 1 3 3V
3600 ( 60)2 r 1 = πr 2 h × = [from Eq. (i)]
3 4 4
∴ R=
6
=
1
= 0.1 cm ∴ h: r = 2: 1 3V V
60 10 Decrease in volume = V − =
135. (a) Let the radius of sphere be r. 4 4
131. (b) Given, side of a cube = 2 cm 4
∴ Volume of sphere = πr 3 ∴ Decrease percentage in volume
3 Decrease in Volume
∴ Maximum distance between two = × 100%
points of a cube According to the question, Initial Volume
V /4 V
= Length of diagonal If the radius of a sphere is increased by = × 100% = × 100% = 25%
10%. V 4V
= 3 × Side = 2 3 cm
Then, new radius r ′ = r + r × 10% 138. (c) Given a rectangular paper of 44 cm
132. (d) Let the slant height of cone be l cm. r 11r
=r+ = long and 6 cm wide is rolled to form a
Given, h = 24 cm and r = 7 cm 10 10 cylinder of height equal to width of the
4
∴ l 2 = h2 + r 2 ∴ New volume of sphere = πr ′3 paper.
3 ∴Circumference of the base of cylinder
⇒ l 2 = 242 + 72 = 576 + 49 4 π 11r
3
4 1331r 3
= = π× = 44
⇒ l 2 = 625 ⇒ l = 25 cm
3 10 3 1000 44 44 × 7
i.e. 2 πr = 44 ⇒ r = =
Total surface area = Curved surface Increased volume 2 π 2 × 22
area of cone + curved surface area of 4 1331 3 4 3 4 3 331 ∴ r = 7 cm
hemisphere = π× r − πr = πr ×
3 1000 3 3 1000 Hence, the radius of the base of the
= πrl + 2 πr 2 = πr ( l + 2r ) cylinder is 7 cm.
Increased percentage
= π × 7( 25 + 2 × 7) = 7 π[ 25 + 14]
4 3 331 139. (c) Let the C
= 7 π × 39 = 273 π cm 2 πr ×
3 1000 × 100% = 33.1% dimensions of
=
4 3 cuboid be l, b D h
133. (a) Let the radius of the sphere and side πr
of cube be r and a respectively. 3 and h
respectively. B
∴ Total surface area of sphere 136. (b) Since, three metallic spheres are b
melted to form a single sphere. For first face A
( S ) = 4 πr 2 sq units l
1
So, the sum of volume of three spherical l 2 + b 2 = 132 [Q l 2 + b 2 = d 2 ]
and total surface area of cube
solid sphere. ⇒ l 2 + b 2 = 169 …(i)
( S ) = 6a 2 sq units
2 4 4 4
Now, according to the question, = π( 6)3 + π(8)3 + π( 10)3 For second face
3 3 3
r2 6 b 2 + h 2 =( 281)2
S = S ⇒ 4 πr 2 = 6a 2 ⇒ = 4
= π[ 63 + 83 + 103 ] ⇒ b + h 2 = 281.
2
…(ii)
1 2
a2 4 π 3
…(i) For third face
Let r be the radius of new sphere
4 3
∴Volume of sphere (V ) = πr cu units h 2 + l 2 = 202 ⇒ h 2 + l 2 = 400 …(iii)
4 3 4
1
3 ∴ πr = π( 63 + 83 + 103 ) On adding Eqs. (i), (ii) and (iii), we get
3 3
and volume of cube (V ) = a 3 cu units 2 ( l 2 + b 2 + h 2 ) = 850
2 ⇒ r 3 = 63 + 83 + 103 ⇒ l 2 + b 2 + h 2 = 425 …(iv)
Now, 2 ⇒ r 3 = 216 + 512 + 1000
2 4 πr 3 Subtracting Eq. (i) form Eq. (iv), we get
V 16 2 r 2
3
⇒ r 3 = 1728
1 = 3 3 = π 2 h 2 = 256 ⇒ h = 16 units
V a 9 a ⇒ r 3 = 12 × 12 × 12 similarly, b 2 = 25 ⇒ b = 5 units
2
⇒ r = 12 cm and l 2 = 144 ⇒ l = 12 units
3
16 2 6 ∴ Diameter of the new sphere
= π [from Eq. (i)] ∴ Total surface area of cuboid
9 4π
= 2r = 2 × 12 = 24 cm = 2( lb + bh + lh )
362 CDS Pathfinder
∴ Length of diagonal = l 3 = 47 3 cm
1 2
⇒ r2 = = π 3 ⇒ r2 = π 3
A 2
4π 4 2
and respectively
143. (b) Let the height of cylindrical 4 πx 1 −1
portion be h. 3 ⇒ r=π 3
1 1 1 2
Then,
2 3
πr + πr 2 h = 3312 π Q x <x <x ⇒ > > 3
1 2 3
3 x x x 4 1 −1
1 2 3 Given, n ⋅ π π 3 = 1 × 1 × 1
πr 2 r + h = 3312 π
2
⇒
2 A A2 A2 3 2
⇒ > >
3 4 πx 4 πx 4 πx 4 1 1 n
2 1 2 3 ⇒ n⋅ π × × = 1 ⇒ =1
⇒ 12 × 12 × 12 + h = 3312 ∴ V <V <V 3 8 π 6
3 3 2 1
148. (a) Since, ∆OAB and ∆OCD are similar ∴ n=6
⇒ 8 + h = 23 ⇒ h = 15m
r h 2
∴ = = 153. (d) Let n cylindrical boxes be packed.
r h 1
1 ⇒ n × π × 5 × 5 × 10
2
1 = π × 15 × 15 × 100
h We have, V = πr 2 h
3 ∴ n = 90 boxes
C r 154. (c) We have, area of cross-section of pipe
r D
= 4 cm 2 = 4 × 10− 4 m 2
and 4 × 10− 4 × 40 m 3 water flows in 1 s.
r1
Surface area of hemisphere 2 πr 2
h A
B Let cistern fill in t s.
Q =
Surface area of cylinder 2 πrh h
⇒ 4 × 10− 4 × 40 × t = 10 × 8 × 6
r 12 4 2
= = = 30000
h 15 5 ⇒ t = 30000 s = h
O 60 × 60
∴ r : h = 4:5
3V r r2 50
144. (a) Let the length of water tank be lm. ⇒ r = 2
⇒ r = ⇒ r2 = = h = 8 h and 20 min
πh 1
2 1
4 6
volume of tank = l × l × l = l 3
28
363
STATISTICS
Usually (10-13) questions have been asked from this chapter. This chapter is very important from
examination point of view and generally questions are asked from the graphical representation of data,
measures of central tendency.
Statistics is the branch of Mathematics which deals with the Class Intervals Class intervals are the groups in
collection, analysis and interpretation of numerical data. In which all the observations are divided. Each class is
this chapter, we shall study measures of central tendency i.e. bounded by two figures (numbers) which are called
mean, median and mode of ungrouped data and grouped class limits. The figure on the left side of a class, is
data. Concept of cumulative frequency, the cumulative called its lower limit and that on the right side of a
frequency distribution how to draw cumulative frequency class, is called its upper limit.
curves (ogive) and graphical representation of data will also Class mark It is the mid-point of the class interval.
be discussed.
Lower class limit + Upper class limit
i.e. Class mark =
Collection of Data 2
Collection of data is the first step in statistics towards Range or a class size Difference between the upper
achieving the goal or conclusion. limit and the lower limit of a class is called its class
On the basis of collection, data are of two types size.
1. Primary data The data collected actually in the process Range = Upper limit − Lower limit
of investigation by the investigator is called primary data. e.g. Range of the observations 4, 7, 8, 10, 12
It is original and first hand information. = 12 − 4 = 8
2. Secondary data The data collected by someone and used
Frequency of an observation The number of times
by any other person known as secondary data.
an observation occurs is called its frequency.
Presentation of Data
Raw or Ungrouped data When the data presented is Frequency distribution
random and is not prepared according to some order, it is The tabular arrangement of data, showing the
known as raw or ungrouped data. It does not give us a clear frequency of each observation is called a frequency
picture of the class. distribution. It is a method of presenting the data in
a summarized form. Frequency distribution is also
Grouped data When the data is arranged in any manner
known as frequency table.
like ascending or descending order etc., it is called grouped
data. It can also be presented in the form of a table called There are two types of frequency distribution which
frequency distribution table. are as follows:
364 CDS Pathfinder
EXAMPLE 3. The class marks of a distribution are 1. Arithmetic mean of ungrouped or individual
54, 64, 74, 84, 94 and 104. Then, the class size is observations If x1 , x 2 , x 3 , . . . , x n are n observations,
a. 5 b. 10 c. 54 d. 104 then
Sol. b. Since, class size is the difference between the x1 + x2 + . . . + xn 1 n
(i) Mean ( x ) = = ∑ xi
class marks of two adjacent classes. n ni=1
∴ Class size = 64 − 54 = 10
It is also called direct method.
1 n
MEASURES OF CENTRAL (ii) Mean ( x ) = A + ∑ d i
ni =1
TENDENCY where, A = Assumed mean and d i = xi − A .
An average or central value of a statistical series is the
It is also called shortcut method.
value of the variable which describes the charateristic
of the entire distribution. The following are the five EXAMPLE 4. If the heights of 5 persons are 144 cm,
measure of central tendency 152 cm, 150 cm, 158 cm and 155 cm, respectively. Find
(i) Arithmetic mean or mean (ii) Geometric mean the mean height.
(iii) Harmonic mean (iv) Median a. 152.5 cm b. 150 cmc. 149.8 cm d. 151.8 cm
(v) Mode Sum of the heights
Sol. d. Mean height =
Out of these measures of central tendency. Arithmetic Number of persons
mean, median and mode are sometimes knows as 144 + 152 + 150 + 158 + 155 759
= = = 151. 8 cm
measures of location. 5 5
EXAMPLE 11. The weighted arithmetic mean of the EXAMPLE 13. What is the geometrical mean of the
first n natural numbers, the weights being the variate which takes values 210, 201, 202, 20, 12, 10, 2,
corresponding numbers, is 1 and 0?
n+1 n+ 2 2n + 1 a. 10 b. 9 c. 8 d. 0
a. b. c. d. None of these
2 2 3
Sol. d. The given variates are 210, 201, 202, 20, 12, 10, 2,
Sol. c. First n natural numbers are 1, 2, 3, . . . , n ; whose 1 and 0.
corresponding weights are 1, 2, 3, . . . , n , respectively. ∴ Geometric mean of given variates
1× 1+ 2 × 2 + ... + n × n = 9 210 × 201× 202 × 20 × 10 × 2 × 1× 0 = 9 0 = 0
∴ Weight arithmetic mean =
1+ 2 + ... + n
12 + 22 + . . . + n2 n(n + 1)( 2n + 1) 2n + 1 Harmonic Mean
= = =
1+ 2 + ... + n 6n(n + 1) 3 The harmonic mean of n positive numbers a1 , a 2 , . . . , a n is
2 1 11 1 1 1
n(n + 1)( 2n + 1) = + + +... +
H n a1 a 2 a 3 an
Q Σn 2 =
6
n(n + 1) where, H denotes the harmonic mean.
Σn =
2
Median
Combined Arithmetic Mean After arranging the given data in ascending or
If two sets of observations are given, then the combined descending order of magnitude, the value of the middle
mean of both the sets can be calculated by the following most observation is called the median of the data.
formula. 1. Median of an individual series If number of
n x + n2 x 2 observations is n. Then, arrange the observations in
x= 1 1
n1 + n2 ascending or descending order.
where, x = Mean of sets of observations (i) If n is an odd number, then
x1 = Mean of first set of observations n + 1
Median = Value of the th observation
n1 = Number of observations in first set 2
x 2 = Mean of second set of observations
(ii) If n is an even number, then
n2 = Number of observations in second set
n
Value of the th observation
EXAMPLE 12. The average salary of male employees 2
in a firm was ` 5200 and that of females was ` 4200. n
The mean salary of all the employees was ` 5000. The + Value of + 1 th observation
2
percentage of male and female employees are, Median =
respectively. 2
a. 80 and 20 b. 20 and 80 c. 60 and 40 d. 52 and 48 2. Median of a discrete frequency series First arrange
the data in ascending or descending order and find
Sol. a. Let x1 = 5200, x2 = 4200 and x = 5000
N
n1x1 + n2 x2 cumulative frequency. Now, find , where N = Σf i .
We know that, x= 2
n1 + n2 N
n1 4 See the cumulative frequency just greater than .
⇒ 5000 (n1 + n2) = 5200n1 + 4200n2 ⇒ = 2
n2 1
The corresponding value of x is median.
∴ The percentage of male employees in the firm
4 3. Median of a continuous series In this case, the
= × 100 = 80 class corresponding to the cumulative frequency just
4+1
greater than N / 2 is called the median class and the
and the percentage of female employees in the firm value of median is obtained by the following
1
= × 100 = 20 formula.
4+1
N
− c
Median = l + 2 ×h
Geometric Mean f
If a, G and b are in GP, then the geometric mean
between a and b is, G = ab. where, l = Lower limit of median class
368 CDS Pathfinder
f = Frequency of median class Sol. a. Arranging the data in the form of a frequency table, we
h = Size of median class have
c = Cumulative frequency of class before Value Frequency
median class 2.2 4
2.3 2
EXAMPLE 14. From the data given, the median 2.4 1
of the average deposit balance of saving for the 2.5 2
branch during March 1982 is 2.6 1
Average deposit balance Number of deposit 2.7 2
(in `)
We see that, the value 2.2 has the maximum frequency 4. So,
0 – 100 26
the mode for the given series is 2.2.
100-200 68
2. Mode of a discrete frequency series In this case, mode is
200-300 145 the value of the variate corresponding to the maximum
300-400 242 frequency.
400-500 188
EXAMPLE 16. Compute the modal value for the following
500-600 65 frequency distribution.
600-700 16
x 95 105 115 125 135 145 155 165 175
a. 356 b. 300 c. 56.2 d. 356.2 f 4 2 18 22 21 19 10 3 2
Sol. d. a. 115 b. 125 c. 22 d. 120
Average deposit Cumulative
f
balance (in `) frequency (c f ) Sol. b. From the given table, it is clear that 125 has the highest
Less than 100 26 26 frequency i.e. 22. Hence, modal value of the given frequency
100-200 68 94 distribution is 125.
200-300 145 239 3. Mode of a continuous series The class which has
300-400 242 481 maximum frequency is called modal class or group. The
mode is given by the formula,
400-500 188 669
f1 − f 0
500-600 65 734 Mode = l + ×h
2 f1 − f 0 − f 2
600-700 16 750
where, l = Lower limit of modal class
N 750
= = 375 h = Size of class interval
2 2
The frequency just greater than 375 is 481. f1 = Frequency of modal class
∴ Median class is 300-400. f 0 = Frequency of the class preceding the
modal class
N − c
375 − 239 f 2 = Frequency of the class succeeding the
Median = l + 2 × h = 300 + × 100 modal class
f 242
= 300 + 56. 2 = 356. 2 EXAMPLE 17. The mode of the following distribution is
Frequency
to be symmetric distribution.
30
EXAMPLE 18. If in a frequency distribution, the mean
and median are 20 and 21 respectively, then its mode 20
is approximate by 10
a. 24 b. 23 c. 25 d. None of these
Sol. b. Here, mean = 20 and median = 21 10 20 30 40 50
Number
Mode = 3 × Median − 2 × Mean = 63 − 40 = 23
Σ | d i |2 30
σ= . 20
n
10
• Standard variation for grouped data is given by
Σf i | d i | 2
σ=
n
POINTS TO BE REMEMBERED
• Variance = σ 2
A histogram consists of a set of adjacent rectangles,
Standard deviation l
• Coefficient of variation = × 100 whose bases are equal to class sizes and height are equal
Mean to class frequencies.
Mean deviation The total area of the histogram = Sum of areas of all
• Coefficient of mean deviation = × 100 l
A frequency polygon for a grouped data can also be EXAMPLE 20. In statistics, a suitable graph
drawn independently by plotting the mid-points of the for representing the partitioning of total into subpart
all classes along X-axis and frequencies along Y-axis and is
joining the plotted points by straight line. a. an ogive
b. a pictograph
85 c. a histogram
d. a pie chart
80
Temperature
Note n
If we have both ogive (i.e. less than type and more (iii) If the income of the family is ` 3000 per month, then
than type), then these two ogives intersect each other at a expenditure of item C will be
point.
n
From this point, draw a perpendicular on X-axis, the point a. ` 400 b. ` 500 c. ` 600 d. ` 800
at which it cuts the X-axis gives the median.
i.e. the x-coordinate of intersection point gives the median.
Sol. (i) c. Angle for 100% = 360°
∴ Angle for expenditure of A = 30% of 360°
Pie-Diagram (or Pie chart) =
30
× 360 = 108°
A type of graph in which a circle is divided into sectors 100
such that each sector represents a proportion of the (ii) c. Q 100% = 360°
whole. ∴ An angle of 90° at the centre of pie diagram in
E
Thus, in a pie chart 90 × 100
30° percentage is = = 25%
• Data is represented by sectors of a D A 360
circle. 120° 90°
Expenditure of items D and E makes upto
• Each part of data makes a certain B (15 + 10) = 25%.
C 80°
central angle. So, expenditure of D and E together will form
40°
• Sum of all the angles of sector is
an angle of 90° at the centre of pie diagram.
360°.
° (iii) c. Expenditure on item C
Frequency × 360
• Central angle = 20
Total frequency = 20% of ` 3000 = × 3000 = ` 600
100
MATHEMATICS Statistics 371
PRACTICE EXERCISE
1. Frequency polygon can be drawn after drawing 11. The following pie chart shows the marks
(a) ogive (b) bar chart obtained by a student in an examination who
(c) histogram (d) None of these scored 540 marks in all. The subject in which the
student scored 108 marks is
2. An ogive is used to determine
(a) mean (b) median (c) GM (d) HM
Mathematics
3. The mid-value of a class interval is 42. If the 90°
class size is 10, then the upper and lower limits English
63°
of the class are
Hindi
(a) 37.5 and 47.5 (b) 47 and 37 Social
60°
(c) 37 and 47 (d) 47.5 and 37.5 Science
Science 72°
4. The actual lower class limits of the following 75°
classes 10-19, 20-29, 30-39 and 40-49 are
(a) 9.5, 19, 29 and 39.5 (b) 10, 20, 30 and 40
(c) 9.5, 19.5, 29.5 and 39.5 (d) 18.5, 28.5, 38.5 and 48.5 (a) Science (b) Hindi
(c) English (d) Social Science
5. If the mean of five observations x , x + 2,
x + 4, x + 6 and x + 8 is 11, then the mean of first 12. A distribution consists of three components with
three observations is frequencies 45, 40 and 15 having their means 2,
(a) 9 (b) 11
2.5 and 2 respectively. The mean of the combined
(c) 13 (d) None of these
distribution is
(a) 2.1 (b) 2.2 (c) 2.3 (d) 2.4
6. The combined mean of three groups is 12 and 1 1 1 1 1
the combined mean of first two groups is 3. If 13. If the values 1, , , , , . . . , occur at
the first, second and third groups have 2, 3 2 3 4 5 n
and 5 items respectively, then mean of third frequencies 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,…, n respectively, in a
group is frequency distribution, then the mean is
(a) 10 (b) 21 1 2
(a) 1 (b) n (c) (d)
(c) 12 (d) 18 n n+1
7. 10 is the mean of a set of 7 observations and 5 is 14. If the geometric mean of three observations 40,
the mean of a set of 3 observations. The mean of 50 and x is 10, then the value of x is
the combined set is given by 1
(a) (b) 4 (c) 6 (d) 2
(a) 15 (b) 10 (c) 8.5 (d) 7.5 2
8. In a class of 50 students, 10 have failed and 15. Suppose, X is some statistical variable with
their average marks are 28. The total marks mean µ. Let x1 , x2 , . . . , xn be its deviations from
obtained by the entire class are 2800. The mean with the respective frequencies f1 , f2 , . . . , fn .
average marks of those who have passed are What is the value of the sum
(a) 43 (b) 53 (c) 63 (d) 70 x1 f1 + x2 f2 + . . . + xn fn ?
9. Which of the following statements about the (a) 0 (b) 1 (c) µ (d) µ + 1
median is true?
16. Which one of the following statements is not
(a) It is not affected by extreme values
correct with reference to a histogram?
(b) It can be found even, if some items are not known
(a) Frequency curve is obtained by joining the
(c) It is useful when the data cannot be measured mid-points of the top of the adjacent rectangles with
quantitatively
smooth curves
(d) All of the above
(b) Histogram is drawn for continuous data
10. The middle item of the series arranged in (c) The height of the bar is proportional to the
ascending or descending order is called frequency of that class
(a) mean (b) median (d) Mode of the distribution can be obtained from the
(c) mode (d) standard deviation histogram
372 CDS Pathfinder
22. A student obtains 75%, 80% and 85% marks in If m is the value of mode, then which one of the
three subjects. If the marks of any other subject following is correct?
are added, then their average cannot be less than (a) 5 < m < 10 (b) 10 < m < 15
(a) 60% (b) 65% (c) 70% (d) 80% (c) 15 < m < 20 (d) 20 < m < 25
MATHEMATICS Statistics 373
32. Square diagrams are drawn to represent the 39. Consider the following statements in respect of
following data histogram
Country Pakistan India Myanmar China I. Histogram is an equivalent graphical
representation of the frequency distribution.
Labour Production
36 81 25 100 II. Histogram is suitable for continuous random
(in `)
variables, where the total frequency of an
Using the scale 1 cm 2 = ` 25 what is the length interval is evenly distributed over the interval.
of the representative square for India? Which of the statements given above is/are
(a) 1.8 cm (b) 1.2 cm (c) 1 cm (d) 2 cm correct?
(a) Only I (b) Only II
33. The standard deviation of 7, 9, 11, 13, 15 is (c) Both I and II (d) Neither I nor II
(a) 2.4 (b) 2.5 (c) 2.7 (d) 2.82
40. Examples of data are given below
34. The total number of cellphones sold for Motorola, I. Information on households collected by an
Samsung and Sony was 45664. The number of investigator by door-to-door visits.
cellphones sold for these companies were in the
II. Data on the percentage of literates, sex-wise, for
ratio 3:5:8 respectively. If these data were the different districts of a state collected from
shown on a pie chart, calculate the angle records of the census of India.
represented by the number of cellphones sold by
III. General information about families, collected by
Motorola.
telephonic interviews.
(a) 75° (b) 67.5° (c) 70° (d) 74.5°
Which one of the following in respect of the above
35. If the population figures are given for each State is correct?
of India, then the data can be classified as (a) I and II are primary data (b) I and III are primary data
(a) qualitative (b) quantitative (c) II and III are primary data (d) I, II and III are primary data
(c) chronological (d) geographical
41. Consider the following types of data
36. Which one of the following represents statistical I. Marks of students who appeared for a test of 100
data? marks.
(a) The names of all owners of shops located in a II. Collar sizes of 200 shirts sold in a week.
shopping complex
III. Monthly incomes of 250 employees of a factory.
(b) A list giving the names of all States of India
(c) A list of all European countries and their respective For which of the above data, mode is a suitable
capital cities measure of central tendency?
(d) The volume of a rainfall in certain geographical area, (a) I and II (b) Only II (c) I and III (d) All of these
recorded every month for 24 consecutive months
42. The cumulative frequency curve of a frequency
37. Prime numbers are the numbers which comes in distribution with 6 classes and total frequency
the table of 1 and itself only. 60 is a straight line. Consider the following
I. The mean of first seven prime numbers is statements
greater than their median. I. The first and the last classes have a frequency of
II. Mean is always greater than median. 10 each.
Select the correct option from the options given II. Both the middle classes have a total frequency of
30.
below
III. The frequency distribution does not have a mode.
(a) Only I (b) Only II
(c) Both I and II (d) Neither I nor II Which of the statements given above are correct?
(a) I and II (b) I and III (c) II and III (d) All of these
38. Consider the following statements in respect of a
histogram 43. State which of the following variables are
I. The histogram consists of vertical rectangular discrete?
bars with a common base such that there is no I. Number of children in a family.
gap between consecutive bars. II. Wages of workers.
II. The height of the rectangle is determined by the III. The ages of students.
frequency of the class it represents. IV. Weights of a set of a students.
Which of the statements given above is/are Select the correct answer using the codes given
correct? below
(a) Only I (b) Only II (a) I and II (b) I, II and III
(c) Both I and II (d) Neither I nor II (c) All of these (d) None of these
374 CDS Pathfinder
46. What is the sectorial angle of the largest sector? 55. If the total production is 180000 kg, the
(a) 120° (b) 105° (c) 90° (d) 85° difference in sugar and wheat production is
(a) 10000 (b) 15000 (c) 20000 (d) None of these
47. What is the difference in the sectorial angles of
the largest and the smallest sectors? Directions (Q. Nos. 56-58) Consider the following
(a) 90° (b) 85° (c) 82.5° (d) 77.5° frequency distribution
Directions (Q. Nos. 48-49) The following table Class interval 1-4 4-7 7-10 10-13 13-16 16-19
gives the frequency distribution of life length in Frequency 6 30 40 16 4 4
hours of 100 electric bulbs having median life 20 h.
Life of bulbs (in h) Number of bulbs
56. What is the median of the data?
8-13 7 (a) 9.4 (b) 7.68 (c) 8.05 (d) 8.32
13-18 x 57. What is modal size of the given data?
18-23 40 (a) 8.14 (b) 7.88 (c) 7.62 (d) 8.48
23-28 y
58. The value of (Mean + Mode −2 Median) is equal to
28-33 10
(a) 0 (b) 0.2 (c) 0.4 (d) 0.1
33-38 2
60. Consider the following statements : 68. Consider the following statements :
I. The data collected by the investigator to be used I. A frequency distribution condenses the data and
by himself are called primary data. reveals its important features.
II. The data obtained from government agencies are II. A frequency distribution is an equivalent
called secondary data. representation of original data.
Which of the statement(s) given above is/are Which of the statement(s) given above is/are
correct? e 2012 I correct? e 2013 I
(a) Only I (b) Only II (a) Only I (b) Only II
(c) Both I and II (d) Neither I nor II (c) Both I and II (d) Neither I nor II
61. Which one among the following statements is
correct? e 2012 I Directions (Q. Nos. 69-71) Read the following
(a) Simple bar diagrams are those diagrams which information carefully to answer the questions that
show two characteristics of the data follow. e 2013 I
(b) In pie diagrams, all the items are converted into In a frequency distribution having class intervals 0-10,
angles 10-20, 20-30 and 30-40 the respective frequencies are x,
(c) A bar diagram is one in which data are shown in x + 8, x − 2 and x − 4 and the arithmetic mean of the
terms of bars distribution is 17.8.
(d) Bar diagrams present data through length and breadth
69. The value of x is
62. Consider the following distribution :
(a) 3 (b) 6 (c) 8 (d) 12
Value of the variable 1 2 3 4 5
70. The median lies in which one of the following
Frequency 3 f 6 5 3
class intervals?
For what value of f, is the arithmetic mean of (a) 0-10 (b) 10-20 (c) 20-30 (d) 30-40
the above distribution 3.1? e 2012 I
(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 4 (d) 5
71. The modal class is
(a) 0-10 (b) 10-20 (c) 20-30 (d) 30-40
63. Which of the following pair(s) is/are correctly
matched?
72. The mean of 7 observations is 7. If each observation
is increased by 2, then the new mean is e 2013 I
I. Weight of a person : Continuous variable (a) 12 (b) 10 (c) 9 (d) 8
II. Educational qualification of the person : Attribute
(a) Only I (b) Only II e 2012 II
73. There are 45 male and 15 female employees in
(c) Both I and II (d) Neither I nor II an office. If the mean salary of the 60 employees
is ` 4800 and the mean salary of the male
64. The mean of 100 values is 45. If 15 is added to employees is ` 5000, then the mean salary of the
each of the first forty values and 5 is subtracted female employees is e 2013 I
from each of the remaining sixty values, then the (a) ` 4200 (b) ` 4500 (c) ` 5600 (d) ` 6000
new mean becomes e 2012 II
(a) 45 (b) 48 (c) 51 (d) 55 Directions (Q. Nos. 74-75) Read the following
65. Which one of the following relations for the information carefully and answer the questions
numbers 10, 7, 8, 5, 6, 8, 5, 8 and 6 is correct? given below. e 2013 II
(a) Mean = Median (b) Mean = Mode e 2012 II The median of the following distribution is 14.4 and the
(c) Mean > Median (d) Mean > Mode total frequency is 20.
66. In histogram the width of the bars is Class interval 0-6 6-12 12-18 18-24 24-30
proportional to e 2012 II Frequency 4 x 5 y 1
(a) Frequency (b) Number of classes
(c) Class interval (d) None of these 74. What is x equal to?
(a) 4 (b) 5 (c) 6 (d) 7
67. Which one of the following statements is correct?
e 2013 I 75. What is the relation between x and y?
(a) A frequency polygon is obtained by connecting the (a) 2 x = 3 y (b) 3x = 2 y (c) x = y (d) 2 x = y
corner points of the rectangles in a histogram
(b) A frequency polygon is obtained by connecting the
76. If m is the mean of p, q, r, s, t, u and v, then what
mid-points of the tops of the rectangles in a is ( p − m ) + ( q − m ) + (r − m ) + ( s − m ) + ( t − m )
histogram + ( u − m ) + ( v − m ) equal to? e 2013 II
(c) A frequency polygon is obtained by connecting the (a) 0 (b) s
corner points of the class intervals in a histogram ( p + v)
(c) (d) None of these
(d) None of the above 2
376 CDS Pathfinder
77. The average of u, v, w, x, y and z is 10. What is What is the modal class? e 2014 II
the average of u + 10, v + 20, w + 30, x + 40, y + 50 (a) 250-500 (b) 500-750
and z + 60 ? e 2013 II (c) 750-1000 (d) None of these
(a) 30 (b) 35 (c) 40 (d) 45 83. The geometric mean of ( x1 , x2 , x3 , ... , xn ) is X and
78. The mean of the following distribution is 18. the geometric mean of ( y1 , y2 , y3 , ... , yn ) is Y .
Class interval Frequency Which of the following statement is/are correct?
11-13 3 I. The geometric mean of
13-15 6 (x1y1 , x2y2, x3 y3 , ... , xn yn ) is XY .
15-17 9 x x x x X
II. The geometric mean of 1 , 2 , 3 , ..., n is .
17-19 13 y1 y2 y3 yn Y
19-21 f
Select the correct answer using the codes given
21-23 5
below
23-25 4
(a) Only I (b) Only II e 2014 II
What is the value of f ? e 2014 II (c) Both I and II (d) Neither I nor II
(a) 8 (b) 9 (c) 10 (d) 11
84. Consider the following statements in respect of a
79. Consider the following statements pertaining to discrete set of numbers.
a frequency polygon of a frequency distribution
I. The arithmetic mean uses all the data and is
of a continuous variable having seven class
always uniquely defined.
intervals of equal width.
I. The original frequency distribution can be II. The median uses only one or two numbers from
reconstructed from the frequency polygon. the data and may not be unique.
II. The frequency polygon touches the X-axis in its Which of the statement(s) given above is/are
extreme right and extreme left. correct? e 2014 II
Which of the statement(s) given above is/are (a) Only I (b) Only II
correct? e 2014 II (c) Both I and II (d) Neither I nor II
(a) Only I (b) Only II
85. If xi ’s are the mid-points of the class intervals of
(c) Both I and II (d) Neither I nor II
grouped data, fi ’s are the corresponding
80.Consider the following in respect of variate which frequencies and x is the mean, then what is
takes values 2, 2, 2, 2, 7, 7, 7 and 7. Σfi ( xi − x ) equal to? e 2014 II
I. The median is equal to mean. (a) 0 (b) − 1 (c) 1 (d) 2
II. The mode is both 2 and 7.
86. When we take class intervals on the X-axis and
Which of the statement(s) given above is/are corresponding frequencies on the Y-axis and
correct? e 2014 II
draw rectangles with the areas proportional to
(a) Only I (b) Only II
the frequencies of the respective class intervals,
(c) Both I and II (d) Neither I nor II
the graph so obtained is called e 2014 II
81. Which of the following items of information is a (a) bar diagram (b) frequency curve
good example of statistical data? e 2014 II (c) ogive (d) None of these
(a) A table of logarithms of numbers
(b) A list of names of 120 students of a class
87. Consider the following data:
(c) A list of annual incomes of the members of a club I. Number of complaints lodged due to road
accidents in a state within a year for 5
(d) Holiday list of the offices of Government of India in
the year 2013 consecutive years.
II. Budgetary allocation of the total available funds
82. The following table gives ‘less than’ type to the various items of expenditure.
frequency distribution of income per day.
Which of the above data is/are suitable for
Income (in `) less than Number of persons representation of a pie diagram? e 2014 II
1500 100
(a) Only I (b) Only II
1250 80 (c) Both I and II (d) Neither I nor II
1000 70
750 55
88. Consider the following statements related to
cumulative frequency polygon of a frequency
500 32
distribution, the frequencies being cumulated
250 12 from the lower end of the range
MATHEMATICS Statistics 377
32, 34 and 43 are written in ascending order. (a) 7 (b) 14 (c) 35 (d) 38 . 5
The median of the data is 24. What is the value 99. The election result in which six parties contested
of x? e 2014 II was depicted by a pie chart. Party A had an
(a) 15 (b) 18 (c) 20 (d) 24 angle 135° on this pie chart. If it secured 21960
votes, then how many valid votes in total were
Directions (Q. Nos. 91-94) Consider the following cast? e 2016 I
frequency distribution. e 2015 I (a) 51240 (b) 58560 (c) 78320 (d) 87840
ANSWERS
1 c 2 b 3 b 4 c 5 a 6 b 7 c 8 c 9 d 10 b
11 d 12 b 13 d 14 a 15 a 16 c 17 a 18 b 19 b 20 b
21 d 22 a 23 c 24 d 25 a 26 a 27 c 28 b 29 b 30 d
31 c 32 a 33 d 34 b 35 b 36 d 37 c 38 c 39 c 40 b
41 b 42 b 43 b 44 b 45 c 46 b 47 c 48 b 49 c 50 b
51 d 52 d 53 c 54 c 55 b 56 c 57 b 58 d 59 b 60 c
61 b 62 b 63 a 64 b 65 a 66 c 67 b 68 c 69 d 70 b
71 b 72 c 73 a 74 a 75 b 76 a 77 d 78 a 79 a 80 c
81. c 82 b 83 c 84 c 85 a 86 d 87 c 88 a 89 c 90 c
91 a 92 b 93 c 94 d 95 b 96 b 97 d 98 d 99 b 100 a
101 b 102 c 103 d
19 × 3 ( x − 10) = 60% of x
= 47 + = 47 + 1.78 = 48.78
32 ⇒ ( x − 10) =
60 3
x = x ⇒ 1 − 3 x = 10
Thus, the mode for district B is higher than the mode for 100 5 5
2 5 × 10
district A. ⇒ x = 10 ⇒ x = = 25
5 2
19. (b) Given, average score of 50 students = 44
Now, 5 is added to all the given observations, then new mean
Total score = 44 × 50 = 2200
becomes = x + 5 = 25 + 5 = 30
Correct score of 50 students = ( 2200 − 73 + 23) = 2150
2150 29. (b) Range of the data = 120 − 71 = 49
∴ Correct average score = = 43 Range 49
50 ∴ Class size = = =7
Number of classes 7
20. (b) In the less than type of ogive, the cumulative frequency is The class are 71-78, 78-85, 85-92, 92-97 etc.
plotted against the upper limit of the concerned class interval.
So, limits of second class interval are 78 and 85.
380 CDS Pathfinder
1
y+ 38. (c) Since, the Since, median is 2 and the
y histogram 50 corresponding CF is 11.
30. (d) Here, mean, M = …(i)
2 consists of 40 N
Frequency
So, must be greater than 9.
New mean vertical 30 2
3 rectangular
1 1 1 16 + x
y3 + 3 y + −3 y + bars with a
20 ⇒ > 9 ⇒ x > ( 18 − 16) ⇒ x > 2
y y y common base 10 2
= = So, smallest possible value of x = 3.
2 2 such that 0
10 20 30 40 50 46. (b) Here, total expenditure
there is no
1
2
1 Number
y + y + − 3 gap between = 6 + 7 + 3 + 4 + 25 . + 1.5
y
y consecutive bars and also the height of = ` 24 lakh
= [from Eq. (i)] the rectangle is determined by the
2 Sectorial angle of largest sector
frequency of the class it represents. 360°
= M [( 2M ) − 3] = M( 4M − 3)
2 2
= × 7 = 105°
Hence, both statements are correct in
31. (c) Since, maximum frequency is 80, 24
respect of a histogram.
hence mode will be between 15 to 20. 39. (c) We know that, histogram is an 47. (c) Difference in the sectorial angles of
1 equivalent graphical representation of the largest and the smallest sectors
32. (a) ` 25 = 1 cm 2 ⇒ ` 1 = cm 2 360°
25 the frequency distribution and is suitable = 105° − × 1.5
81 for continuous random variables where 24
∴ ` 81 = cm 2 = Area of square
25 the total frequency of an interval is = 105° − 225 . ° = 825 . °
evenly distributed over the interval. N
Side of square =
81 9
= = 1.8 cm 48. (b) Here, l = 18, = 50 , c = 7 + x,
25 5 Hence, both the given statements are 2
correct. f = 40 and h = 5
33. (d) Given, n = 5
40. (b) Primary data is original research that N − c
7 + 9 + 11 + 13 + 15 55
Mean = = = 11
5 5
is obtained through first hand ∴ Median = l + 2 ×h
investigation. So, statements I and III f
Σ | d | 2 = |7 − 11|2 + |9 − 11|2 + |11 − 11|2 are primary data. (50 − ( 7 + x))
i
+ |13 − 11|2 + |15 − 11|2 = 40 = 18 + ×5
41. (b) Collar sizes of 200 shirts sold in a 40
Σd 2
40 week, here mode is a suitable measure of 5
∴σ = i = = 2 2 = 2 × 1. 41 central tendency. ∴ 20 = 18 + ( 43 − x)
n 5 40
= 2.82
42. (b) Since, the frequency in a straight line, [Q median = 20]
so we take all classes have equal ⇒ 800 = 720 + 215 − 5x
34. (b) Number of cellphones sold by frequency, i.e. 10.
3 ⇒ 5x = 935 − 800
Motorola = × 45664 I. It is true that first and last class have
16 135
10 frequency. ⇒ 5x = 135 ⇒ x = ⇒ x = 27
Central angle of Motorola 5
II. Both the middle classes have
3 × 45664 frequency, 10 + 10 = 20 Hence, the value of x is 27.
× 360° = × 360°
16 3 III. Since, all have equal frequency, so we 49. (c) We have,
=
45664 16 cannot determined the mode. 7 + x + 40 + y + 10 + 2 = 100 (Q
43. (b) A discrete frequency distribution is x = 27)
= 67.5° such a distribution in which data are ⇒86 + y = 100 ⇒ y = 100 − 86
35. (b) If the population figures are given for presented in a way that exact
measurements of the units are clearly ⇒ y = 14
each State of India, then data can be
classified as quantitative. shown. Clearly weights of a set of a Hence, the value of y is 14.
36. (d) The volume of rainfall in certain students is continuous, while other three Solutions (Q. Nos. 50-52) Since, a < b < c
geographical area, recorded every month are discrete.
Therefore, series is in increasing order
for 24 consecutive months. 44. (b) Since, modal size of given data is 1 i.e. a , a , b , b , c , c
37. (c) I. First seven prime numbers are 2, 3, and its corresponding frequency is 6.
∴ Median
5, 7, 11, 13, 17. So, x cannot be equal to or more than 6. 6 th term + 6 + 1 th term
2 + 3 + 5 + 7 + 11 + 13 + 17
Mean = Hence, the maximum value of x is 5. 2
7 = 2
58 45. (c) 2
= = 8. 28 Number of goals Frequency CF 3rd term + 4th term
7 =
7 + 1 0 3 3 2
Median = Value of th term ⇒ 2=
b+b
⇒b = 2
2 1 6 9
2
= Value of 4th term = 7 2 2 11 Also, arithmetic mean
Since, prime numbers are always 3 x 11 + x a+ a+ b+ b+ c+ c
=
increasing, therefore here mean is always 4 5 16 + x 6
greater than median. 7 a+ b+ c
Total N = 16 + x ⇒ = ⇒ a+ c+ 2= 7
Hence, both statements are correct. 3 3
MATHEMATICS Statistics 381
⇒a + c= 7− 2=5 …(i) 60. (c) Primary data are those data which is collected by investigator
and geometric mean = ( a 2 × b 2 × c 2 )1 / 6 himself, while secondary data are those which is collected by other
8 persons.
⇒ 2 = ( abc )1 / 3 ⇒ abc = 8 ⇒ ac = = 4 [Q b = 2]…(ii) Hence, both statements are correct.
2
∴ From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get, a = 1, c = 4 and b = 2 61. (b) In pie diagrams, all the items are converted into angles.
50. (b) Required sum = 2( a )2 + 2( b )2 + 2( c )2 62. (b) Given that, the arithmetic mean of the above distribution =3.1
= 2( 1)2 + 2( 2)2 + 2( 4)2 = 2 + 8 + 32 = 42 5
67. (b) A frequency polygon can be drawn joining the mid-points of 6−x 36 − 6x
⇒ 14. 4 − 12 = × 6 ⇒ 2.4 =
the respective tops of the rectangle of a histogram in the case of 5 5
equal class intervals. ⇒ 12 = 36 − 6x ⇒ 6x = 24 ⇒ x = 4
68. (c) A frequency distribution is a comprehensive way to classify raw 75. (b) We have, 4 + x + 5 + y + 1 = 20 ⇒ x + y = 10
data of a quantitative variable. It shows how different values of a
⇒ 4 + y = 10 (Q x = 4) ⇒ y = 6
variable are distributed in different classes along with their
x 4 2
corresponding class frequencies. It is an equivalent representation Now, = = ⇒ 3x = 2 y
of original data. y 6 3
Sum of the observations
69. (d)
CI x f f×x 76. (a) Q Mean =
Number of observations
0-10 5 x 5x p+ q+ r+ s + t+u+ v
⇒ =m
10-20 15 x+ 8 15 ( x + 8) 7
20-30 25 x−2 25 ( x − 2 ) ⇒ p + q + r + s + t + u + v = 7m …(i)
30-40 35 x−4 35 ( x − 4) ∴ ( p − m) + ( q − m) + ( r − m) + ( s − m) + ( t − m)
Total Σf = 4x + 2 Σfx = 80x − 70
+ (u − m ) + ( v − m )
Σfx 80x − 70 = ( p + q + r + s + t + u + v ) − 7m [from Eq. (i)]
Q Mean = . =
⇒ 178
Σf 4x + 2 = 7m − 7m = 0
Sum of the observations
⇒ . ( 4x + 2) = 80x − 70 ⇒ 712
178 . x + 35.6 = 80x − 70 77. (d) Q Average =
105.6 Number of observations
⇒ . x = 105.6
88 ⇒ x= = 12 u + v + w+ x+ y +z
.
88 ⇒ = 10 (Q average = 10)
6
70. (b) Class interval (ci) 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 ⇒ u + v + w + x + y + z = 10 × 6 = 60 ...(i)
Frequencies ( f ) 12 20 10 8 Now, sum of new observations
Cumulative frequency (cf ) 12 32 42 50
u + 10 + v + 20 + w + 30 + x + 40 + y + 50 + z + 60
Here, N = 50 ⇒
N
= 25 = (u + v + w + x + y + z ) + 10 + 20 + 30 + 40 + 50 + 60
2 = 60 + 10 + 20 + 30 + 40 + 50 + 60 = 270 [from Eq. (i)]
The frequency just greater than 25 is 32. Now, average of u + 10, v + 20, w + 30, x + 40, y + 50
So, median class is 10-20. 270
and z + 60 = = 45
71. (b) Here, modal class is 10- 20, because it has maximum frequency 6
i.e. 20. 78. (a) Class interval xi fi xi fi
72. (c) Given that, mean of 7 observations = 7 11-13 12 3 36
⇒ New mean = Previous mean + Number added to each term 13-15 14 6 84
= 7+ 2 = 9 15-17 16 9 144
73. (a) Given that, number of male employees (M) = 45 17-19 18 13 234
Number of female employees (F) = 15 19-21 20 f 20 f
21-23 22 5 110
Mean salary of male employees (x ) = ` 5000
M
23-25 24 4 96
Total number of employees = ( M + F ) = 45 + 15 = 60
Total Σfi = 40 + f Σxi fi = 704 + 20 f
Mean salary of total employees ( x ) = ` 4800
Here, Σf = 40 + f and Σxf = 704 + 20 f and mean, x = 18
MF
Let mean salary of female employees be x F . i i
Mx + F x 45 × 5000 + 15 × x Σx f 704 + 20 f
x = M F
⇒ 4800 = F ∴ Mean, x = i i ⇒ 18 =
MF (M + F ) 60 Σf 40 + f
i
n
th term + n + 1 th term Here, n = 10 (even)
2 n
∴ Median = 2 n
Value of th term + Value of + 1 th term
2 2 2
∴ Median =
th term + + 1 th term
8 8 2
2 4th + 5th 2 + 7
Value of th term + Value of + 1 th term
= 2 = = = 4 .5 10 10
2 2 2 2 2
=
II. Mode is both 2 and 7, since frequency of occurrence is same i.e. 2
maximum frequency. Value of 5th term + Value of 6th term
=
81. (c) A list of annual incomes of the members of a club is a good 2
x + 1 + 2x − 13 3x − 12
example of statistical data. = =
2 2
82. (b) Income Class Number of
Frequency 3x − 12
less than interval persons But given, median = 24 ⇒ = 24
2
1500 1250-1500 100 20
⇒ 3x − 12 = 24 × 2 = 48 ⇒ 3x = 48 + 12
1250 1000-1250 80 10
⇒ 3x = 60 ⇒ x = 20
1000 750-1000 70 15
Hence, the value of x is 20.
750 500-750 55 23
500 250-500 32 20 Solutions (Q. Nos. 91-94)
250 0-250 12 12 Class Frequency Class mark f(x ) cf
interval (f) (x)
Here, maximum frequency is 23. 0-10 4 5 20 4
So, the modal class is 500-750. 10-20 5 15 75 9
83. (c) Geometric mean of 20-30 7 25 175 16
( x , x , x , L , xn ) = ( x ⋅ x L xn )1 / n = X 30-40 10 35 350 26
1 2 3 1 2
and geometric mean of ( y , y , y , ⋅ ⋅ ⋅ , y n ) 40-50 12 45 540 38
1 2 3
= ( y ⋅ y ⋅ ⋅ ⋅ yn ) 1/n
=Y 50-60 8 55 440 46
1 2
60-70 4 65 260 50
∴ Geometric mean of ( x y , x y , K , xn y n )
1 1 2 2 Total 50 1860
= ( x y ⋅ x y ⋅ ⋅ ⋅ xn y n ) 1/n
1 1 2 2
Σfx 1860
= ( x ⋅ x ⋅ ⋅ ⋅ xn )1 / n × ( y ⋅ y ⋅ ⋅ ⋅ y n )1 / n = XY 91. (a) Mean = = = 37. 2
1 2 1 2
1/n Σf 50
x1 x x x 1 x2 x Hence, the value of mean is 37.2.
Geometric mean of , 2 , K, n = ⋅ ⋅ ⋅⋅ n
y y y y y n N 50
1 2
y n 1 2 92. (b) Here, N = 50, Now, = = 25
( x ⋅ x ⋅ ⋅ ⋅ xn ) 1/n 2 2
1 2 X which lies in the cumulative frequency corresponding class
= =
( y ⋅ y ⋅ ⋅ ⋅ y n )1 / n Y interval for cf 26 is 30-40.
1 2
93. (c) From the table, l = 30, f = 10, C = 16 and h = 10
84. (c) Arithmetic mean uses all the data and is always uniquely
N −C
defined. Median uses only one or two numbers from the data and
n + 1
may not be uniques. th term for odd n and half the sum of ∴ Median = l + 2 ×h
2 f
n + 1 th and nth terms for even n. ( 25 − 16)
= 30 + × 10 = 30 + 9 = 39
2 2 10
85. (a) If xi ’s are the mid-points of the class intervals of grouped 94. (d) Modal class of the given data is 40-50, because it has largest
data, f ’s are the corresponding frequencies and x is the mean, frequency among the given classes of the data i.e. 12.
i
then Σ f ( x − x ) = 0 Here, l = 40, f = 12 , f = 10, f = 8 and h = 10
i i 1 0 2
86. (d) When we take class intervals on the X-axis and corresponding f − f 12 − 10 × 10
frequencies on the Y-axis and draw rectangles with the areas ∴ Mode = l + 1 0
× h = 40 +
1
2 f − f − f 2 × 12 − 10 − 8
proportional to the frequencies of the respective class intervals, the 0 2
graph so obtained is called histogram. 2 × 10 20
= 40 + = 40 + = 40 + 333
. = 43.33
87. (c) Both statements I and II are suitable for representation of a pie 24 − 18 6
diagram. Hence, the mode of given data is 43.33.
88. (a) Here, statement I is correct but statement II is not correct. 95. (b) Given, total number of votes = 100000
89. (c) The class which has maximum frequency is known as modal Party E get votes = 100000 − (36000 + 24000 + 18000 + 7000)
class. = 100000 − 85000 = 15000
90. (c) Given observations in ascending order are 15000
∴ Angle allocated for party E = × 360° = 54°
6, 14, 15, 17, x + 1, 2x − 13, 30, 32, 34 and 43. 100000
384 CDS Pathfinder